This is a modern-English version of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume 52, 1841-1898: Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century, originally written by unknown author(s). It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.


[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Newly Designed Front Cover.

[4-5]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

East India Islands in James Bell’s System of Geography (Glasgow, 1836)

East India Islands in James Bell’s System of Geography (Glasgow, 1836)

East India Islands in James Bell’s System of Geography (Glasgow, 1836)

[From copy in Library of Harvard University]

[From copy in Library of Harvard University]

[7]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Original Title Page.
The Philippine Islands, 1493–1898

Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century,

Volume LII, 1841–1898
The Arthur H. Clark Company
Cleveland, Ohio
1907

[9]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CONTENTS OF VOLUME LII

Preface 13
Documents of 1841–1898
Internal political condition of the Philippines. Sinibaldo de Mas; Madrid, 1842 29
Matta’s report. Juan Manuel de la Matta; Manila, February 25, 1843 91
The Philippines, 1860–1898: some comment and bibliographical notes. James A. LeRoy; Durango, Mexico, 1907 112
Events in Filipinas, 1841–1872. [Summarized from Montero y Vidal’s Historia de Filipinas.] 208
Constitution of the Liga Filipina. José Rizal; Tondo, July 3, 1892 217
The friar memorial of 1898. Manuel Gutierrez, O.S.A., and others; Manila, April 21, 1898 227
Bibliographical Data 287
Appendix: Agriculture in Filipinas. Joseph Basco y Vargas, and others 291
Errata and addenda to VOLUMES I–LII 325

[11]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

ILLUSTRATIONS

[13]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

PREFACE

In this final documentary volume of our series we present matter which is planned to bring out the salient points of the highly important period from 1841 to 1898, a little more than the last half-century of the Spanish régime, together with such bibliographical aids as will enable students to find readily the best and most available sources for the history of that time. The first two documents (written respectively by a civil official and a military commander) furnish a reliable and intelligent survey, by eyewitnesses, of political, economic, and social conditions in the islands in 1842–43; and thus supplement the similar relations (in VOL. LI) dated fifteen years earlier. The admirable paper by James A. LeRoy who is well known as the leading authority on Philippine affairs, places before our readers a clear and orderly review of the last four decades of Spanish rule in Filipinas—with keen but impartial comments on conditions, events, and men therein; and with full and well-selected bibliographical references to the best works on the subject. It gives us pleasure to present here the hitherto unpublished constitution of the Liga Filipina, from Rizal’s own MS. draft; and the friar memorial of 1898 (a curiously mediæval document for the end of the nineteenth century), which [14]heretofore had appeared only in a limited Spanish edition and a partial and unsatisfactory English translation. To these documents is added an appendix on agricultural conditions in Filipinas, giving a view of these in 1784 and another in 1866; an outline of the projects, efforts, and achievements of the noted Economic Society of Manila; and bibliographical references for the use of the reader. Following is a synopsis of the above documents:

In this final documentary volume of our series, we present material aimed at highlighting the key points of the crucial period from 1841 to 1898, covering just over the last fifty years of Spanish rule. We also include bibliographical resources to help students easily locate the best and most accessible sources for that era's history. The first two documents, written by a civil official and a military commander, provide a reliable and insightful overview of the political, economic, and social conditions in the islands during 1842–43, complementing similar accounts found in VOL. 51 from fifteen years earlier. James A. LeRoy’s excellent paper, recognized as a leading authority on Philippine affairs, offers our readers a clear and organized review of the last four decades of Spanish rule in the Philippines, with sharp yet fair observations on the conditions, events, and individuals involved, along with comprehensive and well-chosen bibliographical references to the best literature on the subject. We are pleased to present here the previously unpublished constitution of the Liga Filipina, taken from Rizal’s own manuscript draft, as well as the friar memorial of 1898, which is a surprisingly medieval document for the end of the nineteenth century, and which [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] has only appeared in a limited Spanish edition and a partial and unsatisfactory English translation. This volume also includes an appendix on agricultural conditions in the Philippines, providing views from 1784 and another from 1866; an overview of the projects, efforts, and successes of the well-known Economic Society of Manila; and bibliographical references for the reader's use. Below is a summary of the above documents:

Of exceeding interest and importance is the third volume of Mas’s Informe, on the policy of the Spanish government as regards internal affairs in the Philippine Islands. Intended almost exclusively for the use of the government, but comparatively few copies were published, and hence the volume is of great rarity, and is not mentioned by most of the bibliographers. We know with certainty of four copies: two owned in the Philippines, one by the heirs of Clemente Zulueta, and the other by Epifanio de los Santos (our translation being made from a typewritten copy of the latter); one in the Peabody Institute, Baltimore, and one in the collection of the Compañía General de Tabacos de Filipinas, Barcelona. Its chief value and importance lie in its treatment of various vital questions that had already begun to present themselves to some minds more or less clearly—the relation of the Filipino-Spaniards to those of the Peninsula; questions concerning the natives, Chinese mestizos, and Spaniards; separation from Spain; and lastly, the proposition to free the islands. The document, while containing many things that are general in nature, and which even appear childish and visionary, is in many other things clear-sighted, and shows deep and keen observation. [15]The first two volumes of Mas’s work (which have been cited so frequently in this series) were written in order to form a suitable background to the third volume, and thus lead to it naturally, by giving a résumé in succinct form of the history, government, and social and economic conditions of the islands. Proceeding to his purpose, the author states that the intentions of Spain in regard to the colony may be one of three: perpetual possession; utter neglect; or emancipation. He treats only of the first and third. To ensure perpetual possession, there are three principles to be borne in mind and acted upon: the reduction of the white population; the subordination of the natives; and the general reform of the Spanish administration. The growth of the white population fosters the spirit of independence, for the Spaniards of the Philippines look upon the islands as their own country, and have no affection for Spain. Their only concern is to hold possession of the government posts, but they are lazy and ignorant. They are naturally disgruntled by the appointment of peninsular Spaniards to posts in the islands; for, since the promotions are limited, they cannot hope for the advancement that they believe is due them. Their discontent was seen in practical form in the insurrection instigated in 1822 because of the officials brought from Spain by Antonio Martinez; and there was evident discontent because of the new contingent that appeared in 1825. There are more than one thousand Filipino-Spanish males in the Philippines, but only four hundred posts, and their hopes continually wane at the appearance of officials from Spain, although Spain has an evident right to send whom it will to the islands. To obviate the trouble, Mas suggests that only [16]single men be sent to the islands from Spain to act as officials, and that they be required to return to the Peninsula after twenty years’ service, with the option of returning in ten years. These men will probably marry Spanish women in the islands, and on their return to Spain will take their families with them, thus reducing the white population considerably. It is a mistake to send women to the colony, and a grave error to endeavor to increase the white population there. A plan is proposed for the further reduction of the white population by sending all males to Spain at the government expense, at the age of sixteen, where they shall be educated at the expense of the Manila treasury. The sending of the situado from Spain for the support of the islands was formerly a large factor in keeping the colony loyal, but since that has become unnecessary the one great check on the colony has disappeared. But separation now would mean that the whites would disappear in the mass of the natives, and would even become inferior to them. It is wrong to infer that the whites and the natives will work together, for there is a barrier between them, and the recent outbreak in Tayabas cannot in any way be ascribed to the former. The salvation of the whites lies in agriculture, and great profits are to be acquired therein, although the Spaniards are loath to engage in such work. Their fields can be cultivated by Chinese labor, and by captured Moros, and contracts can be made, in addition, with individual Filipinos, under certain exemptions. Mas favors the system of indentured servants, for self-interest will dictate good treatment to them. To ensure native respect for the whites, the education of the former must be very restricted, and the colleges at [17]Manila be closed. Filipino soldiers shall not rise above the rank of private or corporal. Filipino secular priests must be reduced in numbers, and must, in general, act only as the assistants of the regulars. Filipinos cannot maintain the dignity of the priestly office, and instead debauch it, as Mas proves by various letters. Religion is the mainstay of the islands, and the regular curas must be given as much power as possible, and officials must work in harmony with them. The friars must, however, live morally, abstain from trade, and not meddle in temporal affairs. Emancipation will be the ruin of the friars; and, in order that they may conserve Spanish interests, all the curas must be Spaniards from Spain. Curas lose respect among the natives because they are compelled to collect the marriage and burial fees, and the government should come to their aid by collecting these under the form of a specified tax. Above all, the whites must observe religious ceremonies, which they now almost utterly neglect. The laws of the Indias are executed too rigidly, and are too favorable to the natives. The latter are becoming arrogant and impudent, and will end by driving out the Spaniards. Mas would require a distinctive dress for the natives, the chiefs to be the only ones who may wear jackets. The priests have been guilty of destroying rank among them. Natives must salute all Spaniards and show great outward respect. The title of “Don” must be given them no longer, for this gives the idea of equality with the whites. All government officials must be given decent pay, and must be made to spend it liberally. Offices should not be given in order that their incumbents may amass money. Only Spaniards of good character should be allowed to go to the islands. [18]If the treasury officials are decreased in number and the collections farmed out, this work should be done by natives and mestizos, as this is an odious office, and engenders much ill-will. Race hatred must be developed between the Filipinos and Chinese mestizos as much as possible. The latter are the richer and more intelligent, and in case of emancipation at this moment would soon gain the upper hand. They are hated by the natives. It is highly important to have a respectable and moral Spanish force in the islands, for should the native troops mutiny nothing can be done as matters now stand. Curas should have the power of intervention in the meetings of the principales, as this method will avoid conspiracy. Natives should not be taught how to cast artillery or make firearms and powder. Indeed, the powder factory recently established should be suppressed, as the contract under which it was allowed is not advantageous, and better powder is manufactured in Murcia. Steam vessels are needed for quick communication among the islands, and to repel Moro invasions, and suppress insurrections. Spanish should not be taught to the natives. Newspapers may be allowed, under proper censorship; and curas should translate into the native dialect such articles as are important for the natives. A complete system of police is necessary. Trouble is to be expected from China, but it will be quite safe to allow the entrance of a certain number of Chinese laborers to work on the estates of the whites. They can be counted on in case of trouble with the natives, and in case they themselves revolt native hatred will soon finish them. It is advisable to watch the intercourse between foreigners living in the islands and the natives. A complete reform is [19]needed in the administration of the government, which, as now constituted, is honeycombed with laxity and graft. The laws of the Indias are confused and contradictory, as is proved by numerous citations. Government is too little centralized. Spanish statesmen have been guilty of strange errors in regard to the Philippines, through their ignorance. Mas proposes a regency of three men, the president to be a Spanish grandee. The duties of this body are outlined, which in general correspond to those of the governor-general and Audiencia. The plan contemplates a Council of State; and thorough judiciary reforms, in order to render the judiciary independent of the government. The prestige of rank is to be observed, as this is a large factor in preserving the status quo. In the provinces, the provincial chiefs (who are to be sent from Spain) shall hold all the power, as at present. The treasury reforms suggested look toward a lessening of graft, and greater economy. In case the Spanish government decides to emancipate the Philippines, the exactly opposite course must be chosen to the one outlined so fully for their conservation. Education and the arts must be encouraged, newspapers allowed with but a mild censorship, and the population must become amalgamated. To effect the last, dowries should be paid to the women in all crossed marriages. Native assemblies should be established in order to train them in political matters. Mas favors emancipation. The islands have been a drag on Spain from the first, and, if a violent separation comes, it will result in a further loss of life and treasure. It is interesting to note that he adds a plea for the greater humanitarianism of the emancipation plan. [20]

Of great interest and importance is the third volume of Mas’s Informe, which discusses the Spanish government's policies regarding internal affairs in the Philippine Islands. This volume was primarily intended for government use, but only a few copies were published, making it quite rare and often overlooked by bibliographers. We are aware of four copies: two in the Philippines, one belonging to the heirs of Clemente Zulueta, and the other to Epifanio de los Santos (our translation is based on a typed copy of the latter); one at the Peabody Institute in Baltimore, and one in the collection of the Compañía General de Tabacos de Filipinas, Barcelona. Its primary value lies in its discussion of various crucial issues that had begun to emerge—such as the relationship of Filipino-Spaniards to those from the Peninsula; questions about the natives, Chinese mestizos, and Spaniards; separation from Spain; and finally, the idea of freeing the islands. While the document contains many general ideas that can seem naïve, it also displays clear insight and keen observation. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]The first two volumes of Mas's work (which have been frequently referenced in this series) were written to provide context for the third volume and to outline the history, government, and social and economic conditions of the islands succinctly. Moving forward, the author states that Spain's intentions regarding the colony may be one of three options: perpetual possession; complete neglect; or emancipation. He discusses only the first and third options. To ensure perpetual possession, three principles must be considered and acted upon: reducing the white population; subjugating the natives; and generally reforming Spanish administration. An increase in the white population encourages a spirit of independence, as Spaniards in the Philippines feel the islands belong to them and have no affection for Spain. Their main concern is maintaining their government positions, but they are often lazy and uneducated. They are naturally disgruntled by the appointment of peninsular Spaniards to posts in the islands; promotions are limited, preventing them from receiving the advancements they believe they deserve. Their discontent was evident when an insurrection occurred in 1822 in response to officials brought from Spain by Antonio Martinez; dissatisfaction was also apparent with a new influx of officials in 1825. There are over a thousand Filipino-Spanish men in the Philippines, but only four hundred positions available, and their hopes diminish with each new arrival from Spain, despite Spain's right to send whomever it wishes. To mitigate this issue, Mas suggests sending only [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]single men from Spain to serve as officials, requiring them to return to the Peninsula after twenty years, with an option to return in ten years. These men are likely to marry Spanish women in the islands and take their families back to Spain upon their return, thereby significantly reducing the white population. It is misguided to send women to the colony, and a serious error to attempt to increase the white population there. A plan is proposed to further reduce the white population by sending all males to Spain at the government's expense at age sixteen, where they would be educated at Manila's treasury expense. Previously, the government support sent from Spain was a significant factor in maintaining the colony's loyalty, but with that no longer necessary, the primary check on the colony has vanished. However, separation at this point would mean that the whites would blend into the native population and possibly become inferior to them. It is incorrect to assume that whites and natives will collaborate, as there is a barrier between them, and the recent outbreak in Tayabas cannot be pinned on the former. The salvation of the whites relies on agriculture, which could yield significant profits, though Spaniards are reluctant to participate in such work. Their fields could be cultivated by Chinese labor and captured Moros, along with contracts made with individual Filipinos, with certain exemptions. Mas supports the system of indentured servants, as self-interest will dictate that they are treated well. To ensure that natives respect whites, their education must be very limited, and the colleges in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Manila should be closed. Filipino soldiers should never rise above the rank of private or corporal. The number of Filipino secular priests must be reduced, and they should generally serve only as assistants to the regulars. Filipinos cannot uphold the dignity of the priestly office and instead degrade it, as Mas demonstrates through various letters. Religion is foundational in the islands, and regular curas should be given as much power as possible, with government officials required to work in harmony with them. However, friars must live morally, avoid trade, and not interfere in temporal matters. Emancipation would ultimately harm the friars; to protect Spanish interests, all curas must be Spaniards from Spain. Curas lose the respect of the natives because they are forced to collect marriage and burial fees, and the government should assist them by collecting these as a specified tax. Above all, whites must adhere to religious ceremonies, which they are currently neglecting. The laws of the Indias are enforced too strictly and are too favorable to the natives. The natives are becoming arrogant and brazen and will eventually drive out the Spaniards. Mas would require that natives wear distinct clothing, allowing only chiefs to wear jackets. The priests have eroded rank among them. Natives should greet all Spaniards and show them considerable outward respect. The title of “Don” should no longer be used for them, as it implies equality with whites. All government officials must receive decent pay and be encouraged to spend it generously. Offices should not be awarded so that their holders can accumulate wealth. Only Spaniards of good character should be allowed to come to the islands. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]If the number of treasury officials is reduced and collections are farmed out, natives and mestizos should handle this work, as it is unpopular and breeds much resentment. Racial animosity should be cultivated between Filipinos and Chinese mestizos to the greatest extent possible. The latter are wealthier and more intelligent and would quickly gain the upper hand if emancipation were granted at this time. They are more detested by the natives. It is crucial to have a respectable and moral Spanish presence in the islands, as a mutiny among native troops could leave the situation untenable. Curas should have the authority to intervene in meetings of the principales to prevent conspiracies. Natives should not be taught how to manufacture artillery or gunpowder. In fact, the recently established powder factory should be shut down, as the contract allowing it is unfavorable and better powder is produced in Murcia. Steam vessels are essential for quick communication between the islands and for repelling Moro invasions and suppressing uprisings. Spanish should not be taught to the natives. Newspapers may be permitted, under proper censorship, with curas responsible for translating important articles into the native dialect. A complete police system is necessary. We should anticipate problems with China, but allowing a limited number of Chinese laborers into the islands to work on white-owned estates could be safe. They could be relied upon in case of trouble with the natives, and if they revolt, native animosity would soon deal with them. It's advisable to monitor interactions between foreigners living in the islands and the natives closely. A comprehensive reform is [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]needed in government administration, which is currently plagued by laxity and corruption. The laws of the Indias are confusing and contradictory, as demonstrated by numerous citations. Government is insufficiently centralized. Spanish officials have made serious mistakes regarding the Philippines due to their ignorance. Mas proposes a regency of three men, led by a Spanish grandee. His outlined responsibilities for this body generally correspond to those of the governor-general and Audiencia. The plan includes a Council of State and thorough judicial reforms to ensure the independence of the judiciary from the government. The prestige of rank must be upheld, as it plays a significant role in maintaining the status quo. In the provinces, provincial chiefs (sent from Spain) should hold all power, as they do now. Suggested treasury reforms aim to reduce corruption and promote greater efficiency. If the Spanish government decides to liberate the Philippines, the complete opposite approach should be taken from the one thoroughly outlined for their preservation. Education and the arts should be encouraged, newspapers should be allowed with only mild censorship, and the population should be integrated. To facilitate this integration, dowries should be offered to couples in all cross-cultural marriages. Native assemblies should be established to train them in political matters. Mas supports emancipation. The islands have been a burden on Spain from the beginning, and a violent separation would only lead to further loss of life and resources. It is notable that he includes a call for further humanitarian considerations in the emancipation plan. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Matta’s report of 1843 in regard to the moral condition of the Philippines, and the reforms necessary in administrational and economic matters for the conservation of the islands is of great practical value. The report was called forth by the sedition of Apolinario, the founder of the cofradia of San José, and the revolt in 1843 of a portion of the troops. It sets forth the loss of prestige by both the government and the regular clergy (once the prime support of Spanish authority in the islands), and the confusion that is rife throughout Manila and the provinces, a state approaching anarchy. Political factions, the troubles arising from the contradictory character of the natives, the demoralization in military circles, all demand radical reforms. A system of law taking into consideration the character of the natives is needed, as well as greater centralization in the government, with well defined powers granted to subordinate officials; suppression of various religious educational institutions as breeders of discontent and trouble, and the establishment of commercial and other schools; abolition of the residencia; and other legislative and economic measures. For the development of the islands capital is needed, but reform must precede in order that capital may be attracted. Agriculture is the main support of the islands, and must be developed by the whites, mestizos, and Chinese, who will support the government, and thus offset the immense numbers of the natives. The report calls for extensive military reforms and the establishment of a good police system. Tagálog academies are proposed, so that Spanish officers may learn the native language. It is of great importance to conciliate both Peninsulars and Spaniards born in the Philippines, and to [21]show partiality to neither, in order that prosperity may reign.

Matta’s 1843 report on the moral state of the Philippines and the necessary administrative and economic reforms for the preservation of the islands is highly practical. This report was prompted by the rebellion of Apolinario, the founder of the cofradia of San José, and the uprising of some troops in 1843. It highlights the loss of credibility for both the government and the regular clergy, who were once the main support of Spanish authority in the islands, and the widespread chaos in Manila and the provinces, nearing anarchy. Political factions, issues stemming from the conflicting nature of the locals, and the breakdown of military morale all call for serious reforms. A legal system that takes into account the characteristics of the locals is needed, along with greater centralization of the government and clearly defined roles for subordinate officials; the elimination of certain religious educational institutions that foster discontent and chaos; the establishment of commercial and other schools; the abolition of the residencia; and various legislative and economic measures. To develop the islands, investment is essential, but reforms must come first to attract that investment. Agriculture is the primary support for the islands and must be advanced by the whites, mestizos, and Chinese, who will back the government and counterbalance the large native population. The report advocates for significant military reforms and a strong police system. It recommends Tagálog academies so that Spanish officers can learn the local language. It's crucial to win over both Peninsulares and Spaniards born in the Philippines, showing no favoritism, to ensure that prosperity can thrive. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Mr. LeRoy’s contribution to this volume consists of two parts: a general editorial comment on the modern era of the Philippines, and some bibliographical notes and further comments for the study of that period. The first shows the influences working in and through the Philippines and the Filipinos, and is necessarily treated on broad lines, detail being scrupulously avoided. The second part is written in the same spirit, but in notes and titles gives the student full material for the study of the modern era. By the modern era, Mr. LeRoy means roughly the last half of the nineteenth century, but necessarily, in speaking of it, he has been compelled to go back to influences beginning to be felt before that time. Very briefly he sketches the elements making for a broader life in economic and social and political lines; the break-down of old ideas, whose longer continuance was untenable in material, intellectual, and religious progress; and the rise of the greater respect and self-consciousness of the Filipinos. In his bibliographical section, the author treats fairly and impartially of the threefold development of the Filipinos and the Philippines: viz., the social; the economic—under which are discussed general considerations, agriculture, land, etc., the Chinese, industries, commerce, internal trade, navigation, etc., and currency—and the political, under which are discussed the Spanish administration and the Filipino propaganda and revolution. Under the first division of the latter are treated the administrative organism, the administration as actually working, taxation, legal and judicial matters, science and material resources, [22]the Moros and pagan peoples; and under the second, the religious question, the friar estates, the Filipino clergy and their cause, the revolt of 1872, reform and demands for more “assimilation,” the propagandists, Masonry, the Liga Filipina, etc., the Katipunan, the insurrection of 1896–97, the pact of Biak-na-bató and the question of independence. By its mass of comment and titles, this section fully supplements the first part, and presents to the student a comprehensive survey of Philippine life and development, that will be found the most useful material yet published for detailed study of the modern era.

Mr. LeRoy’s contribution to this volume has two parts: a general editorial comment on the modern era of the Philippines and some bibliographical notes and additional comments for studying that period. The first part highlights the influences affecting the Philippines and its people, handled in broad strokes with no unnecessary detail. The second part maintains the same approach, providing notes and titles that equip students with ample resources for studying the modern era. When Mr. LeRoy refers to the modern era, he generally means the latter half of the nineteenth century, though discussing it requires him to look back at influences that started earlier. He briefly outlines the factors contributing to a more expansive economic, social, and political life; the breakdown of outdated beliefs that could no longer sustain material, intellectual, and religious progress; and the growing respect and self-awareness among Filipinos. In the bibliographical section, the author objectively addresses the threefold development of Filipinos and the Philippines: social; economic—which includes general considerations, agriculture, land, the Chinese, industries, commerce, internal trade, navigation, and currency—and political, which discusses Spanish administration and Filipino propaganda and revolution. The first part of the political section covers the administrative structure, how it functions in practice, taxation, legal and judicial issues, science, material resources, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] the Moros and indigenous peoples; while the second part looks at religious issues, friar estates, the Filipino clergy and their cause, the revolt of 1872, calls for more “assimilation,” the propagandists, Masonry, the Liga Filipina, etc., the Katipunan, the insurrection of 1896–97, the Biak-na-bató Pact, and the topic of independence. This extensive commentary and list of titles in the section thoroughly complements the first part, offering students a detailed overview of Philippine life and development that serves as the most valuable material published for a deep study of the modern era.

In “Events in Filipinas, 1841–1872,” the attempt is made only to indicate general conditions in the islands, by citing very briefly some of the more important matters during that period in social, religious and economic lines. In addition to this, we have added a short bibliography, from which the student may gather abundant and accessible material for this period.

In “Events in Filipinas, 1841–1872,” the focus is on highlighting the overall conditions in the islands by briefly mentioning some key issues during that time related to social, religious, and economic aspects. Additionally, we’ve included a short bibliography, which provides students with plenty of accessible resources for this period.

Through the kindness of Sr. Epifanio de los Santos we are enabled to present in full for the first time the constitution of the Liga Filipina (which was organized by Rizal on July 3, 1892) from a copy made from the manuscript of Rizal. This constitution shows the Liga not to have been formed for the purpose of independence, but for mutual aid and protection of its members, and the fostering of a more united spirit among Filipinos. Nowhere does it contain a word against the sovereignty of Spain or against religion. In it are declared the ends, form, duties of members and officials, rights of members and officials, the investment of funds, and general rules. The one exception that might be taken to the [23]constitution is that implicit and unquestioning obedience to all superior commands is required from the members.

Thanks to the generosity of Sr. Epifanio de los Santos, we are able to present for the first time the full constitution of the Liga Filipina (which was established by Rizal on July 3, 1892) from a copy made from Rizal's manuscript. This constitution makes it clear that the Liga was not formed for the purpose of independence, but for mutual support and protection of its members, and to encourage a more united spirit among Filipinos. It does not contain any statements opposing Spain's sovereignty or religion. It outlines the goals, structure, duties of members and officials, rights of members and officials, management of funds, and general rules. The only exception that could be noted about the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]constitution is that it requires members to give implicit and unquestioning obedience to all superior commands.

As the last document proper in this series we present the Friar Memorial of April 21, 1898, which voices the protest of all the orders (Augustinians, Franciscans, Recollects, Dominicans, and Jesuits), but which was destined never to reach officially those for whom it was intended (the Spanish government, through the minister of the colonies), because of the appearance in Spanish waters of the American squadron, and the defeat of the Spanish fleet. It is fitting, however, to present this document in this series, as it is a complete statement of the friars’ standpoint, and especially as the last document of the series, as it marks the passing of the old Spanish régime. The beginning and ending alike express the loyalty of the orders to the Spanish government, and throughout the document is noted the expression of the patriotism of all the members of the orders as Spaniards. The memorial, as a whole, is a protest against the charges brought against the friars from both Spanish and Philippine sources; against free-thought; against Masonry and other secret societies; against the secularization of the orders, episcopal visitation, secularization of schools, and all the other demands of the separatists and insurgents. That the friars are the cause of the insurrection, they indignantly deny. They have ever done their duty, and have worked in the interests of religion and the Spanish fatherland. The insurgents, the filibusters, the separatists, of both Spain and the islands, have directed their whole cry against religion in order to veil their real purpose. The friars have borne all the [24]vilification that has been directed against them patiently, but they cannot for their own honor do so longer. They are proud of their record throughout the history of the islands, and are mindful that, as the only permanent peninsular social factor in the Philippines, they have christianized the islands, have maintained peaceful relations therein, and have kept them for Spain. Only since the entrance of those imbued with the revolutionary free-thought, and of Freemasons, have the islands been disturbed—a period of about thirty years. The Katipunan society is nothing else than a society constructed on Masonic principles, and its rapid diffusion of late throughout many districts greatly complicates the problem and renders the remedy more difficult. Had the orders been silent in the face of the attempts of the Masons, of the filibusters, and of the insurgents, they would not have become an object of persecution; but since they always stood out for the traditional religion and for Spain, the storm of abuse and ill-treatment has fallen upon them. They challenge their detractors and calumniators to prove charges that they have not fulfilled their duty, and those of personal immorality. They have not committed abuse in the taking of parochial fees; they are not hostile to education (indeed, all the education of the islands has been established and fostered by them); they do not despise the educated natives, but, as is easily proved, are good friends with them. Most of the graduates from their institutions have remained loyal, and the same is generally true of the wealthy classes. The real cause of the rebellion can be traced back to the government in allowing the entrance of free-thought into the islands and the dissemination of Masonic doctrines, which [25]have led to the lessening of respect for religion and for Spain; and, as this has come about, it has been natural for race hatred to spring up. The only way of obtaining peace is to strengthen the religious life of the islands, and to force out all the revolutionary forces of free-thought and Masonry. The mission of the friars must receive government support and respect, else it will be impossible for them longer to remain in the islands. They do not desire temporal honors, or to take part in the civil affairs of government; they are even willing to relinquish the slight official intervention that they possess: but they must demand the honor due to religion which has always been theirs by right. They are governed in their actions by the Syllabus errorum of Pius IX. The laws of the Indias, the actions of the sovereigns, the instructions to Legazpi: all commit Spain to the maintenance of friars in the Philippines, and to the greater interests of religion. Even earlier, the Siete Partidas of Alfonso the Wise command respect to ecclesiastical persons. This respect, therefore, the friars demand, if they are longer to remain in the islands, and be the support of the government. This memorial is one by those who are fighting for life, and who see dimly ahead the fate that may overtake them.

As the final official document in this series, we present the Friar Memorial from April 21, 1898, which expresses the collective protest of all the orders (Augustinians, Franciscans, Recollects, Dominicans, and Jesuits). However, it would never be officially delivered to its intended recipients (the Spanish government, via the minister of the colonies) due to the arrival of the American squadron in Spanish waters and the defeat of the Spanish fleet. Nonetheless, it is appropriate to include this document in the series, as it fully articulates the friars’ perspective and represents the end of the old Spanish regime. Both the introduction and conclusion express the loyalty of the orders to the Spanish government, while throughout the document, there is a strong sense of patriotism among all the members of the orders as Spaniards. The memorial serves as a rebuttal to accusations against the friars from both Spanish and Philippine sources; it opposes free thought, Masonry and other secret societies, the secularization of the orders, episcopal visitation, the secularization of schools, and all the demands from separatists and insurgents. The friars vigorously deny being the cause of the insurrection. They assert they have consistently fulfilled their duties and acted in the interests of religion and the Spanish homeland. The insurgents, filibusters, and separatists from both Spain and the islands have directed their attacks against religion to disguise their true intentions. The friars have patiently endured the slander directed against them, but they can no longer do so in good conscience. They take pride in their historical record in the islands, aware that, as the only permanent social entity from the peninsula in the Philippines, they have Christianized the islands, maintained peaceful relations there, and preserved them for Spain. It’s only since the emergence of those influenced by revolutionary free thought and Freemasonry that the islands have been unsettled—over the past thirty years. The Katipunan society is merely a group based on Masonic principles, and its recent spread across various regions complicates the situation further and makes resolution more challenging. If the orders had remained silent in response to the efforts of the Masons, filibusters, and insurgents, they might not have faced persecution. But because they consistently defended traditional religion and Spain, they have been subject to a storm of abuse and mistreatment. They challenge their critics to substantiate claims that they have neglected their duties or engaged in personal immorality. They have not exploited the collection of parish fees; they are not opposed to education (in fact, they created and supported all education in the islands); they do not look down on educated natives, and, as can easily be shown, they have good relationships with them. Most graduates of their institutions have remained loyal, and the same can generally be said for the wealthy classes. The true cause of the rebellion can be traced back to the government allowing free thought and Masonic doctrines to infiltrate the islands, leading to diminished respect for both religion and Spain; naturally, this has fostered racial animosity. The only viable path to peace is to strengthen the religious life of the islands and eliminate all revolutionary elements of free thought and Masonry. The friars' mission needs government backing and respect; otherwise, they cannot continue to stay in the islands. They do not seek worldly honors or involvement in civil governance; they are even willing to give up the minimal official role they currently hold. However, they must demand the honor due to religion, which has always been rightfully theirs. They govern their actions by the Syllabus errorum of Pius IX. The laws of the Indias, the decisions of the monarchs, and the directives to Legazpi all commit Spain to maintaining friars in the Philippines and supporting the greater interests of religion. Even earlier, the Siete Partidas of Alfonso the Wise mandated respect for ecclesiastical figures. The friars therefore demand this respect if they are to continue their presence in the islands and support the government. This memorial is written by those fighting for their survival, who vaguely sense the challenging fate that may lie ahead.

The subject of agriculture in the islands is briefly treated in an appendix, showing conditions in the islands in 1784 and 1866, as described by Governor Basco and the German traveler Jagor respectively; the aims and achievements of the Economic Society of Manila; and references to the more important writings on agriculture in the islands. All show how backward were the conditions of that industry, even to the end of the Spanish régime, although various [26]efforts were made by Spain to institute reforms and promote the cultivation of the soil; but most of these were too superficial and partial to be successful—indeed, they were continually hindered by the whole system of Spanish colonial administration and the deficiencies in the native character and training.

The topic of agriculture in the islands is briefly covered in an appendix, detailing conditions in the islands in 1784 and 1866, as outlined by Governor Basco and the German traveler Jagor respectively; the goals and accomplishments of the Economic Society of Manila; and mentions of the more significant writings on agriculture in the islands. All these demonstrate how underdeveloped the conditions of that industry were, even by the end of the Spanish regime, although various [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]efforts were made by Spain to implement reforms and encourage farming; however, most of these were too superficial and limited to be effective—indeed, they were consistently obstructed by the entire system of Spanish colonial administration and the shortcomings in the native character and education.


In conclusion, the Editors desire to express their cordial thanks and acknowledgments for information, suggestions, and other assistance rendered by the many friends of this undertaking. The majority of these have been already mentioned in previous volumes, especially in annotations furnished by them; and the names of several more appear in the list of “Errata and addenda” (at the end of this volume) which is unavoidable in any series so extensive as this. Therein is contained much information which reached the Editors too late for insertion in its proper place, or was furnished by those whose personal knowledge enabled them to correct misstatements in works cited as authorities. The following persons may be mentioned as meriting special thanks for aid rendered to the Editors: Manuel de Yriarte, chief of Division of Archives, Manila; Epifanio de los Santos, Malolos, Bulacan, Luzón; T. H. Pardo de Tavera, of the Philippine Commission, Manila; and Rev. Anthony Huonder, S.J., Luxembourg, Europe.

In conclusion, the Editors want to sincerely thank everyone who contributed information, suggestions, and other help for this project. Most have already been mentioned in previous volumes, especially in the annotations they provided; and several more names appear in the “Errata and addenda” list at the end of this volume, which is inevitable in such a large series. This section includes a lot of information that reached the Editors too late to be included in the right place or was provided by those who had the personal knowledge to correct errors in the referenced works. The following individuals deserve special thanks for their assistance to the Editors: Manuel de Yriarte, head of the Division of Archives, Manila; Epifanio de los Santos, Malolos, Bulacan, Luzón; T. H. Pardo de Tavera, from the Philippine Commission, Manila; and Rev. Anthony Huonder, S.J., Luxembourg, Europe.

The Editors

The Editors

DOCUMENTS OF 1841–1898

Sources: The first of these documents, the rare volume iii of Mas’s Informe, is obtained from a typewritten copy furnished by Epifanio de los Santos from the printed original in his possession; the second, from an unpublished MS. in the possession of T. H. Pardo de Tavera, who furnished to the Editors a typewritten copy of it; the third is written especially for this series by James A. LeRoy; the fourth is summarized from volume iii of Montero y Vidal’s Historia de Filipinas; the fifth is obtained from a copy, furnished by E. de los Santos, of Rizal’s original MS.; the sixth, from James A. LeRoy’s copy of one of the printed originals, revised by a printed copy belonging to the Madrid edition.

Sources: The first of these documents, the rare volume iii of Mas’s Informe, comes from a typewritten copy provided by Epifanio de los Santos, based on the printed original he had; the second is from an unpublished manuscript held by T. H. Pardo de Tavera, who gave the Editors a typewritten version of it; the third is specially written for this series by James A. LeRoy; the fourth is a summary of volume iii of Montero y Vidal’s Historia de Filipinas; the fifth is from a copy supplied by E. de los Santos of Rizal’s original manuscript; the sixth is from James A. LeRoy’s copy of one of the printed originals, revised by a printed copy from the Madrid edition.

Translations: All these documents (outside of the third) are translated by James Alexander Robertson. [29]

Translations: All these documents (except for the third) are translated by James Alexander Robertson. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

INTERNAL POLITICAL CONDITION OF THE PHILIPPINES, 1842

Report on the condition of the Filipinas Islands in 1842. Written by the author of the “Aristodemo,” of the “Sistema musical de la lengua castellana,” etc.1 Volume III. Their internal political condition. Madrid, January, 1843.

Report on the state of the Philippines in 1842. Written by the author of "Aristodemo," "Sistema musical de la lengua castellana," etc.1 Volume III. Their internal political situation. Madrid, January, 1843.

The twenty-four chapters which I have presented [30]hitherto,2 have only been preliminary studies, in order that I might treat of the present matter; for it would be an ill thing to speak of the internal administration of the country, or of the line of policy that it is of advantage to adopt therein, without passing in review its anterior data, analyzing its elements, and forming an opinion of its resources.

The twenty-four chapters I've presented [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]so far,2 have just been preliminary studies, so I can address the current topic; it wouldn't be right to discuss the country's internal administration or the policies it should follow without reviewing its past data, analyzing its components, and assessing its resources.

The laws of every state must have one object, and the wiser and more perfect they are, the better they fulfil their end. To discourse, then, on those laws which are advisable in Filipinas, one must take note of the intentions that the government may have in regard to the islands. These intentions will probably be reduced to the following plans or principles.

The laws of every state should have a single purpose, and the wiser and more refined they are, the better they achieve that purpose. To discuss the laws that would be beneficial in the Philippines, we need to consider the government's intentions for the islands. These intentions can likely be summarized in the following plans or principles.

To conserve the colony forever, that is to say, without its separation being even thought of.

To keep the colony intact forever, meaning without even considering its separation.

To consider indifferently its loss or its conservation, [31]and the fate of the Spaniards living in the colony.

To think carelessly about losing it or keeping it, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and the lives of the Spaniards living in the colony.

To resolve upon emancipation, and prepare the colony for giving it freedom.3

To decide on freedom and get the colony ready to grant it. 3

In regard to the second of these three fundamental policies, nothing occurs to me to say, except that it follows in everything, as hitherto. I shall treat, then, only of the first and last.

In relation to the second of these three key policies, I don’t have anything to add, except that it continues to follow the same pattern as before. So, I will only discuss the first and last ones.

In order to conserve the colony, it is necessary, in my opinion, to work with reference to the spirit of the following three principles, which I shall endeavor successively to explain: 1st. It is advisable to reduce the Spanish-Filipino4 population to the least possible number. 2d. The people of color must voluntarily give respect and obedience to the whites. 3rd. The general administration demands a complete reform.

In order to preserve the colony, I believe we need to focus on the spirit of these three principles, which I will explain one by one: 1st. It’s advisable to reduce the Spanish-Filipino4 population to the lowest possible number. 2nd. The people of color must willingly show respect and obedience to the whites. 3rd. The overall administration requires a complete overhaul.

1st. It is advisable to reduce the population, etc. In the epochs when the light of experience was lacking, [32]it was believed that the most powerful means of assuring the possession of a colony was to increase the white race therein as much as possible; and, as a school for this conviction, they preferred to send thither as employes those who had the most children, especially female. The Council of Indias5 has, up to its last gasp, given proofs of this erroneous idea. But since then it has been seen that, in fleeing from Scylla, it has fallen into Charybdis; for among this white population born in the country, there is formed a local interest opposed to that of the mother-country, which begins by creating a discontent, and ends by suggesting the desire for independence. [Although a Filipino-Spaniard calls himself a Spaniard, all his sympathies are in the Philippines, and Spain is only secondary in his thoughts. Generally the sons or grandsons of government employes, Filipino-Spaniards, receive but little education, are fond of playing the gentleman, are lazy and dissipated. Little inclined to a professional or business career, they put all their efforts on securing a government post. As it is about one-half of the posts do belong to them, but since the best posts depend upon the favor of the Madrid ministers, the Filipino-Spaniards are constantly disappointed in the promotion which they believe [33]belongs to them by right. Consequently, there is much ill-will and complaint. Camba’s pamphlet,6 although chiefly written to prove that there was no disloyalty in the Philippines, yet noted the anger and consequent mutiny (June 2–3, 1823)7 because of the arrival of Governor J. Antonio Martinez (October, 1822) with a large staff of Peninsular officials and sergeants; as well as the displeasure manifested in October, 1825, by the arrival of a new contingent of civil and military officers with Governor Mariano Ricafort. Still, it is not right to expect that, so long as Spain does not intend to abandon the Philippines, it should refrain from sending Peninsulars to fill the posts there or cease to exercise the appointing or removing power as it sees fit. If all the posts are reserved for the Filipino-Spaniards, it cannot be expected that the islands will remain loyal to a country so distant from them. In fact, the Filipino-Spaniards, under existing circumstances, cannot receive greater consideration than at present. The natural and necessary preference for Peninsulars in the posts of the Philippines engenders the hatred of the Filipino-Spaniards toward them; but, on the other hand, this hatred has been greatly exaggerated by the [34]Peninsulars, who are intolerant and contemptuous of the colonials. This contempt, Mas illustrates by two examples, of which he was an eyewitness. Such things, together with the contemptuous nickname given them by the Peninsulars, gives rise to much ill-will on the part of the Filipino-Spaniards, who declare that all the cause of the enmity between the two classes comes from the former. The real cause, however, of the hatred, is economic, and a matter of the posts. Each of the male Filipino-Spaniards is seeking a post, but since there are only four hundred posts of all kinds in the islands, while the Filipino-Spaniards number about one thousand, the trouble must be continuous and must even become exaggerated, just so long as a remedy is not applied. Such a remedy would be for the government to refuse them any post in the army or other department of government service in the Philippines, although recognizing them as Spaniards with full rights if they come to reside in the Peninsula. Mas proceeds to elaborate his plan for decreasing the white population of the Philippines. All Spaniards going from Europe to the Philippines before the age of fifteen or sixteen must be regarded as Filipino-Spaniards. It is proposed that only single men be sent to fill posts in the islands, and that they be compelled to return to the Peninsula after twenty years, with permission to return in ten if they so please. It will be natural for these men to marry Filipino-Spanish women, who with their children will accompany their husbands to the Peninsula at the end of the twenty years. Transportation should be at national expense. On a basis of three passages for each family, the cost would be only 450 pesos. Each twenty [35]years, there would be one thousand two hundred return passages to be paid. This would cost only 27,000 pesos annually. In return, four hundred men would have to be sent to the islands each twenty years, or with allowance for deaths and other contingencies, five hundred. At 300 pesos apiece, this would cost annually 8,750 pesos; and the total transportation expense would be only 35,750 pesos. Although transportation is not now paid by the government, the strange mismanagement is practiced of sending married men with families, thus increasing the white population. On the basis that there are three thousand five hundred young Filipino-Spaniards in the islands (both male and female), and reckoning sixty years as the average life of the individual, there would be fifty-eight and one-third individuals for each year of the sixty years, of whom one-half would be women (and hence eligible for marriage with the Peninsulars). All the males shall be taken to Spain at the end of the fifteenth or sixteenth year at national expense, and there educated at the expense of the Manila treasury in whatever profession they choose. These shall reside in the Peninsula thereafter, where they shall be given a post. Some few of the thirty or so of the males reaching the indicated age annually, will doubtless prefer to devote themselves to commerce or industry; hence at the most there will be only about twenty-five passages of young men to reckon on annually, which will be an inconsiderable expense. If this plan be carried out there will be few children to transport after sixteen years. European Spaniards, if prohibited from marrying native Filipino and mestizo women, will marry only Filipino-Spanish [36]women. Hence, as they continue to retire to Spain, the white population will constantly decrease. There will not be a sufficiently large number of whites to become turbulent, and the domination of the Peninsula over the islands will be ensured. This plan can be carried out at an annual expense of about 40,000 pesos, and probably much less. This will really be a saving over present expenses, for retirement and widows’ pensions cost more, the widow of an oidor receiving 18,000 reals vellon. Hence, the passive classes receive about 175,000 pesos annually. However, Mas does not advocate that those receiving pensions at present be deprived of them or sent to Spain, as this would be unjust and cause discontent. In former years the quarrels and discontent did not lead to desire for independence. The population was not so great as now; also (and especially) since an annual situado was sent from the Peninsula to pay the government employes, and the latter thus depended on the Spanish treasury, they would have gained nothing by rebelling. This is the case at present in the Marianas Islands, where the officials are paid and supported from the money and food sent there, and the few whites there, consequently, have no desire for independence.] It will also be asked, in addition, whether, in case the Philippine colony separated at present, it would be possible for the white population to become masters of the country, or would there be a tendency for them, perhaps, to amalgamate with the colored population. The observation is very just. The Filipino-Spaniards do not think of forming a body with the (Indian) natives, nor is it possible for them to desire it, for now they are the masters and in such an event they would [39]become equals and even inferiors, since the vast mass of the natives would quickly reduce them to nullity in the matter of government, and in place of the privileges and exemptions from paying taxes, which they at present enjoy, they would more than once have to obey and humble themselves before the very one who now mops the ground that their foot touches. In the recent occurrence of Tayabas,8 when the first news of the insurrection arrived, I was at a gathering of several Spanish leaders, and they all believed, or at least suspected, that the whites of the country had compromised themselves in the matter. I maintained immediately, and obstinately, that they were mistaken in this, since however disloyal and intemperate one may fancy the Filipino-Spaniards, it was impossible for me to believe that it would ever enter their heads to arouse and arm the natives. In fact, the true spirit of the movement was soon known, and it was seen that the Filipino-Spaniards were as alarmed at the result (if not more so) as were the Europeans. Their hopes and plans, then, can only be based on the persuasion that the natives and Chinese mestizos will continue quiet, and pay the tribute as at present, and that they will make their patrimony from the country, and share its posts. This idea is highly absurd, no doubt. Much less loved by the natives than the Europeans, without the support of the friars (for even granting the case that those living in the country should remain, others would cease to go from the Peninsula), without capital, in a weak minority for the subjugation of more than two hundred thousand rich, active, and intelligent mestizos, and three and one-half millions of [40]natives (who have already rebelled against the Spaniards themselves, in spite of the great prestige of the reenforcements that could be received from the other side of the seas), and compelled by force of circumstances to adopt a liberal and intelligent system with reference to these same natives, which would speedily make the latter more arrogant and exacting than at present, it is quite easy to see that the government of Filipinas, would within a very few years, fall into the hands of the Indian Filipinos, or, perhaps, into those of the Chinese mestizos, or of the two races mixed, and that the whites would become submissive to the people of color—if they were not despoiled of all their property, as having been usurped and without valid title, just as happened to the Turkish families who had acquired possession in that land during the long rule of the Turks in Greece, in which, since the insurrection, not a single Mussulman has remained. It is clear, therefore, that this Spanish population, long established in the country, is the one that has most to lose. In case of an outbreak, the Europeans would return to España, where they would continue their professions and would find their kin. The Filipino-Spaniards, however, would have to change utterly, for they would lose everything, and would have to seek another country. These are obvious and important truths, and nevertheless, can we tax the individuals in question with being blind or stupid, when we see repeatedly in the history of popular revolts that a Bailly, a Danton, in fine, that the most clever and eminent men persuade themselves that they are able to stop a revolution at the line which they trace, and do not suspect that they are going to be the victims of the masses who rise?

1st. It's advisable to reduce the population, etc. In the times when experience was lacking, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] it was thought that the best way to secure a colony was to increase the white population as much as possible. To support this belief, they sent those with the most children, particularly women, as employees there. The Council of Indias 5 continued to demonstrate this mistaken idea until its end. However, it's now evident that, in trying to escape one problem, they fell into another; this local white population born in the colony developed interests opposed to those of the mother country, leading to discontent and ultimately a desire for independence. Although a Filipino-Spaniard identifies as a Spaniard, their loyalties lie primarily in the Philippines, making Spain a secondary concern. Generally, the sons or grandsons of government employees, the Filipino-Spaniards, receive minimal education, enjoy acting like gentlemen, and tend to be lazy and wasteful. They are less inclined towards professional or business careers, focusing instead on securing government positions, where about half of the roles are filled by them. However, since the most prestigious positions depend on the favor of Madrid's ministers, Filipino-Spaniards often feel disappointed in promotions they believe [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] are their due. As a result, resentment and complaints are prevalent. Camba’s pamphlet, 6, was primarily written to show that there was no disloyalty in the Philippines, yet it noted the anger and subsequent mutiny (June 2–3, 1823) 7 triggered by Governor J. Antonio Martinez's arrival (October 1822) with a large contingent of officials and sergeants from Spain, and the displeasure that arose in October 1825 with the arrival of Governor Mariano Ricafort and more civil and military officers. Still, it’s unrealistic to expect that as long as Spain does not plan to abandon the Philippines, it would refrain from sending Peninsulars to occupy posts there or stop exercising the power to appoint or remove people as it sees fit. If all the positions are reserved for Filipino-Spaniards, it’s unreasonable to expect the islands to remain loyal to a country so far removed from them. In fact, given the current circumstances, Filipino-Spaniards cannot hope for greater regard than they currently receive. The necessary preference for Peninsulars in Philippines positions breeds animosity among Filipino-Spaniards towards them, but this animosity is greatly amplified by the Peninsulars, who are intolerant and dismissive of the colonials. This contempt is illustrated by Mas through two examples he personally witnessed. Such attitudes, along with the derogatory nickname given to them by Peninsulars, foster significant resentment from Filipino-Spaniards, who argue that the root of hostility between the two groups lies with the latter. The actual source of hostility, however, is economic and tied to job accessibility. Each male Filipino-Spaniard is vying for a post, but with only four hundred available positions in the islands and around one thousand Filipino-Spaniards, ongoing issues are inevitable and will likely worsen without a solution. A potential solution would involve the government denying them any positions in the army or other government roles in the Philippines, although acknowledging them as Spaniards with full rights when they reside in the Peninsula. Mas goes on to detail his proposal to decrease the white population in the Philippines. Any Spaniards traveling from Europe to the Philippines before the age of fifteen or sixteen should be classified as Filipino-Spaniards. He suggests that only single men should be dispatched for positions in the islands and that they should be required to return to the Peninsula after twenty years, with the option to return in ten if they wish. Naturally, these men would marry Filipino-Spanish women, who would then accompany their husbands back to the Peninsula after the twenty years. The government should cover transportation costs. Based on three passages for each family, the cost would be just 450 pesos. Every twenty [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] years, there would be one thousand two hundred return trips to be funded, costing only 27,000 pesos annually. In exchange, four hundred men would need to be sent to the islands every twenty years, or, accounting for deaths and other factors, around five hundred. At 300 pesos each, this would amount to an annual cost of 8,750 pesos, making the total transportation expenditure only 35,750 pesos. Even though transportation is currently not covered by the government, it’s peculiar that they send married men with families, thereby increasing the white population. Assuming there are three thousand five hundred young Filipino-Spaniards in the islands (both male and female) and considering sixty years as the average lifespan, there would be fifty-eight and one-third individuals each year over sixty years, half of whom would be women (and thus eligible to marry Peninsulars). All males should be taken to Spain at the end of their fifteenth or sixteenth year at national expense and educated thanks to the Manila treasury in their chosen profession. They would then live in the Peninsula, where they would be assigned jobs. A small number of the thirty or so males reaching the target age each year may choose to engage in commerce or industry; hence, at most, only around twenty-five passages of young men should be expected annually, representing a negligible cost. If this plan is implemented, few children will need transporting after sixteen years. European Spaniards, if forbidden from marrying native Filipino and mestizo women, will only marry Filipino-Spanish [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] women. Therefore, as they continue to retire to Spain, the white population will steadily decline. There simply won’t be enough whites to cause unrest, ensuring the Peninsula's dominance over the islands. This plan can be executed at an annual cost of about 40,000 pesos, likely even less. This would actually save money compared to current expenses, as retirement and widow pensions are more costly, with a widow of an oidor receiving 18,000 reals vellon. Thus, the passive classes currently cost about 175,000 pesos annually. However, Mas does not suggest that those receiving pensions now should lose them or be sent to Spain, as that would be unfair and create discontent. In earlier years, conflicts and discontent did not lead to calls for independence. The population was not as large as it is today; additionally, because an annual subsidy was sent from the Peninsula to pay government employees, they had nothing to gain from rebelling. This is currently the case in the Marianas Islands, where officials are compensated and supported through funds and provisions sent there, leading to the few whites having no desire for independence. It also raises the question of whether, if the Philippine colony were to separate now, the white population would be able to take control of the country or if they might end up mingling with the colored population. It’s a valid observation. The Filipino-Spaniards don’t envision themselves forming a coalition with the (Indian) natives, nor could they want it, as they are seen as the leaders, and in such a scenario, they would [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] risk becoming equals or even subordinates. The large number of natives would quickly overpower them in governance. Instead of retaining the privileges and tax exemptions they currently enjoy, they would often find themselves submitting and bowing to those who presently serve them. During the recent events in Tayabas 8, when the first news of the insurrection arrived, I was at a gathering of several Spanish leaders, who all believed, or at least suspected, that the whites in the country had conspired in the matter. I immediately and stubbornly argued that they were mistaken, for no matter how disloyal or rash one might consider the Filipino-Spaniards, it was impossible for me to believe they would ever think of inciting or arming the natives. In fact, the true nature of the movement became evident quickly, and it was clear that the Filipino-Spaniards were as alarmed by the outcome (if not more so) as the Europeans. Their hopes and plans can only hinge on the belief that the natives and Chinese mestizos will remain compliant and continue to pay their dues as they do now, allowing them to make their legacy from the land and share its positions. This notion is undoubtedly quite absurd. The natives have a much lower regard for them compared to Europeans, and without the friars' support (even if those residing there remained, others would stop coming from the Peninsula), without capital, and being a small minority tasked with subduing more than two hundred thousand wealthy, active, and intelligent mestizos and three and a half million [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] natives (who have already rebelled against the Spaniards, despite the considerable prestige of the reinforcements possible from the other side of the ocean), and required by circumstances to adopt a progressive and intelligent approach towards these same natives—which would quickly make them more demanding than they are now—it’s clear that the governance of Filipinas would soon end up in the hands of the Indigenous Filipinos, or perhaps the Chinese mestizos, or a mix of the two groups, and that the whites would become subservient to the people of color. They may even be stripped of all their possessions, deemed as usurpations without valid titles, similar to what happened to Turkish families who acquired land during the long Turkish rule in Greece, where, since the uprising, not a single Muslim has remained. Thus, it’s clear that this long-established Spanish community in the country has the most to lose. Should an uprising occur, Europeans could simply return to España, continuing their professions and reuniting with their families. In contrast, Filipino-Spaniards would face total upheaval, losing everything and needing to seek refuge in another country. These are obvious and significant truths. However, can we truly blame those involved for being blind or foolish, when history shows us repeatedly that eminent individuals like Bailly or Danton, despite their brilliance, deceive themselves into believing they can control a revolution, unaware that they are likely to become victims of the very masses they incite?

Map of the Dolores or Garbanzos Islands (the Carolinas), 1731; drawn by Juan Antonio Cantova, S.J.

Map of the Dolores or Garbanzos Islands (the Carolinas), 1731; drawn by Juan Antonio Cantova, S.J.

Map of the Dolores or Garbanzos Islands (the Carolinas), 1731; created by Juan Antonio Cantova, S.J.

[Photographic facsimile of original MS. map in Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla]

[Photographic reproduction of the original manuscript map in General Archive of the Indies, Seville]

[41]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

For the white population that remains in the country, and for all who are living there at present, agriculture offers an abundant resource. Very fatal is the deep-rooted idea that Spaniards cannot prosper in it. [Mas cites several instances to prove that Spaniards can succeed in agriculture in the Philippines. He also cites the instances of the Ansaldos family as told by father Agustin de Santa Maria, who acquired great wealth from agriculture, and who moved to the Peninsula during the English invasion.] Reflection: Just as the two Ansaldos brothers, leaving the life of trade, which the Spaniards in the Indias generally follow, applied themselves to the cultivation of the soil through their own efforts, lived many years, and succeeded in amassing a fixed and permanent capital, why could not the same be done by so many idle spongers who go about Manila with their white faces begging, deceiving, terrifying, exciting, and confounding all the inhabitants?

For the white population that still exists in the country, and for everyone currently living there, agriculture provides a plentiful resource. The deeply ingrained belief that Spaniards can’t thrive in it is very harmful. [Mas provides several examples to show that Spaniards can succeed in agriculture in the Philippines. He also mentions the Ansaldos family as recounted by Father Agustin de Santa Maria, who became very wealthy from farming and eventually moved to the Peninsula during the English invasion.] Reflection: Just as the two Ansaldos brothers left their trade—typically followed by Spaniards in the Indias—and dedicated themselves to farming through their own efforts, living for many years and successfully building a stable and permanent capital, why couldn't the same be achieved by the many lazy freeloaders wandering around Manila with their pale faces, begging, deceiving, scaring, stirring up trouble, and confusing all the local residents?

The present superintendent of the islands, Don Juan M. de la Matta,9 whose opinion I greatly respect, because I truly believe that he is one of the few Spaniards who know the country, and that he has the capacity, honor, patriotism, and energy to do something good and solid there, wrote me in a letter now before me: “It is necessary for the Spanish population to stick to agriculture, the only source capable of providing abundantly for their necessities, for which the profit from any other employ in the different careers of the state is indeed very insufficient. I have already called the attention of the ministry of the treasury to this particular, showing [42]that a wretched generation, and consequently, one dissolute and turbulent, is increasing daily, and that the government must prevent in time the fatal consequences, by inviting them to turn their attention to agriculture.10 In fact, there are rich and extensive lands which have been abandoned, which ought to invite the attention of a Filipino-Spaniard more than the posts, for with an estate not only can he live in ease and independently, but he can also establish a rich patrimony for his descendants. Lands that now are worth little, or even nothing, will in time have a greater or less price by reason of the population of the territory and the perfection to which its cultivation is carried. There is today in the charity hospital of Sidney an aged woman, whose husband owned a bit of land, which he sold thirty years back for three pounds sterling, and at this moment it is worth one-half million pesos fuertes. And this, only because of the rapid increase in population! In Filipinas itself, any one can be convinced of this manifest fact, which is a trivial truth among economists. In Laguna and other provinces, there are most fertile fields, abandoned and at the disposal of the one who will take them; and in Bulacan and Tondo, whose soil is very inferior, all have owners and a value. In the environs of Malolos and Manila, land costs one thousand [43]pesos fuertes per quiñon. One hundred years ago, this same quiñon could be bought for fifty.”

The current superintendent of the islands, Don Juan M. de la Matta,9 whose opinion I truly respect, because I genuinely believe he is one of the few Spaniards who understand the country, and that he has the ability, integrity, patriotism, and drive to make a real difference, wrote me in a letter I'm looking at now: “It’s essential for the Spanish population to focus on agriculture, the only reliable source that can adequately meet their needs since the income from any other jobs in various state careers is very limited. I have already brought this issue to the attention of the treasury ministry, pointing out [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] that a struggling generation, and therefore, one that is undisciplined and restless, is growing each day, and that the government must intervene in time to prevent serious consequences by encouraging them to turn their focus to agriculture.10 In fact, there are rich and vast lands that have been neglected, which should attract the interest of a Filipino-Spaniard more than job positions, because owning a property not only allows for a comfortable and independent life, but also provides the opportunity to establish a valuable inheritance for future generations. Lands that are currently worth little, or even next to nothing, will eventually increase in value due to the growing population and the improvement in farming techniques. Right now, in the charity hospital of Sydney, there is an elderly woman whose husband sold a piece of land thirty years ago for three pounds sterling, and today it’s valued at half a million pesos fuertes. And this is simply due to the rapid population growth! In the Philippines itself, anyone can see this undeniable fact, which is a basic truth among economists. In Laguna and other provinces, there are incredibly fertile fields that have been abandoned and are available for anyone willing to take them; meanwhile, in Bulacan and Tondo, where the soil is much poorer, all the land is owned and holds value. In the areas surrounding Malolos and Manila, land costs one thousand [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] pesos fuertes per quiñon. A hundred years ago, that same quiñon could be purchased for fifty.”

[The difficulty in attracting the whites to an agricultural life lies in the labor question. Mas does not consider advisable the system of the Dutch in Java,11 and prescribed by certain laws of the Indies, of compelling the natives to work in estates at the established wage scale, “as the natives have been accustomed for three centuries to be humored and allowed freely to work or live in idleness according to their fancy.” He proposes that the heavy tribute of the Chinese who cultivate the lands of the Spaniards be reduced to the small amount paid by the Chinese mestizos; also that negritos, Igorots, and captured Moro pirates be made to cultivate the fields for the Spaniards. He also recommends the plan of indenturing the condemned criminals out to the cultivators, as England did with its criminals, who were sent to America in former periods. This system Mas does not consider as unjust or inhumane, but quite the contrary, for the farmers, since their pocket book is touched, will be more considerate than the prison officials. He recommends the awarding of prizes for the cultivation of cacao and coffee; and “finally, the authorization of individual contracts, by means of which Filipinos may bind themselves to work on [44]the estate of a Spaniard for a certain number of years, as is done in the military service, such Spaniards then remaining subject until the termination of the contract. These persons, during said time, shall be exempt from service in the army, and exemption from polos and personal service may even be conceded to some (for instance, to one for each quiñon of land).”]

[The challenge of getting white people to adopt agricultural lifestyles comes down to labor issues. Mas believes that the Dutch system in Java, as dictated by certain laws of the Indies, which forces natives to work on estates at a set wage, is not effective. He argues that “the natives have been used for three centuries to being indulged and allowed to work or live idly as they please.” He suggests that the heavy taxes on the Chinese farmers who till the land for the Spaniards should be lowered to match what Chinese mestizos pay. He also proposes that negritos, Igorots, and captured Moro pirates be tasked with farming for the Spaniards. Additionally, he recommends employing condemned criminals for agricultural work, similar to how England sent its criminals to America in earlier times. Mas does not see this system as unfair or inhumane; on the contrary, he believes that farmers, if financially impacted, would be more understanding than prison officials. He also suggests offering prizes for the cultivation of cacao and coffee, and “finally, the creation of individual contracts, allowing Filipinos to commit to working on [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the estate of a Spaniard for a certain number of years, similar to military service, with the Spaniards remaining bound until the contract ends. Those individuals would be exempt from military service during that time, and some could even be granted exemption from labor duties and personal service (for example, one for each plot of land).”]

2d. People of color must voluntarily respect and obey the whites. In order to attain this object, it is necessary to maintain the former race in an intellectual and moral condition which will make of their numerical majority a political force less than that which resides in the second, just as a pile of straw in the balance weighs less than a gold nugget. The farmer or the goatherd does not read social contracts, or know more than what takes place in his own village. This is not the class of people who have overthrown absolutism in España, but that class who are educated in the colleges, and who know the price of guarantees, and fight for them. We must not depart from this point of view, if we are to discuss the matter sincerely. The making of liberals must be necessarily avoided, for in a colony the words liberal and insurgent are synonymous. The consequence of the idea will be to admit the principle that each step forward is a treading backward. It is necessary to circumscribe the education to primary schools where reading, writing, and arithmetic will be taught, continuing as at present with one school in each village, and leaving their direction to the curas. The colleges for males now existing in Manila must be closed.12 In English India, whose educational institutions [45]and free government are of so much weight with some, there is nothing similar to this, and an Englishman who wishes to become a lawyer, a notary, a physician, or a military or civil official, has to go to England for study and graduation—I say Englishman, for the natives do not even enter into the question.

2d. People of color must willingly respect and obey white people. To achieve this, it's important to keep the former race in an intellectual and moral state that makes their numerical majority a political force weaker than that of the latter, just like a pile of straw weighs less than a gold nugget on a scale. The farmer or goatherd doesn't read social contracts or know much beyond what's happening in their own village. This isn't the group that has overthrown absolutism in Spain, but rather those educated in colleges, who understand the value of rights and fight for them. We shouldn't stray from this perspective if we want to discuss the matter honestly. We must avoid creating liberals, because in a colony, the terms liberal and insurgent mean the same thing. The outcome of this idea will suggest that every advance is actually a step back. Education should be limited to primary schools where reading, writing, and math are taught, continuing as we do now with one school in each village, and leaving their management to the local priests. The male colleges currently in Manila should be closed. In English India, where educational institutions and self-government are valued by some, there’s nothing like this, and an Englishman who wants to be a lawyer, notary, doctor, or military or civil official has to go to England to study and graduate—I say Englishman, because the natives aren't even considered in this scenario.

In the service of arms, they must not rise beyond privates or at the most corporals. It is much better to make a sergeant or officer from a Spanish farmer, even though he cannot read and write, than from the more capable native. On the contrary, the more dexterous and deserving is the latter, so much greater will be the mistake committed. Here the one who plays for gain loses. It is less dangerous and more tolerable to bestow the rank of officer on a very stupid, vicious, and cowardly fellow.

In the military, they shouldn't rise above the rank of private, or at most, corporal. It's far better to promote a Spanish farmer to sergeant or officer, even if he can't read or write, rather than someone more skilled from the local population. In fact, the more capable and deserving the latter is, the bigger the mistake would be. In this case, the one who plays for gain ends up losing. It's less risky and more acceptable to give officer rank to someone who is very stupid, immoral, and cowardly.

It is necessary to provide that a Spanish cura be placed in each village, and it is preferable to leave a village without a minister rather than to place it in charge of a Filipino secular priest. Between Filipinas and España there is no other bond of union than the Christian religion. This bond is very powerful, and may induce the islanders to love and to defend the Spanish domination as a duty. In no place better than in España is it known of what the religious influence on the masses is capable, even in violation of their most direct interests. To imagine that the natives will become fond of our government because they judge it good or the best possible, I [46]believe a vain project. Their ignorance regarding the condition of other peoples does not permit of their entering into such comparisons; and those who might be capable of doing it, will discuss political matters; and however excellent such men consider our domination, they would always think that it would be more advantageous for them to withdraw from the yoke and seize the scepter in their own hands, and pass by this method from their humble condition of vassals and subjugated to that of masters and mandarins. Therefore, just as the community is sustained by virtue and the monarchy by fidelity, this colony, in my opinion, must be maintained by religion. Starting from this beginning, nothing can become so direct an agent for promoting emancipation, as the ordaining of priests among the natives.13 Some persons observe that they are unfit and vicious, and consequently, do not infuse respect, exercise influence or cause fear. More, if a Filipino secular priest lives in a state of intoxication, and even commits, as has indeed happened, atrocious crimes which lead him to the scaffold, he does not for this cease to be a priest; and thus he degrades the class to which he belongs, and undermines the prestige of [47]sanctity surrounding the character of a religious man. And this idea, namely, that because they are Filipinos, they cannot have any influence, has been destroyed by merely the recent insurrection in Tayabas, where a lay-brother, a young fellow, without any personal or antecedent quality that could make him respected, was able, by means of a religious matter—without the printed copies of the admonition of the archbishop of Manila, or the Spanish friars of the neighboring territory, being able to prevent it—to cause a settlement to mutiny and to arm a crowd of three or four thousand men, even to the point of firing upon their own pastors, who only saved themselves by means of flight; to kill the governor of the province; and attack the national troops. And so that my opinion in regard to this matter is, and has been, that of many others who studied the country, I shall copy a few extracts illustrative of the matter.14 [48]

It is essential to ensure that a Spanish priest is assigned to each village, and it’s better to leave a village without a minister than to let a Filipino secular priest take charge. The only connection between the Philippines and Spain is the Christian faith. This connection is very strong and can inspire the islanders to love and defend Spanish rule as their duty. No one knows better than in Spain how much religious influence can sway the masses, even against their own interests. To think that the natives will grow fond of our government just because they see it as good or the best possible option is, in my opinion, a misguided notion. Their lack of understanding about the situation of other peoples prevents them from making such comparisons; and those who might be capable of doing so will engage in political discussions, and no matter how great they view our rule, they would still believe it would be better for them to break free and take control themselves, shifting from being humble subjects to being masters. Thus, just as the community is held up by virtue and the monarchy by loyalty, I believe this colony must be upheld by religion. From this starting point, nothing can more directly promote emancipation than ordaining priests among the natives. Some argue that they are unqualified and corrupt and therefore do not inspire respect, wield influence, or evoke fear. However, if a Filipino secular priest is living in a state of drunkenness and even commits heinous crimes that could lead him to execution, he doesn’t stop being a priest; instead, he tarnishes his class and undermines the aura of sanctity surrounding a religious figure. The idea that, because they are Filipinos, they cannot hold any influence has been disproven by the recent uprising in Tayabas, where a lay brother, a young man without any particular qualities to earn respect, managed, through a religious matter—despite the archbishop of Manila and the Spanish friars in the area being unable to stop it—to incite a settlement to revolt and gather a mob of three or four thousand people, even to the extent of firing upon their own leaders, who only escaped by fleeing; he was responsible for killing the provincial governor and attacking the national troops. To illustrate that my views on this issue align with those of many others who have studied the country, I’ll share a few quotes relevant to the matter.

[Mas’s first extract is from a communication to the king from Governor Aguilar, dated November 25, 1804. In this letter, Aguilar characterizes the native secular priests as lazy and dissolute. He cites a recent example of a village, evidently previously in charge of the native seculars, where a Recollect priest has been placed in charge, and where in consequence the church has been completed and order preserved. Although there are some good native priests, they do not infuse the respect that the regulars do, for the latter are never intimate with their parishioners, while the native priests, on the other hand, live on an intimate footing with them, and enter into every detail of their lives. Consequently, the regulars can manage the natives better than the native secular priests. Again the religious have no ties, and hence their only care is their church and their duty. The native seculars are burdened with relatives, who even live in the curacies with them, and hence, they neglect their churches which soon fall into ruin. It would be bad indeed for the islands if the bishops were to transfer the curacies to the native seculars. That might be done when there are Spanish secular priests who possess the right qualities, but to transfer them to the natives would be committing a great wrong. If all the villages in charge of native secular priests had friar curas, they would be in a much better condition. In Negros, which is in charge of the native seculars, nothing is done, a ruinous condition prevails, and the villages are greatly depopulated. If the matter were left to him, he would not allow a single native secular priest to have charge of a village. They might profitably be used as assistants to the regulars.] [49]

[Mas’s first extract is from a message to the king from Governor Aguilar, dated November 25, 1804. In this letter, Aguilar describes the native secular priests as lazy and irresponsible. He points to a recent example of a village, previously managed by the native seculars, where a Recollect priest has taken charge, resulting in the completion of the church and the maintenance of order. Although there are some good native priests, they don’t command the same respect as the regulars, who maintain a distance from their parishioners. In contrast, the native priests have close relationships with the locals and are involved in every aspect of their lives. This closeness gives the regulars an advantage in managing the natives compared to the native secular priests. Moreover, the regulars have no family ties, allowing them to focus solely on their church and responsibilities. The native seculars, however, are burdened with relatives who often live in the parishes with them, causing them to neglect their churches, which quickly fall into disrepair. It would be a disaster for the islands if bishops transferred the curacies to native seculars. That might be appropriate when there are Spanish secular priests with the right qualifications, but handing them over to the natives would be a serious mistake. If all the villages run by native secular priests had friar curas, their condition would improve significantly. In Negros, which is managed by native seculars, nothing gets done; the situation is deteriorating, and the villages are heavily depopulated. If it were up to him, he wouldn’t allow a single native secular priest to oversee a village. They could be effectively utilized as assistants to the regulars.] [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[The second letter is one from the Manila Ayuntamiento, dated July 12, 1804. This letter is highly laudatory of the friars, who spare no pains to fulfil their duties. The native secular priests however, are only in few instances found efficient, and are in general only fit to act as assistants to the friar curas. The Filipinos with their weak intellects, seem unfitted for the office of priest, by reason of their lack of constancy. They have not the education requisite for the office of priest, for the conciliar seminaries are little more than a name in which a few native secular priests, themselves without sufficient education, attempt to teach. The regulars subjected to the royal patronage would be much better than any native seculars. After Mindoro was transferred from the Recollects to the native seculars, the missions quickly declined, churches were ruined, Moro raids increased, and the tribute of the villages fell off. In consequence, the government now wishes to replace the native clergy by the Recollects. The regulars also further the temporal affairs, and have done notable things in agriculture. The Ayuntamiento hopes that the complaints against the regulars will be disregarded, “for although there are some defects which they may have, they are always useful to religion and the state.”]

[The second letter is from the Manila Ayuntamiento, dated July 12, 1804. This letter praises the friars, who go above and beyond to fulfill their duties. However, the local secular priests are often found to be inefficient and are generally only suitable to assist the friar curas. The Filipinos, with their limited intellect, seem unfit for the role of priest due to their lack of consistency. They do not have the necessary education for the priesthood, as the conciliar seminaries are little more than a title where a few native secular priests, who themselves lack sufficient education, try to teach. The regular clergy under royal patronage would perform much better than any native seculars. After Mindoro was handed over from the Recollects to the native seculars, the missions rapidly deteriorated, churches fell into disrepair, Moro raids increased, and the tribute from the villages declined. As a result, the government now wants to replace the native clergy with the Recollects. The regulars also contribute to local affairs and have made significant improvements in agriculture. The Ayuntamiento hopes that the complaints against the regulars will be overlooked, “for although there are some flaws they may have, they are always beneficial to religion and the state.”]

[The third citation is from San Agustin’s famous letter on the character of the natives.15]

[The third citation is from San Agustin’s famous letter about the character of the natives.15]

Taking the Christian religion as the foundation [50]upon which our domination is sustained, it is evident that everything that contributes to destroy the religious spirit, destroys and undermines this foundation. Under this idea nothing can have more direct harm than the degradation and corruption of the minister of divine worship, and experience has demonstrated this truth. For just as the first sectarians of Jesus Christ extended his religion rapidly by means of the enthusiasm which took possession of their minds, and by means of the martyrdoms which they suffered, so also, in all places where the priests have given themselves to effeminacy, to feasting, to ambition, and to vices, the belief of the peoples has diminished from that moment, and they have ended by falling into religious indifference. The government ought, then, to consider the clergy as a power; and just as great care is taken not to introduce insubordination and demoralization into an army, so also the government ought to watch over the conduct of the curas. Let them have all the influence possible over the village, but let them always be Spanish Europeans, and allow them to feel no other interest than España. This is the vital question. If the matter be considered under this point of view, one cannot exaggerate the harm that a goodly portion of the friars are doing, and the moral force that our government is losing because of the manner in which they are living. The most general weakness is that of concubinage. Many keep a mistress (who is there called a stewardess [despensera]), inside or outside the convent. The convent in Filipinas has no cloister, as it is a parochial house. And this fault, if one considers the climate of the country, the circumstances, and the ideas of the natives, is, to say truth, the most excusable and the least harmful. [51]

Taking the Christian religion as the foundation [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] for our authority, it’s clear that anything that undermines the religious spirit also weakens this foundation. With this in mind, nothing does more damage than the downfall and corruption of those who serve in divine worship, and experience proves this truth. Just as the earliest followers of Jesus Christ spread his message quickly through their inspired dedication and the sacrifices they made, in places where priests indulge in laziness, feasting, ambition, and vices, the people's faith has faded, leading them to religious indifference. The government should view the clergy as a significant power; just as care is taken to prevent insubordination and moral decay in an army, the government should monitor the behavior of the priests. They should have as much influence as possible in the community but should always identify as Spanish Europeans and focus solely on the interests of España. This is the critical issue. From this perspective, it’s impossible to overstate the damage that many friars are causing and the moral authority our government is losing due to their lifestyle choices. A common issue is concubinage. Many have a mistress (known as a stewardess [despensera]), either inside or outside the convent. The convent in the Philippines has no cloister since it functions as a parish house. Considering the country's climate, circumstances, and the beliefs of the locals, this issue is, to be honest, the most understandable and least harmful. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The most pernicious and transcendental fault into which many curas have fallen especially for some time back—a fault ten times more harmful than the one to which we have referred—is that of avarice, fed by the practice of trading. It is well known that the mode of trading in that country usually consists in usury, that is, in advancing money in order later to receive products in kind at a very low price. And even leaving aside this aspect of the matter, it happens, as is natural, that the minister, as soon as he has become a speculator, contrives to get some profit from his position, and from the influence which his ministry and the policy indispensable in that country give him, and thinks little or nothing of the means so long as they conduce to the increase of his capital. Sometimes this vice is united with the first, and the stewardess or her husband—who is generally one of the servants of the convent, whom the friar has married to her, in order to save appearances—is charged with the gathering, magazines, shops, sales, etc. But it must be confessed that the government has had a great part in this corruption, by protecting the religious against their superiors. Two left during the term of General Lardizabal, taking a large amount with them. When the Augustinian provincial, Father Grijalvo, went with his secretary, Father Fausto Lopez, to see him [i.e., Lardizabal] about one of them (Father Jarava)16 who wished to go away with his money, and said provincial asserted to him that [52]this was a very bad example, as there were many who would devote their energies to making money, and then leave, although religious are so necessary in these islands, the said general answered him: “Do not believe it. You are not so necessary. You are deceived in this. The English government in India has no friars, and yet that country is sustained and prospers.” Nevertheless, in Singapor, he [i.e., Father Jarava] boasted in conversation with the good Bishop Courvery (as the latter mentioned to me) of the gold which he carried; and told him of the presents which he had had to bestow in Manila in order to obtain his passport, especially to the assessor of the government. The most illustrious bishop wrote that to that capital, and on learning it, the guileless general Lardizabal was angry enough to tear his hair, as was mentioned by the secretary of the government, Cambronero.17 In 1840 they went to inform the alcalde-mayor of a province that all those who went away with indigo, unless provided with a pass by the cura, were detained in the bantayan (a kind of sentry-box) of a village in his jurisdiction. [53]The alcalde ordered the matter to be investigated, and found it to be so; and some passes were brought to him, which stated little more or less than “permit So-and-so to pass with so many quintals of indigo.” The reason for this was that the cura had advanced money to them, and feared that if they carried away the indigo and sold it, it would afterward be impossible to collect the money. The alcalde ordered a verbal process to be formulated, in which two friars and two secular priests made their depositions in the most effective terms against the cura in question. [The alcalde-mayor wrote to the vicar of the province, who answered him under date of Batac, July 25, 1840, to the effect that the freedom given by the government to the friars, who had been relieved of obedience to their prelates, accounted for this. The government and the ideas of the present time were to blame, consequently, not the friar prelates. The friar of whom the alcalde-mayor and the vicar wrote boasted that when he was attacked on the one side he took refuge in the jurisdiction of the other. Although he boasted that he intended to take his 40,000 pesos and enjoy life with a female companion, yet he obtained governmental permission to remain in his curacy.] The curas generally suffer from another defect, namely, that of meddling in temporal matters, or rather, of endeavoring to abrogate all jurisdictions, and then assume these in themselves. It is evident that there must be a limit to everything, and that those friars who display an insolent spirit and are usurpers of command must restrain themselves within limits. But this evil is one of the least, if our chief and vital object be considered to be the conservation of the state. Is it or not a fact that, [54]for España to maintain this colony under its dominion, it needs the influence of the religious over the inhabitants? If it is a fact, one must consider these persons as instruments; their influence must be positive; the alcaldes and other employes must be wheels of the machine, who must be in communication with them, and to a certain point move at their impulse. So long as the villages obey the voice of the friars, the islands will be Spanish, for the friars can do no less than be so. Emancipation would inevitably cause their ruin. This will appear hard and unendurable to many who are not friends of theoretic intervention, especially among the present military and civil officers of Filipinas; but I understand it in this way, and do not see by what other agency a handful of Spaniards can, at six thousand leguas’ distance, and without Spanish troops, keep obedient a vast and wealthy country, which has need of us for nothing, in which there are not a few elements of independence, and which is coveted by many foreign nations.

The most harmful and serious mistake that many priests have made, especially recently—a mistake that is ten times worse than the one we've already discussed—is greed, driven by the practice of trading. It's well-known that trading in that country typically involves usury, meaning lending money to later receive goods at a very low price. Even setting that aside, it’s only natural for a minister, once he becomes a speculator, to find ways to profit from his position and the influence that his ministry and the necessary policies in that country provide, caring little about the means as long as they increase his wealth. Sometimes this vice combines with another, where the stewardess or her husband—who is usually one of the convent's staff whom the friar has married to her for appearances—manages the gathering, storage, shops, sales, etc. However, it must be acknowledged that the government has played a significant role in this corruption by protecting the clergy from their superiors. Two left during General Lardizabal's term, taking a large sum with them. When the Augustinian provincial, Father Grijalvo, went with his secretary, Father Fausto Lopez, to discuss one of them (Father Jarava) who wanted to leave with his money, the provincial told him that this was a terrible example, as many would focus on making money and then leave, even though the clergy are essential in these islands. The general responded: "Don’t believe it. You are not as important as you think. You’re mistaken. The British government in India has no friars, and yet that country thrives." Nonetheless, in Singapore, he (Father Jarava) boasted in conversation with Bishop Courvery (as the latter told me) about the gold he was carrying and mentioned the gifts he had to give in Manila to obtain his passport, especially to the government assessor. The distinguished bishop informed the capital about this, and when the straightforward General Lardizabal found out, he was so upset he nearly tore his hair out, as noted by the government secretary, Cambronero. In 1840, they informed the alcalde-mayor of a province that anyone trying to leave with indigo without a pass from the priest would be held in the bantayan (a type of sentry box) of a village in his jurisdiction. The alcalde ordered an investigation, which confirmed this. Some passes were presented to him, which stated little more than "allow So-and-so to pass with so many quintals of indigo." The reason was that the priest had lent them money and feared that if they took the indigo and sold it, he wouldn’t be able to collect the money afterward. The alcalde ordered a formal record to be created, where two friars and two secular priests gave their statements in strong terms against the priest in question. The alcalde-mayor wrote to the vicar of the province, who replied from Batac on July 25, 1840, saying that the freedom granted by the government to the friars, who had been freed from obedience to their superiors, was to blame for this situation. The government and the current ideas were the culprits, not the friar superiors. The friar mentioned in the correspondence boasted that when he faced an attack, he sought refuge in the jurisdiction of another. Although he claimed he intended to take his 40,000 pesos and enjoy life with a female companion, he still managed to secure government permission to remain in his curacy. The priests generally suffer from another flaw, which is meddling in worldly matters, or rather, trying to abolish all jurisdictions and then taking them for themselves. It's clear that there must be a limit to everything, and those friars who act arrogantly and overstep their bounds must restrain themselves. However, this issue is one of the lesser evils, considering our primary goal is the preservation of the state. Is it not true that for Spain to maintain its control over this colony, it relies on the influence of the clergy over the local people? If this is the case, we must view these individuals as tools; their influence must be constructive, and the alcaldes and other officials must be cogs in the system, interacting with them and somewhat acting at their direction. As long as the villages heed the friars, the islands will remain Spanish, because the friars have no choice but to uphold that. Emancipation would surely lead to their downfall. This might seem harsh and unbearable to many who oppose theoretical intervention, especially among the current military and civil officials in the Philippines; but I see it this way and cannot imagine how a small group of Spaniards can, from six thousand leagues away, and without Spanish troops, keep a vast and wealthy nation obedient, a nation that requires nothing from us, contains many elements of independence, and is desired by several foreign powers.

And if all this is a fact, we can do no less than lament the unjustifiable imprudence of having printed in the ordinances of good government now in force, which were printed and distributed throughout the whole country, the following:

And if all this is true, we can only regret the unreasonable carelessness of having included in the current regulations of good governance, which were printed and distributed nationwide, the following:

[Here follow ordinances 17, 18, 24, 30, 31, 85, 87, 89, 91 and 92 (some only in part), for a synopsis of which see VOL. I., pp. 234, 235, 236, 238, 239, and 256–261. Mas continues:]

[Here follow ordinances 17, 18, 24, 30, 31, 85, 87, 89, 91 and 92 (some only in part), for a synopsis of which see VOL. 1., pp. 234, 235, 236, 238, 239, and 256–261. Mas continues:]

In no part did the animosity with which these ordinances were written appear so much as in these last two articles, for they treat of the construction of convents, churches, and royal houses; and since none [55]of these edifices can be erected without the instructions of a special measure and by authorization, it follows that the government is dictating provisions to itself, and consequently, it was quite useless to insert them in a public law; and although it was intended that they should contain the expression of the royal will, the latter would always have been sufficient provided that action were taken in the proper bureau. Moreover, what ordinance 91 says about the possibility of the sumptuous convents being used as a shelter by the enemy, as was experienced in the war with the English, seems to me to be lacking in common sense. For if they are susceptible of being used as fortresses, they will be an advantage to those possessing them, who may, if they wish, burn them when they have to abandon them. In the same category are all the strongholds. For example, in the war with the English above mentioned, the latter captured Manila, and immediately made use of the forts to protect themselves from Anda’s troops. Consequently, according to the argument, the fortifications of Manila ought to be demolished. If the enemy defend themselves in the convents, it will be because they have to flee from us, and then we can desire nothing better than that they shut themselves up, so that we may surround them and take them prisoners. If the Spaniards are in such a condition that they look upon the convent as a refuge, they can, since they are in their own country, get aid at any moment. A large and beautiful church, in the midst of a village of bamboo or board houses, contributes not a little to inspire a lofty idea of what is within it. All the sumptuous edifices of the ancients were temples. [56]

In no part did the hostility behind these regulations show more clearly than in the last two articles, as they discuss the construction of convents, churches, and royal residences. Since none of these buildings can be constructed without specific guidelines and authorization, it means the government is essentially creating rules for itself, making it unnecessary to include them in a public law. While the intention was for these articles to reflect the royal will, that would always be sufficient if actions were taken in the right department. Furthermore, what ordinance 91 mentions about the potential for these lavish convents to serve as hideouts for the enemy, as seen during the war with the English, seems quite illogical. If they can be used as fortresses, they would benefit whoever owns them, who could simply burn them if they needed to abandon them. This concept also applies to all strongholds. For instance, during the aforementioned war, the English captured Manila and immediately utilized the forts to protect themselves from Anda’s troops. Therefore, based on this reasoning, the fortifications in Manila should be torn down. If the enemy takes refuge in the convents, it’s because they are on the run from us, and we would want nothing more than for them to barricade themselves inside, allowing us to surround them and capture them. If the Spaniards find themselves in a position where they view the convent as a safe haven, they can easily get help since they are in their own country. A large and beautiful church, nestled among a village of bamboo or wooden houses, greatly inspires a sense of reverence for what lies within. All the grand structures of the ancients were temples. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The utility of protecting the religious spirit having been admitted, the Spaniards of the province, who in general give a contrary example, by not fulfilling their church duties, do great harm. This is so much more harmful, as they are in the sight of the entire village, which knows quite well the actions of their most private life. Finding myself on the day of Corpus Christi at a place where a large procession and Church function were being made, not a single Spaniard of the several who were there, went to mass, including the governor of the province. For an alcalde not to go to mass, becomes so much the more scandalous, as it is the custom for the gobernadorcillo with all the community and past captains to go to get him at the royal house in order to accompany him as a matter of ceremony to the church.

The importance of protecting religious beliefs has been acknowledged, yet the Spaniards in the province, who generally set a bad example by ignoring their church duties, are causing significant harm. This is especially damaging since they are in full view of the entire village, which is well aware of their private actions. On Corpus Christi, I found myself at a large procession and church event, yet not a single Spaniard present, including the governor of the province, attended mass. For an alcalde to skip mass is particularly scandalous, as it’s customary for the gobernadorcillo along with the whole community and previous captains to go to the royal house to escort him as part of the ceremony to the church.

It happens on account of this that it is enough for them to give notice of a Spaniard to the cura so that the latter may have the cura told that he is not at home—a thing which contributes to destroy the prestige of our name and dominion. Surely, this, joined with other motives, has contributed to diminish the spirit of devotion, especially for the last fifteen or twenty years. This decrease is not imaginary. I have assured myself of it through several channels, among others, through a house that formerly traded in books of religion and prints. From this I deduce that our foundations are becoming weaker, and if they are not strengthened, it may be delayed more or less, but the edifice will fall. I opine then, that if the colony is to be conserved, it is absolutely necessary to take positive measures to check the exterior manifestations of irreligion; to cause the priests to appear under the most possible venerable point of [57]view; and to endeavor to have their influence over the masses powerful. One of the acts to which the curas now see themselves obliged, and which robs them of great prestige, is the collection of the parochial fees at marriages and burials. A person who has lost a child or a parent by death, has in addition to the grief for his loss, the expense which it occasions. He goes to the cura weeping, and tells him that he has no money. The cura, nevertheless, must show himself inexorable; finally the native hands the cura a portion of the sum; the parish priest bids him go get the part lacking; he returns with another portion; and after seeing that the pretense of his poverty avails him nothing, he pays the whole fee. There are some who come with the money divided into the four corners of their handkerchiefs, and unwrap them one after the other, trying each time to avoid the payment. The same thing happens in marriages; and there are many who live in concubinage waiting until the cura marries them free of charge. These scenes are very unpleasant to the religious, and yet, they can do no less than show themselves hard, for if they did otherwise they would be unable to collect any of the fees which belong to them and form the greater part of their income. And the worst of all is, that this money which the cura would lose, would probably not be used in reproductive investments, but would be spent in feasting and the cockpit. It would be, then, much more advisable, and very much to the taste of the religious, to have a general tax imposed, and collected by the alcalde, as now happens with the sanctorum.18 One-half real [58]annually for each soul would be sufficient and would compensate, as some of them have assured me, for the present sum of the parochial fees. The display in the ceremony of marriage and burial ought to be suitable and designated by rules. Those who desired [59]any music or some extraordinary mourning decorations could pay something extra. In that way, the parishioners would experience nothing more from their parish priests than agreeable things—counsel, protection, and alms.

It turns out that all they need to do is inform the priest about a Spaniard so that he can say he's not available—this really undermines our reputation and authority. This situation, along with other reasons, has weakened people's devotion, especially over the last fifteen or twenty years. This decline isn’t just in their heads. I've confirmed it through various sources, including a shop that used to sell religious books and prints. From this, I gather that our foundations are getting weaker, and if we don’t strengthen them, it might hold off the inevitable for a while, but our establishment will eventually crumble. I believe that if we want to preserve the colony, we absolutely need to take direct steps to address the obvious signs of irreligion; we need the priests to present themselves as respectfully as possible; and we should aim to make their influence over the community strong. One of the things priests now find themselves forced to do, which really damages their reputation, is collecting fees for marriages and funerals. When a person loses a child or parent, they already feel sorrow over their loss and then face the added burden of the costs involved. They go to the priest in tears and claim they have no money. Yet the priest has to remain firm; ultimately, the person offers a portion of the fee; the priest tells them to go gather the rest; they return with another portion; and after realizing that pretending to be poor isn’t working, they end up paying the full amount. Some people come with the money split into the four corners of their handkerchiefs, unwrapping them one by one, trying to dodge the payment each time. The same issue arises with marriages; many live in sin hoping the priest will marry them for free. These situations are really awkward for the clergy, and despite this, they have no choice but to be strict because if they weren’t, they wouldn’t collect any of the fees that make up most of their income. The worst part is that the money the priest would lose probably wouldn’t go toward anything productive but would just be spent on partying and gambling. Therefore, it would be much more sensible and favored by the clergy to impose a general tax, collected by the mayor, like what currently happens with the sanctorum. A fee of half a real [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] per year for each person would be enough and would, as some have told me, cover the current parochial fees. The ceremonies for marriages and funerals should be appropriately conducted and regulated by rules. Those wanting [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] extra music or special mourning decorations could pay a little more. This way, parishioners would only experience positivity from their parish priests—guidance, support, and charity.

Since it is very important that the religious, as guides of public opinion, have essentially Spanish hearts, it is absolutely necessary for all these men to be born, to have been educated and ordained in España. From this is deduced the need of protecting the colleges existing at present, and where friars are made who take a vow for Filipinas.19

Since it's crucial for religious leaders, as shapers of public opinion, to have fundamentally Spanish hearts, it's essential that all these individuals are born, educated, and ordained in Spain. This highlights the need to support the current colleges that train friars who pledge their commitment to the Philippines.19

Their pride must be entirely broken, and they must in all places and on all occasions consider the Spaniard as their master, and not their equal. Our laws of Indias, dictated in the most beneficent, but not always in the most wise, spirit, not only concede them all the rights of Spaniards, but seem in several points to prefer them to the Spaniards, especially in the possession of lands. These benevolent regulations, often executed with exaggeration by the auditors of the Audiencia, the protector of the Indians, and the governors-general who come from España, overflowing with ideas of philanthropy and humanity, and without knowing the natives otherwise than by their humble hypocritical exterior with influential persons, have raised their pretensions to an alarming degree.

Their pride must be completely shattered, and they should always see the Spaniard as their master, not their equal. Our laws for the Indies, created with good intentions but not always with the best judgment, not only grant them all the rights of Spaniards but also seem in several ways to favor them over the Spaniards, especially regarding land ownership. These well-meaning regulations, often exaggeratedly enforced by the auditors of the Audiencia, the protectors of the Indians, and the governors-general who come from Spain, filled with ideas of philanthropy and humanity, and only knowing the natives through their humble, deceitful appearance around influential people, have significantly raised their expectations.

[The natives have committed many acts of violence and contempt. A Recollect cura was beheaded in Talibong, Cebú; the provincial governor of Negros was assassinated in 1833, and another Spaniard [60]severely wounded; the alcalde-mayor of Capis was attacked in 1836, but saved himself by his presence of mind; the house of the alcalde-mayor of Antique was burned and he barely escaped the flames; another alcalde-mayor was taken prisoner to Manila in an iron cage; the cura and government employes were ridiculed in pantomimic dances in Capan in 1841; a comedy was to have been enacted at the feast-day celebrations at Santa Cruz, Laguna, in 1840, in which the alcalde-mayor and his court were to be held up to ridicule, but it was avoided by the arrest of the actors. It has happened sometimes that the gobernadorcillo remains seated in the presence of a Spaniard with whom he has contests in the ayuntamiento. The members of the village ayuntamientos are not accustomed to rise when a Spaniard enters the town hall, and even laugh at them; and should the Spaniard grow angry and strike any of them, complaint is forthwith made to the governor, who punishes the Spaniard. An artillery captain and an advocate were stoned without cause in a Laguna village. A Spaniard, angered by the insolent answer of a native, struck him, whereupon the native threatened his life. In Manila, the natives are insolent. They do not yield the sidewalk to Spaniards; coachmen and porters do not rise in the presence of Spaniards; Filipino women do not yield to Spanish women either in the stores or the church. Since the new governor, Oraá, has ordered a verbal process against a commandant for punishing a servant, they have become more insolent than ever. Other acts of insolence are noted. These things are not heard of by the governor, or they lay no stress upon them as they do not recognize their political importance. [61]“Before the justice, the Spaniards and the Filipinos are equal.” The latter, however, get better treatment from the governors, who have even punished provincial governors severely, while they have treated the natives with clemency. The prestige of the Spanish name must be preserved. “He who merits it must without doubt be punished, not only for the crime which he commits against humanity and justice, but also because it obscures the luster of the Spanish character from which righteousness, benevolence, and liberality ought always shine forth. But it is advisable that this be among Spaniards, and that no account or satisfaction of it be given to the natives. Place them in the way of rights, and they will not pay until driving us from their soil.” It is wrong to treat the native with less severity than the Spaniard. Mas asserts that in all the countries in which he has traveled, he has had to exercise patience to no greater degree than in the Philippines. The insolence and disrespect which he has witnessed do not allow him to see safety and security for the Spaniards. “It seems to me that the islands were more secure in the times when a native got down on his knees when a Spaniard passed.” Mas advises that Spaniards alone be allowed to wear the neckerchief, and that natives and mestizos be distinguished by the loose shirt and straw hat which they have chosen themselves. Principales only should be permitted to wear jackets. The religious have destroyed distinction in rank among the natives in great measure, but while this is generous and democratic, “the destruction of rank also destroys the principle of ambition, the stimulus for economy and work.”]

[The locals have committed many violent and disrespectful acts. A Recollect priest was beheaded in Talibong, Cebu; the provincial governor of Negros was assassinated in 1833, and another Spaniard [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]was seriously injured; the mayor of Capis was attacked in 1836 but managed to save himself with quick thinking; the house of the mayor of Antique was burned, and he narrowly escaped the flames; another mayor was taken prisoner to Manila in an iron cage; priests and government officials were mocked in pantomime dances in Capan in 1841; there was supposed to be a comedy during the feast-day celebrations in Santa Cruz, Laguna, in 1840, mocking the mayor and his court, but it was stopped by the arrest of the actors. Sometimes the gobernadorcillo stays seated when a Spaniard is present during meetings in the ayuntamiento. The members of the village ayuntamientos don’t usually stand when a Spaniard enters the town hall, and they even laugh at them; if a Spaniard gets angry and hits one of them, a complaint is immediately made to the governor, who punishes the Spaniard. An artillery captain and a lawyer were stoned for no reason in a Laguna village. A Spaniard, upset by a native’s disrespectful response, hit him, and the native threatened his life. In Manila, the locals are rude. They don’t give way on the sidewalks to Spaniards; drivers and porters don’t stand up for Spaniards; Filipino women also don’t yield to Spanish women in stores or churches. Since the new governor, Oraá, ordered an inquiry against a commandant for punishing a servant, they’ve become more insolent than ever. Other disrespectful acts are noted. The governor either doesn’t hear about these things or doesn’t take them seriously since they don’t recognize their political significance. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]“Before the law, Spaniards and Filipinos are equal.” However, the latter receive better treatment from the governors, who have even punished provincial governors harshly while treating the locals more leniently. The prestige of the Spanish name must be maintained. “Those who deserve it must certainly be punished, not only for the crimes they commit against humanity and justice but also because it tarnishes the reputation of the Spanish character, which should always represent righteousness, kindness, and generosity. But this should stay among Spaniards, and no recognition or satisfaction should be given to the locals. Set them on the path of rights, and they won’t pay up until they drive us from their land.” It’s wrong to treat the locals with less severity than the Spaniards. Mas claims that throughout all the countries he has visited, he has had to exercise patience more than in the Philippines. The rudeness and disrespect he has witnessed leave him feeling insecure for the Spaniards. “It seems to me that the islands were safer when a local would kneel when a Spaniard passed by.” Mas advises that only Spaniards should be allowed to wear neckerchiefs, and that locals and mestizos should be distinguishable by the loose shirts and straw hats they have chosen for themselves. Only the principales should be allowed to wear jackets. The religious have largely diminished the distinctions in rank among the locals, but while this is generous and democratic, “the loss of rank also destroys ambition, the drive for savings and hard work.”]

The places of cabezas de barangay must not be [62]hereditary, but these posts ought to be filled by the most wealthy. Among these people aristocracy of money has great influence, but not that of family. In the colony, there must be no noble blood except the Spanish. When the Filipino or mestizo meets a Spaniard, the former shall be obliged to stop (except at Manila) to salute him. If seated, he shall rise when the Spaniard addresses him or passes in front of him. He who raises his hand against a Spaniard, although it be to defend his own life, shall incur the penalty of laboring on the public works all his life. If the offense is verbal, the punishment shall be decreased in proportion to the case. A Spaniard shall not give a seat in his house to a Filipino or mestizo, much less sit at table with him. He who falls into this fault of decorum, shall be punished the first two times by a fine, and the third time he shall be exiled from the colony. No Spaniard, under any consideration, shall be allowed to contract marriage with any Filipino or mestizo woman. The Filipinos or mestizos who desire to use a carriage or a saddle horse, shall have to obtain a permit for which an annual tax shall be charged, so that those who sustain this luxury may be very few. [Mas condemns the custom of giving the title “Don” to gobernadorcillos and principales. Even almost naked Tinguianes and Igorots are found with that title—which is ridiculous. Let the Filipinos use their own native equivalents for “Don” and “Doña.” Also the natives should not be allowed to present petitions which are disrespectful because of their ignorance of the language, such as for instance calling the governor a robber.]

The positions of cabezas de barangay shouldn't be hereditary; instead, they should be held by the wealthiest individuals. Among these people, financial aristocracy is very influential, but family background isn't. In the colony, there should be no noble blood except for the Spanish. When a Filipino or mestizo encounters a Spaniard, they must stop (except in Manila) to greet him. If sitting, they should rise when the Spaniard speaks to them or walks by. Anyone who raises their hand against a Spaniard, even in self-defense, will face the punishment of working on public projects for life. If the offense is verbal, the penalty will be reduced according to the situation. A Spaniard cannot offer a seat in his home to a Filipino or mestizo, let alone share a meal with them. Anyone who commits this breach of etiquette will be fined for the first two offenses, and on the third offense, they will be exiled from the colony. No Spaniard, under any circumstances, is allowed to marry a Filipino or mestizo woman. Filipinos or mestizos who want to use a carriage or ride a saddle horse must obtain a permit, which comes with an annual tax, ensuring that only a few can afford this luxury. [Mas criticizes the practice of granting the title “Don” to gobernadorcillos and principales. It's absurd to see almost naked Tinguianes and Igorots holding that title. Let the Filipinos use their own native equivalents for “Don” and “Doña.” Moreover, the natives shouldn't be allowed to make petitions that are disrespectful due to their lack of understanding of the language, such as referring to the governor as a robber.]

Government employes should be well paid, for in [63]a country where appearances count for so much as in the Philippines, it is not well to live in a miserly manner. There are no Spanish grandees in the colony, and but few of the merchants can afford to live luxuriously. Mere living expenses are cheaper than in Spain, and one could if he desired save more, but if the natives live better than the ruling class, there will be a loss of prestige. Better salaries are paid in the Philippines than in Spain, but this is necessary. The governor, for instance, must really give some idea of the royal master whom he is serving, and this can be done through a certain amount of display. Each official ought to spend at least two-thirds of his pay.

Government employees should be well paid because, in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] a country like the Philippines, where appearances matter so much, living frugally isn’t ideal. There aren’t any Spanish nobility in the colony, and only a few merchants can afford to live extravagantly. Basic living expenses are cheaper than in Spain, so one could save more if they wanted, but if the local people are living better than the ruling class, it will hurt their status. Salaries in the Philippines are higher than in Spain, but that's necessary. The governor, for example, needs to give an impression of the royal figure he represents, and this requires a certain level of showiness. Each official should aim to spend at least two-thirds of their salary.

No Spaniard ought to be allowed to go to the provinces who is not of well-known good behavior, and who does not leave in Manila a bondsman for the debts which he may contract. Passports are at times given to poor Spaniards, soldiers, or licensed corporals, for example, who go through the villages of the interior defrauding, guzzling, entering the houses of the town in an unbecoming manner, asking perhaps, food or baggage without paying for them, and finally obliging the natives to arrest them. The pernicious consequences of these examples are incalculable.

No Spaniard should be allowed to travel to the provinces unless they have a solid reputation for good behavior and leave a guarantor in Manila for any debts they might incur. Sometimes, poor Spaniards, soldiers, or licensed corporals are given passes to move through the interior villages, where they deceive people, drink excessively, enter homes inappropriately, ask for food or supplies without paying, and ultimately force the locals to arrest them. The harmful effects of these actions are immeasurable.

[In case that the employes of the treasury are decreased in number, and collections are made by contractors, only natives and Chinese mestizos should be accepted as such, on account of the odium incurred. The latter class will probably take the contract, which will result in good as it will tend to develop race hatred between them and the Filipinos.]

[If the number of treasury employees is reduced, and collections are done by contractors, only locals and Chinese mestizos should be allowed for this role due to the stigma involved. The latter group is likely to take the contract, which could result in positive outcomes as it may foster racial tensions between them and the Filipinos.]

Those races are the ones who make up the population. [64]The one excels and is strong through its number, and the other through its intelligence, activity, and wealth. The ability of the government will consist in keeping them always separated, and at swords’ points, in order that they may never form a common mass or public spirit, but that, on the contrary, the one may serve as an instrument to subject the other. Filipinos would rather associate with mestizos than with Spaniards, for although the first tyrannize over them, and draw them under the yoke so far as possible, they invite them to dine, and treat them so that they all appear united. The Spaniards, for the most part, always talk to them with an air of superiority, and keep them at a certain distance—a thing which naturally disgusts the Filipino.

Those groups make up the population. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] One group is strong in numbers, while the other is strong in intelligence, activity, and wealth. The government's ability relies on keeping them constantly divided and at odds with each other, so they never come together as a unified force or develop a common spirit. Instead, one group can be used to control the other. Filipinos prefer to associate with mestizos rather than Spaniards, because even though the mestizos oppress them and hold them down as much as possible, they still invite them to dinner and treat them in a way that creates an illusion of unity. In contrast, Spaniards generally approach them with an air of superiority and maintain a certain distance, which naturally annoys the Filipinos.

[The Filipinos do not, however, like the Chinese any better, but on the contrary, respect the Spaniards more as coming from a higher race. They regard the mestizos as a bastard race and beneath themselves. There are many lawsuits between the two classes for preference in rank. In villages where there are both mestizos and natives, each class has its own gobernadorcillo, although that of the latter has now been declared superior in rank, and in case of the death or absence of the alcalde-mayor, takes his place. They are jealous of these privileges, and in case of immediate separation, the mestizos would not become the dominant force in the country. This rivalry is useful for Spanish interests and must be preserved. The Chinese mestizos will within a century have grown to at least one million by natural increase and immigration from China; and will possess the greater part of the wealth of the islands. They are the proprietors, merchants, and educated [65]people of the country, and will dominate public opinion. This class has no sympathy for Spain and will be difficult to subdue. Therefore, the moral force of the natives must be preserved, and the rivalry between the two classes fomented, so that the natives may not become the vassals of the mestizos. Mas proposes a land tax on the mestizos and a distinctive dress. Theaters for both natives and mestizos, where they can rival and ridicule each other will be helpful. Arts and the prosperity of the country must be stimulated, for if the natives are left to their natural incapacity and sloth, they will be in the power of the Chinese mestizos within a century.]

[The Filipinos don’t like the Chinese any better; in fact, they respect the Spaniards more because they see them as a superior race. They consider the mestizos a mixed race and look down on them. There's a lot of legal disputes between the two groups over social status. In villages that have both mestizos and natives, each group has its own gobernadorcillo, although the one for the natives has been declared the higher rank and steps in if the alcalde-mayor is absent or dies. They’re protective of these privileges, and if they were to separate, the mestizos wouldn’t become the dominant group in the country. This competition benefits Spanish interests and should be maintained. In a century, the Chinese mestizos are expected to grow to at least a million due to natural growth and immigration from China; they will hold most of the islands’ wealth. They are the landowners, merchants, and educated people of the country, and they will shape public opinion. This group has no loyalty to Spain and will be hard to control. Therefore, the natives’ moral strength must be kept intact, and the rivalry between the two groups encouraged, to prevent the natives from becoming subservient to the mestizos. Mas suggests implementing a land tax on the mestizos and requiring them to wear distinctive clothing. Having theaters for both natives and mestizos, where they can compete and mock each other, will be beneficial. The arts and the prosperity of the country need to be promoted, because if the natives are left to their natural laziness and ineptitude, they will fall under the control of the Chinese mestizos within a century.]

[A Spanish force of at least one thousand or five hundred men is needed. If the native soldiers mutiny, nothing can restore discipline unless there is a Spanish force. Some of the governors have opposed even Spanish corporals and sergeants. The country seems quiet but a terrible mutiny and revolt may occur any day. There were only Spanish soldiers in the old days, and respect was more manifest. Native regiments are of modern date. The disreputable regiment of Asia made up largely of criminals has caused the Spanish soldiers to lose prestige among the natives. And besides they have been wretchedly treated. It would be well to have soldiers from Borneo or other islands outside the archipelago. If the British do not object, men might even be enlisted cheaply in India. This would relieve the natives from service, from which they would gladly be free; and the country would be more secure, and more prosperous.]

[A Spanish force of at least a thousand or five hundred men is necessary. If the local soldiers rebel, nothing can restore order without a Spanish presence. Some governors have even resisted having Spanish corporals and sergeants. The country appears calm, but a severe revolt could break out any day. In the past, there were only Spanish soldiers, and respect was much more evident. Native regiments are a recent development. The disreputable regiment from Asia, mostly made up of criminals, has diminished the prestige of Spanish soldiers among the locals. Additionally, they have been poorly treated. It would be beneficial to recruit soldiers from Borneo or other islands outside the archipelago. If the British don't mind, men could even be recruited cheaply from India. This would free the locals from service they would be eager to escape, making the country safer and more prosperous.]

[The principales should be allowed to hold meetings [66]only in the presence of the cura. It is well known that they plot against the alcalde-mayor and the cura at times when they assemble for any common matter.]

[The principals should be allowed to hold meetings [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]only in the presence of the priest. It's well known that they scheme against the mayor and the priest whenever they gather for any shared issue.]

The Spanish language ought not to be taught them, but they ought to learn to read and write in their own. It is impossible to avoid the introduction of papers and books into the provinces which it is unadvisable for them to read, and experience demonstrates that those who know our language, are almost always the restless ones of the villages and those who murmur at, censure, and act contrary to the curas and alcaldes.

The Spanish language shouldn't be taught to them; instead, they should learn to read and write in their own language. It's impossible to prevent the introduction of papers and books into the provinces that they shouldn't read, and experience shows that those who know our language are usually the troublemakers in the villages, the ones who criticize and oppose the priests and local leaders.

[It is folly to teach the natives how to make artillery and firearms. Factories for the manufacture of these are now being finished in the islands. It would be better to send everything of this nature from Spain. Another imprudence is the manufacture of powder. Besides its inferiority to Spanish powder, and the danger of allowing the natives to learn to make it, it costs more than that sent from Spain. Although after the delivery of twelve thousand quintals, the factory and its effects are to become national property, the works which are now not worth more than ten thousand pesos, will be worthless.]

[It's foolish to teach the locals how to make artillery and firearms. Factories for producing these are almost complete in the islands. It would be better to send everything of this kind from Spain. Another mistake is producing gunpowder. In addition to being inferior to Spanish gunpowder and the risk of letting the locals learn to make it, it costs more than what's shipped from Spain. Even though after delivering twelve thousand quintals, the factory and its assets will become public property, the current value of the works, which is only around ten thousand pesos, will be worthless.]

[Mas recommends the use of steam vessels for inter-island communication, for the rapid moving of troops, and the better protection of Spanish interests. They can also be used against the Moros20 with better effect than the small squadron of sailing vessels now employed, and will be more economical. Coal [67]and wood abound in the islands and can be used as fuel.]

[Mas suggests using steamships for communication between islands, for quickly moving troops, and for better protecting Spanish interests. They can also be more effective against the Moros20 compared to the small fleet of sailing vessels currently in use, and they will be more cost-efficient. Coal [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and wood are plentiful in the islands and can serve as fuel.]

The publication of a newspaper shall be permitted under the supervision of the government. In them shall be inserted descriptions of the best methods of making sugar, indigo, etc., dyeing thread, tempering iron, and in fact everything that may conduce to the instruction of agriculture and manufacture; the edicts and orders of the government; and political news, both peninsular and foreign, edited in the manner that is found advisable. [All the village ayuntamientos shall be compelled to subscribe to such a paper, and the cura shall be asked to translate into the native vernacular all useful articles. Foreign papers are admitted without any charge, and prove, instead of a benefit, an injury, for they are all democratic in tone, and foment disorder and discontent.] The non-existence of newspapers in Filipinas causes a very bad result among foreigners, who consider them and with reason, the foremost mark of civilization, and at the same time, the government is deprived of the advantage of guiding public opinion.21

The publication of a newspaper will be allowed under government supervision. These newspapers will include descriptions of the best methods for producing sugar, indigo, dyeing thread, tempering iron, and other topics that can help with agriculture and manufacturing. They will also contain government edicts and orders, as well as political news from both local and foreign sources, edited in a suitable way. [All local councils must subscribe to this paper, and the priest will be asked to translate useful articles into the native language. Foreign papers can be received for free, but instead of being helpful, they can cause harm because they are often democratic in nature and stir up disorder and discontent.] The lack of newspapers in the Philippines leads to negative perceptions among foreigners, who view newspapers as a key sign of civilization, and at the same time, the government misses out on the chance to influence public opinion.21

A system of police must be established, especially in the capital. Not many years ago, there was a commission of public vigilance, which was abolished, I believe, during the government of General Camba. The neglect of the captains-general in this regard at present is scarce credible.

A police system needs to be set up, especially in the capital. Not too long ago, there was a public vigilance commission, which I think was abolished during General Camba’s administration. It’s hard to believe how little attention the captains-general are giving to this matter right now.

[Although China has caused and will cause trouble in the future, still the salutary punishments that the Chinese have received, and the rapid increase in the Filipino population, justify the admission [68]into the islands of 15,000 or 20,000 more Chinese, on the basis that there are only 8,000 or 10,000 now in the islands. These can be scattered through the islands and would work only on the estates of Spaniards.] Twenty thousand Chinese could work 10,000 quiñons of land, which planted with sugar cane would yield annually 2,000,000 picos of sugar. This sugar sold at Manila at only 3 pesos fuertes [per quintal] would produce the sum of 6,000,000 pesos fuertes. [In case of a popular insurrection the Chinese would all side with the government and if an attack were threatened from China, it would be sufficient to turn them over to the Filipinos, who, because of their hatred for them, on account of their superior industry, would soon make short work of them.]

[Even though China has caused and will continue to cause issues in the future, the beneficial consequences that the Chinese have faced and the rapid growth of the Filipino population justify allowing 15,000 to 20,000 more Chinese to enter the islands, given there are only about 8,000 to 10,000 there now. These individuals could be spread throughout the islands and would work solely on Spanish estates.] Twenty thousand Chinese could cultivate 10,000 quiñons of land, which, when planted with sugar cane, would produce 2,000,000 picos of sugar each year. This sugar, if sold in Manila for just 3 pesos fuertes [per quintal], would generate a total of 6,000,000 pesos fuertes. [In the event of a popular uprising, the Chinese would align with the government, and if an attack from China were to occur, it would be enough to hand them over to the Filipinos, who, fueled by their resentment due to the Chinese's greater industriousness, would quickly deal with them.]

[Foreigners are useful because of their knowledge and capital, and create much wealth for the islands through their continued traffic with their own countries. But their presence does not promote the conservation of the colony.] Formerly the feeling against this class of persons was very pronounced, owing in great measure to the religious, who always spoke of the English, Dutch, etc., as heretics, drunkards, and barbarians. The antipathy thus engendered was highly important, in case of an outside attack. [The natives are now friendly to foreigners, who pay more liberally than Spaniards, and even Spaniards at Manila are aping the English and are friendly to them. Undesirable books have and will surely be introduced through the foreigners; and consequently, the laws forbidding them to go to the provinces must be enforced, and entrance to Manila must not be easy. La Place, the Frenchman, although [69]he wrote many inaccurate things of the islands,22 recognized the danger from foreigners, when speaking of the slaughter of the foreigners in 1819 during the cholera.]

[Foreigners are valuable because of their knowledge and resources, and they generate a lot of wealth for the islands through ongoing trade with their home countries. However, their presence does not help preserve the colony.] In the past, there was a strong negative feeling toward this group, largely because of religious leaders who often referred to the English, Dutch, and others as heretics, drunkards, and savages. This created significant hostility that could be crucial during an external attack. [The locals are now more welcoming to foreigners, who pay better than Spaniards, and even the Spaniards in Manila are trying to imitate the English and are friendly towards them. Undesirable books have been and will likely continue to be introduced by foreigners; therefore, the laws restricting them from entering the provinces must be enforced, and access to Manila should not be easy. La Place, the Frenchman, although [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]he wrote many inaccurate things about the islands,22 acknowledged the risk posed by foreigners when discussing the killing of foreigners in 1819 during the cholera outbreak.]

3rd. The administration requires a complete reform. The command of Filipinas has always been entrusted to a governor and captain-general, as if it were a province of España. To set some balance to his power, because of the distance from the throne, certain privileges and preeminences have been granted to other persons, especially to the Audiencia, even to the point of making of the latter a court of appeal against the measures of the chief of the islands. Besides, the revenues have been removed from his jurisdiction, and the office of the intendant has been constituted, who obeys no others than the orders communicated to him by the ministry of the treasury from Madrid.23 It is very obvious that this single point is quite sufficient to paralyze completely the action of the governor-general. Besides, since there are many matters which require to be passed on by distinct ministries, it happens that two contrary orders [70]touch the same matter, or that one order is lacking, which is enough to render its execution impossible, the contingency moreover arising that a chief may detain a communication, even after he has received it, if it does not suit him. This system of setting obstacles in the way of the governor of a distant colony is wise and absolutely necessary, but since the Leyes de Indias are not a constitutional code, but a compilation made in the year 175424 of royal orders despatched at various epochs and by distinct monarchs, in which are decided points of government, justice, war, politics, revenue, procedure, etc., there results rather than a balance among the various departments of authority a confusion of jurisdictions, the fatal fount of eternal discord. [Mas cites laws from Leyes de Indias showing the great confusion and contrariety of the orders to governor and Audiencia. This confusion has given rise to scandalous and tragic events because of the contests over authority. During these latter years have occurred many offenses of like nature. General Enrile had them with the intendant, and General Camba mentions several during the period of his government. To these difficulties, is added another, in order that the chariot may run right and easily; the government of the provinces is in charge of an alcalde-mayor,25 who is at once judge of first instance, chief of the political matters, subdelegate of the treasury, and war captain or military commandant, for whose different attributes [71]he is subject to authorities distinct from one another. This appears inconceivable, but yet it is a fact, although the cleverness of our India legislators has not been so great that it could free the system of the inconveniences which necessarily must obstruct it.

3rd. The administration needs a complete overhaul. The governance of the Philippines has always been given to a governor and captain-general, as if it were just another province of Spain. To balance out his power, due to the distance from the throne, some privileges and authority have been granted to other officials, especially to the Audiencia, to the extent that this body acts as a court of appeal against the governor's decisions. Additionally, the governor's control over revenue has been stripped away, and the position of intendant has been created, which answers only to the orders communicated to him by the treasury ministry in Madrid.23 It's clear that this alone is enough to completely paralyze the actions of the governor-general. Moreover, since many issues require approval from different ministries, it can lead to contradictory orders [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] addressing the same matter, or the absence of one order, making execution impossible. There’s also the possibility that a chief may withhold a communication even after receiving it if it doesn’t suit his interests. This method of creating obstacles for the governor of a distant colony is both wise and absolutely necessary, but because the Leyes de Indias is not a constitutional code but rather a compilation made in 175424 of royal orders from various times and different monarchs, which address matters of governance, justice, war, politics, revenue, procedures, etc., it results in confusion of jurisdictions rather than a balance among the various authorities, which is the root of endless discord. [Mas cites laws from Leyes de Indias illustrating the significant confusion and contradictions affecting the governor and Audiencia. This confusion has led to scandalous and tragic incidents due to power struggles. In recent years, many similar offenses have occurred. General Enrile had conflicts with the intendant, and General Camba noted several issues during his administration. To add to these challenges, for everything to run smoothly, the governance of the provinces falls to an alcalde-mayor,25 who serves as the first-instance judge, political chief, treasury subdelegate, and military commander, for which he reports to distinct authorities. This is hard to believe, but it's true, even though the ingenuity of our India legislators hasn’t been enough to eliminate the problems that inevitably hinder this system.

Whatever difficulty occurs in the fulfilment of an order, it must be solved by means of a conference and advice [consulta],26 from which a reply is not obtained until from twelve to fourteen months. These difficulties are more frequent in Filipinas than in a province of the Peninsula, because of the lack of knowledge of the country generally possessed by the ministers who dictate the measures. Things have gone so far that it has been ordered that the cultivation of the balate (a fish) be encouraged; and that the situado of Zamboanga be sent overland, because of the loss of the ship which was carrying it across to the island of Mindanao, where D. Infantes was then governing said presidio. The superintendent Enriquez says in the document which he printed on leaving his post in 1836,27 that in the short period [72]in which he filled the superintendency, he sent to the court six hundred and twenty-seven questions for resolution. And to these springs of torpor in the administration of the government, we must add that the captains-general scarcely decide any question whatever, without handing the matter for report to the assessor, fiscal, Audiencia, etc., because of the distance and impossibility of consulting España, and through their fear of compromising themselves, since on many occasions, measures have been obtained against them in Madrid, through agents and representatives or through complaints sent from the islands. The same thing happens with regard to the intendant and other authorities. From this practice arises the system of expedientes28 which reigns, and which is so fatal to the prosperity and good government of the country, since very often the arrangement that appears good to some, is contrary to the opinions or interests of others. [Expedientes lasting for years have been formulated for matters requiring immediate attention. For instance, one lasting for years was formulated in regard to an expedition against the Moro pirates. An expediente is formed when a foreigner arrives at Manila without a passport from Spain and asks permission to remain in the country, although the law on this point is explicit. Thus much valuable time is lost and the expedientes result in only a waste of paper, besides great injury to the islands. The governor often has to conform to the opinions expressed in the expediente, although he knows they will be the cause of [73]injustice.29 On the other hand, the governor is often directly at fault, because he enforces his own opinion on his assessor, who has often obtained his position through favoritism and is not a lawyer, and decides questions according to the will of the governor. Besides, the governor has the armed force at his disposal. The chiefs of the various departments at Manila carry on correspondence with the directors-general of their respective departments in Madrid, without the knowledge of the governor, a fact that increases the confusion and disorder. The director of the mails even is at fault in this, and renders accounts to the general post-office department in Spain.] A sub-inspector of engineers newly created, just went to Manila with orders to extend the fortifications of the capital to its suburbs. The suburbs contain about fifty thousand inhabitants scattered throughout various villages which are composed of [74]houses all of one story in height, which is enough to give an idea of the extension of the imagined fortification. The amount of artillery for garrisoning their walls, the workshop necessary to keep the artillery in good condition, the garrison necessary for their defense, besides the operating gangs: all were to be in the greatest magnitude, and demand an annual expense which the treasury of the colony could not even remotely meet. And if one reflect that the enemy can take all the other islands and even disembark at any point of Luzon itself without the necessity of going to Manila; that if this capital were besieged, it would be by enemies coming by sea, and hence, being masters of the port, they would very quickly take by hunger a place of one hundred and fifty thousand souls, or indeed it would be surrendered by the natives, and then the inhabitants, instead of contributing to the defense, would open their doors to the aggressors; and that the concentration of the forces, the property, the archives, and public and private wealth, at one single enclosed point, is to form a target to call the attention of exterior and interior enemies: we can do no less than agree that the plan of extending the fortifications of Manila to all its suburbs lacks all reasonable foundation, and that it will be advocated only by the many people who possess houses on the shores of the Pasig River, within cannon range, because of their fear lest, if the events of 1762 are again repeated, all those edifices which they were by a fatal lack of foresight permitted to raise successively (an evil which it is now very difficult if not impossible to remedy), would be leveled to the ground.

Whatever issues arise in fulfilling an order must be resolved through a conference and advice [consulta],26 and a response may not be received for twelve to fourteen months. These challenges occur more often in the Philippines than in the mainland provinces because the ministers making the decisions lack adequate knowledge of the country. It's gotten to the point where it's been mandated to promote the cultivation of the balate (a fish), and that the situado of Zamboanga should be transported overland due to the loss of the ship carrying it to the island of Mindanao, where D. Infantes was governing at that time. The superintendent Enriquez mentioned in the document he published upon leaving his position in 1836,27 that during his brief tenure [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__], he sent six hundred and twenty-seven questions to the court for resolution. Additionally, we must consider that the captains-general rarely make decisions without forwarding the matter to the assessor, fiscal, Audiencia, etc., due to the distance and the difficulty of consulting Spain, along with their fear of compromising themselves, as measures against them have often been obtained in Madrid through representatives or complaints sent from the islands. The same applies to the intendant and other authorities. This practice has led to the widespread system of expedientes28, which is detrimental to the prosperity and good governance of the country, since what seems beneficial to some may be against the opinions or interests of others. [Expedientes that last for years have been created for matters needing immediate attention. For instance, one that persisted for years was regarding an operation against the Moro pirates. An expediente is initiated when a foreigner arrives in Manila without a passport from Spain and requests permission to stay in the country, despite the law being clear on this matter. This results in significant time loss and the expedientes become a mere waste of paper while causing great harm to the islands. The governor often has to go along with the opinions stated in the expediente, even though he knows they will lead to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]injustice.29 On the other hand, the governor can also be directly at fault, as he imposes his views on the assessor, who might have gained his position through favoritism and is not a lawyer, making decisions based on the governor's wishes. Moreover, the governor has military force at his disposal. The heads of various departments in Manila correspond with their respective directors-general in Madrid without the governor's knowledge, which further contributes to confusion and disorder. Even the mail director is guilty of this and reports to the general post office department in Spain.] A newly created sub-inspector of engineers just went to Manila with orders to extend the fortifications of the capital into its suburbs. The suburbs house about fifty thousand people scattered across various villages made up of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]single-story houses, giving an idea of the scale of the proposed fortifications. The amount of artillery needed to defend these walls, the workshops required to maintain the artillery, the garrison needed for defense, along with the operational teams would have to be extensive and demand an annual budget that the colony's treasury could never hope to fulfill. If one considers that the enemy could capture all the other islands and even land anywhere on Luzon without needing to go to Manila; that if this capital were besieged it would be by enemies coming by sea, and thus controlling the port, they could quickly starve a population of one hundred and fifty thousand people, or the locals might surrender without contributing to the defense, even opening their doors to the attackers; and that concentrating forces, property, archives, and both public and private wealth in a single enclosed location makes it a target for both external and internal threats: we can only conclude that the plan to extend the fortifications of Manila into all its suburbs lacks any reasonable basis, and is only supported by those with homes along the shores of the Pasig River, within cannon range, out of fear that, should a repeat of the events of 1762 occur, all those buildings which they were allowed to construct due to a grave lack of foresight (an issue that is now extremely difficult, if not impossible, to rectify) would be reduced to rubble.

[However, the present condition of the treasury [75]will not allow this plan to be executed. The sub-inspector of the artillery has petitioned that all companies of the regiment be commanded by captains of the staff. This would cause discontent among the subalterns who would see all hope of promotion vanish forever. They can rise now only to captain, and some of them are even now angry. The artillery corps has always been loyal to the government and it is advisable to keep it so. Officers might indeed be trained in the military college, but in that case the promotion of the sergeants must be arranged for. Complaints of the military in the Philippines mean more than they do in Spain where the complainers are retired or exercise patience. But this substitution may be made without consulting the governor, as it is a matter concerning the artillery itself.]

[However, the current state of the treasury [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]won't support this plan. The sub-inspector of the artillery has requested that all companies of the regiment be led by staff captains. This would create discontent among the junior officers who would see all their chances for promotion disappear. They can only rise to captain now, and some are already upset. The artillery corps has always been loyal to the government, and it's best to maintain that loyalty. While officers can be trained at the military college, the promotion of the sergeants needs to be addressed. Complaints from the military in the Philippines carry more weight than those in Spain, where complainers are typically retired or more patient. However, this change can be made without consulting the governor, as it directly involves the artillery itself.]

In the various departments of the administration there may also be abuses to examine or correct, which will never be known or exactly proved by chiefs resident in Madrid, because of the distance which is so favorable to the distortion of facts. For example, the brigadier of the navy, Don J. Ruiz de Apodaca, told me before the sub-inspector of artillery and another chief that all the articles which were bought by the treasury for the arsenal, were charged at a much higher price than those for the fort, etc., and he invited me to go to his house where he would prove it to me with the documents. On the other side, I have heard complaints that after a contract had been made with the treasury for cables, iron, etc., it is impossible to get a receipt for them in the arsenal, unless for a bonus; that quantities of timber will not be receipted for and those who have transported it to Cavite have to sell it at any price; and that it is [76]bought by the very ones who have qualified it as useless; that many houses have been built in Cavite with the timber given out as no good, only with the object of making new bargains. Don F. Ossorio told me in the house of the secretary of the government, and in the presence of several respectable persons, that when he was commandant of artillery at that place, he made all the furniture of his house with wood which he bought in the arsenal as firewood. It is a fact that naval construction is very dear, and that the fragata “Esperanza” cost more than 600,000 pesos fuertes. During my stay in the islands, there has been talk of trickery in the outlay of tobacco, besides a defalcation in the magazines of three thousand eight hundred bundles of leaf. It was declared that there was introduced, for example, into the factory magazines, a quantity of bundled tobacco, in which was one part composed of fillers [palos] which had to be burned as useless; but if these fillers amounted to five thousand arrobas, only four thousand were destroyed. The other thousand arrobas were taken out as leaf of the best brand [from the magazines] and was carried to private houses where it was manufactured as contraband. This leaf was replaced by the fillers which ought to have been burned. For that reason, the cigars which were sent to the tobacco shops of the provinces, and even those which were sold to the trade, were sometimes of the worst quality; that the boxes were short weight; that choice lots were finished with care, and marked with a mark, and papers were given authorizing the exchange of tobacco in the factory, by which means the associates in these speculations could buy the poor tobacco which was given to the public, and leave it in the [77]national magazines, taking in place of it, that manufactured properly and reserved. But what I know to be a positive fact in this matter is that few or many superior or fine boxes were made, which were obtained by favor in Manila; and that when Don Luis Urrijola30 left the intendancy, the tobacco had lost its credit, and nine thousand boxes were held in the magazines, which no merchant then or since has cared to buy. The new superintendent, Don J. M. de la Matta took direct and positive measures by separating the magazine from the factory, and reducing the functions of the latter to the manufacture only, etc., whereupon the requests for the new tobacco were renewed, so that when I left Manila, it was impossible by a great amount to meet the demands of the trade. But had it not been for the providential appointment to the superintendency of said clever and zealous employe, perhaps that revenue would have entirely ceased. This is one of the foremost resources of that country, and the governor-general would at this moment find himself, perhaps, in the greatest straits, and it would be impossible to prevent the evil, although he knew its origin and progress, as he had no intervention in the department of the treasury, which is, nevertheless, the soul of all government. In the same place I also heard talk of the sale of posts, of abuses in the pay of vouchers and other matters. [These things may be [78]misrepresentation or calumny, but they are ever increasing in force and are being repeated with exaggeration—which tends to weaken Spanish prestige which is the source of their moral strength.]

In various government departments, there might be abuses that need to be examined or corrected, which will never be fully known or proven by officials living in Madrid because the distance allows for fact distortion. For instance, the naval brigadier, Don J. Ruiz de Apodaca, mentioned to me in front of the artillery sub-inspector and another official that all items purchased by the treasury for the arsenal were priced significantly higher than those for the forts, and he invited me to his home to prove it with documents. Additionally, I've heard complaints that after a contract has been made with the treasury for cables, iron, etc., it's almost impossible to get a receipt for them in the arsenal without paying a kickback; that large amounts of timber won’t be receipted, forcing those who transported it to Cavite to sell it for whatever they can; and that it is bought by the same people who deemed it useless. Many houses have been built in Cavite using the timber labeled as no good, purely to make new deals. Don F. Ossorio told me at the government secretary's house, in front of several respectable individuals, that when he was the artillery commandant there, he furnished his entire house with wood he bought from the arsenal as firewood. It's a fact that naval construction is very expensive, and the frigate “Esperanza” cost over 600,000 pesos fuertes. During my time in the islands, there were rumors of corruption regarding tobacco procurement, and a reported discrepancy of three thousand eight hundred bundles of leaf from the warehouses. For example, it was said that a quantity of bundled tobacco introduced into the factory stores included a part made of fillers that were supposed to be burned as useless; yet, if there were five thousand arrobas, only four thousand were destroyed. The remaining thousand arrobas were taken as high-quality leaf from the stores and taken to private homes for illegal production. This leaf was swapped with the fillers that should have been burned. Consequently, the cigars sent to the provincial tobacco shops, and even those sold commercially, were sometimes of inferior quality; the boxes were underweight; choice lots were carefully finished, marked, and accompanied by papers authorizing the exchange of tobacco in the factory, allowing those involved in these schemes to buy the substandard tobacco sold to the public and replace it in the national warehouses with properly manufactured and reserved stock. However, I know for sure that a few superior or high-quality boxes were made, secured through favoritism in Manila; and when Don Luis Urrijola left the intendancy, the tobacco had lost its reputation, and nine thousand boxes sat in the warehouses that no merchant wanted to buy then or since. The new superintendent, Don J. M. de la Matta, took direct and firm actions by separating the warehouse from the factory, limiting the factory's role to production only, which renewed requests for new tobacco. By the time I left Manila, the demands of the trade were far from being met. If it hadn't been for the fortunate appointment of this clever and dedicated employee to the superintendency, that revenue might have completely stopped. This is one of the main resources of the country, and the governor-general might find himself in serious trouble now, unable to address the issues even if he knew their origins and developments, as he had no authority over the treasury department, which is essentially the heart of the government. In the same place, I also heard discussions about the sale of positions, abuses in the payment of vouchers, and other matters. [These might be [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]misrepresentations or slanders, but they keep gaining traction and are being repeated with exaggerations—which threatens to undermine Spanish prestige, the source of their moral strength.]

I believe that all that I have observed is enough and more than enough to show that the actual system of administration suffers from capital defects, and to assert that, in my opinion, the organization of a government is peremptory, which besides being a check on despotism and a barrier to ambition, by means of correction and reform through itself, contains the elements of unity, concord, prudence, rectitude, power, and duration. Here follows for what it may be worth, a plan circumscribed on fundamental bases.31

I believe that everything I've observed is more than enough to prove that the current administration system has serious flaws. In my view, having a well-organized government is essential; it not only prevents tyranny and keeps ambition in check but also allows for self-correction and reform. It embodies unity, harmony, wisdom, integrity, strength, and longevity. Below is a plan based on fundamental principles.31

[Mas’s plan provides for a regency or commission of three persons, one of whom shall be the president and exercise the powers of the governor-general. A fourth member is to be elected as a substitute in case of death or illness, who, until called upon to fill any vacancy, shall travel through the provinces and study the conditions of the country. All matters of importance, especially money matters must be decided at a meeting of the regency, and appear by an act signed by all three. The president shall communicate and sign all orders, and all official communications must be sent to him. The two secretaries, political and military, shall receive orders only from the president, and shall attend the meetings of the regency without vote. The president alone shall decide questions of detail and procedure and execution, in accordance with the regulations, always expressing [79]whether any measure has been voted on or not. The secretary shall send concise daily reports of all communications signed during the day by the president, noting after each one whether it was with or without the vote of the regency. Thus the other two regents having it in their power to call for the rough draft of any measure, can easily tell whether the president has overstepped his executory powers and encroached on the powers of the entire regency. This provision will obviate any such tendency on the president’s part, and will remove the jealousy of his two associates. The plan further provides for a commander-in-chief of all the army; a commander of the navy; a superintendent of the treasury; a court of justice; and a Council of State, to be composed of the officials above mentioned, together with the chiefs of artillery and fortification, the contador-mayor of accounts, the contadors of the army and treasury, the archbishop of Manila, and the provincials of the religious orders. The Council which has no power to assemble of its own accord, shall be assembled to consult on serious matters by the regency. At the death of the president, the senior regent shall assume his office, the substitute shall take a regular seat in the regency, and the Council shall appoint a new substitute to act provisionally until the court make a regular appointment, which shall never be the provisional appointment of the Council. The deliberations of the Council shall be secret and the regents shall only state the matters for discussion and then retire. The Council may be assembled at the request of the regents acting either singly or in accord. In impeachments of the president, if the impeachment is sustained, the senior regent shall take [80]his place; if it is not sustained, the Council shall retire, but may be assembled any number of times for the same matter. There is a clause against lobbying in the Council to influence the votes of the members. In case of two summons at the same time, the Council shall obey the one emanating from the president or senior regent first.]

[Mas’s plan includes a regency or a commission of three individuals, with one serving as the president who will have the powers of the governor-general. A fourth member will be elected as a backup in case of death or illness, who, until needed to fill any vacancy, will travel around the provinces to learn about the country’s conditions. All significant decisions, especially financial matters, must be made at a regency meeting and will be documented by an act signed by all three members. The president will communicate and sign all orders, and all official communications must go to him. The two secretaries, political and military, will receive instructions only from the president and must attend regency meetings without a vote. The president alone will make decisions on details, procedures, and execution, in line with regulations, always indicating whether any measure has been voted on or not. The secretary will send brief daily reports of all communications signed that day by the president, noting after each one whether it was with or without the regency's vote. This way, the other two regents can request the rough draft of any measure to easily see if the president has overstepped his executive powers and encroached on the regency's authority. This provision will prevent any such tendencies from the president and will ease the concerns of his two colleagues. The plan also includes a commander-in-chief for the army; a commander for the navy; a superintendent of finances; a court of justice; and a Council of State, made up of the officials mentioned above, along with the chiefs of artillery and fortifications, the contador-mayor of accounts, the contadors of the army and treasury, the archbishop of Manila, and the provincial leaders of the religious orders. The Council cannot assemble on its own and will be called together by the regency to discuss serious matters. If the president dies, the senior regent will take over his position, the substitute will join the regency, and the Council will appoint a new substitute to act temporarily until the court makes a formal appointment, which will not be a provisional appointment from the Council. The discussions of the Council will be confidential, and the regents will only present the topics for discussion before leaving. The Council can be called at the request of any regent, whether individually or collectively. In cases of impeachment of the president, if the impeachment is upheld, the senior regent will take his place; if it’s dismissed, the Council will leave, but can be convened multiple times for the same issue. There is a rule against lobbying in the Council to sway the votes of its members. If there are two summons at the same time, the Council will prioritize the one from the president or the senior regent that was issued first.]

The members of the regency shall be jurisconsults, owners of estates, or military men, and the regularly-appointed president shall always be a grandee of España. It is highly important that, at that distance, the first chief impose some personal respect, and that even his very lineage make him appear superior to all the others.

The members of the regency will be legal experts, landowners, or military leaders, and the appointed president will always be a prominent noble from Spain. It's very important that, from that distance, the main leader commands personal respect, and that even his family background makes him seem superior to everyone else.

[The dissension manifest in Basco’s term as governor was due to his low rank, as he was only a captain of fragata when he went to the islands as governor, a fact that gave rise to envy. He was an excellent governor, but the ministry that supported him did not know the sentiments that move the human heart. Governor Lardizabal also was of lower rank than some who served in subordinate positions in the islands. It would be better to appoint a grandee to the post of governor; for, having his estates in Spain, he would be more loyal. A grandee also could better support the prestige of the government than a poor soldier or man of no rank, as he would be more accustomed to the duties of that life. A soldier generally desires to make money, and will neglect his real duties. As a rule there are no battles to be fought, while there are many duties of an administrational and industrial character. The governor must have tact with the natives, and look carefully after foreign, commercial, and industrial relations, and the [81]progress of the islands. It would be highly advisable to choose such a man when General Alcala is relieved.]

[The conflict during Basco’s time as governor stemmed from his low rank, as he was only a captain of frigate when he was appointed governor of the islands, which fueled jealousy. He was a great governor, but the ministry that backed him didn't understand the emotions that drive people. Governor Lardizabal also had a lower rank than some who held lower positions in the islands. It would be wiser to appoint a high-ranking noble as governor; since they own estates in Spain, they would likely be more loyal. A noble could also better uphold the government's prestige than a poor soldier or someone without rank, as they would be more familiar with the responsibilities of that role. A soldier typically wants to earn money and may neglect their real duties. Usually, there aren't battles to fight, while there are many administrative and industrial duties to manage. The governor must have good relations with the locals and carefully oversee foreign, commercial, and industrial matters, as well as the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]development of the islands. It would be highly advisable to select such a person when General Alcala is replaced.]

[For the government of the provinces, advocates shall be appointed from Spain, and they shall remain no longer than twenty years in the islands. There shall be three classes of provincial governments with distinct salaries. In addition to the requisite number of provincial governors there shall be six or eight substitutes in case of vacancies. These shall receive a salary of fifty pesos per month, so long as they are not called upon to fill a vacancy, and shall meanwhile do the bidding of the regency. A vacancy in the governments of the first class shall be filled by the regency from the governors of the second and third classes; and one in the third class from the substitutes. Governors may be transferred at will by the regency, and the relative importance of the various provinces may also vary.]

[For the provincial government, advocates will be appointed from Spain and will serve no more than twenty years in the islands. There will be three tiers of provincial government with different salaries. Besides the required number of provincial governors, there will be six to eight substitutes to cover any vacancies. These substitutes will earn a salary of fifty pesos each month, as long as they are not called to fill a vacancy, and will meanwhile carry out the tasks assigned by the regency. A vacancy in the first-class government will be filled by the regency from the second and third-class governors; and one in the third class will be filled by the substitutes. Governors can be reassigned at the discretion of the regency, and the relative importance of the different provinces may also change.]

The provincial governors shall be as now political chiefs, judges of first instance, subdelegates of the treasury for the receiving of the direct incomes, managers of the mails, and war captains. This centralization has many advantages, a very chief one being the economic. The inconveniences which follow from it, will disappear when there is one supreme authority in the islands.

The provincial governors will continue to serve as political leaders, first-instance judges, treasury subdelegates for collecting direct income, mail managers, and military leaders. This centralization offers many benefits, the most important being economic. The drawbacks that come with it will vanish once there is a single supreme authority in the islands.

The limits of the provincial courts shall be enlarged to include both civil and criminal cases. This will increase the power of the subordinate authorities, and decrease the troubles of the Audiencia. The party [in the suit] shall always have the recourse of appeal.

The boundaries of the provincial courts will be expanded to cover both civil and criminal cases. This will boost the authority of the lower courts and reduce the burden on the Audiencia. The party involved in the lawsuit will always have the option to appeal.

The superior court of justice shall be composed [82]of three persons, one of whom shall be the president. It shall try criminal, civil, and contentious matters as well as trade questions by appeal. Appeal may be had from its sentences to the regency, which shall appoint three advocates to judge the case. These latter shall become joint judges, and together with the three judges shall form the court of appeal. This court shall be presided over by one of the regents or by the substitute with a vote, the jurisconsult member being rightly preferred for this if there is one in the regency.

The superior court of justice will consist [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] of three members, one of whom will be the president. It will handle criminal, civil, and contentious matters, as well as trade issues through appeals. Appeals from its decisions can be made to the regency, which will appoint three advocates to review the case. These advocates will serve as joint judges, and along with the three judges, will make up the court of appeals. This court will be led by one of the regents or by a substitute who has voting rights, with preference given to the legal expert if one is present in the regency.

[The fees of the court of appeal shall be larger than those of the Audiencia; and if the decision of the latter is found correct the penalty shall be increased; the death sentence, however, being abolished. A vacancy in the court of justice shall be filled provisionally by the regency, and regular appointment shall be made from Madrid, which must be otherwise than the provisional one made by the regency, unless such appointment be made before the action of the regents is known in Spain. This will tend to make the judiciary independent of the government.]

[The fees for the court of appeal will be higher than those of the Audiencia; and if the Audiencia's decision is found to be correct, the penalty will be increased; however, the death penalty is abolished. Any vacancy in the court of justice will be temporarily filled by the regency, and a regular appointment will be made from Madrid, which must differ from the temporary one made by the regency, unless that appointment occurs before the actions of the regents are known in Spain. This aims to ensure the judiciary remains independent from the government.]

[In regard to the treasury employes a plan similar to that of the provincial governors shall be adopted. The custom of sending employes for any of the treasury posts from Madrid, many of whom are ignorant even of bookkeeping, means death to the hopes of those already in the islands, and breeds discontent.]

[For the treasury employees, a plan similar to that of the provincial governors will be used. The practice of sending employees for any of the treasury positions from Madrid, many of whom lack even basic bookkeeping skills, crushes the hopes of those already in the islands and creates discontent.]

[This plan does not involve any extra expense. The president shall have a yearly salary of 12,000 pesos, in addition to the palace of Manila and the house at Malacañang; the two regents shall each receive 6,000 pesos and 1,000 pesos extra for a house; [83]and the substitute 4,000 pesos—a total of 30,000 pesos.32 Posts of rank in Manila have lately been increased, and now there are a lieutenant-general, a mariscal de campo, six brigadier-generals, and many colonels and commandants; and yet men of lower rank than all these have been appointed governor of the islands. There is no need of so many military titles. A brigadier-general, with 6,000 pesos’ pay acts as second commandant of the navy, which consists of but a few gunboats; and a sub-inspector of engineers has just arrived who has only two officers under him. Colonels can serve in place of brigadiers, and since they receive 2,000 pesos less, this will be a saving of at least 10,000 pesos. This added to the 7,000 pesos that can be saved from the affairs of justice being managed by three persons, who have no administrational duties, the 13,000 pesos saved from the present salary of the captain-general, and the 1,000 pesos given as a gratification to the commandant of the marine corps, will mean a total saving of 31,000 pesos.]

[This plan doesn’t incur any additional costs. The president will earn an annual salary of 12,000 pesos, plus access to the palace in Manila and the house at Malacañang Palace; each of the two regents will receive 6,000 pesos and an extra 1,000 pesos for housing; [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and the substitute will get 4,000 pesos—a total of 30,000 pesos.32 Military positions in Manila have recently been elevated, and there is now a lieutenant-general, a mariscal de campo, six brigadier-generals, and several colonels and commandants; yet, individuals with ranks lower than these have been appointed governors of the islands. There’s no need for so many military titles. A brigadier-general, earning 6,000 pesos, serves as the second in command of the navy, which consists of only a few gunboats; and a new sub-inspector of engineers has just arrived with only two officers under his command. Colonels can take the place of brigadiers, and since they earn 2,000 pesos less, this would save at least 10,000 pesos. When combined with the 7,000 pesos that can be saved from the justice system being managed by three individuals with no administrative responsibilities, the 13,000 pesos saved from the current salary of the captain-general, and the 1,000 pesos given as a bonus to the commandant of the marine corps, this will add up to a total saving of 31,000 pesos.]

[Mas also proposes the establishment at Madrid of a ministry of the colonies,33 through whom all the [84]communications of the regency shall pass. It should have departments of government, war, navy, revenues, and justice. It can easily turn over to other ministries what primarily concerns them, and work in harmony with them. For instance it would not elect bishops, but would determine their number and salary.]

[Mas also suggests setting up a ministry of the colonies in Madrid, 33 through which all the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] communications of the regency will be routed. It should include departments for government, war, navy, revenues, and justice. It can easily delegate matters that primarily concern other ministries and collaborate with them. For example, it wouldn't elect bishops, but would decide on their number and salary.]

Thus far I have given minute details on the three principles which, in my opinion, I said it was necessary to adopt as basic policies in order to conserve the Filipinas: namely, to avoid the increase of the white population; make of the colored population, a docile and well-inclined mass; and reform the present administration. I have still to add that I conceive it to be of the foremost interest to always have in that treasury a sufficient store of spare funds to at least cover the expenses of one year. [It will be impossible to realize loans in case of either internal or external war. The treasury has been continually exhausted for years, and has drawn on the obras pías. Notes have been drawn on the Manila treasury for [85]over three million pesos, on which interest is being paid, and there is no hope of paying the principal.] Such a method of doing things, is, in my opinion, a political imprudence twice over—in the first place because the islands are left exposed to reverses from a faction or from a foreign enemy; in the second, because it causes certain murmurs among their inhabitants, and a discontent difficult to conceive of here, and which may precipitate their ruin.

So far, I have provided detailed information on the three principles that, in my view, are essential to adopt as basic policies to protect the Philippines: namely, preventing the increase of the white population, turning the colored population into a compliant and well-disposed group, and reforming the current administration. I must also add that it is crucial to always have a sufficient reserve of funds in the treasury to cover at least one year's expenses. It will be impossible to secure loans in the event of internal or external conflict. The treasury has been continually drained for years and has relied on obras pías. Notes have been drawn on the Manila treasury for [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] over three million pesos, for which interest is being paid, and there is no hope of paying back the principal. This way of managing finances is, in my opinion, a significant political misstep—first, because it leaves the islands vulnerable to attacks from factions or foreign enemies; second, because it breeds dissatisfaction among the population, creating discontent that is hard to grasp from afar, which may lead to their downfall.


After having discussed the means of conserving the colony, supposing that this is always the intention of the government, let us consider the other extreme, taken in review, namely, to resolve to emancipate it and prepare it for giving it liberty.

After discussing how to preserve the colony, assuming that’s always the government’s intention, let’s look at the other extreme: deciding to free it and getting it ready for independence.

In order to attain this end, it becomes natural, as is necessary, to adopt a system diametrically opposed to the first. The chief object must be that it does not cause the shedding of blood, that the relations of friendship and of trade with España are not interrupted, that the European Spaniards living there do not lose their chattels or landed property, and, especially, that our race there, the Filipino-Spaniards, preserve their estates and their rights of naturalization, and free from the unfortunate fate that threatens them, and which is even inevitably expected for them, if the colony separates by force and at this moment. It is needful to encourage public instruction in all ways possible, permit newspapers subject to a liberal censure, to establish in Manila a college of medicine, surgery, and pharmacy: in order to break down the barriers that divide the races, and amalgamate them all into one. For that purpose, the Spaniards of the country, the Chinese mestizos, and [86]the Filipinos shall be admitted with perfect equality as cadets of the military corps; the personal-service tax shall be abolished, or an equal and general tax shall be imposed, to which all the Spaniards shall be subject. This last plan appears to me more advisable, as the poll-tax is already established, and it is not opportune to make a trial of new taxes when it is a question of allowing the country to be governed by itself. Since the annual tribute is unequal, the average shall be taken and shall be fixed, consequently, at fifteen or sixteen reals per whole tribute, or perhaps one peso fuerte annually from each adult tributary person. This regulation will produce an increase in the revenue of 200,000 or 300,000 pesos fuertes, and this sum shall be set aside to give the impulse for the amalgamation of the races, favoring crossed marriages by means of dowries granted to the single women in the following manner. To a Chinese mestizo woman who marries a Filipino shall be given 100 pesos; to a Filipino woman who marries a Chinese mestizo, 100 pesos; to a Chinese mestizo woman who marries a Spaniard, 1,000 pesos; to a Spanish woman who marries a Chinese mestizo, 2,000 pesos; to a Filipino woman who marries a Spaniard, 2,000 pesos; to a Spanish woman who marries a Filipino chief, 3,000 or 4,000 pesos. Some mestizo and Filipino alcaldes-mayor of the provinces shall be appointed. It shall be ordered that when a Filipino chief goes to the house of a Spaniard, he shall seat himself as the latter’s equal. In a word, by these and other means, the idea that they and the Castilians are two kinds of distinct races shall be erased from the minds of the natives, and the families shall become related by marriage in such manner that [87]when free of the Castilian dominion should any exalted Filipinos try to expel or enslave our race, they would find it so interlaced with their own that their plan would be practically impossible.

To achieve this goal, it makes sense, as is necessary, to adopt a system completely opposite to the first. The main aim must be to avoid bloodshed, to maintain friendly and trade relations with Spain, to ensure that European Spaniards living there do not lose their possessions or land, and especially to protect our people there, the Filipino-Spaniards, in preserving their estates and their rights to citizenship, and to keep them safe from the unfortunate fate that threatens them, which is even expected if the colony separates by force at this moment. It’s essential to promote public education in every possible way, allow newspapers to operate with liberal oversight, and establish a college of medicine, surgery, and pharmacy in Manila to break down the barriers separating the races and merge them into one. For this purpose, Spaniards living in the area, Chinese mestizos, and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Filipinos should be admitted as equals into the military corps; the personal service tax should be abolished, or a uniform tax should be implemented that applies to all Spaniards. I believe this last approach is wiser, as the poll tax is already in place, and now is not the time to experiment with new taxes while the goal is to allow the country to govern itself. Since the annual tribute varies, the average should be calculated and set at fifteen or sixteen reals per tribute, or perhaps one peso fuerte annually from each adult taxpayer. This regulation will increase revenue by 200,000 to 300,000 pesos fuertes, and this amount will be allocated to encourage the blending of the races by supporting mixed marriages with dowries for single women in the following way: a Chinese mestizo woman marrying a Filipino will receive 100 pesos; a Filipino woman marrying a Chinese mestizo will receive 100 pesos; a Chinese mestizo woman marrying a Spaniard will receive 1,000 pesos; a Spanish woman marrying a Chinese mestizo will receive 2,000 pesos; a Filipino woman marrying a Spaniard will receive 2,000 pesos; and a Spanish woman marrying a Filipino chief will receive 3,000 or 4,000 pesos. Some mestizo and Filipino alcaldes-mayor of the provinces will be appointed. It will be mandated that when a Filipino chief visits the home of a Spaniard, he will be seated as an equal. In short, through these and other measures, the belief that they and the Castilians are two distinct races will be removed from the minds of the natives, and families will become connected through marriage to such an extent that [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]when freed from Spanish rule, any high-ranking Filipinos attempting to expel or enslave our people will find it so intertwined with their own that their plan will be nearly impossible.

After some years, when this population was sufficiently trimmed off, an assembly of deputies shall be formed from the people, in order that they may hold sessions in Manila for two or three months every year. In those sessions they shall discuss public affairs, especially those treating of taxes and budgets. Then after some time of such political education, our government may be withdrawn without fear, fixing before doing that the kind of government that is to be established—probably some constitutional form analogous to those of Europe, with a royal prince at its head chosen from among our infantes.

After a few years, when this population has been sufficiently reduced, a group of representatives will be formed from the people to hold meetings in Manila for two to three months each year. During these meetings, they will discuss public matters, particularly those related to taxes and budgets. After a period of this political education, our government can be safely withdrawn, ensuring that a new government is established first—likely a constitutional system similar to those in Europe, with a royal prince at its head chosen from among our infants.

My task is concluded. Which of the two plans, above analyzed, it is the most just or advisable to follow, does not concern me to recommend, much less propose.

My task is finished. I’m not here to recommend which of the two plans analyzed above is more fair or wise to follow, nor to suggest it.


I will add, however, a page to express my opinion as an individual of the Spanish nation. If I had to choose I would vote for the last. I cannot see what benefits we have had from the colonies: depopulation, decadence in the arts, and the public debt, which come in great measure from them. The interest of a state consists, as I see it, in having a dense and well-educated population, and I do not speak only of literary or political education, but of that general education, which makes each one perfect in his trade, I mean in that education which constitutes a cabinet-maker, a weaver, a blacksmith, the best cabinet-maker, weaver, or blacksmith possible. The greater [88]or less number of machines is, in our century, an almost sure thermometer by which to gage the power of empires.

I will add a page to share my thoughts as a citizen of Spain. If I had to choose, I would go with the last option. I can't see any real benefits we've gained from the colonies: they've led to depopulation, a decline in the arts, and a significant public debt that largely stems from them. In my view, a state's interests are rooted in having a large and well-educated population, and I'm not just talking about literary or political education, but more generally about the type of education that makes someone excel in their trade. I mean the kind of education that helps someone become the best cabinet-maker, weaver, or blacksmith they can be. The number of machines we have, greater or lesser, is, in our century, a reliable indicator of the strength of empires. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

A colony cannot be useful except with the end of filling one of the following three objects: to make of it a tributary country, for the increase of the income of the mother-country (as Holland effects by means of a compulsory and exclusive system); to erect it into a second country, and a place of immigration of the surplus population (such as are especially Australia, Van Diemen’s land and New Zealand); finally to procure in it, a place wherein to expend the products of the national manufactures (as is the principal aim of the modern colonial establishments). For the first, we have already seen that the Filipinas are a poor resource, and will be for a long time; and I shall not wonder that before losing them, they will cost us, on the contrary, some millions. As for the second, they are not necessary, for we have no surplus population to unload. And for the third they are useless, for we ourselves have no manufactures to export. Barcelona, which has the most factories in the Peninsula, does not have the least direct communication with the islands. All that is taken there from Cadiz consists of a little paper, oil, and liquors. If it were not for the tobacco and the passengers who go and come, one or two vessels annually would be enough to take care of all the mercantile speculations between both countries. [Separation will not deprive Spain of a future rich market in the Philippines, as the case of the American colonies and England shows. Even if Spain should have a surplus population within a century, the Philippines will also have no lack of inhabitants, and it will be [89]necessary for the Spaniards to emigrate to the Marianas. Mas is not concerned by the argument that separation would mean the loss of the Christian religion in the islands. To the argument that the islands might fall into the hands of the British, French, Dutch, or Chinese, he asks why Spain should become a knight errant for all unprotected peoples. Spaniards in the islands can always return to Spain. People assert that since Spain has spent over 300,000,000 pesos on the islands, it is but proper that that country be reimbursed; but although it has also spent much on the holy land, it never expects any return therefor. Let the Filipinos pay heavier taxes under their own government; why is that any concern? Even if ninety per cent of the population should desire to remain under Spain’s domination, that is no sign that there may not be a better condition.] In conclusion, if we are conserving the islands for love of the islanders, we are losing our time, and merit, for gratitude is sometimes met with in persons, but never can it be hoped for from peoples; and indeed through our love, why do we fall into an anomaly, such as combining our claim for liberty for ourselves, and our wish at the same time to impose our law on remote peoples? Why do we deny to others the benefit which we desire for our fatherland? By these principles of universal morality and justice, and because I am persuaded that in the midst of the political circumstances in which España is at present, the condition of that colony will be neglected; that none of the measures which I propose for its conservation (this is my conviction) will be adopted; and that it will emancipate itself violently with the loss of considerable property and many lives of [90]European Spaniards and Filipinos: I think that it would be infinitely more easy, more useful, and more glorious for us to acquire the glory of the work by being the first to show generosity. Hence, the foreign authors who have unjustly printed so many calumnies against our colonial governments, authors belonging to nations who never satisfy their hunger for colonies, would have to say at least this once: “The Spaniards crossing new and remote seas, extended the domain of geography by discovering the Filipinas Islands. They found anarchy and despotism there, and established order and justice. They encountered slavery and destroyed it, and imposed political equality. They ruled their inhabitants with laws, and just laws. They christianized them, civilized them, defended them from the Chinese, from Moro pirates, and from European aggressors; they spent much gold on them, and then gave them liberty.”34 [91]

A colony can only be useful if it serves one of the following three purposes: to make it a tributary nation, increasing the income of the mother country (as Holland does with a compulsory and exclusive system); to turn it into a second country that receives surplus population (like Australia, Van Diemen’s Land, and New Zealand); or finally, to create a place to sell the products of national industries (which is the main goal of modern colonial establishments). For the first purpose, we have already seen that the Philippines are a poor resource and will be for a long time. I wouldn't be surprised if before losing them, they end up costing us millions. As for the second purpose, it's not needed because we don’t have surplus population to send. For the third, it's pointless since we don’t have any products to export. Barcelona, the city with the most factories in the Peninsula, has no direct trade with the islands. The only things sent there from Cadiz are a bit of paper, oil, and liquor. If it weren’t for tobacco and the passengers coming and going, one or two ships a year would be enough to manage all the trade between both countries. [Separation will not rob Spain of a future lucrative market in the Philippines, as seen with the American colonies and England. Even if Spain ends up with excess population in a century, the Philippines will also have plenty of inhabitants, and it will be [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]necessary for Spaniards to move to the Marianas. Mas isn’t swayed by the argument that separation would lead to the loss of Christianity in the islands. To the point that the islands might fall into British, French, Dutch, or Chinese hands, he questions why Spain should be a knight in shining armor for all unprotected peoples. Spaniards in the islands can always return to Spain. Some say that since Spain has invested over 300,000,000 pesos in the islands, it’s only fair to expect reimbursement; but even though it has spent a lot on the Holy Land, it never anticipates any payback there. Let the Filipinos pay higher taxes under their own government; why should that concern us? Even if ninety percent of the population wants to remain under Spanish rule, that doesn’t mean there isn’t a better situation available.] In conclusion, if we are holding onto the islands out of love for the islanders, we’re wasting our time and goodwill, as gratitude can sometimes be found in individuals but never from entire peoples; and indeed, through our love, why do we find ourselves in a contradiction, wanting freedom for ourselves but also imposing our laws on distant peoples? Why do we deny others the advantage we wish for our homeland? By these principles of universal morality and justice, and because I believe that given the current political circumstances in Spain, the condition of that colony will be overlooked; that none of the measures I propose for its preservation (this is my conviction) will be implemented; and that it will violently emancipate with the loss of significant property and many lives of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]European Spaniards and Filipinos: I think it would be far easier, more beneficial, and more honorable for us to gain glory by being the first to show generosity. Hence, the foreign authors who have unjustly written many slanders against our colonial governments, writers from nations that never satisfy their colonial appetite, would at least have to acknowledge this once: “The Spaniards traversed new and distant seas, expanding the boundaries of geography by discovering the Philippines. They found chaos and tyranny, and established order and justice. They faced slavery and abolished it, imposing political equality. They governed their inhabitants with laws, and just laws. They Christianized them, civilized them, protected them from the Chinese, from Moro pirates, and from European aggressors; they invested much gold in them, and ultimately granted them liberty.”34 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 This is Sinibaldo de Mas, a noted Spanish traveler and diplomat. He was born at Barcelona, in 1809, and studied at Madrid, especially the classic languages, Arabic and other modern languages. In 1634, he was sent on a diplomatic mission to the Orient, where he visited successively Constantinople, Syria, Palestine, Egypt, Calcutta, the Arabian desert, and lastly Manila, where he lived for some months. After his return to the Peninsula, he was appointed Spanish minister plenipotentiary to China. Pardo de Tavera says of him (Biblioteca Filipina, p. 253): “The work of Mas is highly interesting, only that, having sojourned a very short time in Filipinas, during which he was sick most of the time, he wrote his work by reference to others, and taking from the chronicles of the friars the elements necessary for the history and the races. He does not cite sources, and it is cleverly written, and passes with some persons as a classic work on Filipinas …. His vanity led him to suppress his name ….” Pardo de Tavera does not seem to know the third volume. Retana [who possessed a copy of the third volume (No. 2432 in his library, which was sold to the Compañía general de tabacos de Filipinas), says in Bibliografía filipina, p. 524]: “This third and secret part has never been described. The author published very few copies of it because of the gravity of its contents. Sinibaldo de Mas contrary to what those who know his Estado [i.e., the first two volumes] may imagine, pronounced in favor of preparation of independence for Filipinas.” In this third volume Mas precedes the text as follows: “Of this secret chapter, the last of the Informe sobre el estado de las Islas Filipinas en 1842, only some few copies have been printed for the ministers, gentlemen of the Council of the Government, and other persons influential in the affairs of the nation. Consequently, your Excellency is requested to keep it for your own use, without allowing it to circulate or permitting a copy to be made of it.” The copy belonging to the Peabody Institute Library belonged to Javier de Burgos. See (in addition to Pardo de Tavera and Retana) Dic. encic. Hisp.-Amer., xii, p. 537. 

1 This is Sinibaldo de Mas, a well-known Spanish traveler and diplomat. He was born in Barcelona in 1809 and studied in Madrid, focusing on classic languages, Arabic, and other modern languages. In 1634, he was sent on a diplomatic mission to the East, visiting consecutively Constantinople, Syria, Palestine, Egypt, Calcutta, the Arabian desert, and finally Manila, where he stayed for several months. After returning to the Peninsula, he was appointed as the Spanish minister plenipotentiary to China. Pardo de Tavera remarks about him (Biblioteca Filipina, p. 253): “Mas's work is very interesting, but since he spent a very short time in the Philippines, during which he was ill for most of it, he wrote his work based on others, using the friars' chronicles for the necessary elements of history and the different races. He doesn't cite his sources, and it is cleverly written, regarded by some as a classic work on the Philippines…. His vanity led him to hide his name….” Pardo de Tavera seems unaware of the third volume. Retana [who had a copy of the third volume (No. 2432 in his library, which was sold to the Compañía general de tabacos de Filipinas)] states in Bibliografía filipina, p. 524: “This third and secret part has never been described. The author published very few copies due to the serious nature of its contents. Sinibaldo de Mas, contrary to what those familiar with his Estado [i.e., the first two volumes] might think, advocated for the preparation of independence for the Philippines.” In this third volume, Mas introduces the text as follows: “Of this secret chapter, the last of the Informe sobre el estado de las Islas Filipinas en 1842, only a few copies have been printed for ministers, members of the Council of Government, and other influential people in national affairs. Therefore, your Excellency is asked to keep it for your own use and not to let it circulate or allow any copies to be made.” The copy held by the Peabody Institute Library belonged to Javier de Burgos. See (in addition to Pardo de Tavera and Retana) Dic. encic. Hisp.-Amer., xii, p. 537.

2 The first two volumes have separately paged chapters as follows: I. Origin of the inhabitants of Oceanica. Condition of the Filipinos at the arrival of the Spaniards. History of the Spanish domination in Filipinas from their discovery until our times. Continuation of the last chapter. Population. Animals. Climate. Minerals. Topography. II. Languages. Vegetables. Agriculture. Interior commerce. Foreign commerce. Industry. Territorial division. Administration of government and the captaincy-general. Public instruction. Ecclesiastical condition. Administration of justice. Army. Navy. Direct and indirect taxes. External political condition. Vol. i contains a chart showing the ancient alphabets of the Filipinos; and vol. ii, a map of the archipelago. 

2 The first two volumes have separately numbered chapters as follows: I. The origins of the inhabitants of Oceania. The situation of Filipinos at the time the Spaniards arrived. A history of Spanish rule in the Philippines from their discovery to the present day. A continuation of the previous chapter. Population. Animals. Climate. Minerals. Topography. II. Languages. Plants. Agriculture. Internal trade. International trade. Industry. Regional divisions. Government administration and the captaincy-general. Public education. Church conditions. Justice administration. Military. Navy. Direct and indirect taxes. External political situation. Vol. i includes a chart of the ancient alphabets used by Filipinos, while vol. ii contains a map of the archipelago.

3 A note by Mas at this point discusses the other admissible plan, “namely, to cede the country to some foreign power.” But the religious, the majority of the military and civil employes, and the Filipino-Spaniards would prefer independence to transfer, and the simple announcement of such transfer would lead to almost universal insurrection. The fatal results that ensued from the former English policy of sending convicts to their colonies declares against making the Philippines a penal colony. Another plan, namely, to send out Spanish emigrants from the Peninsula, is also not feasible, for Spain has no surplus population, and in fact needs a greater population. On the matter of penal colonies, Forrest (Voyage, p. 198) says, “The Spaniards at Manila transport convicts to Samboangan, as England did to America.” In 1875–78, there was some discussion of the question as to whether Spain should establish penal colonies (like that of Botany Bay) in the Marianas Islands or in the Gulf of Guinea. 

3 At this point, Mas remarks on another possible plan, “specifically, to hand over the country to some foreign power.” However, the religious groups, most of the military and civil employees, and the Filipino-Spaniards would rather choose independence over a transfer, and even just announcing such a transfer would likely trigger widespread rebellion. The disastrous consequences of England's previous practice of sending convicts to their colonies argue against turning the Philippines into a penal colony. Another suggestion, which is to send Spanish emigrants from the mainland, also isn’t practical, as Spain doesn’t have an excess population and actually needs more people. Regarding penal colonies, Forrest (Voyage, p. 198) states, “The Spaniards at Manila transport convicts to Samboangan, like England did to America.” Between 1875 and 1878, there was some debate on whether Spain should set up penal colonies (similar to Botany Bay) in the Marianas Islands or in the Gulf of Guinea.

4 By this term, as well as by “Filipino Spaniards,” as used in this document, are meant those of full Spanish blood born in the Philippines, or those who went to the Philippines in childhood. 

4 This term, along with “Filipino Spaniards” as used in this document, refers to individuals of full Spanish descent who were born in the Philippines, or those who moved to the Philippines during their childhood.

5 The Consejo Supremo de Indias, which was established, according to the best authorities, in 1511 by the great Ferdinand, was perfected by Cárlos I, and was reformed by Felipe II. It was composed of a president, a number of togated ministers, and an indefinite number of counselors by brevet, and they all received the same consideration as did members of the Consejo de Castilla. This corporation, which had had so great influence in Spanish colonial matters, was suppressed by royal decree of May 24, 1834, and in its place was erected the Tribunal Supremo de España é Indias, which was renamed Consejo de Estado in 1856. See Dic. encic. Hisp.-Amer., v, p. 827. 

5 The Supreme Council of the Indies, established by the great Ferdinand in 1511 according to the best sources, was refined by Charles I and reformed by Philip II. It consisted of a president, several appointed ministers, and an indefinite number of counselors with honorary titles, all of whom received the same respect as members of the Council of Castile. This body, which had significant influence over Spanish colonial affairs, was abolished by a royal decree on May 24, 1834, and was replaced by the Supreme Tribunal of Spain and the Indies, which was renamed Council of State in 1856. See Dic. encic. Hisp.-Amer., v, p. 827.

6 The exact title of this work is as follows: Los diez y seis meses de mando superior de Filipinas, por el mariscal de campo D. Andres G. Camba (Cadiz, 1839). Pardo de Tavera (Bibl. Filipina, p. 79) says of it: “This pamphlet is full of curious revelations and explanations relative to the command of this general, which was so filled with incidents. Retána (Bibliografía, p. 57) says that Camba was a democrat sui generis. The book is a long exposition of 101 pages, to which are appended various documents (53 pages) on which the exposition is based. The copy of this pamphlet now in the Boston Public Library was formerly in the Retana collection. 

6 The exact title of this work is as follows: Los diez y seis meses de mando superior de Filipinas, por el mariscal de campo D. Andres G. Camba (Cadiz, 1839). Pardo de Tavera (Bibl. Filipina, p. 79) comments, “This pamphlet is filled with interesting revelations and explanations regarding the command of this general, which was full of incidents. Retána (Bibliografía, p. 57) states that Camba was a unique kind of democrat. The book consists of a lengthy exposition of 101 pages, followed by various documents (53 pages) that support the exposition. The copy of this pamphlet now in the Boston Public Library was previously part of the Retana collection.

7 See account of this mutiny in VOL. LI, pp. 47, 48. 

7 See the account of this mutiny in VOL. 51, pp. 47, 48.

8 See post, pp. 92, 93, note 37. 

8 See post, pp. 92, 93, note 37. 

9 See post, pp. 91–111, the report by Matta. 

9 See post, pp. 91–111, the report by Matta.

10 In a long note at this point, Mas severely criticises Camba’s book, which he has already mentioned. He declares it lacking in knowledge of the Philippines, and says that it was written to prove that the Philippines are thoroughly loyal in every respect. Mas’s own experience pointed to the existence of an independence party among the Spaniards of the colony. Mas condemns Camba’s policy of giving posts to the natives; as well as Camba’s assertions of the immunity of the governor from removal at the will of the monarch. Camba is accused of a change of sentiment from that which he had during his first years of residence in the country. 

10 In a long note at this point, Mas harshly criticizes Camba’s book, which he has already mentioned. He states that it shows a lack of understanding of the Philippines and argues that it was written to demonstrate that the Philippines are completely loyal in every way. Mas’s own experience indicated that there was an independence movement among the Spaniards in the colony. Mas condemns Camba’s approach of appointing natives to positions and challenges Camba’s claim that the governor is immune from being removed at the monarch's discretion. Camba is accused of having changed his views from what he held during his early years in the country.

11 Mas refers to the culture system practiced by the Dutch in the island of Java, 1830–1870. Clive Day (Policy and administration of the Dutch in Java, New York and London, 1904) compares it to the system of forced cultures established by Spain in the Philippines in 1780. In addition to the above book, see the following for the history of Dutch colonization in Java: J. W. B. Money’s Java, or how to govern a colony (London, 1861); P. J. Veth’s Java (Haarlem, 1896–); Jules Leclercq’s Un sejour dans l’île de Java (Paris, 1898); Wilhelm Krüger’s Das Zuckerrohr und seine Kultur (Magdeburg und Wien, 1899); and Pierre Gonnaud’s La Colonisation hollandaise à Java (Paris, 1905). 

11 Mas refers to the agricultural system implemented by the Dutch on the island of Java from 1830 to 1870. Clive Day (Policy and administration of the Dutch in Java, New York and London, 1904) compares it to the system of forced agricultural practices established by Spain in the Philippines in 1780. In addition to the above book, check out the following for the history of Dutch colonization in Java: J. W. B. Money’s Java, or how to govern a colony (London, 1861); P. J. Veth’s Java (Haarlem, 1896–); Jules Leclercq’s Un sejour dans l’île de Java (Paris, 1898); Wilhelm Krüger’s Das Zuckerrohr und seine Kultur (Magdeburg und Wien, 1899); and Pierre Gonnaud’s La Colonisation hollandaise à Java (Paris, 1905).

12 A note at this point by Mas mentions a recent pamphlet by a Cuban who advocates complete autonomy for the colonies, and freedom of the press. This author says that long before the French revolution free negroes and mulattoes were being educated in Paris; but Mas says people of that class in Cuba do not travel in foreign countries or receive an education in European colleges. 

12 A note at this point by Mas mentions a recent pamphlet by a Cuban who calls for full autonomy for the colonies and freedom of the press. This author points out that well before the French revolution, free Blacks and mixed-race individuals were being educated in Paris; however, Mas argues that people from that background in Cuba do not travel abroad or get an education at European colleges.

13 Mas cites a passage from Captain Gabriel Lafond’s Quinze ans de voyages autour du monde (1840) to the effect that the Philippine conquest was one of religion. The power of the friars grows because they are permanent in the colony. Their influence over the natives is all powerful, and they regard foreigners and even other Spaniards with suspicion. The friars asserted that the natives to be happy had no need of European civilization; yet they prevented progress by not allowing the entrance of industry. Spain did not suppress the orders in the Philippines, fearing lest it lead to independence. The native priests are those most hostile to the friars. They are almost without education and often dissolute; and are sure to be the first authors of a revolution. Natives should be excluded from the priesthood. 

13 Mas cites a passage from Captain Gabriel Lafond’s Quinze ans de voyages autour du monde (1840) that suggests the Philippine conquest was driven by religion. The power of the friars increases because they are a constant presence in the colony. Their influence over the natives is immense, and they view foreigners and even other Spaniards with distrust. The friars claimed that the natives could be happy without European civilization; however, they stifled progress by blocking the introduction of industry. Spain didn’t suppress the religious orders in the Philippines, fearing it might lead to independence. The native priests are the ones most opposed to the friars. They are mostly uneducated and often morally corrupt; they are likely to be the first to start a revolution. Natives should be kept out of the priesthood.

14 The insurrection which occurred recently in Tayabas is a patent proof of these truths. The cura of the village where the confraternity of San José was established, advised the alcalde of the province in time of the suspicions with which it infused him. And since the alcalde-mayor refused to consider the matter, he wrote him: “You will be the first victim,” as in truth he was. The cura of the next village also took great interest in it, and so many letters were written to the archbishop of Manila from various places, that the latter sent an official communication to the captain-general. Orders were then issued for the arrest of Apolinario de Santa Cruz, but he fled. The brothers [of the confraternity] held their meetings in the village of Mahahay. The cura informed the archbishop thereof, telling him that, notwithstanding all that he had done, he had been unable to dissuade them from this undertaking. The archbishop sent this advice to the government. To the curas, then, was due the discovery of that crafty conspiracy; and it is almost beyond the pale of doubt that if there had been no others than Filipino parish priests in the villages (as has been once ordered by the government), there would not have been the slightest suspicion of it, until it had been so firmly and generally organized that our ruin would have been the work of a week. (Note by Mas.) 

14 The recent uprising in Tayabas clearly proves these truths. The parish priest of the village where the San José confraternity was formed alerted the mayor of the province about his suspicions. When the mayor dismissed the issue, he wrote to him: “You will be the first victim,” which turned out to be true. The priest from the neighboring village also took a keen interest in it, and numerous letters were sent to the archbishop of Manila from different locations, prompting the archbishop to send an official message to the captain-general. Orders were then issued for the arrest of Apolinario de Santa Cruz, but he managed to escape. The brothers of the confraternity held their meetings in the village of Mahahay. The priest reported this to the archbishop, explaining that, despite his efforts, he had been unable to dissuade them from their plans. The archbishop relayed this information to the government. Thus, it was the priests who uncovered that cunning conspiracy; and it's almost certain that if only Filipino parish priests had been in the villages (as the government once mandated), there wouldn’t have been any suspicion until it was so well-organized that our downfall would have happened in a week. (Note by Mas.)

15 Either Mas has simply indicated the letter in his heading, or the person who transcribed the copy from which we translate failed to copy the extract in question. It will be remembered that Mas published most of the letter in his vol. i, in the chapter on population. The reference is evidently to sections 95–100 (q.v., VOL. XL, pp. 270–277). 

15 Either Mas has just pointed out the letter in his heading, or the person who copied the text we’re translating missed the relevant part. It’s worth noting that Mas published most of the letter in volume 1, in the chapter about population. The reference clearly relates to sections 95–100 (q.v., VOL. 40, pp. 270–277).

16 Manuel Grijalbo (sic), O.S.A., went to the Philippines in 1810, and after acting as cura and holding the highest positions in the province, was appointed bishop of Nueva Cáceres, being consecrated Jan. 28, 1849. He died at the episcopal palace, Nov. 13, 1861.

16 Manuel Grijalbo (sic), O.S.A., traveled to the Philippines in 1810. After serving as cura and taking on the highest roles in the province, he was appointed bishop of Nueva Cáceres, with his consecration on January 28, 1849. He passed away at the episcopal palace on November 13, 1861.

Fausto Lopez, O.S.A., was born in 1811, took his vows at Valladolid in 1828, and went to the Philippines in 1829. He was located in Cebú until 1837, when he became provincial secretary. Afterwards he held several offices and acted as cura until his death at Manila, April 17, 1866.

Fausto Lopez, O.S.A., was born in 1811, took his vows at Valladolid in 1828, and went to the Philippines in 1829. He was based in Cebú until 1837, when he became the provincial secretary. After that, he held various positions and served as cura until his death in Manila on April 17, 1866.

Manuel Jarava, O.S.A., was born at Zaragoza in 1804 and professed at Valladolid in 1827. He was in the Philippines from 1829 to 1834, returning in the latter year to Spain. The date of his death is unknown.

Manuel Jarava, O.S.A., was born in Zaragoza in 1804 and joined the order in Valladolid in 1827. He was in the Philippines from 1829 to 1834, returning to Spain that same year. The date of his death is unknown.

See Pérez’s Catálogo. 

See Pérez’s Catalog. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

17 Manuel Maria Cambronero was a Spanish jurisconsult. He was born in Orihuela in 1765 and died in 1834. During the French invasion, he acted as secretary of the Council of State, on account of which he was compelled to leave the country when the French left. He later returned to Madrid, where he opened a buffet, which was the most celebrated one of his time. See Dic. encic. Hisp.-Amer., iv, p. 330. 

17 Manuel Maria Cambronero was a Spanish legal expert. He was born in Orihuela in 1765 and passed away in 1834. During the French invasion, he served as secretary of the Council of State, which forced him to leave the country once the French left. He later returned to Madrid, where he opened a buffet that became the most famous one of his time. See Dic. encic. Hisp.-Amer., iv, p. 330. 

18 A tribute paid to the church by all Filipinos from the age of sixteen.

18 A tribute made to the church by all Filipinos starting at the age of sixteen.

“Since 1852 the tribute amounts to 12 reals, and in some districts special rates are fixed. Not until 1841 was the payment of the tribute in cash made universal. There are, besides, three other taxes; the sanctorum, 3 reals; the comunidad, 1 real; and the recargo, ½ real. The total of imposts, then, is 16½ reals; or for each single person one dollar and ¼ real. The sanctorum is for [the expenses of] worship; but it is paid to the government, which pays the minister at the rate of 180 dollars for 500 tributes. The comunidad is a charge for the communal fund. The recargo is a charge introduced since the suppression of the brandy monopoly, to cover the deficit resulting therefrom. In Mindanao and the Bisayas no additional charge is collected. According to Agius (Memoria, doc. 5) each single tribute-payer now contributes 6.25 reals, plus 0.55 reals of recargo, in all 6.8 reals, not considering the sanctorum and comunidad. The inhabitants of Abra, Ilocos, and Union pay, besides, 1½ to 2¼ reals for the permission to buy their tobacco outside the monopoly dealers.” “Mestizos by a Chinese man and an Indian woman pay a tribute of $3.00 a year since 1852; earlier, it was less. The Indian woman married to a mestizo of this class pays the same tribute as he during their marriage; but when she becomes a widow she pays only as an Indian woman. Mestizos who, like the natives, cultivate the soil with their own hands, also pay only as the latter do. The mestizos form their own barangays when there are 25 to 30 tributes of them living together; otherwise they belong to the nearest barangay of natives. Every Chinaman—excepting tillers of the soil, from whom only 12 reals are collected—pays since 1852 a [capitation] head-tax of $6.00, and, besides this, an industrial tax of $100, $60, $30, or $12.”

“Since 1852, the tribute has been 12 reals, with specific rates set in some areas. It wasn’t until 1841 that cash payment of the tribute became standard. Additionally, there are three other taxes: the sanctorum, 3 reals; the comunidad, 1 real; and the recargo, ½ real. The total tax amount is therefore 16½ reals, which is equivalent to one dollar and ¼ real per person. The sanctorum covers worship expenses but is paid to the government, which compensates the minister at a rate of 180 dollars for 500 tributes. The comunidad is a fee for the communal fund. The recargo was introduced after the brandy monopoly was abolished to cover the resulting deficit. In Mindanao and the Bisayas, there is no additional charge. According to Agius (Memoria, doc. 5), each tribute payer now contributes 6.25 reals, plus 0.55 reals of recargo, totaling 6.8 reals, excluding the sanctorum and comunidad. Residents of Abra, Ilocos, and Union pay an extra 1½ to 2¼ reals for the right to purchase their tobacco outside of the monopoly dealers.” “Mestizos born to a Chinese man and an Indian woman pay a tribute of $3.00 a year since 1852; it was previously lower. An Indian woman married to a mestizo pays the same tribute as he does while married; when she becomes a widow, she only pays as an Indian woman. Mestizos who farm their own land, like the natives, also only pay the same as the latter. Mestizos form their own barangays when there are 25 to 30 of them living together; otherwise, they belong to the nearest native barangay. Every Chinese national—excluding farmers, who pay only 12 reals—has paid a head tax of $6.00 since 1852, and also an industrial tax of $100, $60, $30, or $12.”

“A law issued Nov. 3, 1863 (Legis. ultramar [compiled by Rodriguez S. Pedro, pub. at Madrid, 1865] iii), actually decided that every male inhabitant of the Philippines—European or native, Spanish or foreign—must render personal service for twenty-four days in the year, or else procure release from it by a money payment. But this law was not put into execution, and Europeans are free from all imposts. Mestizos by Spaniards and Indian women are similarly exempt, save that they pay 7 reals for the sanctorum, and ½ real as a tithe for the government; little care, however, is taken for exactness in the enumeration of the mestizos, especially of their women.” (Jagor, Reisen, pp. 293–295.) 

“A law issued on November 3, 1863 (Legis. ultramar [compiled by Rodriguez S. Pedro, published in Madrid, 1865] iii), actually stated that every male resident of the Philippines—whether European or native, Spanish or foreign—had to perform personal service for twenty-four days a year, or pay to get out of it. However, this law was not enforced, and Europeans were exempt from all taxes. Mestizos with Spanish fathers and Indian mothers were also exempt, except they had to pay 7 reals for the sanctorum and ½ real as a tax for the government; though not much effort is made to accurately count the mestizos, especially the women.” (Jagor, Reisen, pp. 293–295.)

19 The Colegio de Agustinos, or Colegio de Filipinas, at Valladolid, would probably come under this category. 

19 The Colegio de Agustinos, or Colegio de Filipinas, in Valladolid, would likely fit into this category.

20 The use of steam vessels against the Moros was introduced in 1847, and proved an immediate benefit. 

20 The introduction of steam ships against the Moros happened in 1847 and showed immediate advantages.

21 See VOL. LI, notes 6, 7, 14, 16, 31. 

21 See VOL. 51, notes 6, 7, 14, 16, 31. 

22 This was Admiral Cyrille-Pierre-Théodore Laplace, who was born at sea Nov. 7, 1793, and died at Brest, Jan. 22, 1875. The book mentioned by Mas is the Voyage autour du monde par les mers de l’Inde et de la Chine (1833–39). The matte on the Philippines is contained in vol. i, pp. 353–470, 547–553, and is as follows: “Manille; description de Luçon; quelques details sur son gouvernement, ses habitants, leurs mœurs et leur industrie;” and notes. See La grande encyclopédie, xxi, p. 947; and the Philippine bibliography issued by the Library of Congress. 

22 This was Admiral Cyrille-Pierre-Théodore Laplace, who was born at sea on November 7, 1793, and died in Brest on January 22, 1875. The book mentioned by Mas is the Voyage autour du monde par les mers de l’Inde et de la Chine (1833–39). The information on the Philippines is found in vol. i, pp. 353–470, 547–553, and is as follows: “Manila; description of Luzon; some details about its government, its inhabitants, their customs, and their industry;” and notes. See La grande encyclopédie, vol. xxi, p. 947; and the Philippine bibliography issued by the Library of Congress.

23 The office of army intendant was created by royal orders of July 17 and 26, 1784, in accordance with the proposition of Governor Basco; to the office was united that of the subdelegate superintendency of the treasury. The new office was independent of the superior government of the islands. The first incumbent of the new office was Ciriaco Gonzalez Carvajal, then auditor of the royal Audiencia and assessor-general of the government. See Montero y Vidal, Historia general, ii, pp. 311, 312. 

23 The position of army intendant was established by royal orders on July 17 and 26, 1784, based on the proposal from Governor Basco; this role was combined with that of the subdelegate superintendency of the treasury. The new position operated independently from the higher government of the islands. The first person to hold this position was Ciriaco Gonzalez Carvajal, who was then the auditor of the royal Audiencia and the general assessor of the government. See Montero y Vidal, Historia general, ii, pp. 311, 312. 

24 The first edition of the Recopilación de leyes de Indias was published at Madrid in 1681. 

24 The first edition of the Recopilación de leyes de Indias was published in Madrid in 1681.

25 For the powers of the alcaldes-mayor, see VOL. XVII, pp. 323, 324, and 333, 334. 

25 For the powers of the alcaldes-mayor, check out VOL. 17, pages 323, 324, and 333, 334.

26 i.e., A report of the matter must be made to the government, through its respective ministries, and after deliberation the course to be followed would be ordered. Throughout the history of the Philippines, this method often proved a great drawback to effective government, because of the distance from Spain and difficulty of communication; so much so that when the answer was received, the matter was already wellnigh or completely a dead letter. 

26 i.e., A report about the issue must be submitted to the government through its respective ministries, and after discussion, the next steps will be determined. Throughout Philippine history, this approach often hindered effective governance due to the distance from Spain and the challenges of communication. By the time a response was received, the matter was often nearly or completely irrelevant.

27 On leaving his office Francisco Enriquez left two printed documents as follows: Oficio al Secretario de Estado dando cuenta de haber hecho entrega de la Intendencia á D. Luis Urrejola (Manila, June 11, 1836; 2 leaves on rice paper); and Entrega que hace de sus funciones, en este dia, el Intendente general de Ejercito … al Ecsmo. Sr. D. Luis Urrejola (Manila, July 11, 1836; in 16 leaves). The document mentioned by Mas must be one of these. See Retana’s Bibliografia filipina, pp. 54, 55 (the title to the first document is made by Retana). 

27 When he left his office, Francisco Enriquez handed over two printed documents: Oficio al Secretario de Estado dando cuenta de haber hecho entrega de la Intendencia á D. Luis Urrejola (Manila, June 11, 1836; 2 pages on rice paper); and Entrega que hace de sus funciones, en este dia, el Intendente general de Ejercito … al Ecsmo. Sr. D. Luis Urrejola (Manila, July 11, 1836; in 16 pages). The document Mas refers to must be one of these. See Retana’s Bibliografia filipina, pp. 54, 55 (the title of the first document is provided by Retana).

28 i.e., All the papers belonging to any matter, judicial, legislative, or executive, consisting of orders, opinions, reports, and all other measures. 

28 i.e., All documents related to any issue, whether judicial, legislative, or executive, including orders, opinions, reports, and all other actions.

29 A note at this point states that the polo and service tax had not been extended to the Chinese mestizos, who were not in existence when the tax was first imposed, or were but few, until a few years back, when the natives of Lingayen brought up the matter. Chinese mestizos formed the wealthiest part of many villages; and it was decided that since they were to the natives as 1:6, they should pay such taxes for one month to the natives’ six. At Vigan, Ilocos Sur, the natives also presented a petition against the mestizos because natives alone were compelled to furnish provisions, etc., to the troops in their province at the schedule price, while the mestizos escaped; and for which reason many of the natives joined the mestizo ranks, saying that the state profited thereby because as mestizos they paid a double tribute. Governor Oraá, however, imposed a fine for such denaturalization. As regards the petition against the mestizos, an expediente was formed, and in July, 1841, the natives were ordered to send a salaried agent to conduct a suit against the mestizos. But they being poor could not do so, while it was understood that the mestizos had paid a bribe of 1,000 pesos to the assessor. Consequently, it appears that notwithstanding the efforts of the alcalde-mayor and Mas, nothing could be done, as the governor was so hedged in. 

29 A note at this point mentions that the polo and service tax were not applied to the Chinese mestizos, who either didn't exist when the tax was first introduced or were very few, until a few years ago when the people of Lingayen raised the issue. Chinese mestizos made up the wealthiest segment of many villages, and it was decided that since their population ratio to the natives was 1:6, they should pay taxes for one month equivalent to one-sixth of what the natives paid. In Vigan, Ilocos Sur, the natives also submitted a petition against the mestizos because only the natives were required to provide supplies, etc., to the military in their area at the established price, while the mestizos avoided this obligation. As a result, many natives joined the mestizo side, arguing that the state benefited because mestizos paid double taxes. However, Governor Oraá imposed a fine for this change in status. Regarding the petition against the mestizos, an expediente was created, and in July 1841, the natives were instructed to send a paid representative to pursue legal action against the mestizos. However, being poor, they couldn't do so, while it was understood that the mestizos had bribed the assessor with 1,000 pesos. Consequently, it seems that despite the efforts of the alcalde-mayor and Mas, nothing could be achieved as the governor was heavily constrained.

30 Francisco Enriquez succeeded Urrijola (who had been appointed October, 1820, as intendant-general of the army and treasury), in the office of intendant in 1828, being granted more ample powers than the latter had enjoyed. By a royal decree of October 27, 1829, it was ordered that the superintendency should be held by the intendant of the army and royal treasury, and accordingly Enriquez took such charge on September 9, 1630. See Montero y Vidal, Hist. gen., ii, pp. 457, 521. 

30 Francisco Enriquez took over from Urrijola (who had been appointed in October 1820 as the head of the army and treasury) as intendant in 1828, receiving broader powers than his predecessor. A royal decree on October 27, 1829, stipulated that the intendant of the army and royal treasury would also oversee the superintendency, and so Enriquez assumed this role on September 9, 1630. See Montero y Vidal, Hist. gen., ii, pp. 457, 521.

31 See José Cabezas de Herrera’s Apuntes históricos sobre la organización político-administrativa de Filipinas (Manila, 1883). This is an excellent treatise on the governmental administration of the Philippines. 

31 Check out José Cabezas de Herrera’s Apuntes históricos sobre la organización político-administrativa de Filipinas (Manila, 1883). This is a great paper on the government administration of the Philippines.

32 See the budget of receipts and expenditures in the Philippines for the year, July, 1885-June, 1886, in Montero y Vidal’s El archipiélago filipino, pp. 169–186. The expenditures involve: general obligations, 1,523,335.07 pesos; state, 125,000 pesos; grace and justice, 1,085,769.62 pesos; war, 3,494,923.31 pesos; treasury, 1,356,031.30 pesos; navy, 2,423,518.91 pesos; government, 1,267,007.43 pesos; public works (fomento), 349,322.87 pesos; total, 11,624,908.51 pesos. The receipts were 11,528,178 pesos. 

32 See the budget of income and expenses in the Philippines for the year, July 1885 - June 1886, in Montero y Vidal’s El archipiélago filipino, pp. 169–186. The expenses include: general obligations, 1,523,335.07 pesos; state, 125,000 pesos; grace and justice, 1,085,769.62 pesos; war, 3,494,923.31 pesos; treasury, 1,356,031.30 pesos; navy, 2,423,518.91 pesos; government, 1,267,007.43 pesos; public works (fomento), 349,322.87 pesos; total, 11,624,908.51 pesos. The income was 11,528,178 pesos.

33 The administrative affairs of the colonies were placed in charge of the ministerio de la gobernación (ministry of the government) in 1832, and were added in 1836 to the ministerio de marina (ministry of the navy), which was after that called secretaría del despacho de marina, comercio y gobernación de ultramar (department of the navy, commerce, and colonial government). After various other changes, the ministerio de ultramar (ministry of the colonies) was established by royal decree, May 20, 1863. The duties of the ministry are outlined as follows: to modify the organization or administrational régime of the colonies; to fix or change the annual budget of receipts and expenditures; to dispose of the surplus products of the colonies; to adopt any rule relative to the establishment or suppression of imposts; to propose persons for the offices of governor and captain-general, intendants, and regents of the Audiencia; to grant titles, etc., to persons in the colonies; to adopt any measure affecting the exterior regimen of the Church or the royal patronage; to decide any serious matter according to the judgment of the minister; to draw up preparatory measures of resolutions allowing expenses or advances of funds by the public treasury of the Peninsula, which resolutions belong to the ministry of the treasury; to transmit communications of the ministers of state, war, and navy, to the authorities of those provinces, and the communications of the latter to the respective ministers. See Dic. encic. Hisp.-Amer., xiii, pp. 131, 132. 

33 The administrative affairs of the colonies were managed by the ministerio de la gobernación (ministry of the government) in 1832, and in 1836 were combined with the ministerio de marina (ministry of the navy), which thereafter was known as secretaría del despacho de marina, comercio y gobernación de ultramar (department of the navy, commerce, and colonial government). Following several other changes, the ministerio de ultramar (ministry of the colonies) was officially created by royal decree on May 20, 1863. The responsibilities of the ministry include: modifying the organization or administrative structure of the colonies; setting or altering the annual budget of income and expenses; managing the surplus products of the colonies; establishing any regulations regarding the creation or elimination of taxes; proposing candidates for the positions of governor and captain-general, intendants, and regents of the Audiencia; granting titles, etc., to individuals in the colonies; implementing measures affecting the external governance of the Church or the royal patronage; making decisions on significant matters based on the minister's judgment; preparing resolutions for expenses or advances from the public treasury of the Peninsula, which are under the ministry of the treasury; and conveying messages from the ministers of state, war, and navy to the authorities of those provinces, and vice versa for communications from local authorities to their respective ministers. See Dic. encic. Hisp.-Amer., xiii, pp. 131, 132.

34 In 1803 a Spanish pamphlet was published at Philadelphia, advocating the opinion that Spain “ought to get rid of all her colonies in America and Asia, in order to promote agriculture and industries in the Peninsula;” it is attributed to the Marqués de Casa Irujo (Vindel, Catálogo biblioteca filipina, no. 1797). 

34 In 1803, a Spanish pamphlet was published in Philadelphia that argued Spain should abandon all its colonies in America and Asia to boost agriculture and industry in the mainland. It's attributed to Marqués de Casa Irujo (Vindel, Catálogo biblioteca filipina, no. 1797).

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

MATTA’S REPORT, 1843

Communication from the intendant of the army and treasury [Intendente de Ejercito y Hacienda] of the Filipinas Islands, Don Juan Manuel de la Matta,1 to the governor and captain-general of said islands, Don Marcelino Oraá, in regard to the moral condition of the country after the insurrection of a portion of the troops of the third regiment of the line, which happened at daybreak of the twenty-first of last January; and declaration of the chief legislative reforms, and of the peremptory measures of precaution and security, demanded by said condition.

Communication from the army and treasury chief [Intendente de Ejercito y Hacienda] of the Philippines, Don Juan Manuel de la Matta, to the governor and captain-general of the islands, Don Marcelino Oraá, regarding the moral state of the country after the uprising of some troops from the third regiment of the line that occurred at dawn on January twenty-first; and an outline of the major legislative reforms and urgent precautionary and security measures required by this situation.

[The recent disaffection of a portion of the Philippine troops has caused the government to issue instructions in case of the occurrence of any excitement, insurrection, or alarm in the city of Manila and its environs. Matta, on receiving these instructions, has transmitted secretly to the commander of the revenue guard2 (whom he has advised in case [92]of any danger to assemble all his command in the tobacco factory of Binondo) the portion of the instructions that concerns him. Also the forces of the station of San Fernando are to be embarked on the boats in the river belonging to the revenue guard, and placed in command of the port captain. In addition to the instructions above cited, it seems advisable, “considering the moral condition of the country, to adopt radical measures to avoid the evil before having to punish it, thereby to shelter the colony from new seditions, which cannot be repeated without imminent risk of sad consequences.” The suppression of the attempts of the insurgents and the calming of Manila was due to the loyalty of the artillerymen quartered at the fort of Santiago and the presence of other loyal troops.]

[The recent discontent among some of the Philippine troops has led the government to issue guidelines in case of any unrest, uprising, or alarm in the city of Manila and its surroundings. Matta, upon receiving these guidelines, has secretly communicated to the commander of the revenue guard2 (who he has advised, in case [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]of any threat, to gather all his forces at the tobacco factory in Binondo) the relevant part of the guidelines that concerns him. Additionally, the forces at the San Fernando station are to be loaded onto the boats in the river belonging to the revenue guard and put under the command of the port captain. Besides the guidelines mentioned above, it seems wise, “considering the moral state of the country, to implement drastic measures to prevent trouble before having to deal with it, thus protecting the colony from new uprisings which cannot happen without the risk of serious consequences.” The quelling of the insurgents' attempts and the stabilization of Manila was thanks to the loyalty of the artillerymen stationed at Fort Santiago and the presence of other loyal troops.]

The sedition of Apolinario3 in the province of [93]Tayabas, at the end of October, 1841, and the insurrection of part of the third regiment of the line, which occurred in the capital at daybreak of January 21,4 have in little more than one year placed [94]these important possessions at the verge of a terrible civil war, and have compromised great interests.

The rebellion of Apolinario3 in the province of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Tayabas, at the end of October 1841, and the uprising of part of the third regiment of the line, which took place in the capital at dawn on January 21,4 have, in just over a year, put [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]these significant territories on the brink of a devastating civil war and jeopardized major interests.

[The discipline of the third regiment of the line before the insurrection was poor, a fact that was attributed, among other things, to the bad condition of the barracks. On the other hand, a corps composed of native troops recruited from Manila and the neighboring places remained loyal, and was used to good effect in putting down the insurrection. In the opinion of many, native troops officered by Spaniards (even to the sergeants and corporals) would prevent disaffection in the future, and be much better than Peninsular troops. In this treatise it is Matta’s purpose to set forth “the measures by which the tranquillity of these inhabitants and the conservation of this precious portion of the Spanish monarchy, will be conserved in the future.” The moral condition of the islands is most delicate and merits the close attention of the government, “and most especially of your Excellency, to whom is chiefly confided the tranquillity and conservation of these important possessions—which now demand radical administrational and economic reforms that will permit the development of the wealth of their fertile soil, and the welfare of all their inhabitants; and peremptory [95]measures of foresight and security, which will render those advantages lasting, keep the country loyal, and inalterably bind the union of the islands with the mother-country.” In consequence of the civil wars in Spain, the Spanish government has been compelled to draw heavy sums against the treasury of the Philippines, by which not only has the treasury been exhausted but a debt of more than four million pesos incurred—a debt that cannot be met for years, “both because the needs of the colony are increasing annually, and because the remainder left from the revenues, after covering the ordinary obligations of the budgets, is almost all spent in tobacco leaf, which is sent for the consumption of the mother-country, in accordance with the orders of the government.” In regard to the military defense of the country, conditions are as bad. “There are but few arms and they are in poor shape. The provinces are undefended. The army is composed almost exclusively of natives, and they are so few in number that the army is insufficient to defend the capital and fort of Cavite in case of a foreign invasion.” Indeed, in case of invasion it might be best to raze the fortifications built at the expense of so great sacrifices.]

[The discipline of the third regiment of the line before the uprising was poor, which was attributed to several factors, including the bad condition of the barracks. Conversely, a corps made up of local troops recruited from Manila and nearby areas stayed loyal and was effectively used to suppress the insurrection. Many believed that having native troops led by Spaniards (even at the sergeant and corporal levels) would prevent future discontent and be much better than Peninsular troops. In this document, Matta aims to outline “the measures by which the peace of these inhabitants and the preservation of this valuable part of the Spanish monarchy will be secured in the future.” The moral condition of the islands is particularly sensitive and deserves the government's close attention, “and especially yours, your Excellency, who is primarily responsible for maintaining the peace and preservation of these important possessions—which now require drastic administrative and economic reforms that will foster the development of their rich soil and the well-being of all their inhabitants; and urgent [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]measures for foresight and security, which will ensure that these benefits last, keep the country loyal, and firmly link the islands to the mother country.” Due to the civil wars in Spain, the Spanish government has been forced to withdraw large amounts from the Philippine treasury, resulting not only in a depleted treasury but also a debt of over four million pesos—one that cannot be settled for years, “both because the needs of the colony are growing every year and because almost all remaining revenues, after covering routine budget obligations, are spent on tobacco leaf, which is sent for the consumption of the mother country, as per government orders.” Regarding the military defense of the country, conditions are equally poor. “There are very few weapons available, and they are in bad condition. The provinces are unprotected. The army is mainly made up of locals, and they are so few that it is insufficient to defend the capital and the fort of Cavite in case of a foreign invasion.” In fact, if an invasion occurs, it might be best to demolish the fortifications built at such great cost.]

In general there is to be seen considerable indifference, and even disaffection, to Peninsular interests. Ideas of emancipation are sheltered in many bosoms. Discontent swarms in all places. It is given utterance with effrontery, and is developed and fomented in various manners. Since the beginning of the colony, boldness, deceit, and acrimonious speech have had a foremost seat, but greed is today the dominant passion in the white people. Their needs are many and there are few means of satisfying them. The hot climate especially contributes to captiousness, [96]and the development of vehement passions. A multitude of jealous, complaining, and evil-intentioned men foment the discontent, to which also pusillanimous persons contribute by their indiscreet and excessive fear. Although by means of different passions, there is a manifest tendency to constantly discredit the dispositions of the government, to attack maliciously the authorities who represent it, and to foment rivalry and discord among them, to which both the complexity of the legislation and the burning climate lend themselves. Thus all concur in weakening the prestige that gives force to the government. The malcontents have the necessary time to gather new proselytes, to consolidate a faction against the mother-country, to prepare the will of the masses; and they await the time and opportunity for the realization of their desires. This plan is not in writing, but is engraved in the hearts of those who direct it, shows itself by its works, and is the result of the tendency of the age, of the calamitous circumstances in which the mother-country finds itself, and of the kind of abandonment in which these important possessions are held.

In general, there is a noticeable indifference, and even hostility, towards Peninsular interests. Ideas of freedom are hidden in many hearts. Discontent is everywhere. It is expressed boldly and manifests itself in various ways. Since the start of the colony, audacity, deceit, and a spiteful attitude have been prevalent, but greed is now the main driving force among the white population. Their needs are many and there are few ways to meet them. The hot climate especially fuels irritability, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and the rise of intense emotions. A large number of jealous, complaining, and ill-intentioned individuals stir up discontent, while cowardly people contribute through their indiscreet and excessive fear. Although different passions drive them, there is a clear tendency to constantly undermine the government's authority, maliciously criticize the officials who represent it, and create rivalry and discord among them—factors that are encouraged by the complexity of the laws and the sweltering climate. As a result, all contribute to diminishing the prestige that strengthens the government. The discontented have enough time to attract new followers, build a faction against the mother country, and prepare the will of the masses; they wait for the right time and opportunity to fulfill their desires. This plan is not documented, but is etched in the hearts of those leading it, manifesting through their actions, and is the outcome of the prevailing trends of the time, the disastrous conditions of the mother country, and the sense of neglect that these vital territories experience.

[Notwithstanding the royal order of April 25, 1837, prohibiting publications that might disturb public order and weaken the prestige of the government, such publications have circulated freely in Manila, thus increasing the discontent. In such publications the followers of Apolinario are called innocent, and the execution of the rebels in the camp of Alitao has been termed assassination. All things have combined to destroy in Manila “the prestige and moral force that have been hitherto the principal foundation of our domination.”] [97]

[Despite the royal order from April 25, 1837, which banned publications that could disrupt public order and undermine the government's authority, these publications have circulated freely in Manila, fueling discontent. In these writings, Apolinario’s followers are labeled innocent, and the execution of the rebels in the Alitao camp is referred to as assassination. All of this has contributed to weakening in Manila “the prestige and moral authority that have previously been the main foundation of our control.”] [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[Although the provinces are not yet so greatly disaffected as is Manila], their moral condition is very different from that when they generally pronounced against the English in 1762 and gave the victory to Anda. Mejico belonged to España, and its treasury contributed to the support of the islands, which had the exclusive benefit of a traffic which the public especially valued, and whose conservation was inseparable from union to the mother-country. North-American independence and the French revolution had not yet come to fix the future destiny of all the colonial possessions of the world.5 The regular clergy, the principal base of our domination, then exercised an influence over the inhabitants, which time has almost entirely vitiated. Little care is taken for the instruction of their members, from which it results that some of them with their gross manners, stupid pretensions, and exactions from the chiefs of the provinces, and the gobernadorcillos and notables of the villages, occasion anger, quarrels, and discord which disturb the quiet of the inhabitants, [98]distract and embarrass the authorities, and nourish those indiscreet and tenacious struggles in which all lose, and which have contributed so greatly to the rapid undermining of the base of our power in the provinces. The mistrust of a sad future leads many of them to engage in commercial business, and conduces to avarice and to a worldly life, so that they have lost their religious prestige, without gaining the respect and the consideration due to eminent and beneficent citizens. Without doubt there are respectable men among the individuals of the regular clergy, who, superior to circumstances, devote themselves entirely to the fulfilment of the duties of their sacred ministry; who as true fathers of their parishioners, look carefully after their comfort and welfare; and who, for that reason possessing their esteem, are, consequently, one of the chief supports of the action of the government in the villages. It is with reference to these that I have remarked in another place that both religion and policy recommend them. Let all be placed in the same category, and let strict watch be put on the instruction and conduct of the parish priests, in which, truly, there is much to correct; and the happiness of the provinces will be secure, if, in addition, the improvements demanded by the state of civilization and of wealth in some of the provinces, and by the genius and circumstances of the various races inhabiting them, and the differences of the times in which we are living, are made in their government and administration.

[Although the provinces are not yet as dissatisfied as Manila], their moral state is very different from when they mostly opposed the English in 1762, allowing Anda to claim victory. Mexico was part of Spain, and its treasury supported the islands, which benefitted from a trade that the public highly valued, and whose preservation was tied to unity with the mother country. North American independence and the French Revolution had not yet shaped the future of all colonial possessions worldwide.5 The regular clergy, the main foundation of our control, had significant influence over the people, which time has nearly completely eroded. There is little focus on the education of their members, leading some of them with their rude behaviors, foolish claims, and demands from local leaders, such as gobernadorcillos and village notables, to create anger, disputes, and discord that disrupt the peace of the residents, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] distract and frustrate the authorities, and fuel those indiscreet and stubborn conflicts in which everyone loses, contributing significantly to the swift decline of our power in the provinces. The fear of a bleak future drives many of them to pursue business ventures, fostering greed and a materialistic lifestyle, causing them to lose their religious authority without gaining the respect and consideration due to prominent and benevolent citizens. Without a doubt, there are respectable individuals among the regular clergy, who, rising above their circumstances, fully commit themselves to the duties of their sacred ministry; who, as true fathers of their parishioners, take care of their comfort and well-being; and who, for that reason, earn their esteem and serve as one of the main supports of government action in the villages. It is regarding these individuals that I mentioned elsewhere that both religion and policy support them. Let everyone be treated equally, and let there be strict oversight on the education and behavior of the parish priests, where there is indeed much to improve; and the happiness of the provinces will be secured, if, in addition, the improvements called for by the state of civilization and wealth in some of the provinces, the character and circumstances of the various races living there, and the differences of the times we are living in, are made in their governance and administration.

For that purpose it must be kept in mind that ambition is wont to affect the Spanish people transplanted to these distant and hot climes; that arrogant presumption is the distinctive characteristic of their [99]descendants; and we must consider duly the characteristic qualities of the natives.

For that purpose, it should be noted that ambition often influences the Spanish people who have moved to these remote and hot regions; that arrogant self-importance is a typical trait of their [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]descendants; and we must carefully consider the unique qualities of the locals.

As I have remarked to your Excellency on a different occasion, I consider the moral picture of the Indian as very difficult to draw, for frequently one finds united in him abjectness and ferocity, timidity and a wonderful fearlessness and courage in danger, and indolent laziness and slovenliness combined with industry and avaricious self-interest. It is impossible to represent exactly under one single stroke all the phases of their contradictory character. But in general the Indian is pacific, superstitious, indolent, respectful to authority, heedless, distrustful, and deceitful. Dominated by his first sensations, and most fertile in expedients to extricate himself from difficulties, or to carry out his design at a moment’s notice, he must be considered as a minor who follows the dictates of his own will; and, as such, he must be directed for his own good, his difficulties must be forestalled, corrected and punished. The natives are also spiteful and revengeful when they believe themselves offended; and at such times, hiding their ill-will under the veil of a deceitful humility, they await the opportunity for satisfying it, and generally give rein suddenly to their ill-will with perfidy and ferocity.

As I've mentioned to you before, I find it very challenging to accurately describe the moral character of the Indian. Often, you see a mix of extreme weakness and brutality, shyness and remarkable bravery in the face of danger, as well as lazy indifference alongside hard work and greedy self-interest. It's impossible to capture all the conflicting aspects of their character in just one description. However, generally speaking, Indians tend to be peaceful, superstitious, lazy, respectful of authority, careless, distrustful, and deceitful. Driven by their immediate feelings and highly resourceful when it comes to getting out of tight spots or pursuing their goals on a whim, they can be seen as more like children acting on their impulses. Therefore, they need guidance for their own benefit; their problems should be anticipated, addressed, and corrected. The natives can also be spiteful and vengeful when they feel wronged. During such times, they disguise their bitterness with a false humility, waiting for the chance to act on it, and when they do, they often unleash their anger with cunning and brutality.

[The contradictory character of the Filipino native explains the ease with which a large province can be governed by one official with the aid of the parish priests and two or three dozen soldiers; while, on the other hand, the insurance companies of India refuse to stand the risks of mutiny in a vessel employing half a dozen natives from Manila in its crew. The natives know no middle path between abject respect and insolent contempt, in their attitude toward [100]the whites. In case of a foreign or internal war the governors or alcaldes-mayor of the provinces would be the least capable of directing affairs, because of their ignorance of the native languages and customs, and because they are in continual conflict with the natives over the collection of the tribute, while at the same time they exercise a monopoly in trade.]

[The contradictory nature of the Filipino native explains how easily one official, with the help of local priests and a couple of dozen soldiers, can govern a large province. At the same time, insurance companies in India refuse to take on the risks associated with mutiny on a ship that has half a dozen crew members from Manila. The natives have no middle ground between extreme respect and outright contempt in their attitude toward [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]whites. In times of foreign or internal conflict, the governors or heads of provinces would be the least capable of managing the situation due to their lack of understanding of native languages and customs, compounded by their ongoing issues with the locals regarding tax collection, while they also maintain a trade monopoly.]

For a very long period the elements of discord among the authorities have been numerous for lack of a special and analogous legislation, enacted with regard to the genius and circumstances of the various peoples inhabiting these islands and the enormous distance separating them from the mother-country. During these latter years, there have been heaped up on this unfavorable foundation the elements emanating from the civil war which has covered the mother-country with mourning, and those of our own political dissensions; the development and tendencies of the revolutionary principles common to all the colonial possessions of the world, and which only force, supported by the interest of self-preservation, is capable of restraining; and lastly the impressions which it has been impossible to keep from transmission to the natives and other races, in proportion as the knowledge of our language becomes general to them, and as they become civilized, and contract our tastes and necessities through the increase of commerce and industry, and observe from anear the confusion resulting from our lack of harmony. This is, in my opinion, the chief cancer of this body politic, and will finish it very speedily unless your Excellency, acting with the discretion and the energy so strongly charged in the laws, and especially in the royal order of April 25, 1837, apply the remedy peremptorily demanded by our situation. [101]

For a long time, there have been many sources of conflict among the authorities due to a lack of specific and relevant laws tailored to the character and circumstances of the various peoples living on these islands and the great distance from the mother country. In recent years, this already shaky situation has been worsened by the civil war that has left the mother country in mourning, as well as our own political disagreements. The spread of revolutionary ideals common to all colonial territories—only held back by force and self-preservation—adds to the mix. Moreover, it's impossible to prevent the natives and other groups from sensing the turmoil among us, especially as they learn our language, become more civilized, adopt our tastes and needs through increased trade and industry, and closely observe the chaos stemming from our discord. In my view, this is the main disease of this body politic, and it will destroy us quickly unless your Excellency, with the carefulness and vigor required by law, particularly the royal order of April 25, 1837, applies the urgent remedy our situation demands. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[Discord and confusion and the spirit of resistance are rife throughout the provinces. The events of 1820 and 1823, the sedition of Apolinario in October, 1841, and the mutiny of the troops, although different in their origin, all exhibit the “perfidy and ferocity that always accompany movements of color in Ultramar.” The prestige of the government is weakened, which formerly was, with religion, the chief foundation of Spanish domination. The political factions that have arisen in the last six years, and which are now perfectly organized, are greatly to blame. The Peninsulars and Spanish Filipinos will end by destroying each other if the fitting remedy is not speedily applied. In a report made to the government after the sedition of Apolinario had been put down, Matta said that the origin of the confraternity consisted “only in the character of the superstition which distinguishes these natives, who most readily believe whatever is presented to them under the veil of religion and of the marvellous; asserted that it became fanaticism as soon as measures were taken against Apolinario and his confreres, and that it became a declared sedition when the unfortunate Ortega attacked them in Ygsaban with more valor than prudence; and that from that time presenting the appearance of a near insurrection in the neighboring provinces, it is to be feared that it would have been converted into a revolution capable of compromising the conservation of these important possessions had not the seditious ones been promptly defeated and severely punished in Alitao.” Matta’s report also said that probably Apolinario’s expulsion from the hospital of San Juan de Dios in Manila, and the measures taken against his associates, together with the suggestions of the adherents of independence, [102]contributed to the holding of the novena in Tayabas in spite of the precautions taken by the military and ecclesiastical authorities. These occurrences were principally the effect of superstition and fanaticism; and although the ideas of emancipation have been present in the Philippines, as in all colonies since the Spanish-American revolution, yet ideas of emancipation are limited in the islands to a few Spaniards who do not even form a political party, but only a crowd of complainers who are either not government employees, or are employees who take it ill that Spaniards are sent from the Peninsula to fill offices that they believe belong properly to themselves.6 The ideas of emancipation have not yet contaminated, nor will they in a long time contaminate the Chinese, the Chinese mestizos, Spanish mestizos, or the natives, with the exception of a few of the “secular clergy, as insignificant because of their ignorance and few resources as by their lack of influence among their countrymen.” Whatever be the opinions of the influential Spaniards born in the islands, they recognise that political upheavals would be as fatal to themselves as to the Peninsulars. In the insurrection of last January, among the six white officers assassinated or wounded, three of those killed and one wounded belonged to the revolting regiment, while the two remaining who were wounded were Europeans. The safety of all lies in the stability of the government; but it must be noted that events are daily more serious and that the discontent is spreading. Important reforms are necessary, but matters must be viewed only in the light of the public cause. “Without virtues there can be [103]no prestige; and, without prestige, it will also be impossible for the lesser part to dominate the great whole.” The conservation of the islands depends on “radical reforms in their legislation, and peremptory measures of precaution and security.” Such reforms are:]

[Discord, confusion, and a spirit of resistance are widespread throughout the provinces. The events of 1820 and 1823, the uprising led by Apolinario in October 1841, and the troops' mutiny, while different in their causes, all show the “treachery and brutality that always accompany movements of color in Ultramar.” The government's prestige is weakened, which used to be, alongside religion, the main foundation of Spanish control. The political factions that have emerged in the past six years are largely to blame, and they are now well-organized. If a proper solution isn’t implemented quickly, the Peninsulars and Spanish Filipinos will ultimately destroy each other. In a report to the government after Apolinario's insurgency was quashed, Matta stated that the confraternity's origins lay “only in the superstitious nature of these natives, who are quick to believe anything presented under the guise of religion and the marvelous; and he claimed that it became fanaticism as soon as measures were taken against Apolinario and his followers, and escalated into an open rebellion when the unfortunate Ortega attacked them in Ygsaban with more courage than caution; since then, it has appeared as a near insurrection in nearby provinces, and there’s a fear it could turn into a revolution that might jeopardize the conservation of these vital possessions if the rebels hadn’t been swiftly defeated and harshly punished in Alitao.” Matta also mentioned that Apolinario’s removal from the San Juan de Dios hospital in Manila, along with actions taken against his associates and the suggestions from independence supporters, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]led to the novena being held in Tayabas despite military and ecclesiastical authorities’ precautions. These incidents were primarily the result of superstition and fanaticism; while ideas of independence have been present in the Philippines, like in all colonies since the Spanish-American revolution, they remain limited to a small group of Spaniards who don’t even form a political party, just a crowd of complainers, either government employees or disgruntled workers who feel that Spaniards from the Peninsula are taking positions that rightfully belong to them.6 The ideas of emancipation have not yet and will not soon influence the Chinese, Chinese mestizos, Spanish mestizos, or the natives, except for a few “secular clergy, who are as insignificant because of their ignorance and limited resources as they are because of their lack of influence among their fellow countrymen.” Regardless of the opinions of influential Spaniards born in the islands, they understand that political upheaval would be as detrimental to them as to the Peninsulars. In the insurrection last January, of the six white officers who were killed or injured, three of those killed and one wounded were part of the rebel regiment, while the other two were Europeans. The safety of everyone relies on the stability of the government; however, it’s worth noting that the situation is becoming increasingly serious and discontent is spreading. Significant reforms are essential, but these matters must be considered solely in light of the public interest. “Without virtue, there can be [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]no prestige; and, without prestige, it will also be impossible for the minority to dominate the majority.” The future of the islands depends on “radical reforms in their legislation and urgent measures for precaution and security.” Such reforms are:]

1st. The formation of a special law for these islands, analogous and framed with reference to the genius and circumstances of the various peoples inhabiting them, and to their great distance from the mother-country. [Matta believes in a law that will outline the duties of the governor and captain-general, and place under his general supervision real heads of the various departments of government, who shall be responsible. A Colonial Council or Cabinet for consultation on affairs of general public interest should also be formed. This separation of duties into specific classes, the heads of each department to be subordinate to the governor, in accordance with law ii, título ii, book iii, will ensure the right use of the governing functions. To continue so many unconnected duties under the governor will only add to the confusion.]

1st. A special law for these islands should be created, tailored to the unique traits and situations of the different peoples living here, considering their significant distance from the mother country. [Matta advocates for a law that defines the responsibilities of the governor and captain-general, placing them in charge of the various government department heads, who will be accountable. A Colonial Council or Cabinet should also be established for discussing matters of public interest. This division of responsibilities into specific categories, with the heads of each department reporting to the governor, as outlined in law ii, título ii, book iii, will ensure proper governance. Continuing to pile unconnected responsibilities on the governor will only increase confusion.]

2d. The improvement of the government and administration of the provinces by organizing them with reference to their present state of civilization and wealth. For they cannot now, without serious inconveniences, without transcendental harm, have the government, judicial, military and revenue functions, together with commercial occupations and cares, united under one person alone. [The system of placing one person in command of all these departments is opposed to civilization and to the mercantile spirit that has penetrated into the provinces. [104]Civil governors should be appointed who should have charge of the government, administration of justice, and the promotion of the welfare of the inhabitants. Such governors should have learned the native tongue and should know something of the native manners and customs. The collection of tributes should not be entrusted to them, and their posts should be permanent, except for transfers, promotions, and suspension by the governor and captain-general, or sentence by the suitable tribunal. This will give such provincial chiefs the necessary prestige, in accordance with the royal order of December 10, 1839. In the provinces, passion often takes the place of reason, and anything at all can be justified because of the facility with which the natives contradict and perjure themselves. The position of the provincial chief demands that his authority be very vigorous and held in respect. The native must be kept respectful by tact, justice, punishment, and energy. Jueces pesquisidores7 and judges to take the residencia should not be sent to the provinces, as that tends to weaken the authority of the provincial chief. Easy recourse can be had in the provinces to the tribunals and superior authorities of the islands, while the natives and Chinese can appeal to their protectors, who are generally very zealous in their behalf.]

2d. Improving the government and administration of the provinces by organizing them based on their current level of civilization and wealth. It is now not feasible, without significant drawbacks and major harm, to have the government, judicial, military, and revenue functions, along with commercial responsibilities, all handled by one person alone. [This system of having one person in charge of all these areas goes against civilization and the business mindset that has developed in the provinces. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]There should be civil governors appointed who will oversee the government, justice administration, and the well-being of the residents. These governors should have learned the local language and be familiar with the local customs and traditions. They should not be in charge of tax collections, and their positions should be permanent, except for transfers, promotions, and suspensions by the governor and captain-general, or decisions made by the appropriate tribunal. This will provide the provincial leaders with the necessary authority, in line with the royal order from December 10, 1839. In the provinces, emotions often outweigh reason, and anything can be justified because of how easily the locals can contradict themselves or lie. The provincial chief must assert his authority firmly and command respect. The local people must be kept respectful through diplomacy, fairness, discipline, and strength. Jueces pesquisidores7 and judges for the residencia should not be assigned to the provinces, as that tends to undermine the authority of the provincial chief. The locals and Chinese can easily appeal to the courts and higher authorities of the islands, while they can also reach out to their protectors, who are usually very eager to help them.]

3rd. The suppression of the colleges of Santo Tomas, San Jose,8 and San Juan de Letran of this [105]capital, and the conciliar seminaries of the bishoprics, as perpetual nurseries of corruption, laziness, or subversive ideas, as contrary to the quiet and welfare of the villages as to peninsular interests. [The suppression of the last three can be made at once, and they should be replaced with schools of agriculture,9 arts,10 and commerce, which will conduce to the prosperity of the colony. As regards Santo Tomas, inasmuch as immediate suppression would anger the Spaniards and Chinese mestizos who have control of almost all the capital of the islands, a new plan should be adopted by which desire to attend it would be gradually decreased until it can be suppressed without any trouble. Sensible Spaniards generally believe that the suppression of these institutions would conduce to the good of the islands and of Spain. From them come the swarms of ignorant and vicious secular priests, and the pettifogging lawyers, who stir up so much trouble among the natives, and cause the provincial chiefs so great inconvenience. [106]Although not much attention is paid to this class, they are the most vicious and worthless in the islands. Public convenience demands the teaching of agriculture, the arts, and commerce, instead of the theology and law to which the institutions above mentioned are devoted. It should not be forgotten that the Spanish-American revolutions were fostered by curas and lawyers, who since they know both the native language and Spanish, have great influence with the masses. The influence of the friar parish priests is now very much weakened, for they have almost entirely abandoned the spiritual administration to their native assistants. These assistants, by working on the superstitious character of the natives, can rouse them to any act that will satisfy their own desires for vengeance.]

3rd. The closure of the colleges of Santo Tomas, San Jose, and San Juan de Letran in this [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] capital, along with the seminaries of the bishoprics, has become necessary as they are seen as ongoing sources of corruption, laziness, or subversive ideas, which go against the peace and welfare of communities as well as Spanish interests. [The last three colleges can be shut down immediately and replaced with schools focusing on agriculture, 9, arts, 10, and commerce, which would benefit the colony's prosperity. Regarding Santo Tomas, since an immediate closure would upset the Spaniards and Chinese mestizos who hold most of the capital in the islands, a new approach should be developed to gradually reduce interest in attending until it can be closed without issues. Many reasonable Spaniards believe that shutting down these institutions would be beneficial for both the islands and Spain. These schools produce a flood of ignorant and corrupt secular priests and unscrupulous lawyers who create significant problems among the locals and cause great difficulty for provincial leaders. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] While not much attention is given to this group, they are the least valuable and most troublesome in the islands. There is a public need to promote education in agriculture, arts, and commerce instead of the theology and law that these institutions focus on. It's important to remember that Spanish-American revolutions were spurred on by priests and lawyers, who, knowing both the native language and Spanish, have considerable influence over the masses. The power of the friar parish priests has diminished significantly, as they have largely handed over spiritual administration to their local assistants. These assistants, by exploiting the superstitions of the natives, can incite them to take actions that fulfill their own desires for revenge.]

4th. The eternal abolition of the sentences of residencia, to which, as governors, the captains-general of the provinces of Ultramar are still subject. [These sentences have been of no use to the inhabitants of the islands, but on the contrary of great harm. Appeal lies to the Audiencia from the judicial acts of the governor, and to the Spanish court from his purely administrational acts. The free press, in which all things are bruited, is also of great use. Communication with Spain is now frequent. The governor and the chief of the treasury have been divested of almost all governmental authority through the residencia. The judicial and contentious have invaded everything and obscured the action of the provincial chiefs as well as the superintendent and intendant and the governor. The chief authorities of the islands need more energy and freer action.]

4th. The permanent elimination of the residencia sentences, to which the captains-general of the overseas provinces are still subject. [These sentences have not benefited the islanders and have actually caused significant harm. There is the possibility to appeal to the Audiencia from the governor's judicial actions, and to the Spanish court from his purely administrative actions. The free press, which spreads information widely, is also very beneficial. Communication with Spain is now regular. The governor and the chief of the treasury have nearly lost all governmental power due to the residencia. Judicial matters have taken over everything and obscured the functions of the provincial leaders, as well as the superintendent, intendant, and governor. The main authorities of the islands need more authority and greater freedom to act.]

5th. [The adoption of various other legislative [107]and economic measures which Matta has before proposed to the government.]

5th. [The adoption of various other legislative [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and economic measures that Matta has previously suggested to the government.]

[Capitalists and workers are needed in the islands, but, in order to attract them, there must be governmental and administrational reforms. The natives must be considered and various reforms made concerning them, and the heavy tribute on the Chinese must be reduced to not more than the twelve reals per annum for those engaging in agriculture. The public wealth of the islands must be increased. Whites, Chinese, and mestizos must be encouraged to go to the islands in greater numbers, in order to correct the laziness of the natives, and, by their wealth and prestige, to offset the numerical majority of the natives. The increase of consumers in the islands will give a greater outlet to Spanish products from the Peninsula. The revenues must be increased in proportion to the public wealth, in order to sustain the increase of necessary forces.]

[The islands need both capitalists and workers, but to attract them, we need government and administrative reforms. We must take the local population into account and implement various reforms for their benefit, and the heavy tax on the Chinese should be lowered to no more than twelve reals a year for those involved in agriculture. We need to boost the islands' public wealth. We should encourage more white people, Chinese, and mestizos to move to the islands to help motivate the local population and, through their wealth and status, balance out the native majority. An increase in consumers in the islands will create a larger market for Spanish products from the mainland. Revenues should be increased in line with the growth of public wealth to support an escalation of necessary services.]

[The reforms looking toward security and conservation which are urgently demanded by the moral condition of the country are as follows:]

[The reforms aimed at ensuring security and preservation that are urgently needed due to the country's moral state are as follows:]

1st. The reëstablishment of the well-organized military commission of police, vigilance, and public safety. [This would be able to check all sorts of disorder and conspiracy. Its members should be paid by the state, such pay to come from the licenses issued to travelers going to the interior, from licenses to carry arms, from fines, and from the fourth part of all contraband goods confiscated.]

1st. The reestablishment of a well-organized military commission for police, vigilance, and public safety. [This would be able to address all kinds of disorder and conspiracy. Its members should be paid by the state, with funding coming from licenses issued to travelers going to the interior, from licenses to carry weapons, from fines, and from a quarter of all confiscated contraband goods.]

2d. The institution of night-watches in the city and villages outside its walls, which require them, as almost all the traders and a considerable portion of the white population live therein. [These night-watches [108]would relieve the troops of patrol duty in many instances. They would be under the alcaldes-in-ordinary, and paid from the municipal funds.]

2d. The establishment of night watches in the city and the surrounding villages is necessary since nearly all the traders and a significant part of the white population live there. [These night watches [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] would free up the troops from patrol duty in many cases. They would be managed by the alcaldes-in-ordinary and funded through municipal funds.]

3rd. The constant maintenance of a guard of at least one thousand European troops. [These are necessary for the garrisoning of the fort at Santiago, the palace, the Parián gate, and the other necessary points. Matta’s plan also calls for the reëstablishment of the Spanish guard of halberdiers of one hundred men, to act as interior palace guard, and serve as a source of supply for sergeants for the native regiments. He recommends the establishment of Tagálog academies in order that the Spanish officers and sergeants may learn the native language.11 Certain privileges are proposed for the European soldiers, whereby their pay may be greater than that of the native soldiers, for their necessities are greater. The term of service in the Philippines ought to be eight years, as provided by royal order of July 26, 1836; but those who are fit ought to be allowed to reënlist and be transferred to the revenue guard [cuerpo del resguardo], in order to save cost on transportation. Matta is against having fewer Europeans in the service as has been urged by many persons of experience in the Philippines. The system outlined by him is not one merely of military occupation, but looks to a close bond with the mother-country and to the industrial development of the islands. Agriculture is the best occupation for the whites, and is in fact the only one that will give a good comfortable living. A greater number of Europeans will mean [109]a greater proportion of mestizos;12 and if these, together with the Chinese and some of the whites, engage in agriculture they will throw their influence on the side of the government, because of self-interest. Exaggerated ideas are voiced regarding the Peninsulars. They are never more dangerous than during the first few years in the islands; but, as they become accustomed to the climate and learn to know the inhabitants, their ideas moderate. Consequently, for this reason, and because of the expense, Matta is against frequent reliefs of soldiers. Vacancies in the ranks should always be filled with recruits from Spain, and never with natives. Discipline must not be relaxed on the voyage from Spain; and the soldiers must be kept in good form physically. A special boat is recommended for the transport of soldiers to and from Spain; and cost of transport can be reduced.]

3rd. The regular upkeep of a guard of at least one thousand European troops is essential. [These troops are needed for garrisoning the fort at Santiago, the palace, Parián gate, and other crucial locations. Matta’s plan also suggests reinstating the Spanish guard of halberdiers consisting of one hundred men to serve as the palace's internal guard and provide sergeants for the local regiments. He recommends setting up Tagálog academies so that Spanish officers and sergeants can learn the native language.11 Certain privileges are proposed for the European soldiers, allowing for higher pay than the native soldiers due to their greater needs. The term of service in the Philippines should be eight years, as outlined by the royal order of July 26, 1836; however, those who are capable should be allowed to re-enlist and transfer to the revenue guard [cuerpo del resguardo] to save on transportation costs. Matta opposes reducing the number of Europeans in service, as suggested by many experienced individuals in the Philippines. His proposed system is not just about military occupation but aims for a strong connection with the mother country and the industrial development of the islands. Agriculture is the best job for the Europeans and truly the only one that can provide a decent living. A larger number of Europeans will lead to a higher proportion of mestizos;12 and if these, along with the Chinese and some Europeans, engage in agriculture, they will likely support the government out of self-interest. There are exaggerated perceptions about the Peninsulars. They are most dangerous during their first few years in the islands; however, as they adapt to the climate and understand the locals, their views tend to moderate. Therefore, due to this reason and the associated costs, Matta is against frequent soldier rotations. Vacancies in the ranks should always be filled with recruits from Spain and not with locals. Discipline must be maintained during the voyage from Spain, and the soldiers must remain physically fit. A special boat is suggested for transporting soldiers to and from Spain, which could also lower transportation costs.]

4th. The completion of the organization of the valuable corps of the revenue guards [cuerpo del resguardo]. [This can be done by carrying out the royal order of October 18, 1837, and the three parts of the regulations drawn up by Matta’s predecessor June 4, [110]1841, the first two parts of which have already been approved. Matta has endeavored without avail, and supported by various officials, to gain the governor’s approval to the third part. The corps of the revenue guards is always loyal to the governor. With the increase provided in the plan for organization, this corps will be the most suitable to defend the country either against foreign or internal foes. Since the immediate object of the revenue guards is the custody, defense, and guard of the revenues, they ought to depend immediately on the treasury department, although they may be available when the public safety demands it for any other duty. By a decree of Matta’s predecessor, of April 25, 1839, the revenue guards of the various departments—those of the Bay, and of the tobacco and wine and liquor monopoly revenues—were united into one corps. This extensive corps, which absorbs annually the sum of 191,589 pesos, has no adequate organization, a matter to which immediate attention should be given.]

4th. The organization of the valuable revenue guard corps [cuerpo del resguardo] needs to be completed. [This can be achieved by implementing the royal order from October 18, 1837, along with the three parts of the regulations created by Matta’s predecessor on June 4, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]1841, of which the first two parts have already been approved. Matta has tried, without success, and with support from various officials, to get the governor’s approval for the third part. The revenue guard corps is always loyal to the governor. With the expansion outlined in the organizational plan, this corps will be best positioned to defend the country against both foreign and internal threats. Since the primary purpose of the revenue guards is to safeguard the revenues, they should report directly to the treasury department, although they can be utilized for other duties when public safety requires it. By a decree from Matta’s predecessor on April 25, 1839, the revenue guards from various departments—the Bay, and the tobacco and wine and liquor monopoly revenues—were merged into a single corps. This large corps, which costs 191,589 pesos annually, lacks adequate organization, which needs immediate attention.]

5th and last. That the attempt be made, in a truly impartial and foresighted system, to conciliate the minds of people, and to put an end to that pernicious mistrust that has been introduced between the peninsular Spaniards and the sons of the country [i.e., the Spaniards born in the Philippines], which is so contrary to the common interest. [The government must not be partial to any one class of men, for each class contains good men who should be rewarded and advanced, and bad men who should be closely watched and punished. Merit should be the only cause for advancement. In closing Matta says that his private life in the islands and his long public service [111]have given him abundant opportunity to observe and study people and conditions. This memorial is dated Manila, February 25, 1843.]13 [112]

5th and last. An effort should be made, in a genuinely fair and forward-thinking system, to bring together the perspectives of the people and to eliminate the harmful mistrust that has emerged between the Spanish from the peninsula and the locals [i.e., the Spaniards born in the Philippines], which goes against our common interests. [The government mustn’t favor any one group, as each group has good individuals who deserve recognition and promotion, as well as bad individuals who need to be monitored and dealt with accordingly. Merit should be the sole basis for advancement. In conclusion, Matta notes that his personal experiences in the islands and his extensive public service [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] have provided him ample opportunity to observe and understand people and their circumstances. This memorial is dated Manila, February 25, 1843.]13 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Matta took possession of the above office on June 2, 1841; he had long been connected with the affairs of the colony. In 1837 he had drawn up a detailed report on the advantage which would result from introducing steamboats into the islands. (Montero y Vidal, Hist. de Filipinas, ii, p. 573.) 

1 Matta took over the office on June 2, 1841; he had been involved with the colony's affairs for a long time. In 1837, he wrote a detailed report on the benefits of bringing steamboats to the islands. (Montero y Vidal, Hist. de Filipinas, ii, p. 573.)

2 Cuerpo del Resguardo: the guards employed by the treasury to look after the customs and excise duties on the government monopolies of tobacco, wines, liquors, etc. 

2 Cuerpo del Resguardo: the officers hired by the treasury to oversee the customs and excise taxes on the government monopolies of tobacco, wine, liquor, etc.

3 For accounts of the confraternity of San José, see Manuel Sancho’s Relacion expresiva de los principales acontecimientos de la titulada Cofradía del señor San José (first published by W. E. Retana in La Política de España, no. 21, et seq.); Memoria histórica de la conducta militar y politica del Teniente General D. Marcelino Oraá (Madrid, 1851), probably written by Pedro Chamorro; and Montero y Vidal, Hist. gen., iii, pp. 37–56. This confraternity was founded by Apolinario de la Cruz, a Tagálog, a native of Lucban in the province of Tayabas, who was a donné in the hospital of San Juan de Dios in Manila. The new confraternity soon had many adherents in the provinces of Tayabas, Laguna, and Batangas, and in the middle of 1840 began to hold meetings in Lucban, to which both sexes were admitted, and at which letters from Apolinario were read. The attention of the friar parish priests was directed to the confraternity, and the meeting of October 19, 1840 was surprised and about 243 persons out of the 500 or 600 attending it, arrested. The governor of Tayabas province, however, who regarded the matter as entirely one of ecclesiastical jurisdiction, ordered the prisoners to be released. Through the representations of the parish priest of Lucban, the provincial governor finally intervened, and the adherents to the confraternity thereupon held their meetings secretly in Majayjay in Laguna Province. The meeting of Sept. 19, 1841, at the latter place, was surprised and some arrests made, although but few, as information of the intended raid had been received. The departure of the provincial governor of Tayabas, Joaquin Ortega, for Manila, was favorable to the new sect, as a native adherent or sympathizer was left in charge of the government. Through his acquiescence, the members of the confraternity who had gathered in armed bands at the village of Bay in Laguna (where they were joined by Apolinario, who had fled from Manila), were allowed to ensconce themselves in Igsaban, Tayabas. From thence they opened negotiations with the government at Tayabas to be allowed to occupy that city, the substitute governor requesting from the parish priest that they be allowed to hold a novena in his church. Negotiations failed, and Ortega, returning on the twenty-second of October, ordered the natives to disperse, and on their refusal attacked them the next day with a force of over three hundred men. The natives, aided by a band of Negritos who had joined them, repulsed this force and killed Ortega, and then retired to Alitao to celebrate a novena. There they were attacked on the first of November by a force composed of troops sent by Oraá, and those of the province of Tayabas, and after a severe engagement the natives were defeated. Apolinario, who fled, was soon captured and shot on the fourth, others of the leaders being also arrested. Apolinario was but twenty-seven years old, and evidently worked on the superstitious nature of his countrymen, who believed that he was immune from danger and that the rebel forces would be aided by the direct intervention of heaven. His followers baptized him under the name of “The king of the Tagálogs.” No one except pure-blooded natives were allowed to become members of the organization, from which circumstance the Spaniards have always professed to believe that the confraternity was political in nature and that religious motives were merely a blind. Some (as in Vindel’s Catálogo biblioteca filipina, no. 1895) assert that the confraternity was a sort of Katipunan. It is quite probable, however, that its origin was entirely religious, but religion mingled with superstition and fanaticism. The fact that Apolinario attempted to legalize the existence of the organization through both ecclesiastical and government centers, which was refused in both instances, indicates that the insurrection was forced by the Spaniards, through either fear or contempt. It is highly unlikely that the organization had at the beginning any political motive, and its attempted suppression was a mistake of the religious and civil authorities. 

3 For accounts of the confraternity of San José, see Manuel Sancho’s Relacion expresiva de los principales acontecimientos de la titulada Cofradía del señor San José (first published by W. E. Retana in La Política de España, no. 21, et seq.); Memoria histórica de la conducta militar y politica del Teniente General D. Marcelino Oraá (Madrid, 1851), probably written by Pedro Chamorro; and Montero y Vidal, Hist. gen., iii, pp. 37–56. This confraternity was founded by Apolinario de la Cruz, a Tagálog from Lucban in the province of Tayabas, who was a donné in the hospital of San Juan de Dios in Manila. The new confraternity quickly gained many followers in the provinces of Tayabas, Laguna, and Batangas, and by the middle of 1840 began holding meetings in Lucban, which both men and women could attend, where letters from Apolinario were read. The attention of the local parish priests was drawn to the confraternity, and the meeting on October 19, 1840, was raided, leading to the arrest of about 243 people out of the 500 or 600 attending. However, the governor of Tayabas province, viewing the issue as purely ecclesiastical, ordered the release of the prisoners. After the parish priest of Lucban intervened, the provincial governor eventually stepped in, and the supporters of the confraternity started meeting secretly in Majayjay in Laguna Province. The meeting on September 19, 1841, at that location was also raided, but there were only a few arrests because word of the impending raid had leaked. The departure of provincial governor Joaquin Ortega for Manila worked in favor of the new sect, as a native supporter was left in charge. With his consent, members of the confraternity, who had gathered in armed groups at the village of Bay in Laguna (joined by Apolinario, who had fled from Manila), were permitted to settle in Igsaban, Tayabas. From there, they tried to negotiate with the Tayabas government for permission to occupy the city, with the substitute governor asking the parish priest to allow them to hold a novena in his church. Negotiations fell through, and upon Ortega’s return on October 22, he ordered the natives to disperse. When they refused, he attacked them the next day with over three hundred men. The natives, assisted by a group of Negritos who had joined them, managed to repel this force and killed Ortega, then withdrew to Alitao to celebrate a novena. On November 1, they were attacked by troops sent by Oraá and local forces from Tayabas, and after a fierce battle, the natives were defeated. Apolinario fled but was soon captured and executed on the fourth, along with other leaders. Apolinario was only twenty-seven years old and evidently capitalized on the superstitious beliefs of his countrymen, who thought he was invulnerable and that divine intervention would support the rebellion. His followers referred to him as “The king of the Tagálogs.” Only pure-blooded natives were allowed to join the organization, which led the Spaniards to believe that the confraternity had political motives aligned with a religious facade. Some (like those in Vindel’s Catálogo biblioteca filipina, no. 1895) argue that the confraternity was akin to a Katipunan. However, it’s likely that its origins were entirely religious, albeit intertwined with superstition and fanaticism. The fact that Apolinario sought to legitimize the organization through both religious and governmental channels, which were denied, suggests that the uprising was provoked by the Spaniards out of fear or disdain. It’s improbable that the organization had any political intentions at its inception, and the attempt to suppress it was a miscalculation on the part of the religious and civil authorities.

4 The defeat and slaughter of the members of the confraternity of San José angered the native soldiers from the Province of Tayabas, who were quartered in Malate. Conspiring with some of the garrison of the fort of Santiago, also from the same province, they attacked and took that fort Jan. 20, 1843, under the leadership of two brothers (mestizos and officers of the regiment), after killing the officers on guard. The mutiny was quickly stilled by Oraá, and the commander of the insurgents, a sergeant, Samaniego, and some of the other leaders were shot on the twenty-second at the camp of Bagumbayang. The other native soldiers remained loyal and aided in quelling the mutiny. See Montero y Vidal, Hist. de Filipinas, iii, pp. 58, 59, and note. 

4 The defeat and killing of the members of the San José confraternity outraged the local soldiers from the Province of Tayabas, who were stationed in Malate. They conspired with some of the troops at Fort Santiago, also from the same province, and launched an attack, successfully capturing the fort on January 20, 1843. This was led by two brothers (mestizos and regimental officers) after they killed the officers on duty. The rebellion was quickly suppressed by Oraá, and the commander of the insurgents, a sergeant named Samaniego, along with some of the other leaders, were executed on the twenty-second at the Bagumbayang camp. The remaining local soldiers stayed loyal and helped put down the revolt. See Montero y Vidal, Hist. de Filipinas, iii, pp. 58, 59, and note.

5 The Spanish government decided to aid France against England, and declared war against the latter power in June, 1779. The Spaniards aided the Americans against the British in Florida and Mississippi, and in March, 1780, captured Mobile. Martin A. S. Hume says in Modern Spain (New York, 1900), p. 6: “As Aranda himself foresaw, and set forth in a most remarkable prophecy, the aid lent by Spain to the revolt of the English North American Colonies formed a dangerous precedent for the separation of her own colonial dominions, and promoted the establishment of a great Anglo-Saxon republic in America, which in time to come should oust Spain from her last foothold in the New World. ‘This new federal republic,’ wrote Aranda to Floridablanca, ‘is, so to speak, born a mere pigmy, and has needed the support of two powerful nations like France and Spain to win its independence. But the day will come when it will grow into a giant, a terrible Colossus. It will then forget the benefits it has received, and think only of its own aggrandizement.’ ” 

5 The Spanish government decided to support France against England and declared war on the latter in June 1779. The Spaniards helped the Americans against the British in Florida and Mississippi, and in March 1780, they captured Mobile. Martin A. S. Hume says in Modern Spain (New York, 1900), p. 6: “As Aranda himself foresaw and expressed in a remarkable prediction, the support given by Spain to the revolt of the English North American Colonies set a dangerous precedent for the separation of her own colonial territories and encouraged the creation of a powerful Anglo-Saxon republic in America, which would eventually drive Spain from her last stronghold in the New World. ‘This new federal republic,’ Aranda wrote to Floridablanca, ‘is, so to speak, born a mere pigmy, and has needed the support of two powerful nations like France and Spain to gain its independence. But the day will come when it will grow into a giant, a terrible Colossus. It will then forget the benefits it has received and think only of its own expansion.’ ”

6 See Mas’s remarks in this connection, ante, pp. 32–34. 

6 Check out Mas's comments on this topic, ante, pp. 32–34.

7 Magistrates appointed to inquire into the circumstances of a violent death. 

7 Judges were assigned to investigate the details surrounding a violent death.

8 The college of San José sent out the following bishops: José Cabral, bishop-elect of Nueva Cáceres; Rodrigo de la Cueva Jiron, bishop of Nueva Segovia; Francisco Pizarro de Orellana, bishop of Nueva Segovia; Jeronimo de Herrera, bishop of Nueva Segovia; Felipe de Molina y Figueroa, bishop of Nueva Cáceres; Domingo de Valencia, bishop of Nueva Cáceres; José de Andaya, bishop of Ovieda, Spain, bishop-elect of Puebla de los Angeles, Mexico, and archbishop of Mexico; and Ignacio de Salamanca, bishop of Cebu. The college also sent out one auditor, one royal treasurer, two alcaldes-mayor; 39 Jesuits (of whom three were martyrs), 4 provincials, 11 calced Augustinians, 10 Recollects, 8 Franciscans, and 3 Dominicans. These statistics are given by Pablo Pastells in a letter in 1902, a translation of which is in the possession of Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A. 

8 The College of San José appointed the following bishops: José Cabral, bishop-elect of Nueva Cáceres; Rodrigo de la Cueva Jirón, bishop of Nueva Segovia; Francisco Pizarro de Orellana, bishop of Nueva Segovia; Jerónimo de Herrera, bishop of Nueva Segovia; Felipe de Molina y Figueroa, bishop of Nueva Cáceres; Domingo de Valencia, bishop of Nueva Cáceres; José de Andaya, bishop of Oviedo, Spain, bishop-elect of Puebla de los Ángeles, Mexico, and archbishop of Mexico; and Ignacio de Salamanca, bishop of Cebu. The college also sent out one auditor, one royal treasurer, two alcaldes-mayor; 39 Jesuits (of whom three were martyrs), 4 provincials, 11 Calced Augustinians, 10 Recollects, 8 Franciscans, and 3 Dominicans. These statistics are provided by Pablo Pastells in a letter from 1902, a translation of which is held by Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A. 

9 Vindel says (Catálogo biblioteca filipina, no. 756) that the school of agriculture in Manila was organized by Rafael García López. In regard to this school, which was founded in 1889, see VOL. XLV, pp. 314–318. 

9 Vindel says (Catálogo biblioteca filipina, no. 756) that Rafael García López set up the agricultural school in Manila. For more details about this school, which was established in 1889, see VOL. 45, pp. 314–318. 

10 On May 4, 1869, a society was authorized for “the promotion of instruction in the arts and trades in the Filipinas Islands;” but it was of short duration, as schools of this sort were soon afterward established by the government. (Vindel, ut supra, no. 1661; see also VOL. XLV of this series.) 

10 On May 4, 1869, a society was set up to “promote education in the arts and trades in the Philippines;” however, it didn't last long, as the government quickly established schools of this kind. (Vindel, ut supra, no. 1661; see also VOL. 45 of this series.)

11 Vindel mentions (Catálogo biblioteca filipina, p. 50) “arrangements regarding the Philippine Institute, and chairs of Tagálog, Bisayan, and practical land-surveying,” in the Boletin oficial del Ministerio de Ultramar, vol. i. 

11 Vindel mentions (Catálogo biblioteca filipina, p. 50) “plans related to the Philippine Institute, as well as chairs for Tagálog, Bisayan, and practical land-surveying,” in the Boletin oficial del Ministerio de Ultramar, vol. i.

12 “There was still at Manila another caste of mestizos, originating from Japanese and the Indian women. These Japanese landed on the island of Luçon, about fourscore years ago, in a dismantled vessel, and destitute of everything; I saw them in 1767. They numbered, I believe, at most sixty or seventy persons, all Christians. But as the form of government doubtless did not please them, nor perhaps did the Inquisition, they had demanded to return [to their own country]; and all, or nearly all, actually departed in that same year, 1767, and returned to Japan, where they have probably resumed the faith of their fathers.” (Le Gentil, Voyage, ii, pp. 53, 54.) Concepción states (Hist. de Philipinas, vii, p. 6) that in 1658 a number of Christian Japanese were living in the barrio of San Anton, near Manila; some of them had come on a Japanese ship that was driven to Cavite by storms, and remained with their countrymen at Manila. 

12 “There was another group of mestizos in Manila, made up of Japanese and Indian women. These Japanese arrived on the island of Luzon around eighty years ago, on a broken ship and lacking everything; I saw them in 1767. They numbered, I think, at most sixty or seventy people, all Christians. But since they probably weren't happy with the government, and maybe not with the Inquisition either, they asked to go back [to their own country]; and almost all of them actually left that same year, 1767, and returned to Japan, where they likely resumed the faith of their ancestors.” (Le Gentil, Voyage, ii, pp. 53, 54.) Concepción states (Hist. de Philipinas, vii, p. 6) that in 1658 a number of Christian Japanese were living in the neighborhood of San Anton, near Manila; some had come on a Japanese ship that was blown to Cavite by storms and stayed with their fellow countrymen in Manila.

13 A list of many practical plans and regulations for the benefit of the Philippine Islands, appearing in the Boletin oficial del Ministerio de Ultramar (Madrid, 1875–83) may be found in Vindel, ut supra, pp. 49, 50. Many other lists of interesting articles regarding the islands, found in periodical publications, are given therein, pp. 46–62; also in Beleña’s Recopilacion (p. 67). 

13 You can find a list of various practical plans and regulations for the benefit of the Philippine Islands in the Boletin oficial del Ministerio de Ultramar (Madrid, 1875–83), as noted in Vindel, ut supra, pp. 49, 50. There are also many other lists of interesting articles about the islands located in periodical publications, which are included on pp. 46–62; additionally, see Beleña’s Recopilacion (p. 67).

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

THE PHILIPPINES, 1860–1898—SOME COMMENT AND BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES

BY JAMES A. LEROY

BY JAMES A. LEROY

The “modern era” in the Philippine Islands—which indeed, in certain respects, did not really begin until after the establishment of American rule—coincides roughly with the last half of the nineteenth century. It is impossible to assign arbitrarily any date as precisely that of its commencement. One will be inclined to lay stress upon this or that circumstance, and to choose this or that date, as he places importance mostly upon matters connected with economic development, or with social progress, or with political reforms. The truth is that there was advancement in all these lines, as also there were hindrances to progress in each of them, and that only by surveying it in each of these phases of its development can we come to understand in how considerable a degree Philippine society was remade during this period.

The "modern era" in the Philippines—which, in many ways, truly began only after American rule was established—roughly coincides with the last half of the 19th century. It's tricky to pinpoint an exact starting date. People tend to emphasize different events or dates, focusing on either economic development, social progress, or political reforms. The reality is that there was progress in all these areas, but there were also obstacles to advancement in each. Only by looking at each of these aspects can we grasp just how much Philippine society transformed during this time.

Looking primarily at the expansion of trade and foreign relations, we might date the new era in the Philippines from the opening of the Suez Canal in 1869. Yet that event, while greatly stimulating trade and agricultural development, did not inaugurate the [113]modern era in that respect. The presence of foreign traders, introducing agricultural machinery and advancing money on crops, was the chief stimulus to the opening of new areas of cultivation, the betterment of methods of tilling and preparing crops for the market, and the consequent growth of exports; indeed, one may almost say that certain American (United States) and English trading houses nurtured the sugar and hemp crops of the Philippines into existence. And their pioneer work in this respect was done before the opening of the Suez Canal brought the Philippines into vital touch with Europe by means of steam navigation—American influence being then, in fact, already on the wane. One might more readily, from this point of view, assign importance as a date to 1856, when Iloilo (and soon after Sebú) was opened to foreign trade (hitherto confined to one port of entry, Manila) and foreigners were permitted to open business houses outside of Manila and to trade and traffic in the provinces; or, even, to 1859, when the first steam sugar-mill was set up in Negros island. But the entering wedge had been driven by foreign traders into Spain’s policy of exclusion even before the cessation of the galleon-trade, the monopoly which confined Manila’s trade to a few Spaniards resident there and their backers in Mexico, who saw in Manila only a depot of exchange for Chinese and other Oriental commodities, and commonly despised the idea of giving any attention to the crude products of the Philippines or endeavoring to stimulate Philippine agriculture and exportation properly so called. From the date when this ruinous monopoly expired with the occupation by Mexican insurgents of Acapulco, the port to which [114]the galleons brought their silks, cottons, etc., attention was perforce turned upon Philippine products as a source of trade, and Philippine exports began to grow.1 Spanish traders being too few, and utterly untrained in the ways of competition, and Spanish ships being scarce in the Orient, foreign traders and foreign ships gathered the bulk of the business even in the face of useless and annoying restrictions, until finally these foreigners had broken down the barriers sufficiently to enter and take a hand in actively fostering agricultural development in the Philippines. Hence, the opening of the Suez Canal only gave a new turn and a great acceleration to a movement that, as regards Philippine internal development, may more logically be dated from 1815, the year of the last voyage of the galleon.

Looking mainly at the growth of trade and international relations, we could mark the start of a new era in the Philippines from the opening of the Suez Canal in 1869. However, while that event significantly boosted trade and agricultural development, it didn't actually start the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]modern era in that sense. The main driver for this was the presence of foreign traders who introduced agricultural machinery and provided loans for crops, which opened up new areas for cultivation, improved farming methods, and increased exports. In fact, you could almost say that some American and English trading companies helped to develop the sugar and hemp industries in the Philippines. Their initial efforts happened before the Suez Canal connected the Philippines more directly to Europe through steam navigation, as American influence was already declining at that time. From this perspective, you might place more significance on the year 1856 when Iloilo (and soon after Sebú) was opened to foreign trade (which had previously been limited to Manila) and allowed foreigners to establish businesses outside of Manila and engage in trade in the provinces. Alternatively, 1859 can also be considered important as it saw the establishment of the first steam sugar mill on Negros island. However, foreign traders had already started to challenge Spain's exclusion policy before the end of the galleon trade, a monopoly that limited Manila’s trade to a small number of Spaniards living there and their supporters in Mexico, who viewed Manila merely as a trading post for Chinese and other Asian goods and generally disregarded the potential of Philippine agricultural products. Once this damaging monopoly ended with the takeover of Acapulco by Mexican insurgents, a port to which [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the galleons delivered their silks and cottons, attention shifted to Philippine products as a viable trade source, leading to a growth in exports. With Spanish traders being few, poorly trained in competition, and limited by a shortage of Spanish ships in the region, foreign traders and shipping companies captured most of the business despite facing unnecessary and cumbersome restrictions, eventually breaking down enough barriers to actively support agricultural development in the Philippines. Therefore, the opening of the Suez Canal simply enhanced and accelerated a movement that, in terms of Philippine internal development, might better be dated from 1815, the year of the last galleon voyage.

In one sense, indeed, the opening of the Suez Canal tended to lessen, relatively, the influence of foreign business and banking houses in the development of the Philippines, in that it led to direct steamship connection with Spain, awakening interest at home in this hitherto neglected colony and bringing to the Philippines for the first time in three hundred years more than a mere handful of Spaniards. After the early adventurers and encomenderos had disappeared, the number of Spanish civilians in private life was few indeed, numbering the favored merchants who had shares in the galleon trade-monopoly, and an occasional planter, descended perhaps from a family of encomenderos rooted in the Philippines, or being [115]an ex-army officer who had remained in the islands. Moreover, the small army maintained in the islands was to a considerable extent officered by Mexican creoles or half-castes, its soldiers being mostly Filipinos and Mexicans. The list of civilian officials was itself small, the governor (alcalde mayor) of a province combining with his executive functions and (very commonly) his command of the troops garrisoned therein, the powers of a superior judge for both civil and criminal jurisdictions. The members of the religious orders constituted the largest numerically, as well as the most influential, element of Spaniards in the Philippines. Outside of this class, the Spanish population of the archipelago, always very small even in its total, was mostly gathered in a few places, Manila containing by far the greater proportion. The general rule in the provinces was that only one white man, the friar-curate, was to be found in a town, a number of the smaller towns, moreover, not having a friar-curate, but a Filipino secular priest.2 The movement of Spaniards to the Philippines [116]had, indeed, begun before the opening of the Suez Canal. The inauguration of the Spanish-Philippine Bank in Manila in 1852 afforded evidence [117]much less, however, of the growth of Spanish commercial interests than of a desire to foster the growth of such interests by supplying credit facilities more nearly up to date than those hitherto available (at ruinous rates of interest) from the old “pious funds” [obras pías] of various sorts, especially since the foreign trading houses were virtually performing the functions of banks in their ways of extending credit to agriculturists, or were being aided by private bankers associated with them.3 The loss of Spain’s colonies on the mainland, besides turning many loyal or proscribed Spaniards toward Cuba and the Peninsula, had in a small degree encouraged such emigration to the more distant Philippines, and the history of certain of the most prominent Spanish families in the Philippines dates from the decades immediately following the political upheavals in Spanish-America. In the main, however, such immigrants as came to the Philippines in this way were government employees who, being ousted from the American continent, must rest as pensioners on the home government if the latter could not find them places in the Spanish Antilles or the Philippines. Such immigration, it need not be said, was not altogether an unmixed good; and some of the various “administrative reforms” designed for the Philippines in the fifties and sixties showed the influence of this pressure to provide places for officeholders with a claim on the government. The number of Spaniards who came to the Philippines on their private initiative was very small until direct [118]steam communication with the Peninsula was opened, and though it never became large during the last thirty years of Spanish rule, Spanish commercial interests in the islands gained relatively on those of foreigners after the opening of the canal. A direct steamship line from Barcelona was soon established under subsidy. The domestic shipping laws of Spain were even more fully extended over the Philippine archipelago, and the already existing preferential customs duties and regulations aided the growth of Spanish trade in the islands thereafter more than they had done before.4

In a way, the opening of the Suez Canal actually reduced the influence of foreign businesses and banks in developing the Philippines. It established direct steamship links with Spain, sparking interest back home in this previously overlooked colony and bringing more Spaniards to the Philippines for the first time in three hundred years. After the early explorers and land-grant holders had faded away, the number of Spanish civilians living there was quite small, mostly limited to a few favored merchants involved in the galleon trade and an occasional planter, possibly descended from old land-grant families or a former army officer who had stayed in the islands. Additionally, the small army in the islands was largely led by Mexican creoles or mestizos, with most soldiers being Filipinos and Mexicans. The list of civilian officials was also short; the governor (alcalde mayor) of a province often combined executive duties with military command, serving as a superior judge for both civil and criminal matters. Members of religious orders made up the largest and most influential group of Spaniards in the Philippines. Besides this group, the Spanish population in the archipelago, which was always quite small, was mostly concentrated in a few areas, with Manila holding the vast majority. In the provinces, the common scenario was that only one white man, the friar-curate, would be found in a town, and some of the smaller towns even lacked a friar-curate, having a Filipino secular priest instead. The movement of Spaniards to the Philippines actually started before the Suez Canal opened. The launch of the Spanish-Philippine Bank in Manila in 1852 was more about wanting to grow Spanish commercial interests than an indication of existing growth, as it aimed to provide up-to-date credit facilities compared to the old “pious funds” [obras pías] that offered loans at exorbitant interest rates, especially since foreign trading companies were essentially serving as banks by extending credit to farmers or collaborating with private bankers. The loss of Spain’s colonies on the mainland, in addition to pushing many loyal or exiled Spaniards toward Cuba and the Peninsula, also somewhat encouraged movement to the more distant Philippines, with some of the most notable Spanish families in the Philippines tracing their roots back to the decades right after the political upheavals in Spanish America. However, most immigrants who came to the Philippines this way were government workers who, being displaced from the American continent, had to rely on the home government for pensions if they couldn't be placed in the Spanish Antilles or the Philippines. This type of immigration was not entirely beneficial; many of the “administrative reforms” intended for the Philippines in the 1850s and 60s reflected this pressure to find positions for officeholders associated with the government. The number of Spaniards who arrived in the Philippines on their own initiative was very small until direct steam communication with the Peninsula was established. Although this number never grew significantly during the last thirty years of Spanish rule, Spanish commercial interests in the islands improved in comparison to those of foreigners after the canal opened. A direct steamship route from Barcelona was soon established with government support. Spain also extended its domestic shipping laws more comprehensively across the Philippine archipelago, and the existing preferential customs duties and regulations further boosted Spanish trade in the islands more than they had in the past.

The opening of the Suez Canal and the entry of Spaniards into the archipelago in greater numbers marks an epoch even more in a social way than as respects trade and commerce. And the new social era then inaugurated was closely allied thenceforward with the discussion of political reforms, with the essay of some such reforms on the part of government, and finally with an organized Filipino propaganda for greater social and political freedom. When the Spanish revolution of 1868 occurred the Philippines were still far remote from the mother-country, with its disturbing agitations, wherein violence and utopianism were destined to prepare the way for the reaction; the new governor-general sent out by the reformers who expelled Isabel II came to Manila by the Cape of Good Hope, the old voyage which took four months or more to bring even the news of what was going on in Spain. The Constitution of 1868 had been proclaimed in the Philippines [119]but a few months back when, early in 1870, the first steamer arrived direct from Barcelona via Suez. Thenceforward, the capital of this remote Spanish outpost in the Orient was but one month distant from Barcelona for mail and passengers; soon after ocean cables to the ports of China (eventually extended to Manila) put the Philippines in daily touch, as it were, with important occurrences in Spain. The old régime of slumbering exclusion, already breaking down under the influence of trade, was ended.

The opening of the Suez Canal and the increased presence of Spaniards in the archipelago represents a significant social shift, even more so than changes in trade and commerce. This new social era was closely linked to discussions about political reforms, attempts by the government to implement such reforms, and an organized Filipino movement for greater social and political freedom. When the Spanish revolution of 1868 took place, the Philippines were still quite distant from the mother country, where ongoing unrest and idealism were paving the way for a reaction. The new governor-general, appointed by the reformers who ousted Isabel II, traveled to Manila via the Cape of Good Hope, a journey that took four months or more just to update news from Spain. The Constitution of 1868 had been proclaimed in the Philippines just a few months before early in 1870, when the first steamer arrived directly from Barcelona via Suez. From that point on, communication between this far-off Spanish outpost in the Orient and Barcelona became just one month away for mail and passengers. Soon after, undersea cables to the ports of China (which were eventually extended to Manila) allowed the Philippines to stay in daily contact with important events in Spain. The old system of isolation, which was already beginning to crumble under the influence of trade, came to an end.

The influx of Spaniards from this time forward had in it, from the first to the last, more of “politics” than of individual initiative. More of them came out to take governmental positions than to engage in trade, or, less frequently, in agriculture, though many who lost their places by changes in administration stayed in the islands and occupied themselves in private enterprises. It was the “reformers” of the revolutionary period in Spain who first undertook to make a “clean sweep” of the offices in the Philippines, putting in their friends. Administrative reforms, and to a considerable extent a change of officials, was needed; but a more or less complicated bureaucracy was introduced along with some laudable reforms, and there was then inaugurated the pernicious custom of changing the lower Spanish officials in the Philippines, as well as the higher, with every change of administration in Spain—the “dance and counter-dance of employees,” as one writer has named it.5 [120]

The flow of Spaniards from this point onward was driven more by “politics” than by personal ambition. More of them came to take government jobs than to engage in trade or, less often, in farming, although many who lost their positions due to changes in administration stayed in the islands and pursued private ventures. It was the “reformers” from the revolutionary period in Spain who first aimed to do a “clean sweep” of offices in the Philippines, installing their allies. While administrative reforms and a significant change in officials were necessary, a somewhat complicated bureaucracy was introduced alongside some commendable changes, leading to the harmful practice of replacing lower-level Spanish officials in the Philippines, as well as higher-level ones, with every shift in administration in Spain—the “dance and counter-dance of employees,” as one writer has described it.5 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

There is undoubtedly some truth in the charge made by the defenders of the Philippine friars that the entry of Spaniards, especially officeholders, during the latter part of the nineteenth century lowered the prestige of the Spanish name in the islands, and was a cause (the friars would make it the chief or sole cause) of the discontent, eventually the rebellion, of the Filipinos. Administrative reforms, some of which were highly beneficial, such as the abolition of the tobacco monopoly6 and the reorganization of provincial governments, nevertheless had the chief effect, in the eyes of the Filipinos, of raising direct taxes and of burdening them with the support of new sets of officeholders, whose presence was not infrequently distasteful. By far too large a proportion of these officeholders, who came out to an unhealthful clime to take places which were miserably paid and might be taken away from them in two or three years, were concerned rather with the “pickings” than with the duties attached to their offices. Some were openly contemptuous of the natives, and thus helped to destroy the former good feeling between the races. The grievance of the friars was, however, far more frequently vented upon a class of Spanish officeholders quite different from those who gained odium through tyranny or corruption or both; the special hostility of the friars was visited upon their countrymen who gained great popularity with [121]the natives, because of their more democratic beliefs and manners. Such men were commonly of the anti-clerical party in Spain, and the bitterest element in home politics was thus transferred to the Philippines. One may recognize that such men were all too commonly quixotic and indiscreet, as Spanish Liberals notoriously are. To refuse to kiss the friar’s hand, and to speak contemptuously of him and all his kind (perhaps even to stir up scandal against them), may have seemed to such men a very natural and proper method of asserting their political beliefs and their sense of individual independence; yet the friars have rightly said that such actions, and the many things growing out of them, struck a blow at the very foundations of the structure upon which Spanish supremacy had been built in the islands. Hence it was that not infrequently a more far-seeing Liberal, after some years of experience in the islands, would come out as a defender of the Philippine friars and their views as to the political régime to be maintained there; he would perhaps explain it by saying that he was “a Liberal at home, but in the Philippines all ought to be Spaniards and only that.”

There is definitely some truth to the claim made by supporters of the Philippine friars that the arrival of Spaniards, especially bureaucrats, in the late nineteenth century diminished the prestige of the Spanish name in the islands and contributed to the discontent—eventually leading to the rebellion—of the Filipinos. Administrative reforms, some of which were quite beneficial, like the elimination of the tobacco monopoly6 and the restructuring of provincial governments, nevertheless primarily resulted, in the eyes of the Filipinos, in increased direct taxes and imposed the burden of supporting new groups of officials, whose presence was often unwelcome. A large percentage of these officials came to a harsh environment to take poorly paid jobs that could be snatched away from them in just two or three years, and they were typically more focused on the “pickings” than on the responsibilities of their positions. Some were openly dismissive of the locals, further damaging the previously good relations between the races. However, the friars often directed their complaints towards a different group of Spanish officials, those who were well-liked by the locals due to their more democratic attitudes and behavior. These individuals were mostly from the anti-clerical party in Spain, bringing the most contentious aspects of home politics to the Philippines. It’s clear that these men were often overly idealistic and reckless, as Spanish Liberals typically are. Refusing to kiss the friar’s hand and mocking him and his kind (possibly even inciting scandal against them) seemed to these men a very natural and valid way to assert their political beliefs and sense of personal freedom; yet the friars rightly claimed that such actions, along with the many consequences of them, undermined the very foundations of Spanish dominance in the islands. Thus, it wasn't uncommon for a more astute Liberal, after spending several years in the islands, to emerge as a defender of the Philippine friars and their opinions on the political system that should be in place there; he might explain it by saying that he was “a Liberal at home, but in the Philippines, everyone should be Spaniards and nothing more.”

Even if we give full faith to the complaints of the friars’ defenders on this score—and their representations of the last half of the nineteenth century are very one-sided—even if we admire and accept as truthful the picture they draw of a sort of Eden in the Philippines back of 1860, and particularly in the two preceding centuries, wherein the humble Filipino lived practically free of taxation, exempt from abuses from above, guileless of serious crime, and watched over by a paternal superior who directed his steps to the eternal bliss of the other world: still, [122]accepting the friars’ case at its face value, it is plain that they asked for and expected the impossible when they fought to perpetuate medieval conditions in a country opened to trade and commerce and to modern thought and contact with the world at large. We may doubt that ignorance was bliss even in the “good old days;” but it was certain that those days must come to an end when the Philippines were awakened by steamships, telegraph lines, newspapers, and books (even though under clerical and political censorship). Clear-sighted prophecy was that of Feodor Jagor, the German scientist who traveled through the Philippines just before 1860, and who, though he found much to praise in the old paternal régime, said:

Even if we fully trust the complaints from the friars' defenders about this issue—and their accounts from the last half of the nineteenth century are quite biased—even if we admire and accept as true the image they create of a sort of paradise in the Philippines before 1860, and especially in the two centuries prior, where the humble Filipino lived practically free from taxes, was protected from abuses from those in power, was innocent of serious crime, and was looked after by a fatherly figure guiding him towards eternal happiness: still, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]taking the friars' argument at face value, it’s obvious that they were asking for and expecting the impossible when they fought to maintain medieval conditions in a country that was opening up to trade, commerce, and modern ideas and connections with the wider world. We may question if ignorance was truly bliss even in the "good old days;" but it was clear that those days had to come to an end when the Philippines were awakened by steamships, telegraph lines, newspapers, and books (despite being subject to clerical and political censorship). A clear-sighted prediction was made by Feodor Jagor, the German scientist who traveled through the Philippines just before 1860, and who, while he found much to appreciate in the old paternal regime, stated:

“The old situation is no longer possible of maintenance, with the changed conditions of the present time. The colony can no longer be shut off from the outside. Every facility in communication opens a breach in the ancient system and necessarily leads to reforms of a liberal character. The more that foreign capital and foreign ideas penetrate there, the more they increase prosperity, intelligence, and self-esteem, making the existing evils the more intolerable.”7 [123]

"The old situation can’t be maintained anymore due to the changed conditions of today. The colony can no longer be isolated from the outside world. Every means of communication creates a gap in the old system and inevitably leads to liberal reforms. As foreign capital and ideas flow in, they boost prosperity, knowledge, and self-esteem, making the existing problems even harder to tolerate."7 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The echoes of Spanish partisanship and the talk of nineteenth-century reforms had been heard in the Philippines before the revolution of 1868 and the [124]opening of the Suez Canal, though it was only after these events that the people generally began to be stirred, and then only in the most populous districts. Because the clerical influence was all-powerful anyway, and the whole fabric of Philippine government reposed upon it, Carlism was felt in the islands before 1850 rather as an influence in certain military mutinies and as a source of strife between rival sets of civil officials than as involving primarily a defense of ecclesiastical privilege. Foremost among the events of the decade preceding the revolution of 1868 may be put the return of the Jesuits to the islands in 1859 (allowed by decree of 1852) and the beginning of educational reform with the decrees of 1863 ordering the establishment of a normal school and of primary schools under government control and supported directly by the local governments.8 The Jesuits had already opened a secondary school in Manila, introducing for the first time something besides merely theoretical instruction in natural sciences, [125]and more modern methods of instruction generally. Their secondary school was subsidized by the city government of Manila, their meteorological observatory was subsidized by the insular government, which also employed them to inaugurate and conduct the new normal school.9 From this time forward the Society was both directly and indirectly a stimulus to educational progress in the Philippines, was influential both in diffusing more generally primary instruction and in improving methods and widening curriculums of higher instruction. In a large degree, the educational program remained to the end of Spanish rule a pretentious but most superficial thing, more sounding brass than solid achievement. But we may fairly date a new epoch in this respect from the return of the Jesuits and the decrees of 1863.

The influence of Spanish partisanship and discussions about reforms from the 1800s had been felt in the Philippines before the revolution of 1868 and the opening of the Suez Canal. However, it was only after these events that the general population began to get involved, and this was mainly in the more populated areas. Since the church's power was already dominant, the impact of Carlism was noticed in the islands before 1850 mainly through certain military uprisings and conflicts among different groups of civil officials, rather than as a primary defense of religious privileges. Among the key events in the decade leading up to the 1868 revolution was the return of the Jesuits to the islands in 1859 (as permitted by a decree in 1852) and the start of educational reform with the decrees of 1863, which called for the establishment of a normal school and primary schools under government oversight, supported directly by local governments. The Jesuits had already opened a secondary school in Manila, introducing practical instruction in natural sciences for the first time, along with more modern teaching techniques overall. Their secondary school was funded by the Manila city government, and their meteorological observatory received support from the insular government, which also hired them to start and run the new normal school. From this point on, the Society played both a direct and indirect role in advancing education in the Philippines, contributing to the spread of primary education and improving teaching methods and expanding curricula for higher education. However, for the most part, the educational program by the end of Spanish rule remained impressive in theory but lacking in real substance, more style than genuine achievement. Nevertheless, we can reasonably mark the beginning of a new era in education from the return of the Jesuits and the decrees of 1863.

In another way the return of the Jesuits is to be associated with the beginning of a new era in the islands. They were not permitted to resume the parochial benefices which their order had held prior [126]to their expulsion in 1768, but were to engage in missions in Mindanao and in educational and scientific work. Their resumption of the old missions in Mindanao was accomplished at the expense of the order of Recollects, which was thereupon given the provision of certain parishes, including several wealthy parishes in Luzon, which had for greater or less intervals been held by the more prominent and able of the secular priests, Filipinos of pure native blood or half-castes.10 The cabildo of the Manila cathedral, including the more notable of the secular priests, and the curates of the few conspicuous parishes (in central Luzon) which it fell to the lot of the secular clergy to occupy, had come to regard these benefices as their property, in a “corporate” sense, as it were, quite as each religious order felt that certain parishes, or whole provinces “belonged” to it as an order. It is significant that here, for the first time, one notes a feeling of solidarity among the Filipino secular clergy—for the demonstration of which feeling one has looked in vain, except in isolated cases, prior to that time, above all in connection with the effort (1770) of the Spanish archbishop Santa Justa y Rufina, to secularize the parishes and displace the friars with native priests. Only the bolder of the Filipino priests expressed the complaints of their fellows, even now, and open talk of a campaign for secularization of all the parishes was [127]scarcely heard until some courage was infused into these few and the small party of Filipino Liberals (mostly half-castes or Spaniards of Philippine birth) after the revolution of 1868 and the arrival of a governor-general who permitted public demonstrations in behalf of Liberal reforms. From the time of the execution of three Filipino priests for alleged complicity in the Cavite mutiny of 187211—the proofs of whose guilt the public has not seen, if the military courts which tried them did—there was added to the campaign for the expulsion of the friars12 on account of their landed estates and of their stifling of intellectual freedom the demand that Philippine parishes be entrusted to a native priesthood. Only since American occupation has the demand for a national clergy found full expression, but it had for a quarter of a century before that been an important phase of the sentiment of nationality, a sentiment that was growing steadily, though slowly and in the main secretly until 1896 in the Tagálog provinces and 1898 in the archipelago at large.

In another way, the return of the Jesuits marks the beginning of a new era in the islands. They were not allowed to regain the parish positions they had held before their expulsion in 1768, but they were assigned to missions in Mindanao and to educational and scientific work. Their return to the old missions in Mindanao was at the expense of the Recollect order, which was then given certain parishes, including several wealthy ones in Luzon, that had often been held by prominent secular priests, Filipinos of pure native blood or mixed heritage. The cabildo of the Manila cathedral, including notable secular priests and the curates of the few prominent parishes in central Luzon occupied by the secular clergy, considered these benefices as their own, almost like a “corporate” ownership, much like how each religious order felt entitled to certain parishes or even entire provinces. It is significant that here, for the first time, there was a sense of solidarity among the Filipino secular clergy—something that had been lacking, except in isolated cases, prior to this, particularly during the effort in 1770 by Spanish archbishop Santa Justa y Rufina to secularize the parishes and replace the friars with native priests. Only the more daring Filipino priests voiced their fellow priests' complaints, and open discussions about a campaign for the secularization of all parishes were rarely heard until some courage emerged among a few, along with a small group of Filipino Liberals (mostly mixed heritage or Spaniards born in the Philippines) after the revolution of 1868 and the arrival of a governor-general who allowed public demonstrations for Liberal reforms. Following the execution of three Filipino priests for alleged involvement in the Cavite mutiny of 1872—the evidence of their guilt hasn't been seen by the public—it added to the drive for the expulsion of the friars due to their land holdings and their stifling of intellectual freedom, the demand for Philippine parishes to be entrusted to a native priesthood. It wasn't until the American occupation that the call for a national clergy found full expression, though it had been an important aspect of the growing sense of nationalism for a quarter of a century before that, developing steadily, albeit mostly in secret, until 1896 in the Tagálog provinces and 1898 across the archipelago.

The reactionary party had partially regained the [128]upper hand when the mutiny occurred in Cavite in 1872. Instead of treating it as its comparative insignificance demanded, and as prudent statecraft would have counseled, they employed it as an excuse for vengeful violence, as a means for resuming full control of Philippine policy, and continued for twenty-five years thereafter to point to it as their most useful “horrible example,” as an evidence of what must follow the inauguration, even in the slightest degree, of a liberal policy in the government of the islands. Rightly or wrongly, the people of that and the succeeding generation in the Tagálog provinces, and to a less degree in the others, were schooled in racial resentment through the belief that the native priests had been done to death, upon a pretext of manufactured evidence, by the malevolence of the friars. The proscription of the more conspicuous of the then small Liberal element among the Filipinos had consequences of no less importance. Those who were sent into exile for alleged complicity in the Cavite mutiny were certain conspicuous half-castes and a few Spaniards of Philippine birth or of long residence in the islands. The native element proper was for the moment scarcely affected, even in Manila and its environs; and no one has ever demonstrated that the few more advanced men of Spanish blood who were moved by the revolution in Spain to take a stand for Liberal measures in the Philippines were engaged in anything but legitimate political discussion, or indeed that they talked of going so far in this direction in the Philippines as had already been done in the Peninsula. These proscriptions powerfully stimulated the idea of a “Filipino cause.” Some of the exiles escaped to [129]Hongkong, and there founded a Filipino colony. Others settled eventually in Europe; the more progressive and ambitious Filipinos began sending their sons to Madrid and Paris for education in contact with the thought of modern Europe; and in these capitals, and later in Japan, little Filipino colonies became centers of discussion of political reforms, and through letters, publications in the Liberal periodicals of Spain, and finally through their own books and periodicals of propaganda, greatly influenced the growth of a public opinion in the backward society of the Philippines. Spanish Masonry gradually extended the circle of its initiations and of its secret operations (necessarily secret to an extraordinary degree) in the islands. At first only Spaniards had been admitted to a few lodges, then mestizos were admitted, and finally natives of some degree of education without regard to race. In the eighties and nineties, there seems to be no doubt, a sort of independent Grand Lodge in Spain (asserted by some to be of spurious Masonry),13 managed by zealous Liberal propagandists with whom certain of the Filipino propagandists in Barcelona had associated themselves, directed the active organization of lodges in as many Filipino towns as contained favorable material, for the purpose of fostering in the islands a demand for political reforms, of distributing the literature of the propaganda, and of collecting funds to support the campaign in Spain for the extension of greater social, political, and religious freedom to the Filipinos. The Spaniards associated with this movement were for the most part men of no standing and quixotic visionaries. Some of the [130]Filipinos who figured in the propaganda abroad were quite as unpractical, being inexperienced and excitable youths, full of jealousy of each other, while some few of them, moreover, misused the funds raised for them by their fellows at home. The whole program for “assimilation” of the Philippines to Spain as a province of the Peninsula, giving a distant archipelago in the Orient with its widely different population, social status, and economic conditions and needs, a government just like that of European Spain was manifestly absurd and inimical to the interests of the Filipinos themselves, not to add that its realization was an utter impossibility. But these things should not have been allowed to hide the justice of the demand for such reforms and privileges as were practical and compatible with the needs and conditions of the archipelago and its people: for a spokesman or spokesmen of the Philippines in the Cortes at Madrid; for reforms in judiciary and fundamental laws, not blindly copied from those promulgated in Spain but adapted to the Philippines, or if necessary especially drafted for them; for administrative reforms, above all as to the civil service and looking toward an increasing recognition of the native element in government, and toward a decentralization that should be gradually extended as far as deeply rooted habits and long-standing customs would permit; and, finally, for greater individual and social freedom, both in a political and a religious sense. This last was really the crux of the whole situation, so far as the continuance of Spanish sovereignty should not come to depend purely on force. In the old days it had rested on religious teachings, on the friars in fact, with the [131]sense of race-prestige in the background to support Spanish authority. It was futile for the friars to cry out for a return to the old conditions, and to denounce as dangerous any reforms in the direction of freedom of thought or of speech; the pages of history could not be turned back. The idea of future independence from Spain was, to be sure, in the minds of some at least of the Filipino propagandists. But their present campaign was for greater political liberty, and the measures they advocated, and even the methods they employed almost to the last, would have been legitimate in any free country—were, in fact, legitimate even then in the Peninsula itself, where they could advocate publicly what they must whisper among their fellows at home. The very fact that such organizations as these spurious Masonic lodges were under the ban, and that even to be suspected of belonging thereto was to invite the danger of deportation from home as a “conspirator,” is sufficient proof of the essential righteousness of the propagandists’ cause. And the campaign that began with a few Spanish-Filipinos in Manila and gradually extended to the more independent men of education in the provinces eventually, under half-educated leaders of the small middle class, reached in a perverted form the masses themselves, especially in central Luzon, and found expression at last in violence and an outburst of race-hatred. The Katipunan was not Masonic, as the friars asserted, only copying some of the Masonic formulæ; but it was a natural and logical outgrowth of the smothering of what had been a legitimate movement for the expression of Filipino reform sentiment. [132]

The reactionary party had partially regained the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]upper hand when the mutiny occurred in Cavite in 1872. Instead of treating it as the relatively insignificant event it was and following prudent statecraft, they used it as an excuse for vengeful violence, a way to regain full control of Philippine policy, and continued for twenty-five years to point to it as their most useful “horrible example,” showing what must follow even a slight shift toward liberal policy in governing the islands. Rightly or wrongly, the people of that time and the following generation in the Tagálog provinces, and to a lesser extent in other areas, were raised with racial resentment due to the belief that native priests had been killed, based on fabricated evidence, by the malevolence of the friars. The targeting of the more prominent members of the small Filipino Liberal element had equally significant consequences. Those exiled for alleged involvement in the Cavite mutiny included certain notable mestizos and a few Spaniards from the Philippines or those who had lived in the islands for a long time. The native population itself was not significantly impacted at that moment, even in Manila and its surroundings; and no one has ever shown that the few progressive Spanish individuals motivated by the Spanish revolution to advocate for liberal measures in the Philippines were engaged in anything but legitimate political discussions, or even that they suggested pursuing changes in the Philippines as extensively as had been done in Spain. These exclusions strongly fueled the idea of a “Filipino cause.” Some of the exiles fled to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Hongkong and established a Filipino colony there. Others eventually settled in Europe; the more ambitious and forward-thinking Filipinos began sending their sons to Madrid and Paris for education, engaging with modern European thoughts; and in these cities, later joined by Japan, small Filipino colonies became hubs for discussing political reforms. Through letters, publications in Spanish liberal periodicals, and eventually their own propaganda books and periodicals, they significantly influenced the growth of public opinion in the underdeveloped society of the Philippines. Spanish Masonry gradually expanded its circle of initiations and secret operations (which had to be highly secretive) in the islands. Initially, only Spaniards were admitted to a few lodges, then mestizos joined, and finally, educated natives without regard to race. In the eighties and nineties, it is evident that a sort of independent Grand Lodge in Spain (claimed by some to be a spurious Masonry) 13 managed by eager liberal propagandists, with whom certain Filipino propagandists in Barcelona had allied, organized lodges in as many Filipino towns as possible to promote a demand for political reforms, distribute propaganda literature, and gather funds to support the campaign in Spain for greater social, political, and religious freedom for Filipinos. Most Spaniards involved in this movement were not prominent figures and were idealistic visionaries. Some of the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Filipinos who participated in the propaganda abroad were equally impractical, being inexperienced and excitable youths, filled with jealousy of one another, while a few misused the funds raised by their compatriots at home. The overall idea of “assimilation” of the Philippines to Spain as a province of the Peninsula, imposing a government similar to that of European Spain on a distant archipelago with a vastly different population, social status, and economic conditions, was obviously unreasonable and against the interests of the Filipinos themselves, not to mention that its execution was entirely impossible. However, these issues should not have obscured the fairness of the demand for practical reforms and privileges that aligned with the archipelago's needs and conditions: for representation of the Philippines in the Cortes in Madrid; for judicial reforms and fundamental laws that were not just blindly copied from Spain but tailored to the Philippines, or if necessary, specifically drafted for them; for administrative reforms, particularly regarding civil service, which would acknowledge the native population's role in governance, and toward gradual decentralization as much as long-standing habits and customs would allow; and, ultimately, for greater individual and social freedom, both politically and religiously. This final point was truly the heart of the matter, as the continued Spanish sovereignty should not rely solely on force. In earlier times, it had depended on religious teachings, particularly from the friars, along with the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]sense of racial prestige to support Spanish authority. It was pointless for the friars to demand a return to old conditions, denouncing any reforms toward freedom of thought or speech as dangerous; the pages of history could not be rewinded. The notion of future independence from Spain was, indeed, in the minds of at least some of the Filipino propagandists. However, their current campaign was focused on greater political liberty, and the measures they advocated, and even the methods they used almost until the end, would have been legitimate in any free country—were, in fact, legitimate even then in Spain, where they could speak publicly about what they had to whisper among their peers back home. The very fact that organizations like these so-called Masonic lodges were banned, and that merely being suspected of belonging to them could lead to deportation from home as a “conspirator,” is ample proof of the fundamental righteousness of the propagandists' cause. The campaign that started with a few Spanish-Filipinos in Manila gradually expanded to include more independent educated individuals in the provinces and eventually, under less educated leaders of the small middle class, reached the masses, especially in central Luzon, expressing itself finally in violence and an explosion of racial hatred. The Katipunan was not Masonic, as the friars claimed, only borrowing some Masonic phrases; but it was a natural and logical extension of the suppression of what had been a legitimate movement for Filipino reform and sentiment. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The title to these notes has indicated the year 1860 as marking in a general way the opening of the modern era in the Philippines, without reference to any one particular event. It is proposed to give here, briefly, such further notes as will afford a working bibliography on this period, while calling attention to some subjects and certain points that are commonly disregarded in the bibliographies and published works dealing with the last years of Spanish rule in the Philippines. No pretense to completeness is made. The aim is to call attention, under their proper heads, to the more distinctly useful (or, in some cases, the more unreliable, and hence to be avoided) titles already listed in the Philippine bibliography that is to be most readily obtained, and which is also the most complete and satisfactory work of this sort, viz., that published at Washington in 1903;14 and also to supplement these titles with others there unnoticed and with other data not easily found. In the main, only such works are cited as the writer has himself consulted, though in some cases the notes or recommendations of others have been followed.

The title of these notes indicates the year 1860 as a general marker for the beginning of the modern era in the Philippines, without pinpointing any specific event. Here, I plan to briefly provide additional notes that will serve as a working bibliography for this period, while highlighting topics and certain aspects that are often overlooked in the bibliographies and published works related to the final years of Spanish rule in the Philippines. There is no claim to completeness. The goal is to draw attention, under their respective headings, to the more useful (or, in some cases, the less reliable and therefore to be avoided) titles already listed in the Philippine bibliography that is the easiest to access, and which is also the most comprehensive and satisfactory work of its kind, namely, the one published in Washington in 1903;14 in addition to supplementing these titles with others that have gone unnoticed and with other hard-to-find data. Primarily, only the works that I have personally consulted are cited, although in some instances, the notes or recommendations from others have been taken into account.

The first essential to a study of this period is a fair and comprehensive survey of Philippine conditions in the years just preceding—the “old régime,” as we may call it, though it was then breaking down in certain particulars. One book alone will serve the student’s purpose in this respect; and, whatever others [133]are read, Jagor’s15 is indispensable. Next to him, and in addition to the documents appearing in this series immediately preceding the present volume may be cited the 1842 Informe of the Spanish diplomat in the Orient, Sinibaldo de Mas, and the two-volume treatise of 1846 by the Frenchman, J. Mallat. In certain respects, the latter has closely followed Mas; but his is no mere translated plagiarism, like that of John Bowring (1859), who was only a temporary visitor entertained by Spanish officialdom in Manila. The work of Paul de la Gironière, not his Twenty Years in the Philippines, but his more serious work of 1855 (Aventures d’un gentilhomme breton aux îles Philippines), merits attention as containing the observations of a cultivated foreigner who had the advantage of years of residence in Manila and a neighboring province.

The first key to studying this period is a fair and thorough overview of the Philippine situation in the years leading up to it—the “old regime,” as we might refer to it, even though it was already starting to break down in some ways. One book alone will meet the student's needs in this regard; and, regardless of what else [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]is read, Jagor’s15 is essential. Next to him, in addition to the documents in this series that come right before the current volume, we can also refer to the 1842 Informe by the Spanish diplomat in the East, Sinibaldo de Mas, and the two-volume work from 1846 by the Frenchman, J. Mallat. In some ways, Mallat closely followed Mas; but his work is not just a translated copy, unlike John Bowring (1859), who was merely a temporary visitor hosted by Spanish officials in Manila. The work of Paul de la Gironière—specifically, his more serious 1855 piece (Aventures d’un gentilhomme breton aux îles Philippines, not Twenty Years in the Philippines)—is worth noting for its insights from a cultured foreigner who had the advantage of years of living in Manila and a nearby province.

As was indicated at the beginning of these notes, to make a thorough study of this period, we should consider it under three heads, viz., economic development, social development, and political development. Not only has there been no comprehensive review of the period as a whole, but there exists no review of it under any one of these heads, nor even any group of writings which can be offered to the inquirer as covering the field of inquiry in any one of these respects. For one thing, we must draw mainly upon Spanish sources of information, official and private, and rare indeed is the Spanish writer [134]who does not either proceed regardless of the economic point of view, or else give entirely secondary consideration to the vital matter concerned in the economic and social progress of a people independently of political forms and governmental influences. The result is that Spanish writers, with them the Filipinos, and to a great extent the writers of Philippine treatises in other languages (drawing hastily upon Spanish sources), have over-emphasized the political history of this Philippine period. Of course, in Spain and the Spanish countries long-standing habit makes it the tendency to look to government for everything, and to think of all amelioration of evils and all incitements to progress as coming from above; while social and economic conditions in the Philippines are such as to emphasize this tendency, the aristocracy of wealth and education standing apart from the masses and being, to the latter, identified in the main with the government, with the “powers above.” Nevertheless, it is to be insisted that social and economic progress in the Philippines during the last half-century should be considered separately and studied more particularly than they have been thus far.

As mentioned at the beginning of these notes, to thoroughly study this period, we should look at it through three main aspects: economic development, social development, and political development. There hasn't been a comprehensive review of the entire period, nor is there an examination focused on any one of these aspects, nor any body of work that can be presented to those interested in exploring these topics. For one thing, we mainly have to rely on Spanish sources of information, both official and private, and it's rare to find a Spanish writer [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] who approaches the subject without ignoring the economic perspective or who gives adequate attention to the critical issues surrounding the economic and social progress of a people separate from political structures and government influences. As a result, Spanish writers, along with Filipinos and to a large extent, authors of Philippine texts in other languages (who often reference Spanish sources hastily), have placed too much emphasis on the political history of this Philippine period. In Spain and Spanish-speaking countries, there's a long-standing tendency to look to the government for everything and to view any improvement in problems or catalysts for progress as coming from the top down; meanwhile, the social and economic conditions in the Philippines highlight this tendency, with the wealthy and educated elite set apart from the general population and largely identified with the government, the “powers above.” Nevertheless, it’s important to stress that social and economic progress in the Philippines over the last fifty years should be examined separately and studied in greater detail than they have been so far.

It need hardly be said, for another thing, that it is not possible to make an absolute separation of this subject under the headings thus indicated. Such a thing cannot be done with any people in any period of history. In this particular case, one need only mention the Religious Question, with its phases as a contest between friars and native clergy, as a demand for modern freedom of thought and speech, and as an agrarian question, to show at once that matters social, economic, and political are here interwoven. [135]So also the Spanish administration cannot be considered wholly apart from its bearing upon economic and social as well as purely political matters. No rigid classification is possible, but the student who approaches the history of this period—which, apart from its own interest, has had ever since 1898 the most vital bearing upon a public question of great importance in the United States today—will avoid confusion by giving consideration to these separate points of view.

It hardly needs to be said that it’s not possible to completely separate this topic into the indicated categories. This cannot be done for any people or any period in history. In this particular case, one only has to mention the Religious Question, with its aspects as a struggle between friars and native clergy, a call for modern freedom of thought and speech, and an agrarian question, to demonstrate that social, economic, and political issues are clearly intertwined. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Similarly, the Spanish administration cannot be viewed entirely independently from its impact on economic, social, and political matters. No strict classification is feasible, but anyone studying the history of this period—which, besides its own significance, has had a crucial impact since 1898 on a major public issue in the United States today—will avoid confusion by considering these different perspectives.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT

One would welcome an attempt by some one of the more ambitious Filipino writers and students whose attention has been occupied almost exclusively with political controversy to write the social history of his people during this last period of Spanish rule. The materials for such a study, so far as they now exist in print, are very fragmentary, and the work could hardly be well done by any but a resident of the islands during that period. But few references need be given here, and the inquirer must derive most of his information on this line from the numerous books and pamphlets whose object is primarily political questions and from the economic and fiscal tables and studies which shed light upon the general status of the people.

One would appreciate an effort from some of the more ambitious Filipino writers and students, whose focus has mainly been on political debates, to write the social history of their people during the last period of Spanish rule. The materials for such a study, as they exist in print today, are quite fragmentary, and the work could hardly be done well by anyone but a resident of the islands during that time. Only a few references need to be provided here, and researchers must gather most of their information from the numerous books and pamphlets that primarily address political issues, as well as from the economic and fiscal tables and studies that illuminate the overall situation of the people.

General historical surveys of the period are lacking. Montero y Vidal’s three-volume history comes down only to 1873. And, though it is the best Philippine historical work for reference purposes, it is, after all, hardly more than a chronology of important events and compilation of official orders and projects, touching the life of the people scarcely at all. The [136]same author’s work of 1886, El archipiélago filipino, merits attention also in this connection, though primarily it sets forth facts geographical, statistical, etc. The works of Manuel Scheidnagel deserve also citation as those of a Spanish official of long and varied experience in the Philippines, and as shedding, incidentally to the particular subjects which they treat, light upon the conditions of country and people in general.16

General historical surveys of the period are scarce. Montero y Vidal’s three-volume history goes up only to 1873. While it’s the best reference for Philippine history, it’s mainly just a timeline of key events and a collection of official orders and projects, with hardly any focus on the lives of the people. The [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]same author's 1886 work, El archipiélago filipino, is also worth noting, though it mainly presents geographical, statistical, and other factual information. The works of Manuel Scheidnagel should also be mentioned as those of a Spanish official with extensive and diverse experience in the Philippines, which provide insights into the conditions of the country and its people in general. 16

The foreigners who traveled in the Philippines during this period, and who have written thereon, were occupied in most cases with scientific pursuits, and have confined themselves mainly to these objects in what they have published. The Luçon et Palaouan (Paris, 1887) of Alfred Marche touches upon the customs and conditions of the people in its record of six years’ scientific research for the government of France. Edmond Plauchut’s contributions to the Revue des deux mondes for 1869 and 1877, in lighter vein and perhaps not always accurate, are, like Gironière’s writings of earlier date, interesting as presenting the observations of a resident foreigner. Among the works in English, revised or written since 1898 to meet the demand in the United States for information about the Philippines, Dean C. Worcester’s The Philippine Islands and their People (New York, 1898), brings us nearest to the life of the people, particularly in the rural districts and regions most remote from modern changing influences. The treatises of the British engineers and experts in tropical agriculture, Frederick H. Sawyer and John Foreman, are written by men who were, naturally, best prepared [137]to discuss the agricultural conditions and the material resources in general of the Philippines. Outside of these matters, except when reciting personal experiences and observations, both are compilers whose reading in Philippine bibliography has been very fragmentary. Foreman in particular has undertaken to cover the entire field of Philippine history and politics, and has, to state the plain truth, made a very bad botch of it. He has been so often quoted in the United States as authority for erroneous statements that it is time to make this fact clear. It is commonly impossible to draw the line in what he has written between fact and gossip, conjecture, or partial truth. His latest edition (1906) contains most of the old glaring errors or even worse omissions, with a full measure of new ones in his recital of the history of events since 1896. Some data contained in Foreman’s book are not readily available to an American student outside of the large libraries; but a caution is to be uttered against relying upon him, even for his recital of fiscal details or for his statistical tables. Sawyer is very much more accurate and reliable, just as he is less pretentious in the program of his work.

The foreigners who traveled in the Philippines during this time and wrote about their experiences were mostly focused on scientific research, sticking primarily to those topics in their publications. Alfred Marche's Luçon et Palaouan (Paris, 1887) discusses the customs and living conditions of the people based on his six years of scientific research for the French government. Edmond Plauchut’s articles in the Revue des deux mondes from 1869 and 1877, written in a lighter style and perhaps not always accurate, are interesting like Gironière’s earlier works as they provide the perspective of a foreign resident. Among the English works revised or written since 1898 for the American audience seeking information about the Philippines, Dean C. Worcester’s The Philippine Islands and their People (New York, 1898) offers the closest look at the lives of the people, especially in rural areas far removed from modern influences. The writings of British engineers and tropical agriculture experts Frederick H. Sawyer and John Foreman, who were well-equipped to discuss agricultural conditions and the general material resources of the Philippines, are also important. Beyond these topics, except when sharing personal experiences and observations, both are primarily compilers with limited insight into Philippine bibliography. Foreman, in particular, has attempted to cover the full scope of Philippine history and politics but has, quite frankly, done a poor job. He has been frequently cited in the United States as an authority for incorrect information, and it’s important to clarify this. It’s often hard to distinguish between fact and gossip, speculation, or partial truths in his writings. His latest edition (1906) still has many of the same glaring errors or even worse omissions, along with a lot of new inaccuracies regarding events since 1896. Some information in Foreman’s book is not easily accessible to American students outside of large libraries, but caution is advised against depending on him, even for fiscal details or statistical tables. Sawyer is much more accurate and reliable, while also being less pretentious in his approach.

In studying the social process of the Filipino people from about 1860 onward, the subject of education holds the first place.17 It is, however, unnecessary to occupy ourselves here with the bibliography of the subject, which has been very fully covered in VOLS. XLV and XLVI of this work, the appendices to those volumes giving, in connection with other documents [138]in this series and with the bibliographical notes, the most comprehensive treatment of the subject of education in the Philippines that is yet available in any language.

In studying the social developments of the Filipino people from around 1860 onwards, education is the most important topic. 17 However, there's no need to go into the bibliography of the subject here, as it has been thoroughly addressed in Vulnerable Online Situations. XLV and XLVI of this work. The appendices in those volumes provide, along with other documents [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] in this series and the bibliographical notes, the most comprehensive treatment of education in the Philippines that's currently available in any language.

As we might expect from what has been said, the social life of the Philippines, at least from about 1875, may best be studied in the periodicals of Manila. In this connection it is only necessary to mention Retana’s El periodismo filipino, which covers the subject down to 1894. La Revista de Filipinas, edited by J. F. del Pan, 1875–77, deserves special mention among the many periodicals of short life. Among those of longer duration may be named El Diario de Manila, and also, for the closing years of Spanish rule, La Oceanía Española, La Voz Española and El Comercio.18 One should also consult these Spanish periodicals of Manila for the political history of these years, particularly of 1896–98. It must be remarked, however, that, just as these periodicals reflected mainly the life only of the capital, and that quite exclusively from the Spanish viewpoint, so also they treated political and administrative matters not merely under the constraint of their editors’ notions as to “maintaining Spanish prestige” but also with a censorship in the background, maintained by and for the political and the ecclesiastical authorities.19 [139]Down to 1898 the Philippine law of censorship of 1857, modeled on that of Spain in the days of Isabel II, was in force, and it covered the publication of books and pamphlets of all sorts and of newspapers, the importation and sale of books, pictures, etc., and the regulation of theaters.20 One will, therefore, look almost in vain in these periodicals prior to 1898 for expressions of the Filipino point of view, or, till the close of 1897, for any frank expression of liberal political views on the part of Spanish editors. The few Manila periodicals started by Filipinos before 1898, usually printed in Spanish and Tagálog, had but an ephemeral existence.21 One must look for the expression of Filipino aims and ideas to the periodicals that have been published since 1898; indeed, even the Spanish press of Manila has treated Filipino questions with freedom only since American occupation began.

As we might expect from what has been said, the social life of the Philippines, especially from around 1875, can best be explored through the periodicals of Manila. In this context, it's important to mention Retana’s El periodismo filipino, which covers the topic up to 1894. La Revista de Filipinas, edited by J. F. del Pan from 1875 to 1877, is particularly notable among the many short-lived periodicals. Among those that lasted longer are El Diario de Manila, and, during the final years of Spanish rule, The Spanish Pacific, La Voz Española, and El Comercio.18 One should also refer to these Spanish periodicals of Manila for the political history of these years, especially from 1896 to 1898. However, it should be noted that, just as these periodicals primarily reflected life only in the capital, and almost exclusively from a Spanish perspective, they also handled political and administrative issues under the constraints of their editors’ ideas about “maintaining Spanish prestige” and with censorship imposed by the political and ecclesiastical authorities.19 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Up until 1898, the Philippine censorship law of 1857, modeled after Spain's laws during the reign of Isabel II, was in effect, regulating the publication of all types of books, pamphlets, and newspapers, as well as the importation and sale of books, images, etc., and managing theaters.20 Therefore, one will almost find it futile to look in these periodicals prior to 1898 for expressions of the Filipino perspective, or any open expression of liberal political views from Spanish editors until the end of 1897. The few Manila periodicals initiated by Filipinos before 1898, usually printed in Spanish and Tagálog, had only a brief existence.21 To find expressions of Filipino goals and ideas, one must look at the publications that emerged after 1898; in fact, even the Spanish press in Manila has only addressed Filipino issues freely since the beginning of American occupation.

For population statistics, all practical purposes are served by the tables and comparisons of the American census of 1903.22 Here one may find also the best data for reconstructing before his eyes the social and economic status of the Philippines and its inhabitants at the close of Spanish rule. The Spanish civil census of 1896 was unfortunately never published, nor completed in some provinces. The civil [140]census of 1887, though published in very condensed form, merits attention.23 Certain of the more notable statistical works of private individuals will require notice in connection with agriculture, industry, and commerce; here the student may be referred to the Bibliography under the names of Agustín de la Cavada, J. F. del Pan, and José Jimeno Agius.24

For population statistics, the tables and comparisons from the American census of 1903 cover all practical needs. Here, you can also find the best data to reconstruct the social and economic status of the Philippines and its people at the end of Spanish rule. Unfortunately, the Spanish civil census of 1896 was never published and was incomplete in some provinces. The civil [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] census of 1887, although published in a very condensed form, is worth noting. Certain significant statistical works by private individuals should be acknowledged in relation to agriculture, industry, and commerce; for this, students can refer to the Bibliography under the names of Agustín de la Cavada, J. F. del Pan, and José Jimeno Agius.24

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

Using, as throughout these notes, the Bibliography as a starting point, the student is referred to the first part of that work, viz., the List of the Library of Congress, under the headings Agriculture, Commerce, Finance, and Political and Social Economy; and to Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca under the alphabetical lists of Aranceles, Balanzas, Boletín, Estatutos, Exposición, Guía, Instrucción, Memoria, and Reglamentos. Some of the works therein cited are obviously indispensable, and occasional biographical and bibliographical notes are also afforded, especially by Pardo de Tavera under the names of authors cited, which will help in forming an opinion on the value of their works.25 It is in point here to designate among these works those most useful as references in a general way upon Philippine economic [141]matters, to add some not listed in the Bibliography, and to give some special references under the particular headings of Agriculture, Commerce, and Industry.

Using the Bibliography as a starting point throughout these notes, the student is directed to the first part of that work, specifically the List of the Library of Congress, covering the topics of Agriculture, Commerce, Finance, and Political and Social Economy; and to Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca under the alphabetical lists of Aranceles, Balanzas, Boletín, Estatutos, Exposición, Guía, Instrucción, Memoria, and Reglamentos. Some of the works mentioned are clearly essential, and occasional biographical and bibliographical notes are also provided, especially by Pardo de Tavera under the names of authors cited, which will assist in evaluating the relevance of their works.25 It is relevant to highlight among these works those that are most useful as general references on Philippine economic [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] issues, to include a few not mentioned in the Bibliography, and to provide specific references under the categories of Agriculture, Commerce, and Industry.

General.—Jagor’s book, already noted as the best introduction to the study of this period, is again mentioned here as affording data on the tobacco monopoly (which lasted until 1884, before its affairs were wound up), the attitude of the Spaniards toward the entry of foreign traders, and the part these foreigners played in developing the culture of abaká and sugar. Cavada’s Historia geográfica, geológica y estadística de Filipinas (Manila, 1876) has a good arsenal of data drawn chiefly from the civil statistical inquiries of 1870, though, like almost all such works in Spanish, it is without a topical index and is put together in a disorderly manner most exasperating to the searcher for facts or figures on a specific point of inquiry. Of the works of José Jimeno y Agius, his Memoria sobre el desestanco del tabaco (Binondo, 1871) and Población y comercio de las islas Filipinas (Madrid, 1884) should be especially mentioned. Gregorio Sancianco y Goson’s El progreso de Filipinas (Madrid, 1881), especially valuable on administrative matters just prior to the revision of the fiscal régime in connection with the abolition of the government tobacco monopoly, has also many data on land, commerce, and industry. Scattered through the eight volumes of the fortnightly La Política de España en Filipinas (Madrid, 1891–98) are useful items on Philippine currency and exchange, trade, etc., with occasional studies of these questions and those of Chinese and European immigration, in most cases hasty, unreliable pieces of work, often even [142]fantastic for their utter disregard of the fundamentals of political economy. Foreman’s book has already been characterized; nevertheless, checked up with Sawyer’s, it is of use in this connection. Of the consular and other official reports, those of the British Foreign Office26 are the most valuable as a series, though the comprehensive reports of the French Consul, M. de Bérard, covering the years 1888–92, merit first place as individual treatises.27

General.—Jagor’s book, already recognized as the best introduction to studying this period, is mentioned here again for its insights on the tobacco monopoly (which lasted until 1884, when it was finally closed down), the Spaniards’ attitudes towards foreign traders entering the market, and the role these traders played in developing the cultivation of abaká and sugar. Cavada’s Historia geográfica, geológica y estadística de Filipinas (Manila, 1876) contains a wealth of data mainly from the civil statistical inquiries of 1870; however, like most Spanish works, it lacks a topical index and is arranged in a frustratingly disorganized way for anyone seeking specific facts or figures. Among José Jimeno y Agius’s works, his Memoria sobre el desestanco del tabaco (Binondo, 1871) and Población y comercio de las islas Filipinas (Madrid, 1884) deserve special mention. Gregorio Sancianco y Goson’s El progreso de Filipinas (Madrid, 1881), particularly valuable for administrative issues just before the revision of the fiscal regime related to the abolition of the government tobacco monopoly, also offers much information on land, trade, and industry. Spanning the eight volumes of the biweekly La Política de España en Filipinas (Madrid, 1891–98) are useful entries on Philippine currency and exchange, trade, etc., along with occasional studies on these issues and those concerning Chinese and European immigration, often hastily researched and unreliable, sometimes even [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] bizarre for their complete disregard for the principles of political economy. Foreman’s book has already been discussed; however, when checked against Sawyer’s work, it offers useful information for this topic. Of the consular and other official reports, those from the British Foreign Office26 are the most valuable as a series, although the comprehensive reports from the French Consul, M. de Bérard, covering the years 1888–92, stand out as top individual studies.27

The testimony and memoranda presented before the American Peace Commission in Paris in 1898, together with some magazine articles on the Philippines, form appendices to Senate Document no. 62, 55th Congress, 3rd session; only the memorandum of General F. V. Greene (pp. 404–440) and Max L. Tornow’s Sketch of the Economic Conditions of the Philippines require any consideration in this connection.28 The reports on civil affairs (1899–1901) of the United States military government in the Philippines and the reports of the Philippine Commission have much retrospective value in connection with the previous economic and fiscal régime, and merit a general perusal in that light; some of their more [143]especially pertinent revelations will be hereinafter cited. The Report on Certain Economic Questions in the English and Dutch Colonies in the Orient (Washington, 1902) by Jeremiah W. Jenks, special commissioner of the United States government, is of course of comparative value primarily, but contains some general remarks on Philippine conditions as regards currency, labor, land, and taxation. In many respects the best economic study ever made of the Philippines is Victor S. Clark’s Labor Conditions in the Philippines (Bulletin of the Bureau of Labor no. 58, Washington, May, 1905); though discussing the labor question, and that under American occupation, it has been written with a view constantly to past conditions in the Philippines, social and political as well as economic.29

The testimonies and memos submitted to the American Peace Commission in Paris in 1898, along with some magazine articles about the Philippines, are included as appendices to Senate Document no. 62, 55th Congress, 3rd session; only the memo from General F. V. Greene (pp. 404–440) and Max L. Tornow’s Sketch of the Economic Conditions of the Philippines deserve any attention in this context. 28 The reports on civil affairs (1899–1901) from the United States military government in the Philippines and the reports from the Philippine Commission have significant historical value concerning the earlier economic and fiscal regime, and should be read with that in mind; some of their particularly relevant findings will be cited later. The Report on Certain Economic Questions in the English and Dutch Colonies in the Orient (Washington, 1902) by Jeremiah W. Jenks, a special commissioner of the United States government, is primarily of comparative value, but includes some general observations on Philippine conditions regarding currency, labor, land, and taxation. In many ways, the best economic study ever conducted on the Philippines is Victor S. Clark’s Labor Conditions in the Philippines (Bulletin of the Bureau of Labor no. 58, Washington, May, 1905); while it focuses on labor issues, particularly under American occupation, it continuously references past conditions in the Philippines, covering social, political, and economic aspects. 29

Agriculture, Land, etc.—Beyond the general references given, no special work can be recommended on the subject of Philippine agriculture. The reports and bulletins of the present Philippine Bureau of Agriculture (1902 to date) shed much light incidentally on past conditions and methods of cultivation. Numerous official provisions and some private treatises on the Spanish land laws are cited by Pardo de Tavera; but these remained for the most part dead letters, and for all practical purposes a little compilation in English30 by the present Philippine Forestry [144]Bureau suffices. In a report on the establishment of land banks in the Philippines, José Cabezas de Herrera provided a historical review and abstract of landed property in those islands.31 In connection with his arguments in behalf of a tax on landed property as just and as also necessary in order to support a really efficient government in the Philippines, Sancianco y Goson gives considerable information on conditions of land tenure and cultivation down to 1881.32

Agriculture, Land, etc.—Aside from the general references provided, there's no specific work I can recommend on Philippine agriculture. The reports and bulletins from the Philippine Bureau of Agriculture (1902 to present) offer valuable insights into past conditions and farming methods. Pardo de Tavera mentions many official regulations and some private writings on the Spanish land laws; however, these mostly remained unimplemented. For practical purposes, a brief compilation in English 30 from the current Philippine Forestry [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Bureau is sufficient. In a report about establishing land banks in the Philippines, José Cabezas de Herrera provided a historical overview and summary of land ownership in those islands.31 Supporting his case for a tax on land ownership as fair and necessary for maintaining a truly effective government in the Philippines, Sancianco y Goson shares a lot of information on land tenure and farming conditions up to 1881.32

Chinese.—Discussion of the Chinese in the Philippines is related more particularly to questions of industry and retail trade. Nevertheless, the Spanish government maintained almost to the end the theory—it was hardly more than an empty theory—that the Chinese immigration was being so regulated as to constitute a stimulus to agriculture. The subject also falls into place here because, from about 1886, when [145]a campaign for the exclusion of the Chinese was started by Spanish merchants and newspaper men, a program for fostering the immigration of Spaniards into the Philippines, and especially into the undeveloped areas of Mindanao and Palawan, was quite regularly coupled with the arguments for Chinese exclusion. This program was usually presented without regard for the climatic and economic considerations involved; that it was a “patriotic” scheme was sufficient for some of these writers, who never stopped to ask themselves if their plans were practical.33 Among the pamphlets on the Chinese in the Philippines cited by Pardo de Tavera, those of Del Pan and Jordana y Morera deserve attention. A good survey of the subject, though not accurate in its statistics, is G. García Ageo’s Memorandum on the Chinese in the Philippines in Report of the Philippine Commission, 1900, ii, pp. 432–445.34

Chinese.—The discussion about the Chinese in the Philippines mainly revolves around issues of industry and retail trade. However, the Spanish government held onto the belief—despite it being little more than an empty notion—that Chinese immigration was being managed in a way that would benefit agriculture. This topic also fits here because, starting around 1886, when [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Spanish merchants and journalists began pushing for the exclusion of Chinese immigrants, there was a consistent link between promoting Spanish immigration to the Philippines, particularly in underdeveloped areas like Mindanao and Palawan, and the arguments for Chinese exclusion. This initiative was often presented without considering the climatic and economic factors involved; for some of these writers, the fact that it was a “patriotic” scheme was enough, and they rarely paused to question the practicality of their proposals.33 Among the pamphlets on the Chinese in the Philippines mentioned by Pardo de Tavera, those by Del Pan and Jordana y Morera stand out. A good overview of the topic, although not entirely accurate in its statistics, is G. García Ageo’s Memorandum on the Chinese in the Philippines in Report of the Philippine Commission, 1900, ii, pp. 432–445.34

Industries.—The general references already cited must be relied upon, and it is a rather wearisome task to uncover the data for a study of Philippine industries from statistical tables, treatises and pamphlets which have given the subject a cursory or fragmentary treatment. The British and French consular reports may, however, be especially remarked. Also, the reports of the Chief of the Bureau of Internal Revenue in the reports of the Philippine Commission since 1904, when a new scheme of internal taxation was adopted, contain much information on industrial conditions, past and present. [146]

Industries.—The general references mentioned earlier should be relied upon, and it’s quite a tedious job to find the data for studying Philippine industries from statistical tables, treatises, and pamphlets that have only provided a brief or incomplete overview. However, the reports from British and French consulates are particularly noteworthy. Additionally, the reports from the Chief of the Bureau of Internal Revenue in the Philippine Commission reports since 1904, when a new internal taxation system was implemented, offer a lot of information on industrial conditions, both past and present. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Commerce, Internal Trade, Navigation, etc.—The Spanish statistical annuals, tariff regulations, etc., are fully listed by the Library of Congress and Pardo de Tavera, under the headings above noted for general references on economic matters. The most comprehensive survey of trade statistics, and one which almost serves the purpose by itself alone, is contained in the Monthly Summary of Commerce of the Philippine Islands, for December, 1904, published at Washington by the Bureau of Insular Affairs. It presents classified tables covering Philippine imports and exports for the fifty years 1855–1904; they were prepared from the best available Spanish trade statistics, reduced to terms of American gold currency at the average rate of exchange for each year, and, so far as the writer has checked these figures, they are the most reliable that are presented anywhere.35 Among the very few Spanish writings, Azcárraga’s Libertad de Comercio (Madrid, 1872) and Jimeno Agius’s Población y comercio (1884) deserve special mention, also once more the useful little book of Sancianco y Goson, for brief but useful data for 1868–80 in its appendices.36 For 1891–98, [147]La Política de España en Filipinas has some scattering figures on trade and commerce, year by year, highly unsatisfactory for the most part. Besides the general references upon the Spanish customs tariffs, one will find in Senate Document no. 134, 57th Congress, 1st session (Washington, 1902), in its Exhibit D, a comparison of the 1901 tariff with the Spanish tariff of 1891.37

Commerce, Internal Trade, Navigation, etc.—The Spanish statistical annuals, tariff regulations, and so on are thoroughly cataloged by the Library of Congress and Pardo de Tavera, under the headings mentioned for general references on economic topics. The most comprehensive overview of trade statistics, which nearly stands on its own, is found in the Monthly Summary of Commerce of the Philippine Islands, for December 1904, published in Washington by the Bureau of Insular Affairs. It provides classified tables detailing Philippine imports and exports over the fifty years from 1855 to 1904; these were compiled from the best available Spanish trade statistics, converted to American gold currency at the average exchange rate for each year, and, as far as the writer has verified these figures, they are the most dependable available anywhere.35 Among the very few Spanish writings, Azcárraga’s Libertad de Comercio (Madrid, 1872) and Jimeno Agius’s Población y comercio (1884) deserve special mention, along with the helpful little book by Sancianco y Goson, which offers brief but useful data for 1868–80 in its appendices.36 For 1891–98, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]La Política de España en Filipinas provides some scattered figures on trade and commerce, year by year, which are mostly quite unsatisfactory. Besides the general references regarding Spanish customs tariffs, one can find in Senate Document no. 134, 57th Congress, 1st session (Washington, 1902), in its Exhibit D, a comparison of the 1901 tariff with the Spanish tariff of 1891.37

Currency.—The List of the Library of Congress, under the heading Finance, cites a few Spanish and foreign treatises on Philippine currency prior to 1898, and the earlier American official reports on the subject. One will get more enlightenment upon the actual conditions prevailing during the last years of Spanish rule from memoranda and testimony in certain of these American reports than from any of the printed sources of date earlier than 1898. Nevertheless, the petition of the Manila Chamber of Commerce in 1895 reproduced in La Política de España en Filipinas, v, no. 105, brings out in part the highly unsatisfactory conditions produced by the Spanish government’s inaction and disregard of well-established economic principles. In ibid., vii, p. 217, is given the text of the decree of April 17, 1897, providing for the new Philippine silver peso which was beginning to circulate in the islands when American arms intervened, and which was proclaimed as a “settlement” of the Philippine currency evils, yet would obviously not have proved sufficient, unsupported as it was by provisions to sustain it in the face of the decline of silver. In much of the loose talk about economic depression in the Philippines [148]since the wars of 1896–98 and 1899–1901, not enough attention has been paid to the fact that “hard times” had really begun before, during 1891–95 particularly, and that an unstable currency and exchange fluctuations had then played their part in producing these conditions; also that it was the Filipino laborer and small producer who was especially mulcted of his due by conditions produced in part officially and in part by governmental neglect.38 In addition to the American documents listed by the Library of Congress, reference should be made, as regards currency and exchange evils before 1898, to the survey of the subject by the Schurman Commission (Report of the Philippine Commission, 1900, i, pp. 142–149), and the testimony of Manila bankers and business men in the same report (vol. ii); to magazine articles by Charles A. Conant printed as appendices in Report of the Commission on International Exchange (Washington, 1903); and, for a few details on previous conditions, with exchange tables, to the reports of E. W. Kemmerer, Chief of the Division of Currency, for 1904 and 1905.39

Currency.—The List from the Library of Congress, under Finance, mentions a few Spanish and foreign writings on Philippine currency before 1898, as well as earlier American official reports on the topic. You'll get a clearer understanding of the actual conditions during the final years of Spanish rule from the memoranda and testimony found in some of these American reports than from any written sources pre-1898. Still, the 1895 petition from the Manila Chamber of Commerce, published in La Política de España en Filipinas, v, no. 105, partially highlights the very unsatisfactory conditions resulting from the Spanish government's inaction and disregard for established economic principles. In ibid., vii, p. 217, the text of the decree from April 17, 1897, is included, which introduced the new Philippine silver peso starting to circulate in the islands when American forces intervened. This was declared as a “settlement” for the Philippine currency issues, but it clearly wouldn’t have been adequate, especially without measures to support it against the decline of silver. A lot of the chatter about economic depression in the Philippines [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]since the wars of 1896–98 and 1899–1901 has overlooked the reality that “hard times” actually began earlier, particularly during 1891–95, when an unstable currency and fluctuations in exchange rates contributed to these issues. Moreover, it was the Filipino laborer and small producer who bore the brunt of these conditions, which were partly caused by official actions and partly by government neglect. Along with the American documents listed by the Library of Congress, you should also refer to the Schurman Commission’s examination of currency and exchange problems before 1898 (Report of the Philippine Commission, 1900, i, pp. 142–149), along with the testimony of Manila bankers and business people in that same report (vol. ii); magazine articles by Charles A. Conant included as appendices in Report of the Commission on International Exchange (Washington, 1903); and for some details on earlier conditions, including exchange tables, check out the reports by E. W. Kemmerer, Chief of the Division of Currency, for 1904 and 1905.39

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT—SPANISH ADMINISTRATION

Our object here being primarily the political progress of the Filipino people, we are concerned incidentally, as it were, with the subject of Spanish [149]administration considered by itself alone. A good study of that subject, be it said, is lacking, and it may be recommended as an opportunity worth improving.

Our main focus here is the political progress of the Filipino people, but we're also touching on the topic of Spanish [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] administration on its own. It's worth noting that there isn't a thorough study on that topic, and it presents a valuable opportunity for further exploration.

No one who has read even a little about the Philippines and Filipinos need be told that it is necessary to trace the political development of this people along two lines—unfortunately, it proved for Spain, lines that are divergent in considerable degree. Hence the subdivision of this heading, regarding, first, development under Spanish Administration and then the Filipino Propaganda, first of Reform and finally of Revolution. We are concerned in the first instance, that is, with reforms and progress realized in consequence of measures “from above.” It has already been said that very considerable progress had been made by the Spanish government from about 1860 onward, and was being made when the Tagálogs appealed to arms in 1896.40 It is also true that the stimulus to the Filipino reform propaganda came in considerable degree from the movements toward betterment of the government itself, and from the agitations for reform in Spanish home politics.41 But the development of the Filipino people, social, political, and economic, proceeded at last more rapidly, or less haltingly at least, than the progress in reform from above; the reform measures were only partial, often unpractical or ill-adapted to Philippine conditions; abuses of administration continued under so-called [150]Liberal periods as well as in times of full clerical domination; in the action and reaction of Spanish politics, in which so often are party divisions merely nominal and superficial, the course of progress was so irregular and uncertain as to lend justification to the feeling of the Filipinos that they were being treated with insincerity; and all the while, in the midst of bitter partisan and religious controversy, conducted on both sides by writers most rabid and intemperate, the two peoples were constantly growing apart from each other, and were losing the mutual good-feeling of past years which, though always superficial in large part (as in any such domination of one race by another), had nevertheless had a foundation of genuine esteem.

No one who has read even a little about the Philippines and Filipinos needs to be reminded that it’s important to trace the political development of this people along two paths—unfortunately for Spain, those paths are quite different. So, we’ll first look at their development under Spanish administration and then at the Filipino Propaganda, starting with reform and finally leading to revolution. Initially, we’re focusing on the reforms and progress that resulted from actions taken “from above.” It’s already been mentioned that significant progress was made by the Spanish government starting around 1860, and that progress was ongoing when the Tagálogs took up arms in 1896.40 The Filipino reform movement was also significantly inspired by efforts to improve the government itself and by calls for reform in Spain’s domestic politics.41 However, the development of the Filipino people—socially, politically, and economically—advanced more quickly, or at least with fewer stops, than the progress in reforms from above; the reform measures were often only partial, impractical, or poorly suited to the conditions in the Philippines. Abuses of administration continued during the so-called [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Liberal periods as well as during times of complete clerical control. In the back-and-forth of Spanish politics, where party divisions are often just nominal and superficial, the path of progress was so irregular and uncertain that it justified the feelings of many Filipinos that they were being treated insincerely. Meanwhile, amid intense partisan and religious conflict, fueled by extreme and intemperate writers on both sides, the two peoples were steadily drifting apart and losing the mutual goodwill of past years, which, although mostly superficial (as is often the case when one race dominates another), had nonetheless been based on genuine respect.

The administrative organism.—For present purposes, it almost suffices to refer simply to the List of the Library of Congress under the headings Finance, Law, Political and Social Economy, and to Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca under the names of authors cited in the above List and the alphabetical headings Aranceles, Balanza, Boletín, Colección, Disposiciones, Exposición, Guía, Memoria, Proyectos (those of 1870 for all sorts of reforms proposed after the Spanish Revolution of 1868), and Reglamentos. The bibliography of Colonization published by the Library of Congress, besides these special works on the Philippines, lists also works on Spanish colonies and works on colonization in general.42 Of the compilations, [151]annuals, etc., listed in these bibliographies, special attention may be directed to those cited under the names of Rodriguez San Pedro (to 1869) and Rodriguez Berriz (to 1888). The most complete reference work on Spanish legislation, executive regulations, etc., is the Colección legislativa de España, and this work contains provisions enacted at Madrid with regard to the Philippines down to and including 1898. For the full official record, not only of enactments at Madrid, but of the forms under which these were carried into effect in the islands themselves, the Philippine governmental regulations, proclamations, etc., covering this entire period down to the end of Spanish rule, the official gazette of the Philippines (published under the name La Gaceta de Manila, 1860–1898) is the final source; but the writer knows of no full collection thereof in any library of the United States, though there is of course one in the archives at Manila. In this connection, it should be remarked that the governor-general had very wide, and in some respects not very exactly prescribed, powers, one of the most indefinite and sweeping of which was that requiring any general law or special provision of Madrid, before it actually acquired force in the Philippines, to be published with the governor-general’s “cúmplase” (“let it go into effect”). This might be, and usually was, a mere formality; but it was capable of being used so as at least to postpone the execution of a legislative decree or ministerial order which was distasteful to the chief authority of the Philippines, was violently opposed by the influential interests in the islands (particularly the ecclesiastical element), or, as happened in some cases, was manifestly inapplicable to Philippine conditions. [152]Of course, the governor-general could readily be overruled, but even so, he could, if he desired, secure thus a delay and possible reconsideration of the matter, and the frequent changes of party administration in Spain encouraged delays of this and like sorts, not a few reform decrees remaining thus dead letters in the Philippines. It is often important, therefore, to discover not only what was the law or regulation provided for the Philippines in Madrid, but how it was put into force in the islands, or if it actually took effect at all. For this purpose, the Official Guide of the Philippines (Guía de forasteros to 1865, Guía oficial from 1879 to 1898) supplements in some respects the official gazette and the collection of Rodriguez Berriz.43

The administrative organism.—For our current discussion, it's almost enough to refer simply to the List from the Library of Congress under the categories of Finance, Law, Political and Social Economy, and to Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca under the author names mentioned in the above List and the alphabetical headings Aranceles, Balanza, Boletín, Colección, Disposiciones, Exposición, Guía, Memoria, Proyectos (those from 1870 concerning various reforms proposed after the Spanish Revolution of 1868), and Reglamentos. The bibliography on Colonization published by the Library of Congress, in addition to these specific works on the Philippines, also includes works on Spanish colonies and on colonization in general.42 Among the compilations, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]annuals, etc., listed in these bibliographies, special attention should be focused on those referenced under the names of Rodriguez San Pedro (up to 1869) and Rodriguez Berriz (up to 1888). The most comprehensive reference work on Spanish legislation and executive regulations is the Colección legislativa de España, which contains laws enacted in Madrid concerning the Philippines up to and including 1898. For the complete official record—not only of laws passed in Madrid but also of how they were implemented in the islands—the Philippine governmental regulations, proclamations, etc., throughout this entire period until the end of Spanish rule, the official gazette of the Philippines (published as La Gaceta de Manila, 1860–1898) is the ultimate source; however, the writer is not aware of any complete collection of it in any US library, although one is certainly in the archives in Manila. In this regard, it's worth noting that the governor-general had very broad, and in many cases not precisely defined, powers, one of the most ambiguous and extensive being the requirement that any general law or specific provision from Madrid, before it could take effect in the Philippines, needed to be published with the governor-general’s “cúmplase” (“let it go into effect”). This was often just a formality; however, it could also be utilized to delay the implementation of a legislative decree or ministerial order that was opposed by the main authority in the Philippines, heavily resisted by influential groups in the islands (especially the church), or, as happened in some situations, was evidently unsuitable for Philippine circumstances. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Naturally, the governor-general could be overruled, but even then, he could, if he wished, secure a delay and possible reconsideration of the issue, and the frequent changes in party administration in Spain led to similar delays, with numerous reform decrees remaining ineffective in the Philippines. Therefore, it’s often crucial to determine not only what laws or regulations were established for the Philippines in Madrid but also how they were enforced in the islands, or whether they actually took effect at all. For this purpose, the Official Guide of the Philippines (Guía de forasteros up to 1865, Guía oficial from 1879 to 1898) complements, in some aspects, the official gazette and Rodriguez Berriz’s collection.43

Of surveys and summaries of Spanish administration in the Philippines listed in the Bibliography may be mentioned Cabezas de Herrera’s Apuntes (1883) and Fabié’s Ensayo histórico (Madrid, 1896), also José de la Rosa’s La administración pública en Filipinas.44 In the compilation by Jesuit fathers published at Washington in 1900 under the title El archipiélago filipino, there is to be found in vol. i, a survey of the governmental organization and the [153]various activities of the government both under civil and ecclesiastical control. This is reproduced in English in vol. iv of Report of the Philippine Commission, 1900. In vol. i of this report of the Schurman Commission (part iv, chapter i, also pp. 122–123) is an abstract of the Spanish system of government which, so far as the framework of that government is concerned, serves the purpose for one who can not readily consult the Spanish official sources from which it was drawn.45 The major portion of this abstract is occupied by a translation and summary of the law reforming the Philippine local governments in 1893, commonly called the “Maura Law” after the Colonial Minister who promulgated it.46 As put in force by Governor-General Blanco, however, it was somewhat altered and revised, and many of its more promising provisions for local autonomy had in most towns remained in reality dead letters up to the time when revolt broke out in the Tagálog provinces in 1896; elections under the [154]new law were suspended, and martial law established. For this law in its original text and as promulgated by Blanco, with regulations and model forms for the municipalities, see Felix M. Roxas’s Comentarios al reglamento provisional de las juntas provinciales (Manila, 1894).47

Of the surveys and summaries of Spanish administration in the Philippines listed in the Bibliography, we can mention Cabezas de Herrera’s Apuntes (1883) and Fabié’s Ensayo histórico (Madrid, 1896), as well as José de la Rosa’s La administración pública en Filipinas.44 In the compilation by Jesuit fathers published in Washington in 1900 under the title El archipiélago filipino, volume 1 contains a survey of the governmental organization and the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]various activities of the government both under civil and ecclesiastical control. This is reproduced in English in volume 4 of Report of the Philippine Commission, 1900. In volume 1 of this report from the Schurman Commission (part iv, chapter i, also pp. 122–123), there is a summary of the Spanish system of government which serves as a resource for those who cannot easily consult the Spanish official sources from which it was derived.45 The bulk of this summary is taken up by a translation and summary of the law reforming the Philippine local governments in 1893, commonly known as the “Maura Law” after the Colonial Minister who issued it.46 However, as put into effect by Governor-General Blanco, it was somewhat altered and revised, and many of its more promising provisions for local autonomy had, in most towns, remained effectively ignored until the revolt broke out in the Tagálog provinces in 1896; elections under the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]new law were halted, and martial law was declared. For the original text of this law as issued by Blanco, complete with regulations and model forms for municipalities, see Felix M. Roxas’s Comentarios al reglamento provisional de las juntas provinciales (Manila, 1894).47

The administration in actual operation.—What most interests us is the actual working of this machine in Manila, the provinces and towns, and the works above cited will mostly provide for us only its skeleton on paper. To make it an effective machine, we must resort to personal testimony, occasional revelations thrown upon it by such of our writers as looked beyond mere routine, and perhaps most of all to the periodical literature of the times.48 Few of the resident writers of the old régime thought it was quite patriotic, or would serve their personal interests, to discuss matters as frankly, for example, as did Sancianco y Goson.49 Testimony before the [155]Schurman Commission (vol. ii of its report) in 1899 brings out, here and there, revelations as to how the former government was actually administered.50 Philippine government reports under American rule bring to light here and there revelations about the former administration, especially in fiscal and judicial matters. The customs collections benefited the treasury far less than they should have done; perhaps fully as much as was turned in was “absorbed” in one way and another.51 Special surtaxes on the customs and port dues were collected at Manila for the improvement of its harbor from 1880 to 1898, amounting during the last five years alone to 3,500,000 pesos. Yet the work, when at last inaugurated, dragged along in desultory fashion and the value of [156]the breakwater constructed and the equipment in hand in 1898 amounted to no more than $1,000,000 gold.52

The administration in actual operation.—What really interests us is how this system actually works in Manila, the provinces, and towns. The works mentioned above mostly just give us a theoretical outline on paper. To make it an effective system, we need personal testimonies, occasional insights from writers who went beyond the usual routines, and perhaps, most importantly, the periodical literature of the times.48 Few of the resident writers from the old regime felt it was patriotic or in their personal interest to discuss matters as openly as Sancianco y Goson did.49 Testimony before the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Schurman Commission (vol. ii of its report) in 1899 reveals, here and there, how the previous government was actually run.50 Philippine government reports under American rule also bring to light insights about the former administration, especially regarding financial and judicial issues. Customs collections contributed far less to the treasury than they should have; it seems that a significant portion of what was collected was “absorbed” in various ways.51 Special surcharges on customs and port fees were collected in Manila for harbor improvements from 1880 to 1898, totaling 3,500,000 pesos in the last five years alone. However, when the work finally began, it progressed very slowly, and the value of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the breakwater constructed and the equipment available in 1898 amounted to only $1,000,000 in gold.52

Taxation.—No one of the works on administration just cited treats this subject in a comprehensive or satisfactory manner. The only special study of the subject that is known to the writer is Carl C. Plehn’s Taxation in the Philippines (Political Science Quarterly, xvi, pp. 680–711, and xvii, pp. 125–148), and the author of this excellent survey had to drag his data forth from the official records and compilations. This survey gives all the most necessary information as to kinds of taxes, their incidence, and amounts; but for the most part there lie outside of its scope the questions one wishes to have answered as to methods of collection and the working of the fiscal administration in general, the actual receipts and expenditures for government purposes, and particularly the special local revenues so far as separate from general [157]revenues. Sancianco y Goson again helps to fill the gap, as regards the system of taxation prevailing before the abolition of the tobacco monopoly and the reform of the tribute and the corvee in 1884.53 Anyone who has had experience with Spanish fiscal tables need not be told that they do not always show what they appear to show. It is thus that the writers who have reproduced in English since 1898 Philippine budgets for various years54 have unwittingly [158]misled their readers as to the real cost of government under Spain. The figures shown in these budgets were the totals of net collections (and expenditures), for ordinary purposes, for the central government of the islands alone. They did not include the purely local licenses and other taxes, the surcharges on general taxes for local government (to be expended under supervision of the central authorities), the percentages that went to collectors, the other fees forming part or all of the compensation of some judicial and other officials, special surcharges for port works and other purposes not covered in the ordinary budget, etc. Naturally, no estimate was included of the value of the forced-labor levy. The products of “squeeze” and “pickings,” in some cases so fully established as to be notorious, were of course not included; nevertheless, they represented part of the cost of government to the people. Finally, an ecclesiastical establishment, really a part of the government itself, drew support from the people in many ways beyond what would have been provided had not the power of government been behind it, under a system of voluntary contributions, for instance, [159]apart from the communities which paid rent to the friars as landlords.55

Taxation.—None of the works on administration mentioned earlier covers this topic in a thorough or satisfactory way. The only detailed study known to the writer is Carl C. Plehn’s Taxation in the Philippines (Political Science Quarterly, xvi, pp. 680–711, and xvii, pp. 125–148), and the author of this impressive survey had to extract his data from official records and compilations. This survey provides all the essential information regarding types of taxes, their impact, and amounts; however, many of the questions people want answered about collection methods and how fiscal administration operates in general—like the actual revenues and expenses for government functions, and especially specific local revenues separate from overall [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] revenues—fall outside its scope. Sancianco y Goson helps fill this gap, particularly concerning the taxation system in place before the abolition of the tobacco monopoly and the reform of the tribute and corvee in 1884. 53 Anyone familiar with Spanish fiscal tables knows they do not always reflect reality. As a result, writers who have presented Philippine budgets in English since 1898 for various years have unintentionally [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]misled their readers about the actual cost of government under Spain. The figures displayed in these budgets represented the totals of net collections (and expenditures), for ordinary purposes, solely for the central government of the islands. They did not account for purely local licenses and other taxes, the additional charges on general taxes for local governments (to be spent under the supervision of central authorities), the percentages allocated to collectors, or the other fees that made up part or all of the compensation for some judicial and other officials. Special surcharges for port projects and other expenditures not included in the regular budget were also excluded. Naturally, no estimate of the value of the forced-labor levy was included. The proceeds from "squeeze" and "pickings," which in some instances were well-known, were also not considered; nevertheless, they added to the government's cost for the populace. Lastly, an ecclesiastical establishment, essentially part of the government, received support from the people in various ways beyond what would have been provided without government backing, like through a system of voluntary contributions, apart from the communities that paid rent to the friars as landlords. 55

The Spanish-Philippine debt of 40,000,000 pesos, incurred in 1897 in consequence of the insurrection, has not had sufficient notice as being originally the cause at Paris of the payment of $20,000,000 by the United States to Spain in connection with the clause of the treaty providing for the cession of the Philippines. Had the islands remained under Spanish sovereignty, they would have carried this their first public debt, expended wholly for war purposes, part of it being loaned for the payment of military operations in Cuba.56

The Spanish-Philippine debt of 40,000,000 pesos, taken on in 1897 due to the uprising, has not received enough attention as it was the main reason at Paris for the United States paying $20,000,000 to Spain related to the treaty clause for the transfer of the Philippines. If the islands had stayed under Spanish control, they would have inherited this initial public debt, which was entirely used for military purposes, some of which was borrowed to fund military operations in Cuba.56

Legal and judicial.—In the introduction to the List of the Library of Congress, under the heading Law, and on the pages of the List cited in that note will be found the formal bibliography of the subject.57 Some [160]references upon the actual conditions of the administration of justice in the Philippines have already been given. For this purpose, note also a comparison of the old criminal procedure with that introduced in 1899 in Military Governor on Civil Affairs (Rept. War Dept., 1900, i, part 10), pp. 17–20. The compilation of Rafael Morales y Prieto58 is also to be specially mentioned for the criminal law and procedure, 1880 to 1894, and also for an appendix containing circulars as to judicial fees of various sorts. For brief summaries in English of the old judicial organizations see Exhibit J of the Report of the Taft Philippine Commission, 1900, a résumé by Chief Justice Arellano, especially for a statement as to the conflict of laws and codes, old and new, and as to the relative degree of authority of these codes; and Census of the Philippine Islands (Washington, 1905), chapter on the Judiciary.59 Justice Willard’s brief Notes on the Spanish Civil Code (Manila, 1903) also merits consultation.

Legal and judicial.—In the introduction to the List of the Library of Congress, under the heading Law, and on the pages of the List mentioned in that note, you will find the formal bibliography on the subject.57 Some [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]references about the current state of the justice system in the Philippines have already been provided. For this purpose, also look at a comparison between the old criminal procedure and the one introduced in 1899 in Military Governor on Civil Affairs (Rept. War Dept., 1900, i, part 10), pp. 17–20. The compilation by Rafael Morales y Prieto58 is particularly noteworthy for studying the criminal law and procedures from 1880 to 1894, as well as an appendix containing guidelines on various judicial fees. For concise summaries in English of the previous judicial organizations, see Exhibit J of the Report of the Taft Philippine Commission, 1900, a summary by Chief Justice Arellano, especially regarding the conflict of laws and codes, both old and new, and their relative authority; as well as the Census of the Philippine Islands (Washington, 1905), chapter on the Judiciary.59 Justice Willard’s brief Notes on the Spanish Civil Code (Manila, 1903) is also worth consulting.

Science and material resources.—So far as the scientific work of the period has a direct bearing upon our present purposes, it relates rather to the section on Economic Development. But the materials are sufficiently listed in the Bibliography, and the subject is introduced here only to say that this is one of the lines along which, in recent years, Spanish administration was beginning to make progress. This was [161]true, however, chiefly of forestry and mineralogy, and was due almost entirely to the Spanish officials Abella y Casariego, Centeno y García, and Sebastian Vidal y Soler, and to the stimulus of the work of foreign investigators, especially Germans. The work of the Jesuits in meteorology should also be specially mentioned. It will be noted that little headway was made in the matter most vital for the Philippines, viz., agriculture; nor can we say that even a beginning was made in industrial chemistry or other researches calculated to foster either incipient or undeveloped industries, while the public health service was lamentably defective and scientific research relating thereto amounted practically to nothing. Reference may be made to the already large list of publications of the present Philippine government’s Bureau of Science, Board of Health, Agriculture, Forestry, and Mining bureaus as showing the state of scientific investigation before 1898, also for bibliographical data.60

Science and material resources.—In terms of scientific work relevant to our current goals, it mostly pertains to the section on Economic Development. However, the materials are adequately listed in the Bibliography, and this topic is mentioned here just to point out that it was one of the areas where Spanish administration started to make progress in recent years. This was [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]true mainly in forestry and mineralogy, largely thanks to Spanish officials Abella y Casariego, Centeno y García, and Sebastian Vidal y Soler, along with the encouragement from the work of foreign researchers, especially Germans. The contributions of the Jesuits in meteorology should also be highlighted. It is notable that minimal progress was made in the most critical area for the Philippines, specifically agriculture; we cannot even assert that there was a start in industrial chemistry or other research aimed at supporting either emerging or underdeveloped industries, while the public health service was regrettably inadequate and scientific research related to it was nearly nonexistent. We can refer to the already extensive list of publications from the current Philippine government’s Bureau of Science, Board of Health, Agriculture, Forestry, and Mining bureaus to demonstrate the state of scientific research before 1898, as well as for bibliographical information.60

Moros and pagan peoples.—Ethnology as a science does not claim a place here.61 We are concerned with [162]the Spanish advance toward the establishment of effective control over large areas either partly occupied or kept in a wild state of nature by backward or warring tribes; though considerable headway was made in the last half of the nineteenth century, Spanish sovereignty over these areas was after all only nominal in 1898. Moreover, especially as regards the Moros, the materials and bibliography have been presented in other volumes of this series.62 Attention is called to a useful compilation of Spanish campaigns against the Moros by Lieut. W. E. W. McKinley,63 especially for its reviews of Malcampo’s campaign of 1876, Terrero’s of 1886–87, Weyler’s of 1888–91, and Blanco’s of 1894–96.64 The American military reports from 1899 to date and reports on the Moro Province since 1903 contain scattered data on Spanish relations with the Moros and also the hill tribes of Mindanao. Similarly, the reports and publications of the Philippine Ethnological Survey from 1902 to date contain references to Spanish contact in recent years with the pagan peoples of Luzón, Mindoro, and Palawan.65 [163]

Moros and pagan peoples.—Ethnology as a science doesn't have a place here.61 We are focusing on the Spanish effort to establish effective control over large areas that were either partially occupied or still wild due to primitive or conflicting tribes; though significant progress was made in the latter half of the nineteenth century, Spanish sovereignty over these areas was merely nominal by 1898. Additionally, particularly regarding the Moros, the materials and bibliography have been covered in other volumes of this series.62 A helpful compilation of Spanish campaigns against the Moros by Lieut. W. E. W. McKinley is noteworthy,63 especially for its summaries of Malcampo’s campaign in 1876, Terrero’s from 1886–87, Weyler’s from 1888–91, and Blanco’s from 1894–96.64 The American military reports from 1899 to now and reports on the Moro Province since 1903 contain scattered information about Spanish interactions with the Moros and also the hill tribes of Mindanao. Similarly, the reports and publications of the Philippine Ethnological Survey from 1902 to now include references to Spanish contact in recent years with the pagan peoples of Luzón, Mindoro, and Palawan.65 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT—FILIPINO PROPAGANDA AND REVOLUTION

Religious Question.—It need scarcely be repeated that the “friar controversy” enters not only into this, but every phase of our discussion, and in one form or another, is touched upon in almost all our sources of information about the Philippines. For one thing, however, we are not here concerned with a historical judgment upon the work of the friars in the Philippines, though it is proper to note that there has of late been evident a reaction in their favor from the tendency common in the United States immediately after 1898 to judge them wholly by recent events, and their work is now more fairly viewed in its three-century perspective. We are, moreover, excused from entering upon a comprehensive survey of literature about the friars and their work in general by the fact that the subject has been constantly to the fore throughout this series. What is needed here is only the citation, supplementary to the Bibliography and to the great accumulation of bibliographical references in other volumes of this series, of certain titles easily overlooked (some because of recent publication) and of such special passages in all these works as elucidate particular matters of importance.

Religious Question.—It hardly needs to be said that the “friar controversy” is relevant not only to this topic but to every aspect of our discussion, and it’s touched on in nearly all our sources of information about the Philippines. For one, we're not focusing on a historical judgment regarding the work of the friars in the Philippines, though it’s worth noting that recently there’s been a shift in their favor from the earlier tendency in the United States after 1898 to judge them solely by recent events, and their work is now viewed more fairly through the lens of its three-century history. Additionally, we don't need to do a thorough review of the literature on the friars and their work because this subject has been consistently at the forefront throughout this series. What’s needed here is just to cite, in addition to the Bibliography and the extensive bibliographical references in other volumes of this series, certain titles that are easily overlooked (some due to recent publication) and specific passages in all these works that clarify particular important matters.

As with all the political literature of the Philippines, 1860–1898, the reader is to be warned against the exaggerations of both sides. Always and everywhere, religious privileges and prejudices have aroused discussion both violent and intolerant; and in this case we find, on one side, a defense of religious and ecclesiastical privileges of a medieval character [164]and in a tone and temper inherited from those times. Nor, even setting the purely ecclesiastical and religious questions aside, need we expect to find in this literature any review or discussion written in a calm and scientific spirit. Spanish political literature is almost entirely polemic, and Spanish polemics is sui generis. So, as with the friars and their defenders, we find here the principles of modern political science, which appeal properly to cool reason and the tolerance of liberalism, put forward by Spaniards and Filipinos in a language and with a spirit that hark back to times which we have come to think of as far remote from ours.

As with all political literature from the Philippines, 1860–1898, readers should be cautious of the exaggerations from both sides. Always and everywhere, religious privileges and biases have sparked discussions that are both intense and intolerant; in this case, we see, on one side, a defense of medieval-like religious and ecclesiastical privileges [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] delivered in a tone and attitude inherited from those times. Even if we set aside the purely ecclesiastical and religious questions, we shouldn't expect to find any reviews or discussions in this literature that are presented in a calm and scientific manner. Spanish political literature is almost entirely polemic, and Spanish polemics is sui generis. So, as with the friars and their supporters, we see here the principles of modern political science—appealing to reason and the tolerance of liberalism—articulated by Spaniards and Filipinos in a style and spirit that resonate with an era we consider far removed from our own.

The bitterness of tone, the intolerance and contempt of the Filipino, and the flaunting of “race superiority,” which came to characterize the writings of the friars and their defenders in this period—and which played no small part in leading the Filipinos to the brink of separation—are shown to the full in the numbers of La Política de España en Filipinas, 1891–98. The purpose of this organ was to combat in Spain the program of those who would further liberalize the régime of society and government in the Philippines. W. E. Retana, at first an associate editor with José Feced, was after 1895 its sole editor. Just what were the relations of the Madrid establishments of the Philippine religious orders with the business department of this periodical is not known; but it is admitted that “the friars helped by subscriptions” at least, and it has generally been supposed that their connection with it was really closer, in short that it was practically an organ of theirs.66 In it will be [165]found the pro-friar and anti-liberal account and view of events and matters current during the years of its publication, and also various studies of earlier years written from the same point of view. The case for the friars, especially for the period from 1863 on, may also be found quite typically set forth in a single volume of five hundred pages by a Philippine Augustinian, Padre Eladio Zamora (Las corporaciones religiosas en Filipinas, Valladolid, 1901).67 Testimony [166]given before Hon. William H. Taft in 1900 regarding the friars and their part in the old régime, by the Spanish archbishop and heads of the orders themselves as well as by Filipinos on the other side will be found in Senate Document no. 190, 56th Congress, 2nd session.

The bitterness in tone, the intolerance and contempt for the Filipino people, and the display of “racial superiority” that characterized the writings of the friars and their supporters during this time—and which contributed significantly to pushing Filipinos toward separation—are clearly evident in the issues of La Política de España en Filipinas, 1891–98. This publication aimed to counter the agenda of those in Spain who wanted to further liberalize society and government in the Philippines. W. E. Retana, initially an associate editor with José Feced, became its sole editor after 1895. The exact relationship between the Madrid offices of the Philippine religious orders and the business side of this periodical is unclear; however, it is acknowledged that “the friars contributed through subscriptions” at the very least, and it is widely believed that their connection was much closer, effectively making it an organ for their interests.66 Within it can be found [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the pro-friar and anti-liberal narratives regarding events and issues during its publication years, along with various studies from earlier years written from a similar perspective. The case for the friars, particularly from 1863 onward, is also notably presented in a single volume of five hundred pages by a Philippine Augustinian, Padre Eladio Zamora (Las corporaciones religiosas en Filipinas, Valladolid, 1901).67 Testimony [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]given before Hon. William H. Taft in 1900 regarding the friars and their role in the old regime, provided by the Spanish archbishop and heads of the orders as well as Filipinos on the other side, can be found in Senate Document no. 190, 56th Congress, 2nd session.

Friars’ Estates.—The above document, which is entitled Lands held for ecclesiastical or religious uses in the Philippines, also gives information on the friars’ rural estates. One will find no comprehensive treatment of this subject before 1898, though it is usually touched upon, often with great inaccuracy, in the anti-friar pamphlets. For further data upon the subject in American official reports, see: Report of War Department, 1900, i, part 4, pp. 502–508 (General Otis); Report of Taft Philippine Commission, 1900, pp. 23–33; ibid., 1903, i, Exhibits F, G, H, and I; ibid., 1904, i, Exhibit I (Report on Examination of Titles to Friars’ Estates); and Report of Secretary of War, 1902, appendix O (Rome negotiations of 1902).68

Friars’ Estates.—The document titled Lands held for ecclesiastical or religious uses in the Philippines also provides information on the friars’ rural estates. There isn't a detailed discussion of this topic before 1898, although it's often mentioned, frequently with significant inaccuracies, in the anti-friar pamphlets. For more information on this topic in American official reports, see: Report of War Department, 1900, i, part 4, pp. 502–508 (General Otis); Report of Taft Philippine Commission, 1900, pp. 23–33; ibid., 1903, i, Exhibits F, G, H, and I; ibid., 1904, i, Exhibit I (Report on Examination of Titles to Friars’ Estates); and Report of Secretary of War, 1902, appendix O (Rome negotiations of 1902).68

The Filipino clergy and their Cause.—Contests between secular and regular ecclesiastics, and over the [167]subjection of friar-curates to ordinary jurisdiction had filled many pages of Philippine history in every century. But, when revived under somewhat new forms from about 1863 on, as remarked in the introduction to these notes, they speedily assumed a new and rather distinct phase. The introduction has noted the connection of the Jesuits’ return with the encroachment upon the Filipino secular priests and with the counter demand for the belated subjection of the friar-parishes to the ordinary ecclesiastical legislation and jurisdiction of the Church; under the encouragement of the 1868 revolution in Spain, these demands grew apace from 1868 to 1872, and became interlaced with strictly political demands, until finally we may regard the cause of the Filipino clergy as a part of the campaign for Filipino nationalism. The reaction of 1872 and immediately subsequent years checked it, and it has found full expression only since Spanish sovereignty was overthrown; but it is best considered in its broadest scope, as a part of the Filipino movement toward nationality, though it may have been but dimly or not at all felt as such by some of its most active protagonists.

The Filipino clergy and their Cause.—Conflicts between secular and regular clergy, and over the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]control of friar-curates by local authorities, have filled many pages of Philippine history in every century. However, when these issues re-emerged in somewhat new forms around 1863, as noted in the introduction to these notes, they quickly took on a new and distinct phase. The introduction has pointed out the link between the return of the Jesuits and the encroachment on Filipino secular priests, along with the delayed demand for the subjection of friar-parishes to the ordinary ecclesiastical laws and authority of the Church. Fueled by the revolution in Spain in 1868, these demands grew rapidly from 1868 to 1872 and became intertwined with political demands, leading us to see the cause of the Filipino clergy as part of the movement for Filipino nationalism. The backlash in 1872 and the years that followed stifled this progress, and it only fully emerged after the overthrow of Spanish rule; however, it's best viewed in its broadest sense as part of the Filipino movement toward national identity, even if some of its most active supporters might not have fully recognized it as such.

For the documents showing what was the modern phase of the question regarding parishes in its beginnings, see the pamphlets cited in the List of the Library of Congress under Agu[a]do (p. 64), and in Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca under the same name and numbers 681, 873, 1,348 and 1,962.69 We must [168]come down to the period of American rule for full statements of the case of the Filipino clergy against the friars. A Spanish cleric, formerly an Augustinian friar-curate, who was excloistered on his own petition some time before the end of Spanish rule and has since continued to reside in the islands, has been the chief spokesman for the Filipino clergy. He is Salvador Pons y Torres, and, apart from frequent contributions on the subject to the press of Manila since 1898 and various pamphlets, he undertook to review the entire subject in his Defensa del clero filipino and its supplement El clero secular filipino, both published at Manila in 1900; while in connection with the visit of Delegate Chapelle, a campaign was being conducted for fuller recognition of the Filipino clergy by the Vatican.70 Their claims are set forth in Memorial elevado á Sa Santidad El Papa [169]León XIII por el Pueblo Filipino (Manila, 1900).71 For the full exposition of the question, one must study it under the Filipino revolution against the United States and in the history of the Aglipay schism since 1903.72

For documents that highlight the modern phase of the discussion about parishes in their early days, check out the pamphlets listed in the List of the Library of Congress under Agu[a]do (p. 64), and in Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca under the same name and numbers 681, 873, 1,348, and 1,962.69 We need to look at the period of American rule for complete details on the case of the Filipino clergy against the friars. A Spanish cleric, who was formerly an Augustinian friar-curate and requested to be excused from the order some time before the end of Spanish rule, has stayed in the islands and serves as the main representative for the Filipino clergy. His name is Salvador Pons y Torres, and aside from his frequent contributions to the Manila press since 1898 and various pamphlets, he sought to cover the entire topic in his Defensa del clero filipino and its supplement El clero secular filipino, both published in Manila in 1900; during the time of Delegate Chapelle's visit, there was also a campaign for greater recognition of the Filipino clergy by the Vatican.70 Their claims are detailed in Memorial elevado á Sa Santidad El Papa [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]León XIII por el Pueblo Filipino (Manila, 1900).71 To fully understand the issue, one must study it in the context of the Filipino revolution against the United States and the history of the Aglipay schism since 1903.72

Revolt of 1872.—That the chief victims of this episode were prominent Filipino priests connects it rather with religio-political than with purely political matters. The civilians who were arrested for too great activity in agitating for political privileges were deported to Guam, whence their escape to foreign ports was perhaps winked at, while after a time some of them returned to the Philippines.73 But the three most prominent priests who were tried for complicity in the mutiny at Cavite (Burgos, a Spanish-Filipino, Zamora, a Chinese-Filipino, and Gomez, a pure-blooded Filipino) were condemned to death by a very speedily summoned court-martial and were promptly executed. If we had the record of the proofs submitted before this court-martial [170](which acted very summarily and under pressure of official and other demonstrations of indignation, not to say vindictiveness), and the statement of its conclusions, we should be in better position to judge whether or not a great injustice was done. But neither officially nor semi-officially was the guilt of the condemned ever shown, and we have either to accept very vehement and intemperate assertions about it having been proved, or to incline to the belief that these men were struck down by a power which stretched out its hand in the dark, and that their death was a punishment for having ventured under the preceding Liberal administrations to advocate the withdrawal of the friars as curates of parishes. Certainly this became the belief of the Filipino people, propagated from year to year by word of mouth (acquiring thus exaggerated and distorted details as being of sober truth), and occasionally finding expression in print.74 The usually sober and [171]colorless Montero y Vidal becomes very rabid in his recital of this episode in Philippine history and is very positive not only in denouncing the priests who were executed and the deportees as guilty but in proclaiming their movement as actually separatist in character. He ridicules at length the account of the Frenchman Plauchut in the Revue des deux mondes for 1877; but Plauchut, as well as Montero y Vidal himself, was resident in or near Manila at the time of these occurrences. Finally, Dr. Pardo de Tavera, a nephew of one of the prominent Philippine Spaniards who were deported, supports Plauchut’s version and impeaches Montero y Vidal’s.75

Revolt of 1872.—The main victims of this event were well-known Filipino priests, which ties it more to religious and political issues rather than just political ones. The civilians who were arrested for being too active in pushing for political rights were sent to Guam, where it seems their escape to foreign ports was somewhat tolerated, and over time, some of them returned to the Philippines.73 However, the three most notable priests tried for involvement in the mutiny at Cavite (Burgos, a Spanish-Filipino; Zamora, a Chinese-Filipino; and Gomez, a pure-blooded Filipino) were quickly judged by a hastily convened court-martial and were executed without delay. If we had access to the records of the evidence presented to this court-martial [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] (which acted very quickly and under pressure from official and other indignations, not to mention a desire for revenge), we would be in a better position to judge whether a great injustice was committed. But neither officially nor unofficially was the guilt of the condemned ever demonstrated, and we must either accept very strong and heated claims that their guilt was proven or lean toward the belief that these men were taken down by a hidden power, and that their execution was punishment for having had the audacity to advocate, under the previous Liberal administrations, the removal of the friars as local parish leaders. This notion certainly became the belief of the Filipino people, spread year after year through word of mouth (thus acquiring exaggerated and distorted details presented as factual), and occasionally expressed in print.74 The usually restrained and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]colorless Montero y Vidal gets quite extreme in his telling of this chapter in Philippine history, being very assertive not only in condemning the executed priests and the deportees as guilty but also in declaring their movement to be indeed separatist in nature. He extensively mocks the account of the Frenchman Plauchut in the Revue des deux mondes for 1877; but Plauchut, as well as Montero y Vidal himself, was living in or near Manila during these events. Finally, Dr. Pardo de Tavera, a nephew of one of the prominent Philippine Spaniards who were deported, backs Plauchut’s version and questions Montero y Vidal’s claims.75

Reforms and Demands for more. “Assimilation.”—The reactionists had regained the saddle in the Philippines even before the Republic in Spain came to an end; they used the incident of the Cavite [172]mutiny as a “horrible example,” and succeeded in repealing or nullifying all reforms not to their taste even in educational or purely administrative matters. Till after 1880, the “Filipino cause” was in hiding. But meanwhile young Filipinos of wealth were going abroad for education, and above all a new generation of Filipinos were coming from the new middle class produced by the better industrial opportunities consequent upon expanding trade and commerce, were breathing in popular ideas of hostility to the friars in the more advanced rural districts, and were exchanging ideas, and imbibing in the exchange a new sentiment of nationality, when they met, in constantly increasing numbers, in the colleges and normal school at Manila, Tagálogs, Ilokanos, Bisayans and others of the hitherto separate communities. Regional feeling was still strong, but it was beginning to break down.76 Those who went abroad for education soon began to propagate the idea, already half expressed at home, that Philippine education, even with the improvements, was still archaic and in some ways anti-modern; and every avenue out of this condition was found to be blocked by the friars. If in reality the men of Spanish blood (in whole or part) who had agitated for greater political liberties during 1868–72, had aimed at separating the Philippines from Spain—and all the reasonable probabilities are opposed to such a belief—at any rate, the new generation of Filipinos who took up the cause in the eighties were ardent and, for some time at least, sincere advocates of Spanish-Philippine union. They [173]carried the matter, indeed, to the extreme, in the campaign for “assimilation,” which has already been characterized as unpractical.

Reforms and Demands for More. “Assimilation.”—The reactionaries had taken control in the Philippines even before the Republic in Spain ended; they used the Cavite [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]mutiny as a “horrible example” and managed to repeal or nullify all reforms that didn't suit them, even in education or purely administrative matters. Until after 1880, the “Filipino cause” was suppressed. Meanwhile, wealthy young Filipinos were going abroad for education, and a new generation from the emerging middle class, created by better industrial opportunities due to expanding trade and commerce, were adopting popular ideas opposing the friars in more developed rural areas. They began exchanging ideas and developing a new sense of nationalism as they met, in increasing numbers, at colleges and normal schools in Manila, coming from Tagálog, Ilokano, Bisayan, and other previously separate communities. Regional identity was still strong, but it was starting to fade. Those who studied abroad soon began to spread the idea, already partially expressed at home, that Philippine education, even with its improvements, remained outdated and, in some ways, anti-modern; every path out of this situation seemed blocked by the friars. If those of Spanish descent (fully or partially) who had called for greater political freedoms during 1868–72 had aimed to separate the Philippines from Spain—and all reasonable evidence suggests otherwise—at least the new generation of Filipinos who took up the cause in the eighties were passionate and, for some time, genuinely supportive of Spanish-Philippine union. They [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]took this to extremes in their campaign for “assimilation,” which has already been labeled as impractical.

Reforms of a partial nature, any statesman could predict, would breed the demand for more. So, during the eighties, when most headway was made in administrative and legal reforms under Liberal administrations, we find the Filipinos formulating demands for the first time; and it is significant that they all centered about the friars. Under the liberal Governor-General Terrero, and with sympathetic Spaniards in the posts of secretary of the civil administration and civil governor of Manila, officers of some of the Tagálog towns ventured to display a sense of independence of the traditional friar-dictatorship in local affairs, even (in the case of Malolos and the Binondo district of Manila) to carry contests with the friars over the personal tax-lists before higher authority; the friars’ tenants around Kalamba, where José Rizal’s parents lived, challenged the administrator of that Dominican estate, and aired their protests publicly in 1887;77 and in 1888 a public demonstration against the friars, and especially Archbishop Payo, took place in Manila, and a petition for the removal of the friars was addressed to the Queen Regent. In 1887 these civil authorities of Liberal affiliation had issued official orders regarding cemeteries and church funerals, contravening, on grounds of public health, long-standing practices of the friar-curates; and the friars, even the archbishop, had been almost [174]openly intransigent about the matter, indicating the belief that they would soon upset this régime of affairs by the exercise of their power at Madrid. The demand on the part of some Spanish periodicals of Manila that the proposed government trade school should not be surrendered to the Augustinians was another indication of the current of the times.78

Reforms that were only partial, any politician could foresee, would lead to the demand for more. So, during the eighties, when significant progress was made in administrative and legal reforms under Liberal governments, we see Filipinos making demands for the first time; notably, these demands all focused on the friars. Under the liberal Governor-General Terrero, along with supportive Spaniards holding positions such as the secretary of civil administration and civil governor of Manila, some officials from the Tagálog towns began to express a sense of independence from the traditional friar dictatorship in local matters. In Malolos and the Binondo district of Manila, they even challenged the friars over personal tax lists to higher authorities; the friars’ tenants in Kalamba, where José Rizal’s parents lived, confronted the Dominican estate administrator and voiced their protests publicly in 1887; and in 1888, a public protest against the friars, particularly Archbishop Payo, occurred in Manila, along with a petition for the removal of the friars addressed to the Queen Regent. In 1887, these civil authorities with Liberal connections issued official orders concerning cemeteries and church funerals, going against long-standing practices of the friar-curates on public health grounds; the friars, including the archbishop, were almost openly stubborn about this, believing they would soon overturn this system of governance through their influence in Madrid. The demand from some Manila Spanish newspapers that the proposed government trade school should not be handed over to the Augustinians was another sign of the prevailing sentiments of the time.

In form at least, there was nothing in any of these demonstrations or representations which would not be perfectly legitimate under any free government. Yet, even before the expiration of Terrero’s term, he was prevailed upon to send home Centeno y García, the civil governor of Manila, and the processes of law had been set in action by judicial authority against some of the participants. And, even before the downfall of the Liberal ministry at Madrid, the mere display of a disposition on the part of Filipinos to speak for themselves as a people had started the currents of reaction there. Weyler was the successor [175]of Terrero as Governor-General. The friars’ representations at Madrid obtained, while the Liberal minister Becerra79 was still in office, the omission of the provisions for civil marriage and registration from the Civil Code as it was extended to the Philippines in 1889. Weyler used force to quell the subsequent disturbances at Kalamba, and among the score or so of deportees were some of Rizal’s family.80

In form at least, there was nothing in any of these demonstrations or representations that wouldn't be completely legitimate under any free government. Yet, even before Terrero’s term ended, he was pressured to send home Centeno y García, the civil governor of Manila, and legal proceedings had been initiated by the judicial authority against some of the participants. And, even before the downfall of the Liberal ministry in Madrid, the mere willingness of Filipinos to advocate for themselves as a people had triggered reactions there. Weyler succeeded Terrero as Governor-General. The friars’ appeals in Madrid successfully led to the removal of the provisions for civil marriage and registration from the Civil Code as it was applied to the Philippines in 1889, while Liberal minister Becerra was still in office. Weyler used force to suppress the subsequent disturbances at Kalamba, and among the roughly twenty deportees were some of Rizal’s family.

The Propagandists.—A full history of the Filipino Propaganda would list a large number of names, both of members of the Filipino colonies abroad and of secret agitators and wealthy contributors at home. But the story must be developed from the various sources to be cited, and we are concerned here with those who figured most actively by their writings. Of these, Marcelo H. del Pilar and José Rizal were altogether the most notable, their prominence indeed leading to the formation of factions about them and the display of those personal jealousies which wreck or threaten to wreck every Filipino movement.81 It [176]is significant that the propagandists coming to the front in the eighties were, one may say, genuine “sons of the people” though associated with them were others who were sons of the half-caste aristocracy. It is significant also, that, though these two leaders Del Pilar and Rizal, came from Bulakan and Laguna provinces respectively, the heart of the more advanced communities of Tagálogs around Manila, yet the islands as a whole were beginning to be represented in the propaganda, notably by the Lunas, from Ilokos, and Graciano Lopez Jaena, a Bisayan. The latter started the first Filipino periodical of consequence, La Solidaridad, and published eighteen numbers of it at Barcelona up to October 31, 1889, when Del Pilar took charge of it, transferred it to Madrid and edited it there as a fortnightly till 1895. It was face to face with La Política de España en Filipinas from 1891, and, as the latter is the chief source for the pro-friar and anti-liberal side of the controversy, so La Solidaridad, which circulated among the educated Filipinos in many parts of the archipelago despite the censorship, is the chief source for the writings of the propagandists.82 [177]

The Propagandists.—A complete history of Filipino propaganda would include many names, from members of the Filipino communities abroad to secret activists and affluent supporters at home. However, we will focus on those who played the most active roles through their writings. Among these, Marcelo H. del Pilar and José Rizal stand out as the most significant, their prominence even leading to factions forming around them and the personal rivalries that tend to undermine every Filipino movement.81 It [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]is important to note that the propagandists who emerged in the 1880s were, you could say, true “sons of the people,” although there were also others from the mixed-race aristocracy. It’s also notable that, although these two leaders, Del Pilar and Rizal, hailed from Bulakan and Laguna provinces respectively—the heart of the more progressive Tagálog communities around Manila—the entire archipelago was beginning to be represented in the propaganda movement, particularly by the Lunas from Ilokos and Graciano Lopez Jaena, a Bisayan. The latter launched the first significant Filipino periodical, La Solidaridad, and published eighteen issues of it in Barcelona until October 31, 1889, when Del Pilar took over, moved it to Madrid, and edited it there biweekly until 1895. It was in direct competition with La Política de España en Filipinas starting in 1891, and while the latter serves as the main source for the pro-friar and anti-liberal perspective of the dispute, La Solidaridad, which circulated among educated Filipinos across the archipelago despite censorship, is the primary source for the writings of the propagandists.82 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Marcelo H. del Pilar had taken an active part in stimulating opposition to the friar-curates, particularly in matters of local government, in his native province (Bulakan) for some years before the troubles of 1888. When the pendulum swung towards reaction, he left his family (being then a man of middle-age) and went to Spain to carry on the fight close by the center of government, support of his campaign being pledged by a committee who undertook to secure Filipino subscriptions, certain wealthy Filipinos being identified privately with the cause. Del Pilar’s writings show nothing of the poet or dreamer, as do Rizal’s; he had, in some degree, an “economic mind,” though entirely untrained in that line, and he was at the outset of the active propaganda in Spain (1889) a maturer man than Rizal. Coming straight from the problems of actual life among his people, he stated their grievances with more practical reference to direct and immediate remedies and with special reference to their economic status; while Rizal, as a student in contact with modern European life and thought, dreamed of and preached, in more general terms but on a far wider scope, the social regeneration of his people and the expansion of their political rights. Del Pilar would have made a good representative of his people in the Cortes. But Rizal was a genius, who with the touch of imagination and satire lifted the cause of the Filipinos to a place in the thought of the world, and at the same time, as poet and patriot combined, fired the enthusiasm of his own people and became their idol. And, in the course of events, [178]it was Rizal who proved the soberer, the more mature as time went by. He was opposed to means of violence, even to the last, and the whole record bears out his protestations on this score; he still looked to the future as a dreamer-patriot, but he also looked to the present state of his people and saw that the most vital problem was the teaching them that they must raise themselves by their own efforts, must deserve a better destiny. Del Pilar, disappointed by the failure to achieve greater immediate, practical results by relying upon the progress of Liberalism in Spain, after seven years of propaganda along these lines, was starting for Hongkong or Japan, to conduct there a really revolutionary campaign, when death overtook him shortly before the Tagálog revolt in 1896. He had, apparently, lost faith in the ideals of “assimilation,” of Spanish-Filipino unity, which he had set forth in glowing phrases in 1888 and 1889. He had also, apparently, become convinced that the upper-class Filipinos, especially the most wealthy and prominent, were too lukewarm or too prone to temporize for safety’s sake, that the time had come to make the cause more distinctly one of the people as a whole. He is credited with having suggested and outlined the organization of the Katipunan, and he seems to have concluded that it was time for the Filipinos to resort to Cuba’s example and not to political petitions only.83 [179]

Marcelo H. del Pilar had been actively opposing the friar-curates, especially regarding local government issues, in his home province (Bulakan) for several years before the crises of 1888. When things started to swing back to conservative views, he left his family (being middle-aged at the time) and moved to Spain to continue the fight close to the government center. His campaign was supported by a committee that aimed to gather Filipino donations, with some wealthy Filipinos privately backing the cause. Del Pilar’s writings lack the poetic or dreamy qualities found in Rizal’s; instead, he had a somewhat “economic mind,” despite being untrained in that area, and he was more mature than Rizal when he began active propaganda in Spain (1889). Having come directly from the real-life issues facing his people, he expressed their grievances with practical solutions and a focus on their economic situation. In contrast, Rizal, as a student influenced by European life and ideas, envisioned and advocated for a broader social transformation for his people and an expansion of their political rights. Del Pilar would have made an excellent representative for his people in the Cortes. However, Rizal was a genius, whose imagination and satirical approach elevated the Filipino cause in global discussions. He inspired his people and became their idol through his poetry and patriotism. Over time, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] it was Rizal who matured and remained sober. He rejected violent methods until the end, and his entire record supports his stance; he remained a dreamer-patriot who recognized that the most critical issue was teaching his people to elevate themselves through their own efforts and to earn a better future. After seven years of advocating for practical outcomes through Liberalism in Spain, Del Pilar, disillusioned by the lack of significant results, was preparing to go to Hong Kong or Japan to lead a revolutionary campaign when he died just before the Tagálog revolt in 1896. He seemed to have lost faith in the ideals of “assimilation” and Spanish-Filipino unity that he had passionately promoted in 1888 and 1889. He also appeared to have realized that the upper-class Filipinos, particularly the wealthiest and most influential, were too indifferent or cautious. He concluded that it was time to make the cause clearly one for all Filipinos. He is said to have proposed and outlined the organization of the Katipunan and came to believe that Filipinos should follow Cuba's example rather than rely solely on political petitions. 83 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Even in Noli me tangere, first published under his own eye at Berlin in 1887, when Rizal, at the age of twenty-six, was just fairly setting out in life, there are many evidences that the author, if he meant primarily to set before the world the backwardness of the existing social and political régime in the Philippines, its stifling of thought, and its many tyrannies, had also in mind to set before his people, in some of his instantaneous photographs of Philippine life, their own defects. In El filibusterismo (Ghent, 1891), the more mature reformer preached yet more plainly the necessity of social and political progress beginning from below, and not simply inspired from above. That his people took the lessons meant for themselves (and take them still today) less to heart than they responded to the satire and invective directed against the form of rule imposed upon them, was the fault not of Rizal but of human nature, prone to apply the preacher’s words only to the other fellow.

Even in Noli me tangere, first published under his own supervision in Berlin in 1887, when Rizal was just twenty-six and starting his journey in life, there are many signs that the author, while he mainly aimed to highlight the backwardness of the current social and political system in the Philippines, its suppression of thought, and its various tyrannies, also wanted to show his people, through some of his snapshots of Philippine life, their own flaws. In El filibusterismo (Ghent, 1891), the more experienced reformer openly preached the need for social and political progress to come from the grassroots, rather than being driven by those at the top. That his people took the lessons meant for them (and continue to do so today) less seriously than they reacted to the satire and criticism aimed at their rulers was not Rizal’s fault but rather a reflection of human nature, which tends to interpret the preacher’s words as applicable only to others.

It is a great misfortune that we have in English no real translation of Noli me tangere,84 and none at all of El filibusterismo, which, as a political document, is the stronger of the two.85 It is no less regrettable that no biography of Rizal, tracing his [180]mental development and his relation with the events of 1880 to 1896, nor even a good biographical sketch of him, has been published in the English language. Retana’s biographical and bibliographical notes, published in a Madrid monthly, Nuestro Tiempo, 1904–06, and about to appear in book form, are indispensable as the only comprehensive work on the subject, and resort must be had to them for a full array of citations, as also for many documents not available elsewhere.86 Rizal’s edition (Paris, 1890) of Morga’s Sucesos de las islas Filipinas has already been cited in connection with that work in VOLS. XV and XVI of this series (see note 3 of former). Its annotations [181]are Rizal’s chief contribution to the history of his people, and it must be said that his political feeling has crept into them to the damage often of their scientific value.87 There also deserve mention here Rizal’s discussion in 1889 of the future of his people,88 and some of Blumentritt’s writings about Rizal and in his defense.89

It’s unfortunate that we don’t have a proper English translation of Noli me tangere,84 and there’s none at all for El filibusterismo, which, as a political document, is the stronger of the two.85 It’s also regrettable that there’s no biography of Rizal that traces his [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]mental development and his connection to the events from 1880 to 1896, nor even a good biographical sketch of him in English. Retana’s biographical and bibliographical notes, published in a Madrid monthly called Nuestro Tiempo from 1904 to 1906, which are set to be released in book form, are essential as the only comprehensive work on the topic, and we must refer to them for a complete collection of citations, as well as many documents that aren’t available anywhere else.86 Rizal’s edition (Paris, 1890) of Morga’s Sucesos de las islas Filipinas has already been mentioned in relation to that work in Volumes. XV and XVI of this series (see note 3 of former). His annotations [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] are Rizal’s main contribution to the history of his people, and it must be noted that his political views have influenced them, often diminishing their scientific value.87 Additionally, Rizal’s discussion in 1889 about the future of his people deserves mention here,88 along with some of Blumentritt’s writings about Rizal and in his defense.89

Masonry, Liga Filipina, etc.—In almost all the Spanish writings about the Philippine insurrection, especially those by friars, we find it ascribed primarily to “Franc-Masonería,” the terrible bugaboo in naming which the Spanish friar sums up in one word his notion of all that is pernicious in modern life since the French Revolution, and the chief cause of the loss by Spain of her American colonies. So, as to the Philippines, the argument is, had not Spanish Masons been able secretly to organize there, and to pervert the minds of certain Filipinos, the colony would have remained in its loyalty of primitive simplicity and happiness. The truth is that Masonry played a very secondary part in the Filipino agitation for reform, furnishing simply a convenient medium for conducting the propaganda. Up to the last ten years of Spanish rule, only a few lodges of Spanish Liberals and foreigners, into which some of the half-castes [182]and more well-to-do Filipinos had been admitted, had been organized in the Philippines, and had led a rather irregular existence. At about the time when La Solidaridad was moved to Madrid, a Spanish-Filipino Association was there formed, in which Spaniards and Filipinos combined to agitate for reform. This circle was virtually identified in membership with a certain Spanish Grand Lodge (probably spurious, as regards the legitimate parent organization of Free Masonry), which delegated agents to conduct the active organization of new Philippine lodges dependent upon it. It appears certain that this was done with the idea definitely in view of being able thus to propagate liberal political ideas and secretly distribute such literature among the Filipinos, also the more easily to raise funds for the work. But had not such a favorable means of conducting the propaganda been presented, it would have been improvised. One must subject to critical examination the Spanish writings, and will readily discover their exaggerated deductions from such facts as came to light.90 Interesting reading is afforded by the confidential Royal Order of July 2, [183]1896, addressed to Governor-General Blanco.91 It approves his deportation of the principales, or headmen, of Malolos and Taal (who had defied the local friar-curates), and orders him to have provincial and other officials watch and report confidentially on all secret organizations (forbidden by the Laws of the Indies, as recited in Royal Order of August 2, 1888) and list all persons of whom “there may be indications enough to believe that they are affiliated,” etc. (opening up thus a splendid opportunity for private denunciations). He is to use in this secret work only officials who are Peninsulars, never natives; so also he is to invite coöperation of “the parish-priests who belong to the religious orders.” As to punishments, it is preferable to deport the “suspected,” fixing their residence in the Moro country or Guam, rather than to exile them, as they would then join the colonies abroad and conduct a propaganda.

Masonry, Liga Filipina, etc.—In almost all Spanish writings about the Philippine insurrection, especially those by friars, it's mainly blamed on "Franc-Masonería," which represents all that the Spanish friars see as harmful in modern life since the French Revolution, and the main reason Spain lost its American colonies. The argument goes that if Spanish Masons hadn't secretly organized in the Philippines and influenced the minds of some Filipinos, the colony would have remained simply loyal and happy. The reality is that Masonry played a minor role in the Filipino push for reform, merely serving as a useful channel for spreading propaganda. Until the last ten years of Spanish rule, only a few lodges of Spanish Liberals and foreigners had formed in the Philippines, which included some of the mestizos and wealthier Filipinos, but they led a rather irregular existence. Around the time La Solidaridad moved to Madrid, a Spanish-Filipino Association was created there, where Spaniards and Filipinos joined forces to advocate for reform. This group was closely tied to a certain Spanish Grand Lodge (likely not legitimate concerning the true parent organization of Free Masonry), which sent agents to help establish new Philippine lodges under its influence. It seems clear that this was done to spread liberal political ideas and secretly distribute literature among Filipinos, making it easier to raise funds for their efforts. However, if such a favorable means for conducting propaganda hadn't existed, they would have found another way to improvise it. One should critically examine the Spanish writings and will quickly find their exaggerated conclusions based on the facts that emerged. 90 A significant insight comes from the confidential Royal Order of July 2, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]1896, addressed to Governor-General Blanco.91 It approves his decision to deport the principales, or heads, of Malolos and Taal (who had resisted the local friar-curates), and instructs him to have provincial and other officials secretly monitor and report on all secret organizations (which were banned by the Laws of the Indies, as stated in the Royal Order of August 2, 1888) and to list all individuals suspected of being affiliated with them, etc. (thus providing a great opportunity for private denunciations). He is to involve only officials from Spain for this secret work, never locals; he should also seek the cooperation of "the parish priests who belong to the religious orders." Regarding punishments, it is preferable to deport those “suspected,” relocating them to the Moro country or Guam, rather than exiling them, as they would then join the overseas colonies and continue their propaganda.

The project of Marcelo del Pilar for an association called Solidaridad Filipina,92 which came to nothing practical, and the Liga Filipina, organized by Rizal just before his deportation from Manila in July, 1892, though in part modeled after Masonry, are among the things which show that the Filipino propagandists did not confine their efforts to Masonic organization. Our Spanish sources would have it that the Liga Filipina was really separatist in character, and the prosecution deliberately based upon this charge the demand for Rizal’s conviction in 1896. It remains unproved, and the statutes of the League as prepared by Rizal93 entirely support his [184]assertion that the design of the League was to foster coöperation among the Filipinos, to “raise the arts and sciences,” and develop Filipino commercial and economic interests generally. The organization was a fraternal society, in effect, the aim being to bring Filipinos closer together in a “brotherhood,” and incidentally to undermine the control of Chinese and others upon the trade of the country—in which respects it would likely have proved mostly utopian, even had not political conditions and Rizal’s deportation brought it virtually to naught. In the pledges of its “brothers” to stand by each other for the “remedy of abuses” as well as for other things, the League very plainly looked toward unity of action in matters social and political, and no doubt the idea of bringing his people together for such political action as might become possible was foremost in the mind of Rizal and its other organizers. But this does not prove the charge that it merely covered up a plan to get arms and rise in rebellion as soon as possible.

The project by Marcelo del Pilar for an organization called Solidaridad Filipina,92 which ended up being ineffective, and the Liga Filipina, formed by Rizal just before his deportation from Manila in July 1892, although partially inspired by Masonry, show that Filipino activists weren't limited to Masonic groups. Our Spanish sources claim that the Liga Filipina was actually separatist, and the prosecution used this accusation to justify Rizal’s conviction in 1896. This remains unproven, and the League's statutes, as prepared by Rizal93, clearly support his assertion that the League aimed to promote cooperation among Filipinos, to “raise the arts and sciences,” and to develop Filipino commercial and economic interests overall. Essentially, the organization was a fraternal society, intended to bring Filipinos together in a “brotherhood,” and also to weaken the control of Chinese and others over the country's trade—an ambition that would likely have been mostly idealistic, even without the political circumstances and Rizal’s deportation rendering it nearly moot. In the pledges of its “brothers” to support each other in the “remedy of abuses” and other matters, the League clearly aimed for unified action in social and political issues, and undoubtedly, the idea of uniting his people for potential political action was a priority for Rizal and the other founders. However, this does not substantiate the claim that it was merely a cover for a plan to acquire weapons and instigate a rebellion as soon as possible.

The Katipunan.—We come now to the parting of the ways. Just as Marcelo del Pilar had concluded that the time was at hand for more vigorous measures, so on the other hand some of the Filipinos of education and social position (cautious also, in some cases, because of their property) had become discouraged and faint-hearted. The deportation of Rizal had its effect in 1892, and the local government reforms of 1893–94 were followed by a reactionary government in Spain which might nullify even such [185]concessions, in the face of the constant demand for a check upon the half-liberal régime of Blanco. Some of the middle-class leaders of Manila, who had been drawn into the Masonic movement, had decided that the time had come to organize the masses, at least in the Tagálog provinces. Andrés Bonifacio, an employe of a foreign business house in Manila, was the leading spirit; gathering his ideas of modern reform from reading Spanish treatises on the French Revolution, he had imbibed also a notion that the methods of the mob in Paris were those best adapted to secure amelioration for the Filipinos. His ideas were those of a socialist, and of a socialist of the French Revolution type, and he thought them applicable to an undeveloped tropical country, where the pressure of industrial competition is almost unknown, and where with the slightest reasonable exertion starvation may be dismissed from thought. There was in this new propaganda an element of resentment toward the wealthy, upper-class Filipinos, the landed proprietors in general, as well as toward the friar landlords and the whole fabric of government and society resting on them. Summing up all the evidence he has been able to obtain on the Katipunan, the writer agrees with Felipe G. Calderón, a Filipino, in his opinion94 that its socialistic character negatives the assertion of the Spanish writers that the upper-class Filipinos were its real supporters and directors, working in the background; and that, while this propaganda from below looked to independence and the substitution of Spanish rule by Filipino rule, yet it was without any political program, properly [186]speaking, and there was merely a crude idea in the minds of the masses that they were somehow going to shake off their masters, get rid of the whites, and divide up the big estates not only of the friars but of Filipino landholders as well. Calderón does not discuss the alleged plan of the Katipunan to assassinate the whites, especially the friars. It is certain that such bloodthirsty ideas were in the minds of some of the leaders; but the more direct documentary evidence that has been produced on this point is perhaps open to the suspicion that it was manufactured in connection with the courts-martial which operated with such fury after the outbreak of revolt in 1896.95 After all the furore that had been made, the actual revelations as to the importance of the organization, character of its leaders, number of its followers, and extent of its operations, would have made the whole affair somewhat ridiculous, had it not been represented that behind this humble organization of perhaps forty thousand initiates in the Tagálog towns there was a great program for setting up an independent government and that the upper-class Filipinos were simply using this organization as a stalking-horse. The truth appears to be that, while these over-important Katipunan leaders thought in terms grandiloquent, and led their humble [187]followers in the towns around Manila most affected by the propaganda to indulge in futile and ridiculous dreams of a coming millennium (while some of themselves were quarreling over the obols contributed), the movement was mostly talk even up to the time when an Augustinian curate in Manila made himself the hero of the rabid Spanish element in Manila by “exposing” an organization about which the governmental authorities had had partial information for some weeks, or even months. Bonifacio started this separate organization in 1894, but Calderón seems to be correct in saying that work in the towns outside of Manila was only begun in the spring of 1896. The humble followers were assured that the Japanese government would help them oust Spain, and that rifles to arm the whole population would come from there. But Japan never in the least violated her obligations to Spain, and, if the leaders even bought any rifles in Japan, they must have been few indeed.96 When Bonifacio sent an emissary to Dapitan in the spring of 1896, to propose to Rizal a plan of armed revolt and that he should escape on a steam vessel sent for the purpose, and join in this campaign, Rizal rejected the proposition as folly, and displayed his great impatience with it.97 On every ground, it seems probable that, had not Friar Gil and the Spanish press of Manila been so insistent on giving great publicity to some Katipunan engraving-stones, receipts [188]for dues, etc., kept in hiding by the affiliated employes of a Spanish newspaper, the revolt might never have come about at all. Certainly, no date was set for it (though various future dates had been vaguely discussed), till the sudden arrests of August 19 and 20, 1896, sent Bonifacio and his companions fleeing to Bulakan Province where, practically without arms, they appealed to their fellow-workers in Bulakan, Manila, and Cavite provinces to rise in revolt on August 30. The friars and the rabid element of Spanish patriots were so anxious to force the hand of Blanco, and to discredit him, that, it may be, they forced upon a military commander whose troops were mostly in Mindanao a revolt that, a few months further on, might either have dissipated itself or have been avoided by an adequate show of force.98

The Katipunan.—We now reach a crossroads. Just as Marcelo del Pilar decided that it was time for stronger action, some educated and socially prominent Filipinos (some cautious due to their wealth) grew discouraged and timid. The deportation of Rizal in 1892 had its impact, and the local government reforms of 1893-94 were followed by a reactionary government in Spain that might undo even those [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]concessions, amid ongoing demands for a check on the somewhat liberal administration of Blanco. Some middle-class leaders in Manila, who had engaged with the Masonic movement, felt it was time to organize the masses, particularly in the Tagálog provinces. Andrés Bonifacio, an employee of a foreign business in Manila, was the driving force; gathering his ideas for modern reform from reading Spanish texts on the French Revolution, he also absorbed the belief that the mob tactics used in Paris were the best way to achieve improvements for the Filipinos. His views were those of a socialist, particularly of the French Revolutionary kind, and he believed they could be applied in an underdeveloped tropical country where industrial competition is almost nonexistent, and where, with some effort, starvation could be avoided. This new movement contained an element of resentment toward wealthy upper-class Filipinos, the landowners generally, as well as against the friar landlords and the entire structure of governance and society built on them. After reviewing all the evidence available about the Katipunan, the writer agrees with Felipe G. Calderón, a Filipino, that its socialist character undermines the claims made by Spanish writers that the upper-class Filipinos were its real backers and leaders operating behind the scenes; while this grassroots movement sought independence and the replacement of Spanish rule with Filipino governance, it lacked a coherent political program, properly [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]speaking, and there was just a vague notion among the masses that they would somehow shake off their oppressors, get rid of the Spaniards, and redistribute the large estates owned not just by friars but also by Filipino landholders. Calderón does not address the supposed plan of the Katipunan to assassinate the Spanish, especially the friars. It is clear that some leaders harbored violent thoughts; however, the more substantial documentary evidence regarding this is perhaps suspect, potentially fabricated in connection with the court-martials that were conducted with extreme fervor following the outbreak of revolt in 1896.95 Despite all the uproar, the actual disclosures about the significance of the organization, the nature of its leaders, the number of its followers, and the scope of its activities would have seemed somewhat absurd had it not been portrayed as if behind this modest group of about forty thousand members in the Tagálog towns there existed a grand plan for establishing an independent government, with upper-class Filipinos simply using this organization as a front. The reality seems to be that, while these self-important Katipunan leaders thought in grand terms and led their humble [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]followers in the towns around Manila who were most influenced by the propaganda into indulging in futile and absurd fantasies of a coming golden age (while some of them squabbled over the contributions), the movement was mostly talk until an Augustinian priest in Manila became a hero to the extreme Spanish faction by “exposing” an organization that the authorities had already known about, at least in part, for several weeks or even months. Bonifacio launched this separate organization in 1894, but Calderón appears to be correct in stating that work in towns outside of Manila only started in the spring of 1896. The loyal followers were promised that the Japanese government would assist them in ousting Spain and that rifles to arm the entire population would come from there. However, Japan never violated its obligations to Spain, and if the leaders bought any rifles in Japan, those numbers must have been minimal.96 When Bonifacio sent an emissary to Dapitan in the spring of 1896 to propose a plan for armed rebellion and that Rizal should escape on a steamship sent for that purpose to join the campaign, Rizal dismissed the proposal as ridiculous and expressed his significant frustration with it.97 On every count, it seems likely that if Friar Gil and the Spanish press in Manila hadn't been so eager to publicize some Katipunan engraving stones, receipts [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]for dues, etc., hidden by the affiliated employees of a Spanish newspaper, the revolt might never have happened. Certainly, no date was set for it (though various future dates had been vaguely discussed) until the sudden arrests on August 19 and 20, 1896, forced Bonifacio and his companions to flee to Bulakan Province, where, practically unarmed, they appealed to fellow workers in Bulakan, Manila, and Cavite provinces to rise up on August 30. The friars and the extreme Spanish nationalists were so eager to provoke Blanco and discredit him that they may have compelled a military commander, whose troops were mostly in Mindanao, to deal with a revolt that, had it been delayed a few months, might have either fizzled out or been prevented with a substantial show of force.98

Because the friars are so much to the fore in all the discussions of these events, we must not overlook the part played by governmental abuses, as already described. The Civil Guard, given a more extensive organization and scope of action during these closing years of Spanish rule, by its abuses (committed, for the most part, by Filipinos upon their own fellows) played probably the foremost part in drawing odium upon the government.99 Next to police abuses, and [189]sometimes allied with them, were the misuses of the powers of local government (with which alone the great majority of the people came into direct contact), especially in regard to the levy of forced labor; and here again, the humble Filipino’s complaint was chiefly against his own fellow-countrymen of power and position. But, summing up all the administrative abuses and all the evils of the government system, we are still left a long way from agreement with the friars’ assertions that the masses loved them and that governmental abuses were the sole cause of rebellion.100

Since the friars are so prominent in all the discussions about these events, we must not ignore the role of government abuses, as previously mentioned. The Civil Guard, which had a larger organization and wider scope of action during these final years of Spanish rule, played a major part in bringing negativity toward the government due to its abuses (mostly committed by Filipinos against their own people). Next to police abuses, and sometimes working alongside them, were the misuse of local government powers (which most people directly interacted with), particularly regarding forced labor. Here again, the common Filipino's complaint was mostly against his own countrymen in positions of power. However, when we consider all the administrative abuses and problems with the government, we still find ourselves far from agreeing with the friars' claims that the masses loved them and that government abuses were the only reason for rebellion.

Insurrection of 1896–97.—No history from the [190]Filipino side has yet come to light, and there are certain points that can be cleared up only by the frank testimony of the Filipino participants.101 We are dependent chiefly on Spanish sources, written in the passion of the times by men not careful about sifting the facts. All things considered, the two best sources, both for what they say and for what may be inferred from them, are the so-called Memorias of two Governor-Generals, prepared in order to defend their administrations before the Spanish Senate and the public; that of Blanco covering the preparatory stage and early months of the rebellion, that of Primo de Rivera its closing stages. Between these two Governor-Generals, the work of Monteverde y Sedano covers the military operations under Polavieja.

Insurrection of 1896–97.—No history from the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Filipino perspective has surfaced so far, and there are certain issues that can only be clarified by the candid accounts of the Filipino participants.101 We mostly rely on Spanish sources, written with the emotions of the era by authors who were not careful about verifying the facts. Overall, the two best sources, both for their content and the insights we can draw from them, are the so-called Memorias of two Governor-Generals, which were created to defend their administrations before the Spanish Senate and the public; Blanco’s covers the preparatory phase and early months of the rebellion, while Primo de Rivera’s addresses its later stages. Between these two Governor-Generals, Monteverde y Sedano's work discusses the military operations under Polavieja.

Blanco’s Memoria102 affords, unconsciously, the most severe indictment that could be passed on Spain’s fitness to hold the Philippines (or her other colonies) in 1898. This man was really of liberal temperament; he had formed a just conception of the real insignificance of the Katipunan movement; and he strove, when the crisis was prematurely forced on him, to restrain the vindictiveness of the rabid Spanish element, and really believed in the efficacy of a “policy of attraction.” But instead of setting forth on broader grounds the reasons for his course of action and discussing with sincerity and frankness [191]a policy for the Philippines, he felt compelled after his return to Spain to bow before the howls of press and public. He defends himself before his clerical-conservative critics not by showing the folly of their illiberal policy for the colony, but endeavors to prove that they were wrong in accusing him of lack of severity as well as of energy. Thus we learn (p. 20) that, even under a Blanco, before the outbreak came, one thousand and forty-two persons had been deported “as Masons, disaffected and suspicious or harmful to their towns.” During the night of August 19–20, 1896, following the sensation created by Friar Gil, there were forty-three arrests in Manila, and three hundred more within the next week. During September, thirty seven men taken in arms were shot, after summary trials (p. 25.) The number of Filipinos, mostly men of some position, who had not taken up arms, but were arrested for alleged complicity in the Katipunan, and involved in the trials before a special court for conspiracy and sedition, very soon mounted to five hundred, including those sent in from the provinces. Some remained incomunicados for more than forty days. The men executed from September 4 to December 12, 1896, when Blanco surrendered command to Polavieja, numbered seventy-four in all.103

Blanco’s Memoria102 provides, unintentionally, the harshest criticism of Spain's ability to govern the Philippines (or its other colonies) in 1898. He was genuinely liberal-minded; he understood the true insignificance of the Katipunan movement; and when the crisis hit unexpectedly, he tried to curb the extreme vindictiveness of the aggressive Spanish factions, truly believing in the effectiveness of a “policy of attraction.” However, instead of elaborating on broader reasons for his actions and discussing a policy for the Philippines with sincerity and openness [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__], he felt pressured upon returning to Spain to conform to the outcry of the press and public. He defends himself against his conservative critics not by highlighting the foolishness of their harsh policy for the colony, but by trying to prove that they were mistaken in accusing him of being insufficiently tough and energetic. This reveals (p. 20) that even under Blanco, before the conflict escalated, one thousand and forty-two individuals had been deported “as Masons, disaffected and suspicious or harmful to their towns.” On the night of August 19–20, 1896, following the uproar caused by Friar Gil, there were forty-three arrests in Manila, and three hundred more in the week that followed. In September, thirty-seven armed men were executed after quick trials (p. 25). The number of Filipinos, mostly men of some status, who hadn’t taken up arms but were arrested for supposed involvement with the Katipunan and were tried in a special court for conspiracy and sedition soon reached five hundred, including those brought in from the provinces. Some remained incomunicados for over forty days. The total number of men executed from September 4 to December 12, 1896, when Blanco handed over command to Polavieja, amounted to seventy-four.103

Evidence as to the “reign of terror” that was inaugurated in Manila may be drawn from the Spanish treatises to be cited, wherein the episode is recited [192]with gusto. The Spanish press of Manila for 1896–98; also that of Spain, especially Philippine letters of 1896–98 in La Política de España en Filipinas, El Heraldo, El Imparcial and El Correo of Madrid, furnished the original source of information for these writers, and should be used to supplement this history of the insurrection. Transcriptions of testimony taken by the special court for sedition and conspiracy appear in Retana’s Archivo, iii and iv, and evidences that the more yielding witnesses had their phraseology, and sometimes their statements of fact, dictated to them will be noted by the careful reader, especially if he be familiar with Spanish methods of judicial procedure. References to the common use of torture to make witnesses (in some cases eager enough to insure their own safety by “delation”) sign such testimony, will be found in the Filipino press since 1898, occasionally also in Spanish periodicals of Manila since 1898.104 These same sources also supplement the citations on Rizal already given, for the story of his trial and execution, and the increase of severity and terrorism after Polavieja took charge. They are also, in the main, our sole, fragmentary sources on the state of Cavite during insurgent control of the province, the insurgent organization, etc.105 [193]

Evidence of the "reign of terror" that began in Manila can be found in the Spanish writings mentioned, where this event is recounted with enthusiasm [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]. The Spanish press in Manila during 1896-98, as well as publications from Spain, particularly Philippine letters from 1896-98 in La Política de España en Filipinas, El Heraldo, El Imparcial, and El Correo of Madrid, provided the original information for these authors and should be used to enhance this history of the uprising. Transcripts of testimony collected by the special court for sedition and conspiracy can be found in Retana’s Archivo, volumes iii and iv, and attentive readers will notice that the more compliant witnesses had their language, and at times their factual statements, dictated to them, especially if they are familiar with Spanish judicial procedures. References to the common use of torture to compel witnesses (in some cases eager enough to ensure their safety through "delation") can be found in the Filipino press since 1898, and also occasionally in Spanish publications from Manila since that time. These sources also provide additional information on Rizal that has already been mentioned, detailing the story of his trial and execution, and the increase of severity and terror following Polavieja's leadership. Additionally, they are mostly our only fragmentary sources on the situation in Cavite during the insurgent control of the province, as well as the insurgent organization, etc. 105 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Spanish treatises and pamphlets on the insurrection are:106 José M. del Castillo y Jimenez, El Katipunan, ó el Filibusterismo en Filipinas (Madrid, 1897). Partial accounts of events of 1896–97; already characterized as rabid and cheaply patriotic.

The Spanish treatises and pamphlets on the uprising are:106 José M. del Castillo y Jimenez, El Katipunan, ó el Filibusterismo en Filipinas (Madrid, 1897). These provide partial accounts of the events of 1896–97 and have already been described as extreme and overly patriotic.

Ricardo Monet y Carretero, Comandancia general de Panay y Negros. Alteraciones de órden público … desde Octubre de 1896 á Marzo de 1897 (Iloilo, 1897). Mostly official proclamations, etc., by the author as commander in the western district of Bisayas, regarding disturbances there and symptoms of a tendency to revolt.

Ricardo Monet y Carretero, General Command of Panay and Negros. Public Order Disturbances... from October 1896 to March 1897 (Iloilo, 1897). Primarily official announcements and other documents by the author as the commander in the western district of the Visayas, addressing the disturbances and signs of a potential uprising.

E. Reverter y Delmas.—Filipinos por España. Narración episódica de la rebelión en el archipiélago Filipino (Barcelona, 1897); 2 vols. The title of a later edition is La insurrección de Filipinas. Known to the writer only by title.107 [194]

E. Reverter y Delmas.—Filipinos por España. Episodic account of the rebellion in the Philippine archipelago (Barcelona, 1897); 2 vols. The title of a later edition is The Insurrection of the Philippines. The writer knows it only by its title.107 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Enrique Abella y Casariego, Filipinas (Madrid, 1898). More temperate than most other Spanish writings. Treats of the development of the insurrection, and of the course of events under Blanco, Polavieja, and Primo de Rivera.

Enrique Abella y Casariego, Filipinas (Madrid, 1898). More moderate than many other Spanish writings. Discusses the progression of the uprising and the events that unfolded under Blanco, Polavieja, and Primo de Rivera.

Federico de Monteverde y Sedano, Campaña de Filipinas, La división Lachambre. 1897 (Madrid, 1898.) Excellent account of the campaign of Polavieja by his aide; somewhat grandiloquent, considering the comparative insignificance of the military operations themselves.

Federico de Monteverde y Sedano, Campaña de Filipinas, La división Lachambre. 1897 (Madrid, 1898.) This is a great account of Polavieja's campaign written by his aide; it’s a bit over the top, given how relatively unimportant the military operations were.

Les Philippines et l’insurrection de 1896–1897 (Paris, 1899); a thirty-nine-page reprint from Revue militaire de l’étranger.

Les Philippines et l’insurrection de 1896–1897 (Paris, 1899); a thirty-nine-page reprint from Revue militaire de l’étranger.

L. Aycart—La campaña de Filipinas. Recuerdos é impresiones de un médico militar (Madrid, 1900). Contains some charts and some interesting data on the military campaign as such.

L. Aycart—La campaña de Filipinas. Recuerdos é impresiones de un médico militar (Madrid, 1900). Includes some charts and interesting information about the military campaign itself.

Manuel Sastrón—La insurrección en Filipinas y guerra hispano-americana (Madrid, 1901).108 Written [195]by a Spanish official in Manila during this time, and composed of accounts and documents drawn mainly from the press of Manila. It is, however, the most useful arsenal of data.

Manuel Sastrón—La insurrección en Filipinas y guerra hispano-americana (Madrid, 1901).108 Written [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]by a Spanish official in Manila during this period, it includes accounts and documents primarily sourced from the Manila press. However, it remains the most valuable collection of information.

Major John S. Mallory—The Philippine Insurrection, 1896–1898 (appendix viii to report of Major-General G. W. Davis, commanding the division of the Philippines, in Report of War Department, 1903, vol. 3, pp. 399–425). A non-critical compilation, mostly from Sastrón and Monteverde y Sedano. It is, however, by far the best review of the 1896–97 insurrection as such that is available in English, and is a fairly satisfactory account for one who cannot consult the Spanish sources. Far better than Foreman’s account.

Major John S. Mallory—The Philippine Insurrection, 1896–1898 (appendix viii to the report of Major-General G. W. Davis, commanding the division of the Philippines, in Report of War Department, 1903, vol. 3, pp. 399–425). This is a non-critical compilation, mostly taken from Sastrón and Monteverde y Sedano. However, it is definitely the best overview of the 1896–97 insurrection available in English and provides a fairly good account for those who can't refer to the Spanish sources. It's much better than Foreman's account.

M. Arroyo Vea-Murguía—Defensa del sitio de Naic (Filipinas). Antes y despues. (Madrid, 1904.) Of little value.

M. Arroyo Vea-Murguía—Defensa del sitio de Naic (Filipinas). Antes y despues. (Madrid, 1904.) Of little value.

The Pact of Biak-na-bató.—Purposely, the word “treaty,” so often applied to this transaction, is here avoided; for, apart from technical objections to a word that applies to agreements between sovereign powers, this was no treaty in any sense of the word. There was some mystery surrounding the negotiations by which the insurgent chiefs surrendered a few hundred nondescript firearms and retired to Hongkong; untrue or half-true charges were bandied back and forth, for political effect, in the Cortes and the press of Spain; and, of the chief actors in the affair, only Primo de Rivera has given his account—perhaps not with entire frankness.109 Aguinaldo [196]has confined his statements on the subject to the most brief assertions of a general nature110 to the effect that reforms by the Spanish government were promised. Primo de Rivera categorically denies this; while Pedro A. Paterno, the go-between, has made no statement at all during the nine years that have passed since the conflicting statements have been before the public, involving directly the question of his own veracity and good faith. Primo de Rivera is an ex parte witness, to be sure; but his statements upon the more vital points involved are corroborated by the very insurgent documents on this subject captured by the American army in 1899 and now in the War Department at Washington.111 Primo de Rivera says that, when Paterno presented a paper early in the negotiations containing a full program of reforms,112 he rejected the document absolutely, [197]saying he could not discuss such matters with the insurgent chiefs, that the Spanish government would accord such reforms as it thought wise, and he could only interpose his good offices to make recommendations in that respect. The copy of this document now in the War Department at Washington shows the clauses about reform to have been crossed out. Primo de Rivera says that, from that time forth, the negotiation was purely on the basis of a payment to the rebel chiefs to surrender their arms, order the insurgents in the other provinces to do the same, and emigrate to foreign parts. The only documents bearing signatures on both sides, either of those published at Washington or elsewhere, refer exclusively to these particular points of money, surrender of arms, and program of emigration, though Paterno inserted in a preliminary of the final contract on these subjects a clause as to reposing confidence in the Spanish government to “satisfy the desire of the Filipino people.”113 Primo de Rivera recommended the transaction to his government for one reason, expressly because it would “discredit [desprestigiando] the chiefs selling out and emigrating.”114

The Pact of Biak-na-bató.—Here, we avoid the term “treaty,” which is often used to describe this transaction; apart from technical issues with a term meant for agreements between sovereign powers, this was not a treaty in any sense. There was some secrecy around the negotiations where the insurgent leaders turned over a few hundred ordinary firearms and withdrew to Hongkong; untrue or partially true accusations circulated for political purposes in the Cortes and the Spanish press; of the main participants, only Primo de Rivera has shared his account—perhaps not entirely honestly.109 Aguinaldo [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] has limited his comments to brief general statements110 claiming that the Spanish government promised reforms. Primo de Rivera strongly denies this; meanwhile, Pedro A. Paterno, the intermediary, has not issued any statement in the nine years since the conflicting claims have been made public, directly affecting the question of his honesty and integrity. Primo de Rivera is a biased witness, of course; however, his statements on more critical issues are supported by insurgent documents captured by the American army in 1899 and currently held in the War Department in Washington.111 Primo de Rivera states that when Paterno presented a document early in the negotiations outlining a complete reform program,112 he completely rejected it, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] saying he couldn't discuss such matters with the insurgent chiefs, that the Spanish government would offer reforms it deemed appropriate, and he could only offer his good offices to make recommendations. The copy of this document available now at the War Department in Washington shows that the clauses about reform were crossed out. Primo de Rivera claims that from that moment, the negotiations were strictly about paying the rebel leaders to give up their weapons, convince the insurgents in other provinces to do the same, and emigrate abroad. The only documents with signatures from both sides, whether published in Washington or elsewhere, pertain solely to these specific issues of money, surrendering arms, and emigration plans, although Paterno added in a preliminary part of the final contract a clause about trusting the Spanish government to “satisfy the aspirations of the Filipino people.”113 Primo de Rivera endorsed the transaction to his government for one reason, explicitly stating it would “discredit [desprestigiando] the chiefs selling out and emigrating.”114

The first proposition of the insurgents was for 3,000,000 pesos; Primo de Rivera acceded, under [198]authority from Madrid, to 1,700,000 pesos; and the total sum named in the contract signed on December 14, 1897, is 800,000 pesos. When Aguinaldo and his twenty-seven companions reached Hongkong, they received 400,000 pesos and never any more. Though really looking at it as a bribe, the Spanish government had consented to the money payment ostensibly on the ground of indemnity to widows, orphans, and those who had suffered property losses by the war, and to provide support for the insurgent chiefs abroad. That it was the idea of at least some of the insurgent leaders that the money was to be divided between them is shown by a protest signed by eight of those who remained behind to secure the surrender of more arms than the paltry number of two hundred and twenty-five turned over at Biak-na-bató, appealing to Primo de Rivera for “their share.”115 The latter says he turned over to these men and Paterno the 200,000 pesos of the second payment (the actual disposition of which is unknown116); and that he turned over the remaining 200,000 pesos to Governor-General Augustín in April, 1898, when it was evident that peace had not been assured, after all. As to the remaining 900,000 pesos which Primo de Rivera had authority to pay, but which did not appear in the final contract, Primo de Rivera says (pp. 133, 134) that Paterno omitted them from the document because they were to be used to “indemnify those not in arms,” and that he did not “think [199]it prudent to inquire further about them at the time.”117

The first offer from the rebels was for 3,000,000 pesos; Primo de Rivera, with [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]115 Primo de Rivera asserts that he gave these individuals and Paterno the 200,000 pesos from the second payment (the exact purpose of which is unknown __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__); and that he handed over the remaining 200,000 pesos to Governor-General Augustín in April 1898, when it became evident that peace was not guaranteed after all. Concerning the additional 900,000 pesos that Primo de Rivera was authorized to pay but were not included in the final contract, he explains (pp. 133, 134) that Paterno excluded them from the document because they were meant to “compensate those not in arms,” and that he did not “think it wise to inquire further about them at the time.” __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__

Enough has been developed to show the demoralizing character of the transaction. In justice to Aguinaldo and his closest associates, it is to be said that they had kept the money practically intact, for use in a possible future insurrection, until they spent some of it for arms after Commodore Dewey’s victory in Manila Bay.118 Nor are we able to say categorically that Aguinaldo and the other leaders in Biak-na-bató were not led to believe that specific reforms had been promised verbally by Primo de Rivera in the name of his government; Aguinaldo and Paterno could clear up that matter, but neither speaks. Just what informal discussion of this subject there was between Paterno and Primo de Rivera, we do not know; but the latter’s own version will warrant the conclusion that he at least permitted Paterno to lay before the insurgents the fact that he was making recommendations on this line, and to hold out the expectation of results, once he was not confronted with armed rebellion.119 He declares that [200]a scheme of Philippine reform, covering also the friar question, had been drawn up and agreed upon, when Premier Cánovas was assassinated and the Conservatives soon after fell from power; but he does not tell us what were the reforms as to the friars. Primo de Rivera continued to give his ideas as to the need for reform in provision of parishes, church fees, local government, education, civil service, etc., after the Liberals came into power. Yet, though stating the case against the friars in strong terms, virtually confirming every charge made against them, he appears to have advised only a curtailment of their power and a more rigid discipline, not their elimination as parish-priests, which was the aim of most of the insurgents.120 When a Spanish editor in Manila began writing in February, 1898, of political reforms in the direction of “autonomy,” without submitting his articles to previous censure, Primo de Rivera suspended publication of the periodical.121 That Spanish circles in Manila as well as the Filipinos were in expectation, in late 1897 and early 1898, of the announcement of some comprehensive scheme of [201]Philippine reform, is apparent from the press of the time.122 The Liberal press of Madrid and Barcelona was also actively agitating reform for the Philippines, and Spanish Liberals and Filipinos addressed petitions on the subject to the government at Madrid.123 The general belief at Manila was also that some sort of promise of reforms had passed at Biak-na-bató, even that it included the gradual withdrawal of the friars.124 That the religious orders themselves knew that they were the storm-center is sufficiently shown by the Memorial of April 21, 1898, reproduced post, pp. 227–286.125

Enough has been developed to demonstrate the demoralizing nature of the situation. To be fair to Aguinaldo and his closest associates, it's important to note that they kept the funds largely intact, intending to use them for a potential future uprising, until they spent some on weapons after Commodore Dewey's victory in Manila Bay.118 We also cannot definitively say that Aguinaldo and the other leaders at Biak-na-bató weren’t misled into believing that specific reforms had been verbally promised by Primo de Rivera on behalf of his government; Aguinaldo and Paterno could clarify this issue, but neither of them is speaking. We don't know the details of any informal conversation between Paterno and Primo de Rivera; however, Primo de Rivera's own account suggests he at least allowed Paterno to inform the insurgents that he was making recommendations along those lines and to raise hopes for results, as long as he wasn't met with armed rebellion.119 He states that [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]a plan for Philippine reform, which also addressed the friar issue, had been created and agreed upon before Premier Cánovas was assassinated and the Conservatives quickly lost power; however, he doesn't specify what those reforms regarding the friars were. Primo de Rivera continued to share his thoughts on the necessity of reform in parish provisioning, church fees, local government, education, civil service, etc., after the Liberals came to power. Yet, while he articulated the case against the friars in strong terms, essentially validating every accusation against them, he seemed to recommend only a reduction of their power and stricter discipline, not their removal as parish priests, which was the goal of most insurgents.120 When a Spanish editor in Manila began writing in February 1898 about political reforms leaning toward “autonomy,” without submitting his articles for prior censorship, Primo de Rivera halted the publication of the journal.121 It is clear from the press at the time that both Spanish circles in Manila and Filipinos were expecting the announcement of some comprehensive plan for [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Philippine reform in late 1897 and early 1898.122 The Liberal press in Madrid and Barcelona was also actively pushing for reform in the Philippines, and Spanish Liberals along with Filipinos submitted petitions on the matter to the government in Madrid.123 The general sentiment in Manila was that some kind of promise for reforms had been made at Biak-na-bató, even including the gradual withdrawal of the friars.124 The religious orders themselves were clearly aware they were at the center of the storm, as shown by the Memorial of April 21, 1898, reproduced post, pp. 227–286.125

The Question of Independence.—We have, on one hand, the assertions of rabid Spanish writers that separation from Spain was throughout the real aim of the Filipino leaders, who merely covered it under [202]a plea for reforms (the friars say, under a false assertion that the Filipinos were opposed to them). We have, in direct opposition, the assertions of Spanish Liberals and of some Filipinos that the movement was inspired by genuine loyalty to Spain, and was only a protest and appeal for reforms even in its last phase as an outbreak in arms, 1896–98. This view was accepted by the Schurman Commission in 1899. Again, during the years from 1898 to date, when demands for independence were made upon the United States, the more radical Filipino leaders, first in insurrection, now in political agitation, have asserted that complete political independence was definitely the aim in 1896–97, and was the ideal in mind for some years before. Thus they would corroborate the assertions of the more rabid Spaniards who claimed that Rizal and all his co-workers, both in the aristocratic ranks above and in the Katipunan below, were hypocritical in their protestations of loyalty to Spain. Where does the truth lie?

The Question of Independence.—On one hand, we have the claims of extreme Spanish writers who assert that the Filipino leaders always aimed for separation from Spain, disguising it as a request for reforms (the friars argue this under a false claim that Filipinos opposed them). In direct contrast, Spanish Liberals and some Filipinos argue that the movement stemmed from genuine loyalty to Spain and was merely a protest and plea for reforms, even during its final phase as an armed uprising from 1896–98. This perspective was endorsed by the Schurman Commission in 1899. Furthermore, from 1898 to the present, as demands for independence were directed toward the United States, the more radical Filipino leaders, initially in rebellion and now in political activism, have insisted that complete political independence was indeed the goal in 1896–97, and had been the ideal for several years prior. This would support the claims of the more extreme Spaniards who argued that Rizal and his associates, both in the upper classes and in the Katipunan movement, were insincere in their declarations of loyalty to Spain. So, where does the truth actually lie?

The fact is, one can sustain any view he prefers to take of this subject, by detached citations from documents of one sort or another. The real answer is to be found only by a careful survey of all the evidence as to Filipino activities and aspirations. We note that, when Rizal discusses the possibility of future independence for his people, he sets it as a century hence. We need not take him literally, nor, on the other hand, need we say his title was merely hypocritical, and he was insidiously inciting his people to think of immediate independence; we shall be fairer to survey his writings as a whole, probably reaching the conclusion that the independence of his people was constantly in his mind, but sober reason warned [203]him to restrain his and their youthful impatience on the subject. In discussing Del Pilar and Rizal, it has already been pointed out how the former changed places with the younger man and became the more impatient of the two; and the connection of this growing impatience with the more violent nature of the Katipunan has been shown. So it is not enough to cite detached passages from Rizal or Del Pilar, for example, to prove either that they were just filibusters under cover of protestations or, on the contrary, that they never dreamed of independence.126 The propagandists felt differently at different times, under the pressure sometimes of self-interest, influenced sometimes by momentary incidents or passions. It is plain that, with some of them at least, a new tone had been adopted toward Spain when, at the beginning of 1896, the manifesto of the Katipunan organ to the Filipinos bitterly exclaimed:

The truth is, anyone can support any viewpoint they want on this topic by pulling quotes from various documents. The real answer comes from thoroughly examining all the evidence regarding Filipino actions and desires. We see that when Rizal talks about the possibility of future independence for his people, he suggests it’s a century away. We don’t have to take him literally, nor do we need to accuse him of being hypocritical and secretly urging his people to seek immediate independence; it’s more reasonable to look at his writings as a whole and likely conclude that the idea of independence was always in his thoughts, but practical reason advised him to temper his and their youthful eagerness on the issue. In discussing Del Pilar and Rizal, we've already noted how the former switched places with the younger man and became the more impatient of the two, and the connection between this growing impatience and the more aggressive nature of the Katipunan has been highlighted. Therefore, it’s not sufficient to quote isolated passages from Rizal or Del Pilar to either claim they were simply rebels disguised as reformers or, on the flip side, that they never considered independence. The propagandists had different feelings at different times, influenced sometimes by self-interest and occasionally by fleeting incidents or emotions. It’s clear that, at least for some of them, a new tone was taken towards Spain when, at the start of 1896, the manifesto of the Katipunan's publication to the Filipinos harshly declared:

“At the end of three hundred years of slavery …, our people have done nothing but lament and ask a little consideration and a little clemency; but they have answered our lamentations with exile and imprisonment. For seven years in succession La Solidaridad voluntarily lent itself and exhausted its powers to obtain, not all that they ought to concede, but only just what of right is owing to us. And what has been the fruit of our effort unto fatigue and of our loyal faith? Deception, ridicule, death, and bitterness.

“At the end of three hundred years of slavery, our people have only mourned and asked for some understanding and compassion; instead, they have responded to our sorrow with exile and imprisonment. For seven straight years, La Solidaridad willingly devoted itself and pushed its limits to obtain not everything we deserve, but only what is rightfully ours. And what has come from our tireless efforts and our unwavering faith? Deception, mockery, death, and resentment.”

“Today, tired of lifting our hands in continual [204]lamentation, we are at last ourselves; little by little our voice has lost its tone of melancholy gained in continual complaint; now … we raise our heads, so long accustomed to being bowed, and imbibe strength from the firm hope we possess by reason of the grandeur of our aim …. We can tell them bluntly that the phrase ‘Spain the Mother’ is nothing but just a bit of adulation, that it is not to be compared with the piece of cloth or rag by which it is enchained, which trails on the ground; that there is no such mother and no such child; that there is only a race that robs, a people that fattens on what is not its own, and a people that is weary of going, not merely ungorged, but unfed; that we have to put reliance in nothing but our own powers and in our defense of our own selves.”

“Today, tired of constantly lifting our hands in mourning, we are finally ourselves; little by little our voice has lost its sad tone from all the complaints; now… we lift our heads, so long used to being bowed, and draw strength from the firm hope we have because of the greatness of our goal… We can tell them straightforwardly that the phrase ‘Spain the Mother’ is just flattery, that it doesn't compare to the piece of cloth or rag by which it is chained, dragging on the ground; that there is no such mother and no such child; that there is only a race that steals, a people that feeds on what isn’t theirs, and a people that is tired of going, not just unfed, but completely deprived; that we must rely on nothing but our own strength and in defending ourselves.”

Rizal put in the mouth of the old Filipino priest in El Filibusterismo (1891) the view of the thoughtful Filipino patriot, considering the social defects of his people: “We owe the ill that afflicts us to ourselves; let us not put the blame on anyone else. If Spain saw that we were less complaisant in the face of tyranny, and readier to strive and suffer for our rights, Spain would be the first to give us liberty …. But so long as the Filipino people has not sufficient vigor to proclaim, with erect front and bared breast, its right to the social life and to make that right good by sacrifice, with its own blood; so long as we see that our countrymen, though hearing in their private life the voice of shame and the clamors of conscience, yet in public life hold their peace or join the chorus about him who commits abuses and ridicules the victim of the abuse; so long as we see them shut themselves up to their own egotism and praise with forced smile the most iniquitous [205]acts, while their eyes are begging a part of the booty of such acts, why should liberty be given to them? With Spain or without Spain, they would be always the same, and perhaps, perhaps, they would be worse. Of what use would be independence if the slaves of today would be the tyrants of tomorrow? And they would be so without doubt, for he loves tyranny who submits to it.”

Rizal had the old Filipino priest in El Filibusterismo (1891) express the thoughts of a reflective Filipino patriot, looking at the social issues of his people: “We are responsible for the problems that affect us; let’s not blame anyone else. If Spain saw that we were less compliant in the face of tyranny and more willing to fight and suffer for our rights, Spain would be the first to grant us our freedom…. But as long as the Filipino people lack the strength to boldly claim their right to a social life and back that claim with sacrifice, using their own blood; as long as we see our fellow countrymen, even though they hear the voice of shame and the cries of conscience in their private lives, keeping quiet or joining in the chorus for those who commit abuses and mock the victim of those abuses in public life; as long as we see them retreat into their own self-interest and force a smile while praising the most unjust [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]actions, while their eyes are seeking a share of the spoils from such actions, why should they be granted liberty? With Spain or without Spain, they would still be the same, and perhaps even worse. What good is independence if today’s slaves will become tomorrow’s tyrants? And they undoubtedly will, for he who submits to tyranny loves it.”

Doubtless Rizal felt that his people had made progress toward social independence in the five years that followed, till the Katipunan outbreak came; but he condemned that beforehand as a foolish venture, and reprobated it as harmful to Filipino interests before his death. Though in a sense this was a movement for independence, we have seen that only vague ideas of a political organization were in the minds of the leaders, while the deluded masses who followed them with, for the most part, bolos only, had virtually no idea of such an organization, except that Filipinos should succeed Spaniards.127 The prematurely commenced revolt, as it gained at the outset, some defensive advantages over the bad military organization of Spain, developed ideas and aspirations quite beyond the early crude dreams of its leaders; they were really surprised at their own (temporary) success, and emboldened thereby.128 [206]Even after the loss of Cavite, when the revolutionists were hemmed in and hiding in the Bulakan Mountains, they put forward, in an “Assembly” at Biak-na-bató, a more comprehensive and ambitious political program (a Filipino Republic, in short) than had ever before been drawn up by Filipinos.129 We know also that no small part was played by the “reign of terror” in turning even the moderate Filipinos against Spanish rule as an entirety. We should be far from the truth if we should say that this Tagálog rebellion, and the demonstrations of sympathy with [207]it in other provinces, brought the Filipino people together in a unanimous sentiment for independence. That it did greatly stimulate this feeling is certain. He would be a bold man who would now assert that independence was not the common aspiration, when outside pressure suddenly pricked the bubble of Spanish authority in 1898 and released the people for the free expression of their sentiments. But he is equally bold who asserts that the Filipino people had been suddenly and miraculously transformed into a real nation by these events, or that the Aguinaldo government had the support of or really represented the whole country, above all of the most sober-thinking Filipinos. [208]

Rizal surely believed that his people had made progress toward social independence in the five years that followed, until the Katipunan uprising occurred; however, he criticized it beforehand as a reckless move and condemned it as detrimental to Filipino interests before his death. Although this was, in a way, a movement for independence, it's clear that the leaders only had vague notions of a political organization, while the misled masses who supported them, mostly equipped with bolos, had virtually no understanding of such an organization, other than the belief that Filipinos should replace Spaniards. 127 The hastily launched revolt, having gained some initial defensive advantages over Spain's poor military organization, developed ideas and ambitions that far exceeded the early simplistic dreams of its leaders; they were genuinely taken aback by their own (temporary) success, which gave them a boost of confidence. 128 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Even after losing Cavite, when the revolutionaries were cornered and hiding in the Bulakan Mountains, they presented a more detailed and ambitious political program (essentially a Filipino Republic) in an “Assembly” at Biak-na-bató than had ever been proposed by Filipinos before. 129 We also know that the “reign of terror” played a significant role in turning even moderate Filipinos against Spanish rule entirely. It would be misleading to claim that this Tagálog rebellion, along with demonstrations of support for it in other provinces, united the Filipino people in a unanimous desire for independence. While it certainly fueled this sentiment greatly, it would take a bold person to claim that independence was not a common aspiration when outside pressure burst the bubble of Spanish authority in 1898, allowing the people to freely express their feelings. However, it would be just as bold to assert that the Filipino people had been suddenly and miraculously transformed into a real nation by these events, or that the Aguinaldo government had the backing of or truly represented the entire country, especially the more level-headed Filipinos. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Some credit should also be given to the Royal Philippine Company (Real Compañía de Filipinas), which, though unsuccessful financially, stimulated considerably the development of Philippine agriculture between 1790 and 1820, after which year it did little until its dissolution. 

1 Some credit should also go to the Royal Philippine Company (Real Compañía de Filipinas), which, although it wasn't financially successful, significantly boosted the growth of Philippine agriculture from 1790 to 1820. After that, it hardly did anything until it was dissolved.

2 Comyn’s Estado says that in 1810 the number of Spaniards, born in the Peninsula or elsewhere, and of Spanish mestizos, of both sexes and all ages, classes, and occupations, did not exceed 3,500 to 4,000. Diaz Arenas (Memorías históricas y estadísticas de Filipinas; Manila, 1850) quotes official figures showing 293 Spaniards settled in the provinces, outside of Manila and Tondo, in 1848; and he records 7,544 as the number of Spanish mestizos in the islands, including Tondo, as Manila province was then called. Cavada (Historia geográfica, geológica y estadística de Filipinas; Manila, 1876), taking his figures apparently from the governmental statistics as to houses and their occupants for 1870, gives for that year 3,823 Spaniards (all but 516 of them males) from the Peninsula, and 9,710 “Filipino-Spaniards,” the latter classification apparently including Spanish mestizos with such pure-blooded Spaniards as had been born in the Philippines. Among his Peninsular Spaniards would be included over 1,000 members of religious orders, an approximately equal number of soldiers, and the civil officials of Spanish blood (except a relatively small number born in the islands themselves, mostly in the minor categories of officials). J. F. del Pan (La poblacion de Filipinas; Manila, 1883), and F. Cañamaque (Las íslas Filipinas; Madrid, 1880) both report the parochial statistics of 1876 as showing the total of Spaniards, apart from members of the religious orders, the civil service, and the army and navy, to be 13,265; Cañamaque speaks of this latter class as “Spaniards without official character (Peninsulars and Filipinos),” and Del Pan calls them “persons not subject to the capitation-tax on account of being of the Spanish race.” At least some of the Spanish mestizos in the islands would appear to have been included in this total. A statistical résumé for 1898 (La Política de España en Filipinas, 1898, pp. 87–92) gives the number of Spaniards in the Philippines at the end of Spanish rule as 34,000 (of whom 5,800 are credited as officers and employees of governments, 3,800 as the normal number of Spaniards in army and navy, and 1,700 as of the clerical estate). These figures, like various other estimates in pamphlets of recent years, are considerably exaggerated; they are reconcilable only on the supposition that they include not only Spaniards of Philippine birth, but also Spanish mestizos. In 1903, only 3,888 Peninsular Spaniards were found in the archipelago. The census of 1896 would have shown separately Spaniards and Spanish mestizos; but it was not completed for all provinces, and has never been published. The foregoing estimates and figures do, however, show the great relative increase of Spaniards and Spanish influence in the Philippines in the latter part of the nineteenth century.

2 Comyn’s Estado states that in 1810, the total number of Spaniards, whether born in the Peninsula or elsewhere, and Spanish mestizos, of all genders, ages, classes, and occupations, didn’t exceed 3,500 to 4,000. Diaz Arenas (Memorías históricas y estadísticas de Filipinas; Manila, 1850) cites official statistics showing there were 293 Spaniards living in the provinces, excluding Manila and Tondo, in 1848, and notes that there were 7,544 Spanish mestizos in the islands, including Tondo, which was what Manila province was called at that time. Cavada (Historia geográfica, geológica y estadística de Filipinas; Manila, 1876), using what seems to be governmental statistics regarding houses and their occupants for 1870, reports that there were 3,823 Spaniards (with 516 of them being female) from the Peninsula, and 9,710 “Filipino-Spaniards,” a category that seems to include Spanish mestizos along with pure-blooded Spaniards who were born in the Philippines. Among his count of Spaniards from the Peninsula, over 1,000 would be members of religious orders, around the same number would be soldiers, and then there’s the civil officials of Spanish descent (except for a small number born in the islands, mostly in lesser official roles). J. F. del Pan (La poblacion de Filipinas; Manila, 1883), and F. Cañamaque (Las íslas Filipinas; Madrid, 1880) both mention the parochial statistics from 1876 as showing there were 13,265 Spaniards, excluding members of religious orders, civil service, and the army and navy; Cañamaque refers to this group as “Spaniards without official standing (Peninsulars and Filipinos),” while Del Pan describes them as “individuals not subject to the capitation tax due to being of Spanish descent.” It seems that at least some of the Spanish mestizos in the islands were counted in this total. A statistical summary for 1898 (La Política de España en Filipinas, 1898, pp. 87–92) states that at the end of Spanish rule, there were 34,000 Spaniards in the Philippines (of which 5,800 were listed as government officials and employees, 3,800 as the usual number of Spaniards in the army and navy, and 1,700 were in clerical positions). These figures, like many other recent pamphlet estimates, are significantly inflated; they can only be reconciled if they include not just Spaniards born in the Philippines, but also Spanish mestizos. By 1903, only 3,888 Peninsular Spaniards were recorded in the archipelago. The 1896 census would have listed Spaniards and Spanish mestizos separately, but it was never fully completed across all provinces and was never published. However, these estimates and figures do illustrate the significant relative growth of Spaniards and Spanish influence in the Philippines during the latter part of the nineteenth century.

Apropos of Mr. LeRoy’s note the following is of interest as regards the population of the eighteenth century. “The number of Spaniards who are in the part of Manila not occupied by the friars is very inconsiderable; in 1767, they did not exceed eight hundred persons. It can be said that the friars are masters of the city, for all the houses, except perhaps five or six, belong to them. This makes a fine revenue for them, since the houses are very dear—from two hundred to four hundred piasters (one thousand to two thousand livres). They are still dearer in the suburb of Santa Cruz, where they are worth at least five hundred piasters, for it is there that all the foreign merchants from India or China lodge. Manila is still peopled by the Tagálogs, who are the natives at once of this city and of its bishopric; the Tagálogs serve the Spaniards as domestics, or live by some petty trade or occupation.” (Le Gentil, Voyage, ii, p. 104.)—Eds. 

Regarding Mr. LeRoy’s note, the following is relevant about the population in the eighteenth century. “The number of Spaniards living in the part of Manila not occupied by the friars is very small; in 1767, they didn’t exceed eight hundred individuals. It can be said that the friars have control over the city, as nearly all the houses, except maybe five or six, belong to them. This brings in a nice income for them, since the houses are quite expensive—ranging from two hundred to four hundred piasters (one thousand to two thousand livres). They are even more expensive in the Santa Cruz suburb, where they are worth at least five hundred piasters, since that’s where all the foreign merchants from India or China stay. Manila is still inhabited by the Tagálogs, who are the natives of this city and its bishopric; the Tagálogs serve the Spaniards as servants or make a living through small trades or occupations.” (Le Gentil, Voyage, ii, p. 104.)—Editors.

3 “The Spanish-Filipino Bank, the oldest bank in the islands, was founded (1852) by an order of the Spanish government uniting the obras pías funds of the four orders of friars in the Philippines.” (Census of Philippine Islands, iv, p. 541).—Eds. 

3 “The Spanish-Filipino Bank, the oldest bank in the islands, was founded in 1852 by a directive from the Spanish government that combined the charitable funds of the four religious orders in the Philippines.” (Census of Philippine Islands, iv, p. 541).—Eds.

4 In the tariff revision of 1891, Spanish goods in Spanish ships were made free of customs duties in Philippine ports; prior to that time they had, as a rule, paid one-half the duties assessed on foreign goods. 

4 In the tariff revision of 1891, Spanish goods on Spanish ships were exempt from customs duties in Philippine ports; before that, they usually paid half the duties required for foreign goods.

5 In 1898, for instance, when the war with the United States began, the governor-general of the Philippines who had recently negotiated a peace with the insurgent chiefs, had just turned over his place to a new man, a stranger in the islands, and sailed for home. The new Liberal administration, which came into power in Spain in October, 1897, had also sent to the Philippines a new set of provincial governors, to take the place of men who had served, in many cases, less than two years. Some of these new governors had not gone to their posts when Commodore Dewey’s squadron arrived, and they were consequently blockaded in Manila. 

5 In 1898, for example, when the war with the United States started, the governor-general of the Philippines, who had recently made a peace deal with the rebel leaders, had just handed over his position to a new person, a newcomer to the islands, and set sail for home. The new Liberal administration that took power in Spain in October 1897 had also sent a fresh group of provincial governors to the Philippines, replacing those who had served, in many cases, for less than two years. Some of these new governors hadn’t even reached their posts when Commodore Dewey’s squadron arrived, and as a result, they were stuck in Manila.

6 This was accomplished on December 31, 1882—(but see post, p. 141).—Eds. 

6 This happened on December 31, 1882—(but see post, p. 141).—Edits.

7 F. Jagor, Reisen in den Philippinen (Berlin, 1873), p. 287.

7 F. Jagor, Reisen in den Philippinen (Berlin, 1873), p. 287.

Also of interest in this connection are Jagor’s remarks in the following two citations from the same book (pp. 288 and 289, respectively). “Government monopolies mercilessly administered, grievous disregard of the creoles and the rich mestizos, and the example of the United States, these were the principal causes of the loss of the American possessions [of Spain]; and the same causes are menacing the Philippines also. Of the monopolies sufficient account has been given in the text. Mestizos and creoles are not, it is true, shut out, as formerly in America, from all offices; but they feel that they are deeply injured and despoiled by the crowds of office seekers whom the frequent changes of ministers [123]at Madrid bring to Manila. Also the influence of the American elements is at least discernible on the horizon, and will come more to the front as the relations of the two countries grow closer. At present these are still of little importance; in the meantime commerce follows its old routes, which lead to England and the Atlantic ports of the Union. Nevertheless, he who attempts to form a judgment as to the future destiny of the Philippines cannot fix his gaze only on their relations to Spain; he must also consider the mighty changes which within a few decades are being effected on that side of our planet. For the first time in the world’s history, the gigantic nations on both sides of a gigantic ocean are beginning to come into direct intercourse: Russia, which alone is greater than two divisions of the world together; China, which within her narrow bounds contains a third of the human race; America, with cultivable soil enough to support almost three times the entire population of the earth. Russia’s future rôle in the Pacific Ocean at present baffles all calculations. The intercourse of the two other powers will probably have all the more important consequences when the adjustment between the immeasurable necessity for human labor-power on the one hand, and a correspondingly great surplus of that power on the other, shall fall on it as a problem.” “But in proportion as the commerce of the western coast of America extends the influence of the American elements over the South Sea, the ensnaring spell which the great republic exercises over the Spanish colonies will not fail to assert itself in the Philippines also. The Americans appear to be called upon to bring the germ planted by the Spaniards to its full development. As conquerors of the New World, representatives of the body of free citizens in contradistinction to the nobility, they follow with the axe and plow of the pioneer where the Spaniards had opened the way with cross and sword. A considerable part of Spanish America already belongs to the United States, and has, since that occurred, attained an importance which could not have been anticipated either during Spanish rule or during the anarchy which ensued after and from it. In the long run, the Spanish system cannot prevail over the American. While the former exhausts the colonies through direct appropriation of them to the privileged classes, and the metropolis through the drain of its best forces (with, besides, a feeble population), America draws to itself the most energetic elements from all lands; and these on her soil, free from all trammels, and restlessly pushing forward, are continually extending further her power and influence. [124]The Philippines will so much the less escape the influence of the two great neighboring empires, since neither the islands nor their metropolis are in a condition of stable equilibrium. It seems desirable for the natives that the opinions here expressed shall not too soon be realized as facts, for their training thus far has not sufficiently prepared them for success in the contest with those restless, active, most inconsiderate peoples; they have dreamed away their youth.” Some writers have carried the evolution one step farther, as for instance, the following: See Count Edward Wilczek’s interesting study on “The historical importance of the Pacific Ocean,” in H. F. Helmolt’s History of the World (N. Y., 1902), i, pp. 566–599; he predicts a future contest which “will have to decide whether, by the permanent occupation of the northern Pacific, the white race shall accomplish its world-embracing destiny, or whether, with the goal already in sight, and for the first time in its history, it will have to make way for a stronger”—that is, for the yellow race, in the form of Japan and China.—Eds. 

Also of interest in this context are Jagor’s comments in the following two citations from the same book (pp. 288 and 289, respectively). “Government monopolies ruthlessly enforced, a serious disregard for the creoles and the wealthy mestizos, and the example of the United States—these were the main reasons for the loss of Spain’s American territories; and the same issues are threatening the Philippines as well. There's already been enough discussion about the monopolies in the text. While mestizos and creoles aren’t completely excluded from government positions like they were in America before, they feel deeply wronged and robbed by the influx of office seekers brought to Manila by the frequent changes in leadership in Madrid. Additionally, the influence of American elements is starting to be seen, and it will become more prominent as the relationship between the two countries strengthens. Currently, these relations aren’t very significant; in the meantime, trade still follows its traditional routes to England and the Atlantic ports of the Union. However, anyone trying to predict the future of the Philippines can’t only focus on their relationship with Spain; they also need to consider the enormous changes happening on the other side of our planet over the next few decades. For the first time in history, the massive nations on both sides of a vast ocean are starting to interact directly: Russia, which is larger than two regions of the world combined; China, which houses a third of humanity within its borders; America, with enough arable land to support nearly three times the entire global population. Russia’s future role in the Pacific remains unpredictable. The interactions between the other two powers will likely have even more significant impacts when the immense need for human labor meets an equally vast surplus of that labor. “However, as trade expands along the western coast of America, the influence of American elements over the South Sea will make its presence felt in the Philippines as well. Americans seem destined to develop the potential that the Spaniards initiated. As conquerors of the New World and representatives of free citizens in contrast to the nobility, they advance with the tools of pioneers where the Spaniards forged their path with the cross and sword. A large part of Spanish America already belongs to the United States, and since that acquisition, it has gained an importance that was unimaginable during Spanish rule or the chaos that followed it. Ultimately, the Spanish system will not triumph over the American. While the former drains its colonies for the benefit of privileged classes and the metropolis suffers from a weak population, America attracts the most dynamic individuals from all over the world; on her land, free from restrictions and motivated to grow, they continuously expand her power and influence. The Philippines will be even less likely to escape the impact of these two great neighboring empires, as neither the islands nor their metropolis are stable. It would be better for the natives if the views expressed here do not soon become reality since their upbringing so far has not adequately equipped them to succeed against those restless, ambitious, and often inconsiderate peoples; they have wasted their youth dreaming.” Some authors have taken the evolution a step further, for example, the following: See Count Edward Wilczek’s intriguing study on “The Historical Importance of the Pacific Ocean,” in H. F. Helmolt’s History of the World (N. Y., 1902), i, pp. 566–599; he predicts a future conflict which “will determine whether the white race can achieve its global destiny through the permanent occupation of the northern Pacific, or whether, having the goal in sight for the first time in its history, it will have to give way to a stronger force”—specifically, the yellow race, in the form of Japan and China.—Editors.

8 See the most important of these decrees in our educational appendix, VOL. XLVI.Eds. 

8 Check out the most significant of these orders in our education appendix, VOL. 46.Editors.

9 In 1899 and 1900, the American government continued the subsidies to the Jesuits to sustain the normal school and Manila Ateneo. With the establishment, however, of an educational system under the Taft Commission, the subsidy to the Ateneo was withdrawn and a Manila public high school established. The normal school was established in the old buildings of the exposition of 1887, and was the first special school organized under Dr. Atkinson. The vacation normal school is due to Dr. Barrows, who established it in the spring vacation of 1901, in order that the teachers from the provinces might be gathered together for brief instruction in new methods, exchange of ideas, and general inspiration. The regular normal school has been a very notable feature since 1901, and in some ways the most striking thing in the new school system. Its woman’s dormitory has been a center of Filipino gatherings and a constant theme of praise by the Filipino press. (From a previous communication to the Editors by J. A. LeRoy.) See VOL. XLVI, p. 95, note.—Eds. 

9 In 1899 and 1900, the American government continued to provide funding to the Jesuits to support the normal school and Manila Ateneo. However, with the establishment of an educational system under the Taft Commission, the funding for Ateneo was discontinued, and a public high school was set up in Manila. The normal school was located in the old buildings from the 1887 exposition and was the first special school organized by Dr. Atkinson. The vacation normal school was initiated by Dr. Barrows, who started it during the spring break of 1901, so that teachers from the provinces could come together for brief training in new methods, the sharing of ideas, and general inspiration. The regular normal school has been a significant feature since 1901 and is, in many ways, the most remarkable aspect of the new school system. Its women’s dormitory has been a hub for Filipino gatherings and has received consistent praise from the Filipino press. (From a previous communication to the Editors by J. A. LeRoy.) See VOL. 46, p. 95, note.—Editors.

10 This exchange of Mindanao missions by the Recollects for parishes in and around Manila and in Mindoro was closely connected with the pro-seculars’ campaign made in Manila and Madrid at that time—Father Burgos of the Cathedral standing out preëminently on behalf of his fellows the native priests, a direct step in the way toward his execution in connection with the Cavite mutiny of 1872. (James A. LeRoy, in a personal letter dated January 6, 1906.) See XXVIII, pp. 342, 343.—Eds. 

10 This exchange of Mindanao missions by the Recollects for parishes in and around Manila and in Mindoro was closely linked to the pro-secular campaign taking place in Manila and Madrid at that time—Father Burgos of the Cathedral standing out prominently on behalf of his fellow native priests, marking a direct step toward his execution in connection with the Cavite mutiny of 1872. (James A. LeRoy, in a personal letter dated January 6, 1906.) See XXVIII, pp. 342, 343.—Editors.

11 See post, pp. 170, 171, note 119. With the three priests was also executed one Francisco Saldúa. Máximo Inocencio, Enrique Paraíso, and Crisanto de los Reyes were sentenced to ten years’ imprisonment. Others were also condemned to death, some of whose sentences were commuted to life imprisonment. The following persons were deported to Marianas: Antonio María Regidor, 8 years; Máximo Paterno; Agustín Mendoza, parish priest of the district of Santa Cruz de Manila; Joaquín Pardo de Tavera, a regidor of Manila and university professor, 6 years. Some of the latter and others lost their qualification as advocates of the Audiencia.—Eds. 

11 See post, pp. 170, 171, note 119. One Francisco Saldúa was also executed along with the three priests. Máximo Inocencio, Enrique Paraíso, and Crisanto de los Reyes received ten-year prison sentences. Others were sentenced to death, though some had their sentences changed to life imprisonment. The following individuals were deported to the Marianas: Antonio María Regidor, 8 years; Máximo Paterno; Agustín Mendoza, the parish priest of the Santa Cruz de Manila district; Joaquín Pardo de Tavera, a regidor of Manila and university professor, 6 years. Some of these individuals and others lost their qualifications as advocates of the Audiencia.—Editors.

12 In a pamphlet by Manrique A. Lallave (Madrid, 1872), an ex-Dominican missionary from Filipinas, he declares that “the friars at that time possessed property to the value of eleven millions of pesos fuertes.” (Vindel, Catálogo biblioteca filipina, no. 1846.)—Eds. 

12 In a pamphlet by Manrique A. Lallave (Madrid, 1872), a former Dominican missionary from the Philippines, he states that “the friars back then owned property worth eleven million pesos fuertes.” (Vindel, Catálogo biblioteca filipina, no. 1846.)—Editors.

13 See post, p. 182.—Eds. 

13 View post, p. 182.—Eds. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

14 Bibliography of the Philippine Islands (Bureau of Insular Affairs, Washington, 1903), comprising under one cover these two volumes which were also published separately by the Library of Congress: A List of Books (with references to periodicals) on the Philippine Islands in the Library of Congress, compiled by A. P. C. Griffin; and the Biblioteca Filipina of Dr. T. H. Pardo de Tavera. For information regarding general bibliographies and bibliographical lists of Philippina, see VOL. LIII of this series. 

14 Bibliography of the Philippine Islands (Bureau of Insular Affairs, Washington, 1903) combines these two volumes into one collection, which were also published separately by the Library of Congress: A List of Books (with references to periodicals) on the Philippine Islands in the Library of Congress, compiled by A. P. C. Griffin; and the Biblioteca Filipina by Dr. T. H. Pardo de Tavera. For details on general bibliographies and bibliographical lists about the Philippines, see VOL. 53 of this series.

15 Reference has already been made in another footnote to the German original; English and Spanish translations of this work, both defective, were also published. It has not been deemed necessary in this brief sketch to append the bibliographical details, except when they may not be found in Bibliography of the Philippine Islands, under the names of the authors herein cited. 

15 A previous footnote has mentioned the original German text; both English and Spanish translations of this work, although flawed, were also released. It wasn't considered necessary in this brief overview to include bibliographical details, unless they aren't found in Bibliography of the Philippine Islands, under the authors' names mentioned here.

16 Particularly his Las colonias españolas de Asia. Islas Filipinas (Madrid, 1880). 

16 Especially his Las colonias españolas de Asia. Islas Filipinas (Madrid, 1880).

17 It is closely related also with the political questions of this period, with the friar controversy, and with matters of administration as such. 

17 It is closely linked to the political issues of this time, the controversy surrounding the friars, and administrative matters themselves.

18 El Diario de Manila was established in 1848, a name which was changed to El Boletin oficial de Filipinas in 1852, and again to the former name in 1860; papers called El Comercio were founded in 1858 (probably), and in 1869; La Oceanía Española, in 1877 (which succeeded El Porvenir Filipino); La Voz Española was founded in 1888 under the name of La Voz de España, the issue of March 5, 1892, marking the change of name. See Retana’s El periodismo.—Eds. 

18 El Diario de Manila was founded in 1848, and its name changed to El Boletin oficial de Filipinas in 1852, then back to the original name in 1860; a newspaper called El Comercio was established in 1858 (most likely), and again in 1869; La Oceanía Española was created in 1877 (which replaced El Porvenir Filipino); La Voz Española started in 1888 under the name of La Voz de España, with the issue on March 5, 1892, marking the name change. See Retana’s El periodismo.—Editors.

19 See also Griffin’s List for a list of periodical articles (mainly from American magazines, although some foreign titles are also noted.)—Eds. 

19 See also Griffin’s List for a compilation of articles from magazines (mainly American, though some foreign titles are also included.)—Editors. 

20 Retana reproduced this Reglamento de Asuntos de Imprenta of 1857 in volume i of the Archivo. Retana, who was for a time a newspaper man in Manila, says it was not known by the newspaper editors or by the political censor; in other words, the censor did about as he pleased. 

20 Retana reproduced this Reglamento de Asuntos de Imprenta from 1857 in volume i of the Archivo. Retana, who was a newspaper guy in Manila for a while, mentions that it wasn't known by the newspaper editors or the political censor; in other words, the censor operated pretty much as he wanted. 

21 The Filipino press of propaganda, published abroad, will merit attention further on, when “Reform and Revolution” are discussed. 

21 The Filipino propaganda press, published overseas, will be addressed later when we talk about “Reform and Revolution.”

22 Census of the Philippine Islands, 4 vols. (Washington, 1903). In vol. ii, pp. 17–22, are tables comparing Spanish estimates and censuses, with references to such. 

22 Census of the Philippine Islands, 4 vols. (Washington, 1903). In volume II, pages 17–22, there are tables comparing Spanish estimates and censuses, along with references to them.

23 Archipiélagos filipinos en la Oceanía, Censo de población veríficado el 31 de Diciembre de 1887 … (Manila, 1889). 

23 Filipino archipelagos in Oceania, Population census verified on December 31, 1887 … (Manila, 1889). 

24 For population alone, there may also be mentioned the table of various civil and ecclesiastical estimates, based mainly on the returns of the tributes, in Sancianco y Goson’s El progreso de Filipinas (Madrid, 1881), pp. 175–186; and the summaries of five Spanish censuses and tables of the 1896 census in Report of the Philippine Commission, 1901, ii, appendices HH and II. 

24 To talk about population alone, there's also the table of various civil and church estimates, mainly based on tax records, in Sancianco y Goson’s El progreso de Filipinas (Madrid, 1881), pp. 175–186; along with summaries of five Spanish censuses and tables from the 1896 census in the Report of the Philippine Commission, 1901, ii, appendices HH and II.

25 If possible, Pardo de Tavera’s bibliographical comments should be checked up by those made by Retana to some of these works in his various bibliographies.—Eds. 

25 If possible, Pardo de Tavera’s bibliographical notes should be cross-referenced with those by Retana for some of these works in his different bibliographies.—Eds.

26 See Library of Congress List, etc., pp. 9–11. 

26 See Library of Congress List, etc., pp. 9–11.

27 Cited in Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca as nos. 269 and 2,003. The American consular reports are given in a separate table in the Library of Congress List, pp. 178–180. Only those of Consul Webb, 1888–90, need be mentioned as containing some data of interest. 

27 Cited in Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca as nos. 269 and 2,003. The American consular reports are provided in a separate table in the Library of Congress List, pp. 178–180. Only those from Consul Webb, 1888–90, should be noted as they include some interesting data.

28 Both the papers cited have subsequently been reproduced in several other government bulletins, which will be cited in their places. E. W. Hardin’s Report on the Financial and Industrial Condition of the Philippines (Senate Document no. 169, 55th Congress, 3rd session) was similarly reproduced. All three of these documents, which were useful to American inquirers immediately following the events of 1898, may be disregarded by the student who resorts to the Spanish and other sources herein given. 

28 Both the cited papers have since appeared in several other government bulletins, which will be referenced later. E. W. Hardin’s Report on the Financial and Industrial Condition of the Philippines (Senate Document no. 169, 55th Congress, 3rd session) was also published. All three of these documents, which were helpful to American researchers right after the events of 1898, may be ignored by students who turn to the Spanish and other sources provided here.

29 A 36-page pamphlet, Commercial Progress in the Philippine Islands (London, 1905), by A. M. Regidor y Jurado and J. W. T. Mason, is quite inaccurate and in part gossipy, but may be noted as containing some nineteenth-century data on foreign traders and bankers not elsewhere in print. 

29 A 36-page pamphlet, Commercial Progress in the Philippine Islands (London, 1905), by A. M. Regidor y Jurado and J. W. T. Mason, is somewhat inaccurate and somewhat gossipy, but it is worth noting for containing some nineteenth-century information about foreign traders and bankers that isn't found elsewhere. 

30 Spanish Public Land Laws in the Philippine Islands and their History to August 13, 1898 (Washington, Bureau of Insular Affairs, 1901). These laws and conditions of land tenure under Spanish rule are also succinctly summarized by D. R. Williams in Official Handbook of the Philippines (Manila, 1903); in other respects the Handbook, a Washington library compilation prepared for the St. Louis Exposition of 1904, has no independent value and is often inaccurate. 

30 Spanish Public Land Laws in the Philippine Islands and their History to August 13, 1898 (Washington, Bureau of Insular Affairs, 1901). D. R. Williams also briefly summarizes these laws and the conditions of land ownership under Spanish rule in his Official Handbook of the Philippines (Manila, 1903); however, in other respects, the Handbook, which is a compilation from a Washington library prepared for the St. Louis Exposition of 1904, lacks independent value and is often inaccurate.

31 According to Retana, who cites this Informe emitido … sobre bancos hipotecarios (Madrid, 1889) in the Estadismo, ii, p. 151*. Pardo de Tavera (Biblioteca, p. 76) says that this report led to the official decision that, in view of the general lack of titles, the establishment of land banks would be premature. 

31 According to Retana, who references the Informe emitido … sobre bancos hipotecarios (Madrid, 1889) in the Estadismo, ii, p. 151*. Pardo de Tavera (Biblioteca, p. 76) states that this report resulted in the official decision that, considering the general lack of titles, the creation of land banks would be premature.

32 Following are special citations from his El progreso de Filipinas: Land tax, and arguments therefor, pp. 9, 10, 28–34, 48–53, 56, 65–80; tax on real estate in towns, pp. 81–89; deficiency of provisions for obtaining title to unoccupied lands, pp. 48–53, 54–56, 57–66, 222–223; data (mostly from Jordana y Morera) regarding development of forest and agricultural resources and amount of cultivated land, province by province, to 1873–74, pp. 187–204; value assigned to land, province by province, result of official inquiry of 1862, pp. 212–223; Filipino laborer and his share in development of agricultural resources, pp. 223–237; rates of interest on real-estate loans, pp. 253–254; land measures in use, pp. 257–258. 

32 Here are key excerpts from his El progreso de Filipinas: Land tax and its justifications, pp. 9, 10, 28–34, 48–53, 56, 65–80; tax on urban real estate, pp. 81–89; lack of provisions for acquiring title to unoccupied land, pp. 48–53, 54–56, 57–66, 222–223; data (mostly from Jordana y Morera) on the development of forest and agricultural resources and the amount of cultivated land, province by province, up to 1873–74, pp. 187–204; assigned value to land, province by province, results of the official inquiry of 1862, pp. 212–223; Filipino laborers and their role in developing agricultural resources, pp. 223–237; interest rates on real estate loans, pp. 253–254; land measurements in use, pp. 257–258.

33 The intemperate and fantastic writings of “Quioquiap” (Pablo Feced) in El Diario de Manila and La Política de España en Filipinas are in point. 

33 The excessive and wild writings of “Quioquiap” (Pablo Feced) in El Diario de Manila and La Política de España en Filipinas are relevant.

34 See also ibid., i, pp. 150–159. 

34 See also same source, i, pp. 150–159. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

35 These tables entirely supersede those presented, earlier in the period of American occupation, in the Monthly Summary of Commerce and Finance of the United States for November, 1899, and July, 1901 (which also reproduced the memoranda of Greene, Tornow, and others, already cited). Some of the tables presented in Bulletin No. 14, Section of Foreign Markets, Department of Agriculture (Washington, 1898) give in convenient form Philippine trade statistics by countries, both for imports and exports. 

35 These tables completely replace the ones shown earlier during the American occupation in the Monthly Summary of Commerce and Finance of the United States for November 1899 and July 1901 (which also included the notes from Greene, Tornow, and others already mentioned). Some of the tables in Bulletin No. 14, Section of Foreign Markets, Department of Agriculture (Washington, 1898) provide a convenient overview of Philippine trade statistics by country, for both imports and exports.

36 El progreso de Filipinas, pp. 238–244, foreign commerce, entry of Spanish and foreign vessels, etc., for 1868; p. 244, table of exports for 1871, in quantities (66 per cent of the hemp and over 50 per cent of the sugar going to the United States in that year); pp. 245–249, internal trade and inter-island shipping; pp. 253–255, rates of interest and kinds of money in circulation; pp. 255–258, weights and measures in use (about 1880). 

36 The Progress of the Philippines, pp. 238–244, international trade, arrival of Spanish and foreign ships, etc., for 1868; p. 244, export statistics for 1871, in amounts (66 percent of the hemp and over 50 percent of the sugar shipped to the United States that year); pp. 245–249, domestic trade and shipping between islands; pp. 253–255, interest rates and types of currency in circulation; pp. 255–258, measurements and weights used (around 1880).

37 Questions of customs administration belong with the subject of Spanish administration, further on. 

37 Issues related to customs management fall under the topic of Spanish governance, as discussed later.

38 It is another instance of the old tendency to emphasize political evils and remedies, and neglect economic considerations, in the Philippines. The labor monograph of V. S. Clark, above cited, brings out the fact that higher wages for Filipinos since 1898 are in part only a compensation for the previous penalization of the Filipino laborer through a declining medium of exchange. 

38 It's another example of the ongoing tendency to focus on political issues and solutions while overlooking economic factors in the Philippines. The labor study by V. S. Clark, mentioned earlier, highlights that the increase in wages for Filipinos since 1898 is partly just a response to the prior disadvantage faced by Filipino workers due to a decreasing value of money.

39 In Report of Philippine Commission, 1904, iii, pp. 487–503; and ibid., 1905, iv, pp. 71–87. 

39 In Report of Philippine Commission, 1904, iii, pp. 487–503; and ibid., 1905, iv, pp. 71–87. 

40 See M. Sastrón, La insurrección en Filipinas (Madrid, 1897 and 1901), chap. i, for a summary of the reforms of the ’80’s and 1893. 

40 See M. Sastrón, La insurrección en Filipinas (Madrid, 1897 and 1901), chap. i, for a summary of the reforms of the ’80s and 1893. 

41 It is thus that, from their point of view, the Philippine friars and their Spanish clerical-conservative defenders have branded the Filipino campaign, eventually for separation, as entirely produced and fostered by Spanish Liberalism. 

41 From their perspective, the Filipino friars and their Spanish conservative supporters have labeled the Filipino movement for independence as something entirely created and supported by Spanish Liberalism.

42 List of Books (with references to periodicals) relating to the theory of colonization, government of dependencies, protectorates, and related topics, by A. P. C. Griffin (Washington, 1900). It is inserted also in O. P. Austin’s Colonial administration, 1800–1900 (from Summary of Commerce and Finance of the United States for March, 1903). 

42 List of Books (with references to periodicals) on the theory of colonization, governance of territories, protectorates, and similar topics, by A. P. C. Griffin (Washington, 1900). It is also included in O. P. Austin’s Colonial Administration, 1800–1900 (from Summary of Commerce and Finance of the United States for March, 1903).

43 The Statesman’s Yearbook and such general works of reference will merit consultation; but it should be remarked that, prior to 1898, encyclopedias, annuals, etc., commonly treated the Philippines rather cursorily and not always accurately, while, generally speaking, the Spanish colonies have had very inadequate consideration at the hands of English and American authors and editors. For the special subjects of military and naval organization, see Salinas y Angulo’s Legislación militar (Manila, 1879), and Rodriguez Trujillo’s Memoria sobre la Marina (Manila, 1887), both cited in the Bibliography

43 The Statesman’s Yearbook and other general reference works are worth checking out; however, it's important to note that before 1898, encyclopedias, annuals, and similar publications often covered the Philippines briefly and not always accurately. Generally, Spanish colonies have received very little attention from English and American authors and editors. For specific topics on military and naval organization, refer to Salinas y Angulo’s Legislación militar (Manila, 1879) and Rodriguez Trujillo’s Memoria sobre la Marina (Manila, 1887), both listed in the Bibliography.

44 Published in La España Oriental, Manila, 1893, and La Política de España en Filipinas, 1893–94. See Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca, no. 1496; note also his no. 2702, under Tiscar. 

44 Published in La España Oriental, Manila, 1893, and La Política de España en Filipinas, 1893–94. See Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca, no. 1496; also note his no. 2702, under Tiscar. 

45 It is to be emphasized, however, that this abstract shows only the framework of that government, and that just as it stood (on paper) at the beginning of 1898, its author not having traced the development of that organism even for a few years back nor learned that some of the provisions he outlined were not really in practice. 

45 It's important to note that this summary only presents the structure of that government as it existed (on paper) at the start of 1898. The author hasn't explored the development of that system even a few years before, nor has he found out that some of the provisions he described were not actually in practice.

46 Grifol y Aliaga (vol. XLVI, p. 109, note 48) is very naïve, seeking to waive away the effect of the Maura law’s plain provisions in the same way as did some friar and other writers. In his decree providing regulations for carrying out the law, Blanco explained that the parish priests were to retain their inspection of the schools as regards the teaching of religion and morals. The municipal tribunals were expressly created as schoolboards—an institution of which Zamora (Las corporaciones religiosas) bitterly complains. In reality, however, this reform remained a dead letter in most villages, except in the provinces most advanced in the propaganda, where the Filipino local officials asserted their power of regulation (Bulakan, Batangas, Manila, etc.). (From a previous communication from Mr. LeRoy.)—Eds. 

46 Grifol y Aliaga (vol. 46, p. 109, note 48) is quite naive, trying to dismiss the impact of the Maura law's clear provisions just like some friar and other writers did. In his decree outlining the regulations for implementing the law, Blanco clarified that parish priests would continue to oversee the schools regarding the teaching of religion and morals. The municipal courts were specifically established as school boards—an institution that Zamora (Las corporaciones religiosas) criticizes harshly. In practice, however, this reform was largely ignored in most villages, except in the provinces that were more progressive in their advocacy, where Filipino local officials asserted their regulatory authority (Bulakan, Batangas, Manila, etc.). (From a previous communication from Mr. LeRoy.)—Editors. 

47 Pedro A. Paterno’s Regimen municipal de las islas Filipinas (Madrid, 1893), reproducing Minister Maura’s decree in its original form, with notes, was therefore premature. Except in some of its comments, however, this work is at least not merely ridiculous, as are this author’s writings on an imaginary primitive religion and civilization of the Filipinos. Don Pedro has a lively imagination, too lively for politics and history, but capable of providing good entertainment when he exercises it as a dramatist. One finds him much more pleasing in this rôle than as a Filipino reform propagandist, though in the latter capacity he seems to have been taken very seriously by Doctor Schurman and Mr. Foreman, and by various Spanish officials before them, including, for a time, Governor-Generals Primo de Rivera and Augustín. 

47 Pedro A. Paterno’s Regimen municipal de las islas Filipinas (Madrid, 1893), which includes Minister Maura’s decree in its original form along with notes, was therefore ahead of its time. Although some of its comments are questionable, this work is at least not completely absurd, unlike the author’s works on an imaginary primitive religion and civilization of the Filipinos. Don Pedro has a vivid imagination, perhaps too vivid for politics and history, but it can offer good entertainment when he takes on the role of a dramatist. He is much more enjoyable in this role than as a Filipino reform advocate, even though he was taken quite seriously by Doctor Schurman and Mr. Foreman, as well as various Spanish officials before them, including, for a period, Governor-Generals Primo de Rivera and Augustín.

48 Once more, the Manila press since 1898 merits attention here. The Filipino press has not been always fair in treating of the old régime, but both in the Filipino and the Spanish press of Manila since 1898 some things have been brought to light which were either suppressed for private gossip or not frankly discussed at the time of their conference. 

48 Once again, the Manila press since 1898 deserves attention. The Filipino press hasn’t always been fair in discussing the old regime, but both the Filipino and Spanish press in Manila since 1898 have revealed certain issues that were either kept quiet for private gossip or not openly talked about during their time.

49 Notes from his Progreso de Filipinas: Lack of public improvements and defects of public services, especially education, pp. 26–34; defects in administration of justice and its expensiveness, pp. 134–136; lack of development of material resources, pp. 205–211, 253–254; restriction of opportunities for Filipino laborers, and the evils of caciquism, pp. 212–237. A study of caciquism (subjection of the masses) and its deep roots in Philippine social, economic, and political conditions may be found in J. A. LeRoy’s Philippine Life in Town and Country (New York, 1905), chap. vi; also the same in part by the same author in the Atlantic Monthly for March, 1905. 

49 Notes from his Progreso de Filipinas: Lack of public improvements and flaws in public services, especially education, pp. 26–34; issues in the administration of justice and its high costs, pp. 134–136; lack of development of material resources, pp. 205–211, 253–254; limited opportunities for Filipino workers, and the problems of caciquism, pp. 212–237. A study of caciquism (the subjugation of the masses) and its deep ties to Philippine social, economic, and political conditions can be found in J. A. LeRoy’s Philippine Life in Town and Country (New York, 1905), chap. vi; also discussed in part by the same author in the Atlantic Monthly for March, 1905.

50 Though unsupported evidence here given, particularly when obviously gossip or when coming from partisan witnesses, is to be accepted with caution. F. H. Sawyer’s reminiscences of the administrations of various governor-generals are subject to the same caution, except where the author plainly speaks from a personal knowledge of the facts; nevertheless, that such opinions on the highest officials of the islands could pass current even as gossip among Spaniards and foreigners in Manila is in itself alone very significant of the tone of public life in the islands. Note Sawyer also on the administration of justice, and Foreman on the “pickings” of officials in the provinces. 

50 Although unsupported evidence, especially when it's clearly gossip or comes from biased witnesses, should be taken with a grain of salt. F. H. Sawyer’s memories of the various governors-general should be approached with the same caution, unless the author is clearly sharing from personal knowledge of the facts; however, the fact that such opinions about high officials in the islands could circulate as gossip among Spaniards and foreigners in Manila speaks volumes about the state of public life in the islands. Also, look at Sawyer's remarks on the justice system and Foreman’s comments on the “pickings” of officials in the provinces.

51 Note especially Military Governor of the Philippine Islands on Civil Affairs (Report War Dept., 1900, i, part 10), pp. 8–13, 79 et seq. See also, for defects and corruption in the customs administration up to 1881, Sancianco y Goson, pp. 36–37, 125–131. 

51 Note especially Military Governor of the Philippine Islands on Civil Affairs (Report War Dept., 1900, i, part 10), pp. 8–13, 79 et seq. Also check Sancianco y Goson, pp. 36–37, 125–131 for issues and corruption in the customs administration up until 1881.

52 Part of this money was spent in campaigns against the Moros, and perhaps for other purposes not covered by the budget of ordinary expenses. See La Política de España en Filipinas, v, no. 116, for an account of progress in this work up to 1895. The press of Manila has published during the past few years various articles on the funds collected by subscription in Spain and the Philippines for the relief of the sufferers from the earthquake in Manila in 1863. See particularly El Renacimiento, Manila, September 18, 1906, for a report on the subject by Attorney-General Araneta. It would there appear that nearly $450,000 were collected; by 1870, only some $30,000 had been distributed to the sufferers themselves; whether they received further shares at a later date does not appear, but $80,000 were loaned from this fund to the obras pías in 1880, and about $15,000 were used for cholera relief in 1888–89. Governor-General Ide instructed the attorney-general to demand the return of the $80,000 from the obras pías, and recommended that, when $50,000 of this fund had been recovered, distribution of it among those who suffered losses in 1863 should begin—almost a half-century later, and under another government! 

52 Part of this money was used for campaigns against the Moros, and possibly for other expenses not included in the regular budget. See La Política de España en Filipinas, v, no. 116, for an overview of progress on this matter up to 1895. The press in Manila has published several articles in the past few years about the funds raised through subscriptions in Spain and the Philippines to help those affected by the earthquake in Manila in 1863. In particular, see El Renacimiento, Manila, September 18, 1906, for a report on the issue by Attorney-General Araneta. It seems that nearly $450,000 was collected; by 1870, only about $30,000 had been given to the victims themselves; it’s unclear if they received any more later, but $80,000 was loaned from this fund to the obras pías in 1880, and around $15,000 was used for cholera relief in 1888–89. Governor-General Ide instructed the attorney-general to demand the return of the $80,000 from the obras pías, and suggested that once $50,000 of this fund was recovered, distribution to those who suffered losses in 1863 should finally start—almost fifty years later, and under a different government!

53 The new industrial (or income) taxes had, however, been inaugurated before he wrote. See his Progreso de Filipinas, pp. vii, 81–87, 93–94, on this subject; pp. 5–15, for extracts from a project of economic reforms in 1870 (which see, in the Biblioteca, no. 2041); pp. 9, 10, 28–34, 48–53, 56, 65–80, 81–89, arguments for a real-property tax; pp. 6–10, 100–124, 142–143, the tribute; pp. 133–143, miscellaneous taxes; pp. 142–143, local taxes proper. 

53 The new industrial (or income) taxes, however, had already been established before he wrote. Check out his Progreso de Filipinas, pp. vii, 81–87, 93–94, for details on this topic; pp. 5–15 for excerpts from an economic reform proposal from 1870 (see in the Biblioteca, no. 2041); pp. 9, 10, 28–34, 48–53, 56, 65–80, 81–89 for arguments regarding a real-property tax; pp. 6–10, 100–124, 142–143 for the tribute; pp. 133–143 for miscellaneous taxes; pp. 142–143 for proper local taxes.

54 Dr. Schurman drew from Spanish official publications the budget of 1894–95 for his exposition of the former Philippine government (Report of Philippine Commission, 1900, i, pp. 79–81), and this has been considerably quoted, with the assumption that it represented the full cost of government, in recent comparisons with the American régime. Sawyer (in an appendix) gives the budget of 1896–97, with just a note showing that charges for collection and for local government made the actual collections for the poll-tax considerably larger than the insular budget showed. Foreman, in his 1899 and 1906 editions, only reproduces from his first edition a fragmentary statement of the 1888 budget, without showing that this was only partial and without developing the later changes and increases in taxes. Retana, in the Estadismo, apéndice H, under Rentas é impuestos del Estado, gives the general totals of the budgets of 1890 and 1893–94 (likewise net totals for the central government alone). See Sancianco y Goson for proposed budget for 1881–82. The insular budget was published annually at Madrid under the title Presupuestos generales de gastos é ingresos de las islas Filipinas. The budget was made up at Madrid for each fiscal year, and put into effect by a royal decree (after its receipt in Manila, some few months after the beginning of the fiscal year which it was to govern). Some changes or additions were allowed to be made by the governor-general in imperative circumstances; otherwise the effort was to regulate Philippine finances just the same as if the islands were a province of the centralized government of the Peninsula itself. The folio volume of Presupuestos published at Madrid, running to several hundred pages, are valuable for giving in minute detail the expected items of expenditures, down to the last petty employee on salary; but they can give, of course, only the estimate of the revenue expected under each item, and actual collections sometimes varied considerably from these figures. Above all, these Presupuestos bear out the general remark that the Spanish budget as published tends to conceal rather than to reveal the actual burden resting on the people. They are not budgets for the insular government alone, hence the budgets for the city of Manila and for the local governments (provinces and towns), published separately in some years at Manila, must be consulted to get total net collections for all branches of government. In addition, one must dig out for himself from the laws governing taxation, etc., and from the archives the data regarding fees for collection, notarial, legal and other fees accruing to private pockets, surcharges for special purposes, etc. 

54 Dr. Schurman referenced Spanish official publications to present the budget for 1894–95 in his overview of the previous Philippine government (Report of Philippine Commission, 1900, i, pp. 79–81). This budget is frequently cited, assuming it reflects the complete cost of government during comparisons with the American administration. Sawyer, in an appendix, provides the budget for 1896–97 but notes that collection fees and local government expenses made the actual poll-tax collections much higher than the insular budget indicated. Foreman, in his 1899 and 1906 editions, reprints only a fragment of the 1888 budget from his first edition, failing to clarify that this was partial and neglecting to explain later tax changes and increases. Retana, in the Estadismo, apéndice H, under Rentas é impuestos del Estado, lists the general totals for the budgets of 1890 and 1893–94 (also net totals for the central government only). Refer to Sancianco y Goson for the proposed budget for 1881–82. The insular budget was published each year in Madrid under the title Presupuestos generales de gastos é ingresos de las islas Filipinas. This budget was prepared in Madrid for each fiscal year and implemented by a royal decree (received in Manila a few months after the fiscal year began). The governor-general was allowed to make some changes or additions under urgent circumstances; otherwise, the aim was to manage Philippine finances as if the islands were a province of the centralized government in the Peninsula. The folio volume of Presupuestos published in Madrid, which spans several hundred pages, is useful for providing detailed expected expenditure items, down to the smallest salary-paid employee; however, it can only represent an estimate of the revenue expected for each item, and actual collections sometimes differed significantly from these figures. Most importantly, these Presupuestos support the general observation that the published Spanish budget tends to obscure rather than clarify the actual financial burden on the populace. They are not solely budgets for the insular government, meaning that the budgets for Manila and local governments (provinces and towns), which were published separately in some years in Manila, must also be reviewed to get the total net collections for all government branches. Additionally, one must independently seek data related to collection fees, notarial, legal, and other fees that benefit private individuals, surcharges for specific purposes, etc., from the laws governing taxation and the archives.

55 The subject can not be thoroughly discussed here. For some data and references thereon, see contributions by the writer to the Political Science Quarterly, xxi, pp. 309–311, and xxii, pp. 124–125. Regarding ecclesiastical dues and exactions, the share of the ecclesiastical establishment in local revenues, etc., see, besides citations there given, M. H. del Pilar’s La soberanía monacal en Filipinas (Barcelona, 1888, and Manila, 1898).

55 The topic can’t be fully covered here. For some data and references on this, see the author's contributions to the Political Science Quarterly, xxi, pp. 309–311, and xxii, pp. 124–125. For details about church fees and payments, the role of the church in local revenues, and more, check out M. H. del Pilar’s La soberanía monacal en Filipinas (Barcelona, 1888, and Manila, 1898), in addition to the citations provided.

The above contributions cited by Mr. LeRoy are his criticism of H. Parker Willis’s Our Philippine Problem (New York, 1905), and his Rejoinder to Mr. Willis’s Reply to that criticism (March, 1907). See also Mr. Willis’s remarks on this matter in his Reply (pp. 116–119), which have been fully met in Mr. LeRoy’s Rejoinder.—Eds. 

The contributions mentioned by Mr. LeRoy include his critique of H. Parker Willis’s Our Philippine Problem (New York, 1905) and his Rejoinder to Mr. Willis’s Reply to that critique (March, 1907). Also, refer to Mr. Willis’s comments on this topic in his Reply (pp. 116–119), which have been thoroughly addressed in Mr. LeRoy’s Rejoinder.—Editors.

56 In confirmation of the first statement above, and for details regarding this debt, see Senate Document no. 62, 55th Congress, 3rd session, protocols 11, 12, 15, and 16; ibid., p. 412 (Greene’s memorandum); Senate Document no. 148, 56th Congress, 2nd session, for cablegrams between the President and the American peace commissioners from October 27, 1898, on, especially p. 44 (details of this loan); also Sastrón’s La insurrección en Filipinas (Madrid, 1901), pp. 284, 285. 

56 To confirm the first statement mentioned above and for details about this debt, refer to Senate Document no. 62, 55th Congress, 3rd session, protocols 11, 12, 15, and 16; ibid., p. 412 (Greene’s memorandum); Senate Document no. 148, 56th Congress, 2nd session, for telegrams between the President and the American peace commissioners starting October 27, 1898, particularly p. 44 (information about this loan); also, see Sastrón’s La insurrección en Filipinas (Madrid, 1901), pp. 284, 285.

57 Special attention may be directed to Clifford Stevens Walton’s The Civil Law in Spain and Spanish-America, including Cuba, Puerto Rico and the Philippines (Washington, 1900). 

57 Special attention may be directed to Clifford Stevens Walton’s The Civil Law in Spain and Spanish-America, including Cuba, Puerto Rico and the Philippines (Washington, 1900). 

58 Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca, no. 1770. 

58 Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca, no. 1770. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

59 Data obtained from Justices Arellano and Torres cover very well the judicial organization of recent years. For earlier years, it is often in error, the Washington editor having tried to improve the manuscript with data drawn from various sources and presented without a real understanding of the legal, judicial, and administrative system of Spain and the Spanish colonies. 

59 Data from Justices Arellano and Torres provides a solid overview of the judicial organization in recent years. However, for earlier years, it's often inaccurate, as the Washington editor attempted to enhance the manuscript with information from various sources without fully grasping the legal, judicial, and administrative systems of Spain and its colonies.

60 See especially Bulletin no. 22 of the Bureau of Government Laboratories (Manila, 1905), for a catalogue of the new scientific library in Manila. 

60 Check out Bulletin no. 22 from the Bureau of Government Laboratories (Manila, 1905) for a list of the new scientific library in Manila.

61 It may be said, however, that the real foundations of that science are only now being laid in the Philippines. Most of the Spanish writings in this line are, speaking strictly from the scientific point of view, unreliable or, in some cases, worthless. Blumentritt, who has written most voluminously on this subject, was never in the Philippines, but drew largely from these Spanish sources, and he has confused the subject rather than shed light upon it. The German and French scientists who visited the islands were, in most instances, not primarily ethnologists, and have done but fragmentary work in this field. Needless to say, all these sources must be consulted, especially for the historical side of the subject; but the science of Philippine ethnology proper is still in its infancy. 

61 It can be said, however, that the true foundations of that science are only just being established in the Philippines. Most of the Spanish writings on this topic are, strictly speaking, unreliable or, in some cases, worthless. Blumentritt, who has written extensively on this subject, never set foot in the Philippines and relied heavily on these Spanish sources, which has led to confusion rather than clarity. The German and French scientists who visited the islands were mostly not primarily ethnologists and contributed only fragmented work in this area. Clearly, all these sources should be reviewed, especially for the historical aspects; however, the field of Philippine ethnology is still in its early stages.

62 Especially in the appendix of VOL. XLI.Eds. 

62 Especially in the appendix of VOL. 41.Eds.

63 Appendix vii to report of Major-General G. W. Davis, commanding the division of the Philippines (Rept. War Dept., 1903, iii, pp. 379–398). 

63 Appendix vii to the report of Major-General G. W. Davis, in charge of the division of the Philippines (Rept. War Dept., 1903, iii, pp. 379–398). 

64 La Política de España en Filipinas reproduces Retana’s eulogy of Weyler (Retana was made a deputy for Cuba in the Cortes during the Weyler régime in Cuba) and occasional articles on the Blanco campaign in the Lake Lanao region, among which note (vi, p. 18) Blanco’s letter of Oct. 19, 1895, describing the beginning of a railroad and other work around the lake. Ibid., vii, p. 170, has the protocol of April 1, 1907, whereby Germany and Great Britain accept a modification of the Sulu archipelago protocol of 1885, permitting the prohibition by Spain of traffic with Joló in arms or alcoholic liquors. The projects to colonize Mindanao put forward in connection with the Lanao campaign have been mentioned. 

64 La Política de España en Filipinas includes Retana’s tribute to Weyler (Retana served as a deputy for Cuba in the Cortes during Weyler's time in Cuba) and some articles on the Blanco campaign in the Lake Lanao area, notably (vi, p. 18) Blanco’s letter from October 19, 1895, describing the start of a railroad and other projects around the lake. Ibid., vii, p. 170, contains the protocol from April 1, 1907, where Germany and Great Britain agree to a change in the Sulu archipelago protocol from 1885, allowing Spain to ban traffic with Joló in weapons or alcoholic drinks. The proposals to settle Mindanao related to the Lanao campaign have been noted.

65 The reports are in the annual Report of the Philippine Commission. Among the special publications, note Jenks’s The Bontoc Igorot (Manila, 1905), chap. ii, for some notes on Spanish relations with the Igorots. 

65 The reports are in the annual Report of the Philippine Commission. Among the special publications, check out Jenks’s The Bontoc Igorot (Manila, 1905), chap. ii, for some insights on Spanish relations with the Igorots.

66 Its columns could also be used to further personal interests, as already shown in the case of Weyler. Retana has since 1898 executed a “right-about-face,” as has been best shown in his recent biographical study of Rizal. Herein, in various editorial notes in vol. v of the Archivo (1905), and in various letters to the Filipino press of Manila, he has many times virtually apologized for his political writings up to 1898, has declared that he was always a “Liberal” at heart, and has thus written an impugnation of his own writings in behalf of friar-rule. In a letter to I. de los Reyes (reproduced from El Grito del Pueblo of Manila in El Renacimiento, Manila, July 24, 1906), Retana carries this note to the point of practically abject retraction, saying he never has been really a Catholic, never confessed since his marriage, etc., and referring to Rizal (whom he bitterly reviled from 1892 to 1898) as a “saint,” etc. Regarding Retana and Blumentritt, see also a letter by J. A. LeRoy in the Springfield Republican for July 7, 1906.

66 Its columns could also support personal interests, as already seen in Weyler's case. Since 1898, Retana has made a “right-about-face,” which is best illustrated in his recent biography of Rizal. In this work, along with various editorial notes in vol. v of the Archivo (1905), and several letters to the Filipino press in Manila, he has often apologized for his political writings before 1898, claimed he has always been a “Liberal” at heart, and effectively criticized his own earlier support for friar-rule. In a letter to I. de los Reyes (reproduced from El Grito del Pueblo of Manila in El Renacimiento, Manila, July 24, 1906), Retana goes so far as to practically retract his previous positions, stating he has never truly been a Catholic, never confessed since his marriage, etc., and referring to Rizal (whom he harshly criticized from 1892 to 1898) as a “saint,” and so on. For more on Retana and Blumentritt, see also a letter by J. A. LeRoy in the Springfield Republican for July 7, 1906.

In this connection see Retana’s opening paragraphs in his Vida y escritos del Dr. José Rizal, in Nuestro Tiempo for 1904–06.—EDS. 

In this regard, check out the opening paragraphs by Retana in his Vida y escritos del Dr. José Rizal, in Nuestro Tiempo for 1904–06.—EDS.

67 This work furnished almost the sole basis for the discussion of the work of the friars by Stephen Bonsal in the North American Review of Oct., 1902; but Mr. Bonsal, whose article is thus entirely one-sided, did not state the source of his information. More than this, Mr. Bonsal has, in translating, made even stronger some of the extreme claims of Friar Zamora. The latter (pp. 483–498) cites praise for the friars from various governors-general: Gándara (1866), De la Torre (1871), Moriones (1877), Weyler (1891), and Primo de Rivera (1898). It is to be hoped he has not garbled them all as he did the statement of Primo de Rivera, omitting its most significant expressions of opinion and exactly reversing its import. Moreover, Mr. Bonsal, in translating these passages from Zamora, thought it best to leave out, for his American readers, the statement by Weyler. Much the same ground as covered by the claims of Zamora is traversed, with citations, by J. A. LeRoy in the Political Science Quarterly for December, 1903 (also in the same author’s Philippine Life, chaps. v and vii). See also, in re extreme claims for the friars that they brought about all the internal development, settlement of towns, development of agriculture, etc., Sancianco y Goson, El progreso de Filipinas, pp. 212–223, official data as to agriculture and lands by provinces in 1862, at the beginning of the modern era of trade and industry. 

67 This work provided almost the only basis for Stephen Bonsal's discussion on the work of the friars in the North American Review from October 1902; however, Mr. Bonsal, whose article is completely one-sided, did not mention where he got his information. Furthermore, in his translation, Mr. Bonsal has made some of Friar Zamora's extreme claims even stronger. Zamora (pp. 483–498) includes praise for the friars from various governors-general: Gándara (1866), De la Torre (1871), Moriones (1877), Weyler (1891), and Primo de Rivera (1898). It is hoped that he did not distort all of their statements as he did with Primo de Rivera's, omitting its most significant opinions and completely reversing its meaning. Additionally, Mr. Bonsal chose to omit Weyler's statement in his translation, thinking it best for his American audience. J. A. LeRoy covers much of the same ground as Zamora’s claims, with citations, in the Political Science Quarterly for December 1903 (and also in the same author's Philippine Life, chapters v and vii). Also, see in re the extreme claims that the friars were responsible for all internal development, the establishment of towns, the advancement of agriculture, etc., in Sancianco y Goson's El progreso de Filipinas, pp. 212–223, which contain official data on agriculture and land by provinces from 1862, at the start of the modern era of trade and industry.

68 The official correspondence in the negotiations of Governor Taft with the Vatican, above cited, may also be mentioned here as discussing the question of recognition of the native clergy in the Philippines, and, in general, the status which the friars came to have there. Many loose assertions made with regard to the friars’ titles to the Philippines will be corrected by a perusal of the legal report on their titles cited above. 

68 The official correspondence from Governor Taft's negotiations with the Vatican, mentioned earlier, also addresses the matter of recognizing the local clergy in the Philippines and, more broadly, the role that the friars assumed there. Many vague claims about the friars’ rights to the Philippines will be clarified by reviewing the legal report on their titles referenced above.

69 The political phase of the attack on the friars’ privileges which rapidly developed, especially in view of the events of 1868, are discussed from the friars’ side in the pamphlet Apuntes interesantes (1870), condemned by Pardo de Tavera (no. 91) and ascribed to Barrantes. Retana (Estadismo, ii, p. 135*) praises the work and ascribes it to Friar Casimiro Herrero. A general argument against the friars in those times is that of Manrique Alonso Lallave, Los frailes en Filipinas (Madrid, 1872), parts of which were reproduced in El progreso, Manila, August 8–11, 1901. His figures on friar revenues, etc., are grossly exaggerated. He was an excloistered Dominican, later turned Protestant in Spain, and went to the Philippines as a Protestant missionary in 1890, being poisoned in Manila, according to V. Diaz Perez (Los frailes de Filipinas, Madrid, 1904, p. 10). 

69 The political attack on the friars' privileges escalated quickly, particularly in light of the events of 1868. This is examined from the perspective of the friars in the pamphlet Apuntes interesantes (1870), which was condemned by Pardo de Tavera (no. 91) and attributed to Barrantes. Retana (Estadismo, ii, p. 135*) praises this work and attributes it to Friar Casimiro Herrero. A common argument against the friars during that time is presented by Manrique Alonso Lallave in Los frailes en Filipinas (Madrid, 1872), parts of which were reprinted in El progreso, Manila, August 8–11, 1901. His statistics on friar revenues and other matters are wildly exaggerated. He was an excloistered Dominican who later became Protestant in Spain and went to the Philippines as a Protestant missionary in 1890, where he was reportedly poisoned in Manila, as noted by V. Diaz Perez (Los frailes de Filipinas, Madrid, 1904, p. 10).

70 See the Biblioteca, nos. 2,000 and 2,001. Both put forward the claims of the Filipinos on grounds of ecclesiastical rule and practice (the Council of Trent particularly), but it is to be feared that the author’s judgment on matters of authority purely ecclesiastical is sometimes warped by political or personal feeling. The same author’s Mi último grito de alarma (Bigan [Luzon], 1903) is an answer to Constitución apostólica Quae mare sinico (Manila, 1903), which is a defense of the Pope’s Philippine bull of 1903 by Presbyter Manuel E. Roxas, a Filipino priest. Father Pons also had a part in Impugnación de la censura impuesta … al Presbítero Adriano García (Manila, 1900), a notable case which much aroused the Filipino clergy in Chapelle’s time. Here and in Defensa del clero filipino are references to the torturing of native priests by the friars at Bigan in 1896, to make them confess complicity in a supposed plot for revolt in Ilokos. 

70 See the Biblioteca, nos. 2,000 and 2,001. Both put forward the claims of the Filipinos based on church rules and practices (especially the Council of Trent), but it's concerning that the author’s opinions on purely ecclesiastical authority may sometimes be influenced by political or personal feelings. The same author’s Mi último grito de alarma (Bigan [Luzon], 1903) responds to Constitución apostólica Quae mare sinico (Manila, 1903), which defends the Pope’s Philippine bull of 1903 by Presbyter Manuel E. Roxas, a Filipino priest. Father Pons was also involved in Impugnación de la censura impuesta … al Presbítero Adriano García (Manila, 1900), a notable case that stirred the Filipino clergy during Chapelle’s time. Here and in Defensa del clero filipino are mentions of the torture of native priests by the friars in Bigan in 1896, intended to force them to confess involvement in a supposed plot for revolt in Ilokos.

71 Biblioteca, no. 1689. Note also no. 1675. 

71 Library, no. 1689. Also note no. 1675.

72 For the latter, consult especially La Iglesia Filipina Independiente, organ of the schism, which was published in some sixty numbers between October 11, 1903, and early in 1905; also the recent pamphlet Documentos interesantes de la Iglesia Filipina Independiente (Manila, 1906). The history of the religious question under the Malolos government and guerrilla warfare, and especially of Aglipay’s part in it, has yet to be written from the documents (at least, unless those who participated are more frank in future than in past statements). 

72 For the latter, check out especially La Iglesia Filipina Independiente, the publication from the schism, which was released in around sixty issues between October 11, 1903, and early 1905; also the recent pamphlet Documentos interesantes de la Iglesia Filipina Independiente (Manila, 1906). The history of the religious issues during the Malolos government and guerrilla warfare, particularly regarding Aglipay's role in it, still needs to be documented based on the records (at least, unless those involved are more honest in the future than they have been in the past).

73 See for citations and statements (in part conflicting), about the deportees of 1872, Montero y Vidal, Historia, iii, p. 591 and footnote; Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca, nos. 1462 and 1463; and notes by Felipe G. Calderón in supplements to El Renacimiento for Aug. 11 and 18, Sept. 1 and 18, 1906. Several Filipino priests were also deported with these civilians, who were, as has been noted in our introduction, for the most part of Spanish, not of Malay, blood, though of Philippine birth. 

73 See for citations and statements (some conflicting) regarding the deportees of 1872, Montero y Vidal, Historia, iii, p. 591 and footnote; Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca, nos. 1462 and 1463; and notes by Felipe G. Calderón in supplements to El Renacimiento for Aug. 11 and 18, Sept. 1 and 18, 1906. Several Filipino priests were also deported along with these civilians, who, as noted in our introduction, were mostly of Spanish, not Malay, ancestry, although they were born in the Philippines.

74 Note especially Rizal’s introduction to his novel El Filibusterismo, as showing Filipino opinion on the matter. A story circulated among the people to the effect that the friars brought from Sambales province a native who looked like Father Gomez and who impersonated the latter in order to implicate him in the mutiny at the Cavite arsenal, with similar details, is related in an “Appeal for Intervention” presented by certain Filipinos in Hongkong to the Consul-General of the United States at that place in Jan., 1897. This document, by the way, has never received notice in the United States so far as known to the writer, who has a manuscript copy of it.

74 Note especially Rizal’s introduction to his novel El Filibusterismo, which reflects Filipino views on the subject. A story that circulated among the people claimed that the friars brought a native from Sambales province who looked like Father Gomez and pretended to be him in order to frame him for the mutiny at the Cavite arsenal. This, along with similar details, is mentioned in an “Appeal for Intervention” submitted by certain Filipinos in Hongkong to the Consul-General of the United States there in January 1897. By the way, this document has not been acknowledged in the United States, as far as the writer knows, who possesses a manuscript copy of it.

Rizal dedicated his novel El filibusterismo to the three priests executed in consequence of the Cavite uprising of 1872. That dedication is as follows: “The Church, by refusing to degrade you, has placed in doubt the crime that has been imputed to you; the Government, by surrounding your trials with mystery and shadows, causes the belief that there was some error, committed in fatal moments; and all the Philippines, by worshiping your memory and calling you martyrs, in no sense recognize your culpability. In so far, therefore, as your complicity in the Cavite mutiny is not clearly proved, as you may or may not have been patriots, and as you may or may not have cherished sentiments for justice and for liberty, I have the right to dedicate my work to you as victims of the evil which I undertake to combat. And while we wait expectantly upon Spain some day to restore your good name and cease to be answerable for your death, let these pages serve as a tardy wreath of dried leaves over your unknown tombs, and let it be understood that every one who without clear proofs attacks your memory stains his hands in your blood!” See J. A. LeRoy’s Philippine Life, pp. 149, 150.—Eds. 

Rizal dedicated his novel El filibusterismo to the three priests who were executed as a result of the Cavite uprising in 1872. That dedication reads: “The Church, by refusing to condemn you, has cast doubt on the crime you were accused of; the Government, by shrouding your trials in secrecy and shadows, creates the impression that there was some mistake made at critical moments; and all of the Philippines, by honoring your memory and calling you martyrs, do not in any way acknowledge your guilt. Therefore, since your involvement in the Cavite mutiny is not clearly proven, as you may or may not have been patriots, and as you may or may not have held beliefs in justice and liberty, I have the right to dedicate my work to you as victims of the injustice I aim to fight against. And while we await Spain to one day restore your reputation and stop being responsible for your death, let these pages serve as a delayed tribute of dried leaves over your unmarked graves, and let it be understood that anyone who attacks your memory without clear evidence has blood on their hands!” See J. A. LeRoy’s Philippine Life, pp. 149, 150.—Editors.

75 No real attempt to sift the evidence in the case is known to the writer. Montero y Vidal, Historia, iii, chap. xxvii (also read the three preceding chapters), gives the version of one side, with principal citations. Cf. Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca under these names, and see his version in Census of the Philippine Islands, i, pp. 575–579. His Reseña histórica de Filipinas suffered some alterations as published in the Spanish edition of the Census, and was separately printed at Manila in 1906, drawing forth a series of articles in the Dominican periodical Libertas (by Friar Tamayo), which also appeared in pamphlet form (Sobre una “Reseña histórica de Filipinas,” Manila, 1906). As regards the 1872 affair, Friar Tamayo has drawn almost entirely from Montero y Vidal. 

75 No real attempt has been made to analyze the evidence in this case, as far as the author knows. Montero y Vidal, Historia, iii, chap. xxvii (and be sure to check the three previous chapters), presents one side of the argument along with key citations. See Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca under these names, and refer to his version in Census of the Philippine Islands, i, pp. 575–579. His Reseña histórica de Filipinas underwent some changes in its Spanish edition of the Census, and was published separately in Manila in 1906, leading to a series of articles in the Dominican journal Libertas (by Friar Tamayo), which were also released as a pamphlet (Sobre una “Reseña histórica de Filipinas,” Manila, 1906). Regarding the events of 1872, Friar Tamayo relied almost entirely on Montero y Vidal.

76 As, for example, when José Rizal, yet a mere youth, scandalized the friar and “patriotic” Spaniards in Manila by presenting verses for a school celebration in Manila on “Mi patria” (“My fatherland”). 

76 For instance, when José Rizal was still a young man, he shocked the friars and “patriotic” Spaniards in Manila by reciting verses at a school celebration about “Mi patria” (“My fatherland”).

77 Rizal himself returned from Europe to the Orient in 1887, and visited his home, but was persuaded by parents and friends to go abroad again. He is said to have edited various circulars which were sent from Hongkong and distributed in the Philippines. 

77 Rizal came back from Europe to the East in 1887 and visited his family, but his parents and friends encouraged him to go overseas again. It is said that he edited different circulars that were sent from Hong Kong and distributed in the Philippines.

78 Marcelo del Pilar’s pamphlet La soberanía monacal en Filipinas (Barcelona, 1888; reprinted at Manila, 1898) was written with especial reference to these incidents, documents regarding which are given as appendices. Retana analyzed the 1888 petition against the friars, and discussed its signers, in his pamphlet Avisos y profecías (Madrid, 1892), pp. 286–308. See also Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca, nos. 1597–1599 and 2807, the latter being a separate print of the petition to the Queen, which appears in Del Pilar’s pamphlet, appendix ix. The reply of the petitioners to the accusation that they really covered separatist aims under their attacks on friar-rule is worth quoting:

78 Marcelo del Pilar’s pamphlet La soberanía monacal en Filipinas (Barcelona, 1888; reprinted at Manila, 1898) was specifically written in relation to these incidents, with documents provided as appendices. Retana examined the 1888 petition against the friars and discussed its signers in his pamphlet Avisos y profecías (Madrid, 1892), pp. 286–308. Also see Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca, nos. 1597–1599 and 2807, the latter being a separate print of the petition to the Queen, which appears in Del Pilar’s pamphlet, appendix ix. The response of the petitioners to the accusation that they were actually hiding separatist intentions behind their criticism of friar rule is worth quoting:

“The aspiration for separation is contrary, Señora, to the interests of the Filipinos. The topographical situation of the country, divided into numerous islands, and the diversity of its regional dialects demand the fortifying aid of a bond of union such as the ensign of Spain accords; without such a bond, it would be daily exposed to a breaking-up process hostile to its repose, and the very conditions of exuberant fertility that its fields, mines, and virgin forests afford would offer a powerful incentive to draw upon it international strife to the injury of its own future.” 

“The desire for separation goes against the best interests of the Filipinos, Señora. The geographical layout of the country, made up of many islands, along with the variety of regional dialects, requires the strong support of a unifying bond like the one offered by Spain's flag; without this bond, the nation would face daily risks of fragmentation that threaten its peace, and the very fertile conditions provided by its fields, mines, and untouched forests would invite international conflict that could harm its future.”

79 Becerra, as minister for the colonies, met in social reunions with the Filipino circle of Madrid, and presented in the Cortes projects for “assimilation,” religious liberty, and the secularization of education in the colonies and partial municipal reforms for the Philippines which were the forerunners of the “Maura law.” 

79 Becerra, as the minister for the colonies, attended social gatherings with the Filipino community in Madrid and presented proposals in the Cortes for “assimilation,” religious freedom, secular education in the colonies, and partial municipal reforms for the Philippines, which were early versions of the “Maura law.”

80 Friar Tamayo, in his reply to statements by Pardo de Tavera, points out that Weyler’s action was in consequence of decrees of the courts (Sobre una “Reseña histórica de Filipinas,” pp. 194–195). This Kalamba episode seems to have had a connection with the royal order of December 4, 1890 (under the new Conservative ministry) empowering the religious orders to dispose of their estates without intervention of the Crown, as had been provided by royal orders of 1834 and 1849. The friars had begun to make transfers to private corporations (really only fictitious “holding companies”) before 1898. 

80 Friar Tamayo, in his response to comments by Pardo de Tavera, highlights that Weyler’s actions were a result of court decrees (Sobre una “Reseña histórica de Filipinas,” pp. 194–195). This Kalamba incident seems to be linked to the royal order of December 4, 1890 (under the new Conservative government) that allowed religious orders to sell their properties without the Crown's involvement, similar to the royal orders of 1834 and 1849. The friars had started transferring ownership to private companies (which were essentially just bogus “holding companies”) before 1898.

81 One finds guarded references to his enemies among the Filipinos themselves in some of Rizal’s private letters. The part played during the propaganda by hints of treachery in camp, also of dishonesty in the use of the funds raised by subscription in the Philippines, is alluded to in various of the writings to be cited further on. 

81 One can find cautious mentions of his adversaries among the Filipinos in some of Rizal’s private letters. The role played during the propaganda through suggestions of betrayal within the group, as well as dishonesty in handling the funds raised by contributions in the Philippines, is referenced in several writings that will be discussed later.

82 Mariano Ponce (El Renacimiento, Manila, Dec. 29, 1906) tells of an earlier periodical of propaganda, España en Filipinas, started at Barcelona in 1887, Lopez Jaena being one of its board of editors. In this connection may be mentioned Ang Kalayaan (“Liberty”) organ of the Katipunan, which published one number (perhaps two) in Tagálog at the beginning of 1896, ostensibly in Yokohama, but really on a secret press at Manila. Data about it, and a translation of some of its contents into Spanish may be found in Retana’s Archivo, iv, Documentos políticos de actualidad, no. 15. Of Gracíano Lopez Jaena may also be noted the pamphlet Discursos y artículos varios (Barcelona, 1891). He died in Spain in 1895. 

82 Mariano Ponce (El Renacimiento, Manila, Dec. 29, 1906) talks about an earlier propaganda periodical, España en Filipinas, which started in Barcelona in 1887, with Lopez Jaena as one of its editors. Also worth mentioning is Ang Kalayaan (“Liberty”), the organ of the Katipunan, which published one (maybe two) issues in Tagalog at the beginning of 1896, supposedly in Yokohama, but actually printed on a secret press in Manila. Information about it and a translation of some of its contents into Spanish can be found in Retana’s Archivo, iv, Documentos políticos de actualidad, no. 15. Additionally, Gracíano Lopez Jaena is noted for the pamphlet Discursos y artículos varios (Barcelona, 1891). He passed away in Spain in 1895.

83 Epifanio de los Santos (one of the propagandists, now an official under the Philippine government) is publishing a biography and bibliography of M. H. del Pilar, reproducing documents and letters in Plaridel (pseudonym of Del Pilar), a weekly started at Bulakan, Luzon, Jan. 1, 1907. Besides La Solidaridad and La soberanía monacal, the writings of Del Pilar most deserving mention are the pamphlets La frailocracía filipina (Barcelona, 1889), and Los frailes en Filipinas (Barcelona, 1889), by “Padpiuh.” 

83 Epifanio de los Santos (one of the activists, now an official in the Philippine government) is publishing a biography and bibliography of M. H. del Pilar, including documents and letters in Plaridel (the pseudonym of Del Pilar), a weekly magazine that started in Bulakan, Luzon, on January 1, 1907. In addition to La Solidaridad and La soberanía monacal, the writings of Del Pilar that deserve special mention are the pamphlets La frailocracía filipina (Barcelona, 1889) and Los frailes en Filipinas (Barcelona, 1889), by “Padpiuh.”

84 The two alleged translations published in the United States under altered titles, do not merit even a mention; one is a garbled and partial translation from the Spanish, the other an “adaptation” from a French version of the original, boiled down to give the “story” and thus shorn of the very descriptive passages and delicious bits of satire which make the work notable, not as a novel, but as an exposition. 

84 The two supposed translations released in the United States under different titles aren't even worth mentioning; one is a jumbled and incomplete translation from the Spanish, while the other is an "adaptation" from a French version of the original, condensed to just present the "story" and thus stripped of the rich descriptive sections and clever satire that make the work significant, not just as a novel, but as a commentary.

85 The various Spanish reprints (also a French one) of these novels may be found cited in Retana’s recent work, mentioned below. The best to date, but no longer easily attainable, are editions of both novels printed at Manila in 1900 by Chofre & Cia. 

85 The different Spanish reprints (and a French one) of these novels are referenced in Retana’s recent work listed below. The best editions so far, but no longer easy to find, are copies of both novels published in Manila in 1900 by Chofre & Cia.

86 There must also be seen the collections Documentos políticos de actualidad in Retana’s Archivo, iii and iv, especially those in the latter volume connected with Rizal’s trial and execution. Besides the documents there reproduced—the diary of Rizal as a student in Madrid (now in the library of Edward E. Ayer, of Chicago), notes and documents furnished to Retana by various friends and coworkers of Rizal (especially by Epifanio de los Santos)—use has been made in Retana’s latest work of data published in the Filipino press from 1898 to date, particularly in the special numbers which appear annually in connection with the anniversaries of Rizal’s execution (December 30). Among these may be named especially: La Independencia, Sept. 25, 1898, and Jan. 2, 1899 (Rizal’s letters to Blumentritt regarding his relations with Blanco and recall to Manila for trial; also quoted by Foreman); La Patria, Dec. 30, 1899; La Democracia, Homenaje á Rizal, separately printed at Manila, 1899, with seventeen Rizal articles, sixteen reproduced from La Solidaridad; La Democracia, Dec. 29, 30 or 31, 1901–06, especially Dec. 29, 1905 (notes by Santos); El Renacimiento, same dates; ibid., April 28, 1906 (notes by Retana); ibid., May 26, June 2, and Dec. 29, 1906 (notes by Mariano Ponce); ibid., Sept. 22, 1906 (notes by Edouardo Late); La Independencia, Sept. 12, 14, 17, and 18, 1906 (Rizal’s correspondence from his place of exile at Dapitan with Father Pastells, the Jesuit superior, regarding his religious belief, and incidentally his loyalty to Spain).

86 The collections Documentos políticos de actualidad in Retana’s Archivo, volumes iii and iv, must also be reviewed, especially those in the latter volume related to Rizal’s trial and execution. In addition to the documents reproduced here—the diary of Rizal as a student in Madrid (currently housed in the library of Edward E. Ayer in Chicago), and notes and documents provided to Retana by various friends and collaborators of Rizal (notably by Epifanio de los Santos)—Retana’s latest work incorporates information published in the Filipino press from 1898 to the present, particularly in the special issues released each year for the anniversary of Rizal’s execution (December 30). Among these, the following stand out: La Independencia, Sept. 25, 1898, and Jan. 2, 1899 (Rizal’s letters to Blumentritt concerning his relations with Blanco and recall to Manila for trial; also cited by Foreman); La Patria, Dec. 30, 1899; La Democracia, Homenaje á Rizal, printed separately in Manila, 1899, featuring seventeen articles by Rizal, of which sixteen are reprinted from La Solidaridad; La Democracia, Dec. 29, 30, or 31, 1901–06, especially Dec. 29, 1905 (notes by Santos); El Renacimiento, same dates; ibid., April 28, 1906 (notes by Retana); ibid., May 26, June 2, and Dec. 29, 1906 (notes by Mariano Ponce); ibid., Sept. 22, 1906 (notes by Edouardo Late); La Independencia, Sept. 12, 14, 17, and 18, 1906 (Rizal’s letters from his exile in Dapitan to Father Pastells, the Jesuit superior, discussing his religious beliefs, and incidentally his loyalty to Spain).

See also La Juventud (Barcelona), El Doctor Rizal y su obra, published in 1897.—Eds. 

See also La Juventud (Barcelona), El Doctor Rizal y su obra, published in 1897.—Editors.

87 Morga, who gave a more truly scientific and in many respects more favorable view of the Filipinos at the time of the conquest than the later friar-chroniclers, had been neglected by Spanish writers and students, and Rizal’s purpose in bringing out the Sucesos was primarily to correct many recent exaggerations in the literature about the Filipinos. The bitterness with which his work (and even Morga himself) was assailed revealed the political spirit of the times. 

87 Morga, who provided a more accurate scientific perspective and, in many ways, a more positive view of the Filipinos during the conquest than the later friar chroniclers, had been overlooked by Spanish writers and scholars. Rizal's goal in releasing the Sucesos was mainly to address and correct many of the recent exaggerations in literature about the Filipinos. The hostility directed at his work (and even at Morga) highlighted the political climate of the time.

88 Filipinas dextro de cien años, in La Solidaridad, reprinted in Retana’s Archivo, v. 

88 Filipinas after a hundred years, in La Solidaridad, reprinted in Retana’s Archive, v.

89 Library of Congress List, pp. 99, 100; and Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca, nos. 307, 308, 339 and 341 (also 1087). 

89 Library of Congress List, pp. 99, 100; and Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca, nos. 307, 308, 339, and 341 (also 1087).

90 As also their tendency to assume that every Spanish official who favored a more liberal political régime in the Philippines did so because he was a Mason. The books of Sastrón and Castillo y Jimenez (especially pp. 372–376, 382), also the friar pamphlets of García-Barzanallana (Library of Congress List, p. 103) and Navarro (Biblioteca, no. 1,811), are especially in point. See, for accounts from the same point of view, the report of the Spanish officer of the civil guard, Olegario Diaz, no. 77 of Documentos políticos in the Archivo, iii, and other documents in that series in vols. iii, and iv. Masones y ultramontanes, by Juan Utor y Fernandez (Manila, 1899), is a defense of Masonry by a Spaniard who founded lodges in the Philippines. V. Diaz Perez in the pamphlet Los frailes de Filipinas brings out from the same point of view some figures and other data on Masonry in the Philippines. 

90 They also tended to believe that every Spanish official who supported a more liberal political system in the Philippines did so because he was a Mason. The works of Sastrón and Castillo y Jimenez (especially pp. 372–376, 382), along with the friar pamphlets by García-Barzanallana (Library of Congress List, p. 103) and Navarro (Biblioteca, no. 1,811), are particularly relevant. For accounts from the same perspective, see the report by Spanish civil guard officer Olegario Diaz, no. 77 of Documentos políticos in the Archivo, iii, and other documents in that series in vols. iii and iv. Masones y ultramontanes, by Juan Utor y Fernandez (Manila, 1899), is a defense of Masonry by a Spaniard who established lodges in the Philippines. V. Diaz Perez in the pamphlet Los frailes de Filipinas presents some figures and other information about Masonry in the Philippines from the same viewpoint.

91 In his Memoria al Senado (Madrid, 1897), pp. 158–163. 

91 In his Memoria al Senado (Madrid, 1897), pp. 158–163.

92 See Biblioteca, no. 2,665. 

92 See Library, no. 2,665. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

93 Cited in their original draft, somewhat skeletonized, in the notes furnished for Retana’s Vida y escritos de José Rizal by E. de los Santos, and by the latter also furnished in a manuscript copy to the writer (of which see the translation post, pp. 217–226). 

93 Cited in their original draft, somewhat simplified, in the notes provided for Retana’s Vida y escritos de José Rizal by E. de los Santos, and also given to the writer in a manuscript copy (see the translation post, pp. 217–226).

94 Notes, etc., in El Renacimiento, Manila, Aug. 11 and 18, Sept. 1 and 18, Oct. 13, 1906. 

94 Notes, etc., in El Renacimiento, Manila, Aug. 11 and 18, Sept. 1 and 18, Oct. 13, 1906.

95 This is especially true of the documents given by José M. del Castillo y Jimenez, El Katipunan ó el Filibusterismo en Filipinas (Madrid, 1897), pp. 114–117, 118–123, whence they have been quoted by various other writers. It is to be noted, first, that the source of these documents has never been given; they are not among the extracts from the official records of the courts-martial reproduced in Retana’s Archivo, iii, and iv; and, finally, certain passages in them read suspiciously as if prepared for the purpose of proving the most exaggerated statements about the Katipunan and of magnifying the scope and aims of the whole movement. 

95 This is especially true of the documents provided by José M. del Castillo y Jimenez, El Katipunan ó el Filibusterismo en Filipinas (Madrid, 1897), pp. 114–117, 118–123, which have been cited by various other authors. It’s important to point out that the source of these documents has never been specified; they don’t appear among the excerpts from the official records of the courts-martial included in Retana’s Archivo, iii, and iv; and, lastly, some passages in these documents seem suspiciously crafted to support the most exaggerated claims about the Katipunan and to inflate the scope and goals of the entire movement.

96 See on this subject an article by J. A. LeRoy, Japan and the Philippine Islands, in Atlantic Monthly, January, 1906. Primo de Rivera, in his Memoria (1898), several times declares that the Cavite insurgents of 1896–97 never had more than 1,500 firearms, including rifles of all sorts, shotguns, and revolvers. 

96 For more on this topic, check out an article by J. A. LeRoy, Japan and the Philippine Islands, in Atlantic Monthly, January 1906. Primo de Rivera, in his Memoria (1898), repeatedly states that the Cavite insurgents of 1896–97 never had more than 1,500 firearms, which included various types of rifles, shotguns, and revolvers.

97 This was allowed to appear even in the testimony as written down by the Spanish military court (Retana’s Archivo, iii, Documentos políticos, nos. 35, 46, and 55). 

97 This was permitted to be included even in the records created by the Spanish military court (Retana’s Archivo, iii, Documentos políticos, nos. 35, 46, and 55).

98 Besides Castillo y Jimenez, the Katipunan will be found discussed in nearly all the sources to be cited on the 1896–97 insurrection. Data on Bonifacio are scanty, but see El Renacimiento, April 23, 1903; ibid., for the notes of Calderón, above cited, and of Aug. 30, 1906, for a letter by Pio Valenzuela; also comments by A. Mabini and notes by J. A. LeRoy in American Historical Review, xi, pp. 843–861. A pamphlet, The Katipunan (Manila, 1902), by Francis St. Clair (?), published in order to put before Americans the friar view of the Filipino revolutionists, contains an English version of the report of Olegario Diaz, cited above; its notes, drawn indiscriminately from Retana, Castillo y Jimenez, and others, are full of errors. 

98 In addition to Castillo y Jimenez, the Katipunan is discussed in almost all the sources referenced regarding the 1896–97 uprising. Information on Bonifacio is limited, but see El Renacimiento, April 23, 1903; ibid. for Calderón's notes mentioned earlier, and for notes from August 30, 1906, regarding a letter by Pio Valenzuela; also, comments by A. Mabini and notes by J. A. LeRoy in American Historical Review, xi, pp. 843–861. A pamphlet titled The Katipunan (Manila, 1902), by Francis St. Clair (?), was published to present the friar perspective on the Filipino revolutionists to Americans and includes an English version of Olegario Diaz's report cited earlier; its notes, which are taken randomly from Retana, Castillo y Jimenez, and others, are rife with mistakes.

99 Friar Zamora (Las corporaciones religiosas en Filipinas, pp. 334–325) says the forces of the Civil Guard sent to the Bisayas were recruited not from the best men in the Filipino infantry regiments, as the Governor-General ordered, but from the worst, because these were the men whom the infantry colonels would let go. “We parish-priests knew this, because the Civil Guard officers themselves so told us; we saw, a few days after the posts were established in the towns, that the majority of the Guards ought to be serving, not in that corps of prestige, but in some disciplinary corps or in the penitentiary. Nevertheless, from our pulpits we recommended and eulogized what caused us disgust and displeasure, because it was so ordered by the Governor-General to the provincial of the monastic orders, and directly to the parish-priests themselves through the medium of the governors of provinces.” 

99 Friar Zamora (Las corporaciones religiosas en Filipinas, pp. 334–325) says that the Civil Guard sent to the Visayas was not made up of the best men from the Filipino infantry regiments, as the Governor-General had ordered, but rather the worst, because those were the men that the infantry colonels were willing to release. “We parish priests knew this because the Civil Guard officers told us directly; we noticed, just a few days after the posts were set up in the towns, that most of the Guards should be serving, not in this prestigious unit, but in some disciplinary corps or in prison. Nevertheless, from our pulpits we praised and endorsed what we found disgusting and displeasing, because it was ordered by the Governor-General to the head of the monastic orders and directly to the parish priests through the provincial governors.” 

100 Joaquin Pellicena y Lopez, a Spanish journalist of Manila, an admirer of the Jesuits (in some degree, perhaps, an exponent of Jesuit views on recent years in the Philippines), in the pamphlet Los frailes y los filipinos (Manila, Jan., 1901), defends the work of the friars as a historical whole, but condemns their unwillingness to progress with the times. As one proof that the rebellion of 1896 was against the friars, not against Spain, he says (pp. 27–28) that Governor-General Polavieja’s demand for 25,000 fresh troops in April, 1897, was, only a pretext to cover his resignation. Polavieja, who came out to succeed Blanco and under whom Rizal was almost immediately executed, had suddenly become convinced, says this journalist, by reading correspondence of Aguinaldo with the Jesuit superior, that the real cause of the trouble was the friars. As virtually emissary and appointee of the friars, the inference is, Polavieja concluded it would be impossible for him to settle the difficulties successfully. The letters of Aguinaldo to Pio Pí are most interesting, at least (See La Politica de España en Filipinas, vii, pp. 326–328). 

100 Joaquin Pellicena y Lopez, a Spanish journalist based in Manila and a supporter of the Jesuits (to some extent, possibly a representative of Jesuit perspectives on recent events in the Philippines), in the pamphlet Los frailes y los filipinos (Manila, January 1901), defends the friars' overall contributions in history but criticizes their reluctance to adapt to modern times. He argues (pp. 27–28) that Governor-General Polavieja’s request for 25,000 new troops in April 1897 was just a cover for his resignation. Polavieja, who succeeded Blanco and under whom Rizal was quickly executed, had suddenly realized, according to this journalist, after reading Aguinaldo's correspondence with the Jesuit superior, that the real source of the conflict was the friars. As an effective representative and appointee of the friars, Polavieja concluded it would be impossible for him to resolve the issues successfully. The letters from Aguinaldo to Pio Pí are quite intriguing (See La Politica de España en Filipinas, vii, pp. 326–328).

101 Notably the “removal” of Andrés Bonifacio in 1897 (regarding which the Bonifacio note above cites incomplete data), and the Biak-na-bató negotiation, treated below. 

101 Notably, the "removal" of Andrés Bonifacio in 1897 (which the Bonifacio note above mentions with incomplete information) and the Biak-na-bató negotiation, discussed below.

102 Memoria que al Senado dirige el General Blanco acerca de los últimos sucesos ocurridos en la isla de Luzón (Madrid, 1897). 

102 Report to the Senate by General Blanco about the recent events that took place on the island of Luzón (Madrid, 1897). 

103 Ibid., pp. 64–68, 163–169. The real Blanco expresses himself in these sentences: “For some people, proof of character and energy is given by ordering executions right and left, at the pleasure of the public, which is wont to be excited by passion; but, on the contrary, energy is shown by resisting all kinds of abuses, and this one most of all. To shoot men is very easy; the difficult thing is not to do it.” 

103 Ibid., pp. 64–68, 163–169. The true Blanco shares his thoughts through these words: “Some people think that showing character and energy means ordering executions left and right to please the public, which is often driven by passion; but in reality, true energy is about resisting all forms of abuse, especially this one. It's easy to shoot people; the real challenge is not doing it.”

104 See also Senate Document no. 62 for hearsay testimony by foreigners at Paris regarding the “reign of terror,” tortures, etc.; and the books of Foreman and Sawyer for similar testimony. 

104 See also Senate Document no. 62 for hearsay testimony from foreigners in Paris about the “reign of terror,” torture, etc.; and the books by Foreman and Sawyer for similar testimonies.

105 It is to be noted that some of the worst stories of Filipino outrages upon Spanish captives, especially friars, later proved to be rumors, or were exaggerated, though some brutalities were committed. See La Democracia, Manila, July 12, 1906, for an alleged confession by Friar Piernavieja (extorted from him, and dictated to him in bad Spanish); ibid., July 14, 1906, for data regarding the execution of him and two other friars in Cavite, in “reprisal” for the execution of Rizal. Isabelo de los Reyes’s pamphlet La religión del Katipunan (Madrid, 1900), as also other writings in Filipinas ante Europa and El defensor de Filipinas, a periodical edited at Madrid, 1899–1901 by Reyes, may be mentioned here, as to Aguinaldo and the revolutionary movement in general; statements therein are commonly unreliable. 

105 It's important to note that many of the worst accounts of Filipino atrocities against Spanish captives, especially friars, later turned out to be rumors or were exaggerated, although some brutal acts did occur. See La Democracia, Manila, July 12, 1906, for an alleged confession by Friar Piernavieja (which was coerced and dictated to him in poor Spanish); ibid., July 14, 1906, for information regarding his execution along with two other friars in Cavite as "revenge" for Rizal's execution. Isabelo de los Reyes’s pamphlet La religión del Katipunan (Madrid, 1900), along with other writings in Filipinas ante Europa and El defensor de Filipinas, a magazine edited in Madrid from 1899 to 1901 by Reyes, should also be mentioned in relation to Aguinaldo and the revolutionary movement in general; the statements in these works are often unreliable.

106 A few are in the List of the Library of Congress, under Political and Social Economy, and American Occupation, 1898–1903. Some may be found under the authors’ names in Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca

106 A few are listed in the List of the Library of Congress, under Political and Social Economy, and American Occupation, 1898–1903. Some can also be found by the authors’ names in Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca

107 So also La soberanía nacional, by D. Paradada, a Jesuit (Barcelona, 1897), cited by Pardo de Tavera, as “stupid.” In this connection may be cited the following titles of Spanish writings on the events following May, 1898, which contain some backward glances upon the earlier phases of the Filipino revolution, also some Spanish imprevision; Juan y José Toral.—El sitio de Manila (Manila, 1898). José Roca de Togores y Saravia (secretary of Council of Administration of Philippines).—El bloqueo y sitio de Manila. V. M. Concas y Palau.—Causa instruida por la destrucción de la escuadra de Filipinas y entrega del arsenal de Cavite. Notas taquigráficas (Madrid, 1899). Isern.—Del desastre nacional y sus causas (Madrid, 1899). Luis Morero Jerez.—Los prisioneros españoles en poder de los tagalos (Manila, Dec., 1899). Carlos Ria-Baja (a prisoner of the Filipinos).—El desastre filipino (Barcelona, 1899). Antonio del Rio (a prisoner, Spanish governor of Laguna Province).—Sitio y rendición de Santa Cruz de la Laguna (Manila, 1899). El Capitan Verdades (Juan de Urquía).—Historia negra (Barcelona, 1899). Joaquín D. Duran (a friar prisoner).—Episodios de la revolución filipina (Manila, 1900). Ulpiano Herrero y Sampedro (a prisoner).—Nuestra prisión en poder de los revolucionarios filipinos (Manila, 1900). Graciano Martinez (a friar prisoner).—Memoria del cautiverio (Manila, 1900). C. P. (Carlos Peñaranda).—Ante la opinión y ante la historia (Madrid, 1900); a defense of Admiral Montojo. Bernardino Nozaleda (Archbishop of Manila).—Defensa obligada contra acusaciones gratuitas (Madrid, 1904); especially for communications to Blanco, 1895–96, in re Katipunan, etc. 

107 So also La soberanía nacional, by D. Paradada, a Jesuit (Barcelona, 1897), referred to by Pardo de Tavera as “stupid.” In this context, we can mention the following titles of Spanish writings about the events after May 1898, which reflect some backward looks at the earlier phases of the Filipino revolution, as well as some Spanish shortsightedness; Juan y José Toral.—El sitio de Manila (Manila, 1898). José Roca de Togores y Saravia (secretary of the Council of Administration of the Philippines).—El bloqueo y sitio de Manila. V. M. Concas y Palau.—Causa instruida por la destrucción de la escuadra de Filipinas y entrega del arsenal de Cavite. Notas taquigráficas (Madrid, 1899). Isern.—Del desastre nacional y sus causas (Madrid, 1899). Luis Morero Jerez.—Los prisioneros españoles en poder de los tagalos (Manila, Dec., 1899). Carlos Ria-Baja (a prisoner of the Filipinos).—El desastre filipino (Barcelona, 1899). Antonio del Rio (a prisoner, Spanish governor of Laguna Province).—Sitio y rendición de Santa Cruz de la Laguna (Manila, 1899). El Capitan Verdades (Juan de Urquía).—Historia negra (Barcelona, 1899). Joaquín D. Duran (a friar prisoner).—Episodios de la revolución filipina (Manila, 1900). Ulpiano Herrero y Sampedro (a prisoner).—Nuestra prisión en poder de los revolucionarios filipinos (Manila, 1900). Graciano Martinez (a friar prisoner).—Memoria del cautiverio (Manila, 1900). C. P. (Carlos Peñaranda).—Ante la opinión y ante la historia (Madrid, 1900); a defense of Admiral Montojo. Bernardino Nozaleda (Archbishop of Manila).—Defensa obligada contra acusaciones gratuitas (Madrid, 1904); especially for communications to Blanco, 1895–96, in re Katipunan, etc.

108 First published under the title La insurrección en Filipinas (Madrid, 1897), but the later volume, covering also the events of late 1897 and 1898 and the war with the United States, is more complete. 

108 First published as La insurrección en Filipinas (Madrid, 1897), the later volume, which also includes the events of late 1897 and 1898 along with the war with the United States, is more comprehensive.

109 Memoria dirigida al Senado por el Capitán General D. Fernando Primo de Rivera y Sobremonte acerca de sa gestión en Filipinas. Agosto de 1898 (Madrid, 1898). Pp. 121–158 cover the Biak-na-bató negotiation. 

109 Report to the Senate by Captain General D. Fernando Primo de Rivera y Sobremonte regarding his management in the Philippines. August 1898 (Madrid, 1898). Pages 121–158 discuss the Biak-na-bató negotiation.

110 E.g., In his Reseña verídica (only signed, not written by him), an English translation of which appears in Congressional Record, xxxv, appendix, pp. 440–445. 

110 For example, In his Reseña verídica (only signed, not authored by him), an English translation of which is found in Congressional Record, xxxv, appendix, pp. 440–445. 

111 See Congressional Record, xxxv, part 6, pp. 6092–94, for English translations with explanatory notes. See also Senate Document no. 208, 56th Congress, 1st session, part 2, for the documents showing the discussion of the junta of Filipinos at Hongkong in February and May, 1898, relative to the Biak-na-bató money payments and the obligations thereby contracted toward the Spanish government. When the Philippine Insurgent Records now in manuscript in the War Department, edited by Captain J. R. M. Taylor, are published, all the captured documents on this and later matters will be brought together. 

111 See Congressional Record, xxxv, part 6, pp. 6092–94, for English translations with explanatory notes. Also, refer to Senate Document no. 208, 56th Congress, 1st session, part 2, for the documents showing the discussion of the junta of Filipinos in Hong Kong in February and May, 1898, regarding the Biak-na-bató money payments and the obligations that arose towards the Spanish government. When the Philippine Insurgent Records currently in manuscript form in the War Department, edited by Captain J. R. M. Taylor, are published, all the captured documents on this and later matters will be compiled.

112 The same as has frequently been cited as the program of reforms promised by Primo de Rivera, or even as being contained in an actual treaty. Such statements have usually been reproduced from Foreman or directly from insurgent proclamations. It is notable that in these (e.g., that of the La Junta Patriótica, Hongkong, April, 1898) it is only declared that Primo de Rivera “promised” these reforms, and that he himself would remain in the Philippines during a three-year “armistice,” as a guarantee that the reforms would be carried out. 

112 The same has often been mentioned as the reform program promised by Primo de Rivera, or even as part of an actual agreement. These claims have typically been taken from Foreman or directly from insurgent statements. It’s important to note that in these (e.g., that of the La Junta Patriótica, Hongkong, April, 1898) it is only stated that Primo de Rivera “promised” these reforms, and that he would stay in the Philippines during a three-year “ceasefire” as a guarantee that the reforms would be implemented.

113 The document cited by Foreman (2nd ed., pp. 546–547; 3rd ed., pp. 397–398), read in the Cortes in 1898, was not the final agreement and the terms of payment are incorrect. It is either spurious, or was superseded by the document, number 5 (of the same date) published in the Congressional Record, ut supra. This appears to have been the only document in Aguinaldo’s possession bearing the signature of Primo de Rivera, and it is merely a program prescribing the movements of the rebel chiefs from December 14 on, terms of payments, surrender of arms, amnesty, etc. 

113 The document referenced by Foreman (2nd ed., pp. 546–547; 3rd ed., pp. 397–398), presented in the Cortes in 1898, was not the final agreement and the payment terms are incorrect. It is either fake or was replaced by document number 5 (from the same date) published in the Congressional Record, ut supra. This seems to be the only document in Aguinaldo’s possession that has the signature of Primo de Rivera, and it is just a plan outlining the actions of the rebel leaders from December 14 onward, including payment terms, surrender of weapons, amnesty, etc.

114 Memoria, p. 125, cablegram of October 7, 1896. 

114 Memory, p. 125, cablegram from October 7, 1896.

115 A slightly modified copy of this appeal is quoted by Primo de Rivera (Memoria, pp. 140–141), and in Senate Document no. 208, pt. 2, pp. 2, 3. The writer has a copy taken from one of the originals. 

115 A slightly altered version of this appeal is referenced by Primo de Rivera (Memoria, pp. 140–141), and in Senate Document no. 208, pt. 2, pp. 2, 3. The author has a copy from one of the originals. 

116 Pardo de Tavera remarks (Rept. Phil. Comm., 1900, ii, p. 396) that someone “forgot he had this sum of money in his pocket.” 

116 Pardo de Tavera notes (Rept. Phil. Comm., 1900, ii, p. 396) that someone “forgot they had this amount of money in their pocket.”

117 Paterno has apparently given to Foreman a partial version of the transaction for the latter’s 1906 edition. Therein Foreman comes around to imply that there was, after all, no “treaty” about reforms, but he is still very much confused as to the money payments, etc., and almost every sentence contains an inaccuracy. He appears to have seen the Diario de las Sesiones de Cortes, at least for one or two speeches on this subject in 1898, when there were heated debates on Philippine matters in the Cortes, but it is strange he never consulted Primo de Rivera’s detailed account of the affair. 

117 Paterno has apparently given Foreman a partial version of the transaction for Foreman’s 1906 edition. In this version, Foreman suggests that there was no actual “treaty” regarding reforms, but he remains quite confused about the financial aspects and almost every sentence contains an error. He seems to have reviewed the Diario de las Sesiones de Cortes, at least for one or two speeches on this topic from 1898, when there were intense debates about Philippine issues in the Cortes, but it's odd that he never checked Primo de Rivera’s detailed account of the situation.

118 It was declared, however, in the press of Spain that Aguinaldo projected a residence in Europe and had started for Paris when Consul-General Pratt found him at Singapore in April, 1898. 

118 It was reported in the Spanish press that Aguinaldo planned to live in Europe and was heading to Paris when Consul-General Pratt discovered him in Singapore in April 1898.

119 The change of Spanish administration in October, 1897, bringing the Liberals again into power, with Moret, who had proposed secularization of education in 1870, as Colonial Minister, was another reason for expecting liberal measures in the Philippines as well as in Cuba. It was this new ministry which urged Primo de Rivera to conclude the Biak-na-bató negotiation speedily. One of the indications that the Biak-na-bató documents in the War Department, above cited, were “doctored” in some particulars is the insertion in Paterno’s letter to Aguinaldo of Aug. 9, 1897, of a reference to Moret being Minister; the change of cabinet in Madrid occurred two months later. 

119 The change in Spanish leadership in October 1897, which saw the Liberals return to power with Moret, who had suggested secularizing education in 1870, as Colonial Minister, was another reason to expect liberal reforms in the Philippines as well as in Cuba. It was this new government that urged Primo de Rivera to quickly finalize the Biak-na-bató negotiations. One sign that the Biak-na-bató documents in the War Department, mentioned earlier, were altered in some ways is the reference in Paterno’s letter to Aguinaldo dated August 9, 1897, noting Moret as Minister; the cabinet change in Madrid happened two months later.

120 See the Memoria, pp. 159–176, on Reforms. In a temperate, judicial way his discussion of the friars, from experience as Governor-General from 1881–83 and during the insurrection, is perhaps the severest arraignment they could receive, above all since it came from a man appointed by a Conservative administration. 

120 See the Memoria, pp. 159–176, on Reforms. In a calm and measured manner, his discussion of the friars, based on his experience as Governor-General from 1881-83 and during the uprising, is probably the harshest criticism they could face, especially since it was from someone appointed by a Conservative government.

121 See the Memoria, pp. 144–154. The incident is related in various tones by other writers. 

121 Check the Memoria, pp. 144–154. The incident is described in different ways by other authors.

122 See the pamphlets, reprinting articles from two of these periodicals: Juan Caro y Mora, La situación del país (Manila, 1897), series in La Oceanía Española; and El gran problema de las reformas en Filipinas planteado por El Español, periódico diario de Manila (Manila, 1897). These articles appeared while the Biak-na-bató negotiation was pending, and with full official sanction; but they touched the religious question only very cautiously, and mostly to defend the friars. The articles of Caro y Mora especially merit consideration in connection with the study of Spanish administration in its last stage. 

122 Check out the pamphlets that reprint articles from two of these magazines: Juan Caro y Mora, La situación del país (Manila, 1897), featured in La Oceanía Española; and El gran problema de las reformas en Filipinas planteado por El Español, periódico diario de Manila (Manila, 1897). These articles were published while the Biak-na-bató negotiations were ongoing and received full official approval; however, they approached the religious issue very cautiously, primarily defending the friars. The articles by Caro y Mora are particularly worth examining in relation to the study of Spanish governance during its final phase.

123 See especially El Liberal, of Madrid. The writer has a copy of a broadside dated at Madrid Jan. 26, 1898, Exposición elevada á sa Majestad la Reina Regente sobre la insurrección en Filipinas, by Vital Fité, a Spanish journalist, once provincial governor in the Philippines. It represents friar-rule as the chief grievance, but recites also abuses and defects of administration. 

123 Check out El Liberal, from Madrid. The author has a copy of a broadside dated January 26, 1898, titled Exposición elevada á sa Majestad la Reina Regente sobre la insurrección en Filipinas, by Vital Fité, a Spanish journalist who was once a provincial governor in the Philippines. It highlights the rule of friars as the main issue, while also detailing administrative abuses and shortcomings.

124 See J. Pellicena y Lopez, Los frailes y los filipinos (Manila, 1901). 

124 See J. Pellicena y Lopez, Los frailes y los filipinos (Manila, 1901).

125 An earlier indication of the friars’ fear of coming reforms is the pamphlet, Filipinas. Estudios de algunos asuntos de actualidad (Madrid, 1897), by Eduardo Navarro, procurator of Augustinians, who advocates “reform” by means of “a step backward.” 

125 An earlier sign of the friars’ fear of impending changes is the pamphlet, Filipinas. Estudios de algunos asuntos de actualidad (Madrid, 1897), by Eduardo Navarro, procurator of the Augustinians, who promotes “reform” through “a step backward.”

126 As, e.g., does Pellicena y Lopez, in Los frailes y los filipinos, to prove that separation was not the aim of the propagandists. The citation from Del Pilar’s Soberanía monacal (paragraph v), is almost identical with the paragraph of the 1888 petition to the Queen, quoted already. 

126 For example, Pellicena y Lopez, in Los frailes y los filipinos, demonstrates that separation wasn't the goal of the propagandists. The quote from Del Pilar’s Soberanía monacal (paragraph v) is nearly identical to the paragraph from the 1888 petition to the Queen that has already been mentioned.

127 The author of the preliminary report of the Schurman Commission, Nov. 2, 1899, must simply have blindly followed Foreman and must have somewhat misunderstood his Filipino informants, in order to make these remarkable statements (Report, i, pp. 169, 172): “This movement [rebellion of 1896] was in no sense an attempt to win independence, but was merely an attempt to obtain relief from abuses which were rapidly growing intolerable.” “Now [June, 1898] for the first time arose the idea of independence [in Aguinaldo’s camp].” 

127 The author of the preliminary report for the Schurman Commission on November 2, 1899, must have just followed Foreman without question and misunderstood his Filipino sources, leading to these astonishing claims (Report, i, pp. 169, 172): “This movement [the rebellion of 1896] was not in any way an attempt to gain independence, but just an effort to seek relief from abuses that were becoming unbearable.” “Now [in June 1898], the idea of independence [first emerged in Aguinaldo’s camp].”

128 A quite sufficient answer, if there were not plenty of others, to Dr. Schurman’s statements quoted above is afforded by this passage in a proclamation of Aguinaldo as Magdalo at Old Cavite (Kawit), Oct. 31, 1896 (Castillo y Jimenez, El Katipunan, pp. 298–302): “The revolutionary committee addresses to all Filipino citizens who love their country a general call to arms for the proclamation of Filipino liberty and independence as [a matter of] right and justice, and the recognition of the new revolutionary government established by the blood of its sons.” And, on the same date, in a proclamation outlining a rough revolutionary organization of Cavite province and each of its towns, he says: “Filipinas witnesses today a fact unprecedented in its history: the conquest of its liberty and of its independence, the most noble and lofty of its rights.” Yet, in March, 1897, Aguinaldo discussed in the correspondence with the Jesuit superior, as already mentioned, the reforms he thought the country asked, and expressly disclaimed for the revolutionists the aim for independence. So also his proclamations and interviews on leaving for Hongkong after the pact of Biak-na-bató (see La Política de España en Filipinas, viii, pp. 46, 47).

128 A sufficient response, if not more, to Dr. Schurman’s statements referenced above comes from this excerpt in a proclamation by Aguinaldo as Magdalo in Old Cavite (Kawit), dated October 31, 1896 (Castillo y Jimenez, El Katipunan, pp. 298–302): “The revolutionary committee calls on all Filipino citizens who love their country to take up arms for the declaration of Filipino liberty and independence as a matter of right and justice, and to recognize the new revolutionary government established by the sacrifices of its people.” On the same day, in a proclamation outlining a basic revolutionary structure for Cavite province and each of its towns, he states: “The Philippines witnesses today an unprecedented event in its history: the achievement of its liberty and independence, the most noble and essential of its rights.” However, in March 1897, Aguinaldo discussed, in correspondence with the Jesuit superior as previously mentioned, the reforms he believed the country needed, and clearly stated that the revolutionaries did not seek independence. Similarly, his proclamations and statements before departing for Hong Kong after the Biak-na-Bató pact (see La Política de España en Filipinas, viii, pp. 46, 47).

However, in a letter to Fray Tomas Espejo (undated, but written probably in January, 1898), Aguinaldo says: “A great work is this, which demands great sacrifices, followed by the shedding of quantities of blood. But what matters that, for it is very little compared to the sublime and holy end which we hold before ourselves in attempting to take arms against España. For this we have resolved to sacrifice our lives until we shall hear issue from the mouths of our compatriots, the blessed phrase ‘All hail, Filipinas! forever separated from España and conquered through the heroism of their inhabitants.’ ” (La Política de España, viii, p. 44).—Eds. 

However, in a letter to Fray Tomas Espejo (undated, but likely written in January 1898), Aguinaldo says: “This is a great undertaking that requires significant sacrifices, often involving a lot of bloodshed. But what does that matter? It seems very little compared to the noble and sacred goal we strive for in fighting against Spain. For this, we have decided to give our lives until we hear our fellow countrymen utter the blessed words ‘All hail, Filipinas! forever separated from Spain and victorious through the bravery of its people.’” (La Política de España, viii, p. 44).—Editors.

129 See Sastrón’s account of Biak-na-bató in chapters v and vi of his Insurrección en Filipinas for some fragments of documents on this subject. 

129 Check out Sastrón’s narrative about Biak-na-bató in chapters v and vi of his Insurrección en Filipinas for some excerpts from documents related to this topic.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

EVENTS IN FILIPINAS, 1841–1872

This period, opening with the coming of Governor Marcelino de Oraá Lecumberri, and closing during the governorship of Rafael de Izquierdo y Gutierrez, is one of the most important and critical in the history of the Philippines. It witnessed the insurrection of Tayabas (1841) under the leadership of Apolinario de la Cruz (q.v., ante, pp. 92, 93); the use of steamships against the Moros (1848), whereby the Spaniards gained great advantage; approval for the Spanish-Filipino bank, August 1, 1851, with a capital stock of 400,000 pesos, and 2,000 shares of 200 pesos each, of which 1,000 shares were to be acquired by the obras pías and 1,000 were open to the public (the bank beginning operation in 1852); the reinstatement of the Jesuits (October 19, 1852; although the first band did not arrive until the middle of 1859), whereby education was given a slightly freer movement;1 the famous educational laws of [211]December 20, 1863, and other educational orders, decrees, and regulations (q.v., VOL. XLVI); the Spanish revolution of 1867–68, and the new constitution; the opening of the Suez Canal (November 17, 1869), [212]by which communication with the mother-country was rendered quicker and easier, and liberalism given more decided tendencies; and lastly, the Cavite insurrection of 1872, which ended with the execution of three native secular priests. During this period [213]there were in all fourteen regularly-appointed governors, and eleven provisional terms, in the latter, Ramon Montero y Blandino serving three times, and Joaquin del Solar twice—the average of each term (regular and provisional) being slightly over one year. This was comparatively a period of newspaper activity, about thirty newspapers being founded during these years. The entire period may be called the period of adolescence.

This period, starting with Governor Marcelino de Oraá Lecumberri and ending during the governorship of Rafael de Izquierdo y Gutierrez, is one of the most significant and critical times in Philippine history. It included the Tayabas insurrection (1841) led by Apolinario de la Cruz (q.v., ante, pp. 92, 93); the use of steamships against the Moros (1848), which gave the Spaniards a significant advantage; the approval of the Spanish-Filipino bank on August 1, 1851, with a capital stock of 400,000 pesos, and 2,000 shares of 200 pesos each, where 1,000 shares were to be acquired by the obras pías and 1,000 were offered to the public (the bank began operations in 1852); the reinstatement of the Jesuits (October 19, 1852; although the first group didn't arrive until the middle of 1859), which allowed education slightly more freedom; 1 the well-known educational laws of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] December 20, 1863, along with other educational orders, decrees, and regulations (q.v., VOL. 46); the Spanish revolution of 1867–68 and the new constitution; the opening of the Suez Canal (November 17, 1869), [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] which made communication with the mother country faster and easier, and pushed liberalism in a more definite direction; and finally, the Cavite insurrection of 1872, which concluded with the execution of three native secular priests. During this period [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] there were fourteen regularly-appointed governors and eleven provisional terms, with Ramon Montero y Blandino serving three times and Joaquin del Solar twice—the average length of each term (both regular and provisional) being just over one year. This time was relatively active in terms of newspapers, with about thirty newspapers being established during these years. This entire period can be described as a time of adolescence.

Map of the Philippine and Mariana Islands; from Lettres édifiantes (Paris, M. DCC. XV)

Map of the Philippine and Mariana Islands; from Lettres édifiantes (Paris, M. DCC. XV)

Map of the Philippines and Mariana Islands; from Lettres édifiantes (Paris, 1715)

[From copy in Library of Harvard University]

[From copy in Library of Harvard University]

Conditions in Spain were to a certain extent reflected in the islands. Confusion and uncertainty in the Peninsula had their counterpart in the colony. The administrational experiments of the Madrid officials extended to the government of the colonies, and there were many changes which vitally affected the Philippines. Some of the new laws were good; others show a greater or less ignorance regarding the islands. Throughout, however, the prevailing tone is one of greater liberalism.

Conditions in Spain were somewhat mirrored in the islands. The confusion and uncertainty on the mainland were also present in the colony. The administrative experiments of the Madrid officials reached the government of the colonies, leading to many changes that significantly impacted the Philippines. Some of the new laws were beneficial; others revealed varying degrees of ignorance about the islands. Overall, however, the general attitude was one of increased liberalism.

To be classed under foreign politics of the period were the laws regulating foreign commerce; the slight contact with the Dutch who appeared to be making overtures for a settlement in the Southern Islands; some negotiations with the celebrated Rajah Brooke; and the campaign of Cochinchina, in which the Spaniards aided the French. [214]

To be included in the foreign politics of the time were the laws governing international trade; the minor interactions with the Dutch, who seemed to be seeking a settlement in the Southern Islands; some talks with the famous Rajah Brooke; and the campaign in Cochinchina, where the Spaniards assisted the French. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Local politics show great activity. Provincial limits were changed and fixed, and new provinces were created. Special subordinate governments were created for the Visayan Islands and for the Marianas. Police regulations were made, and bodies of police created. There were city improvements in Manila. Reforms were instituted in the various provinces in regard to the alcaldes-mayor. Various departments of the government were also reorganized. In 1867–68 new regulations were adopted for the management of the Audiencia of Manila.

Local politics are very active. Provincial boundaries were altered and established, and new provinces were formed. Special local governments were set up for the Visayan Islands and the Marianas. Police regulations were implemented, and police forces were established. There were improvements in the city of Manila. Reforms were put in place in various provinces concerning the alcaldes-mayor. Different government departments were also reorganized. In 1867–68, new regulations were adopted for managing the Audiencia of Manila.

In nothing is the upward trend more strongly marked than in economic lines. The measures passed were often groping, it is true, but yet on the whole looked toward the greater light. There was an attempt to exploit the coal mines of the islands, and mining regulations were made. Agriculture received attention (see post, appendix on agriculture). Commerce was given greater concessions, and the customs duties were revised. Provincial chiefs were forbidden to engage in trade. Various acts of legislation regarding monetary conditions, the establishment of a mint, and the coinage of special money for the Philippines attest the greater commercial activity. There was considerable legislation in regard to tobacco. The many laws regarding the Chinese have a purely economic basis. Topographical maps which were ordered made and the new roads ordered constructed indicate a desire to know the country and its conditions better. Exhibits of Philippine products were made at the world’s fair in London in 1851 and 1862. Telegraphic regulations were made in 1869.

In no area is the upward trend more evident than in the economy. The measures implemented were often tentative, it’s true, but overall, they aimed toward improvement. There was an effort to develop the coal mines on the islands, leading to new mining regulations. Agriculture also gained attention (see post, appendix on agriculture). Commerce received more concessions, and customs duties were updated. Provincial leaders were prohibited from engaging in trade. Various laws concerning monetary conditions, the establishment of a mint, and the creation of special currency for the Philippines reflect increased commercial activity. There was significant legislation related to tobacco. The numerous laws regarding the Chinese have an economic focus. The commissioned topographical maps and the new roads constructed show a desire to better understand the country and its conditions. Philippine products were showcased at the world’s fair in London in 1851 and 1862. Telegraph regulations were established in 1869.

For religious and educational influences of this [215]period see the religious appendix in our VOL. XXVIII, and the educational appendices in VOLS. XLV and XLVI. An important order of January 15, 1849, forbade the religious orders to alienate their property. A decree of June 20, 1849 gave the Recollects charge of the island of Negros, and they did considerable work there and developed the island somewhat, although they but built on previous efforts, and did not accomplish as much as has been claimed. The reëstablished Society of Jesus was given control of the mission work of Mindanao in 1861. The suppression of the house of St. John of God in Manila and the establishment of the Sisters of Charity were asked from the pope in 1852, at the time of the reëstablishment of the Jesuits. The conciliar seminaries were given into charge of the Fathers of St. Vincent de Paul on their establishment in the islands. The Franciscans were allowed to maintain a college in Spain for the training of missionaries for the Philippines.

For the religious and educational influences of this [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] period, see the religious appendix in our VOL. 28, and the educational appendices in VOLS. 45 and XLVI. An important order on January 15, 1849, prohibited religious orders from selling their property. A decree on June 20, 1849, assigned the Recollects to oversee the island of Negros, where they did significant work and helped develop the island to some extent, although they built upon earlier efforts and didn’t achieve as much as is often claimed. The reestablished Society of Jesus took charge of mission work in Mindanao in 1861. The suppression of the house of St. John of God in Manila and the establishment of the Sisters of Charity were requested from the pope in 1852 during the reestablishment of the Jesuits. The conciliar seminaries were placed under the care of the Fathers of St. Vincent de Paul upon their establishment in the islands. The Franciscans were permitted to maintain a college in Spain for training missionaries for the Philippines.

The history of the development of the people during this period has been greatly neglected. There was a decided advance educationally and politically, as well as a growing discontent, that were due to a complexity of factors, among which were the easier communication with Spain, the greater number of Spaniards in the islands, and the spread of books and papers through the capital and provinces. On the side of the government there were expeditions into the north country against the Igorots and other tribes. In the south there were almost continual campaigns against the Moros, over whom some important victories were obtained. The usual decrees ordering good treatment of the natives were issued, with as little effect as of old. The liberal policy that the government [216]was inclined to adopt toward the natives is evidenced by the efforts made to secure educational laws, and by the regulations of 1863. By an order of October 31, 1844, a casino was opened for the natives in Manila. Another order prohibited the smoking of opium by Chinese and natives. Discontent in the native body is seen in the revolts of native soldiers and police. It was forbidden to carry arms without a license. The lottery established in 1850 had a bad influence. The vaccination board established at Manila and the leper hospital established in 1850 at Cebú, were on the other hand good measures, but were not welcomed so heartily as the lottery. The surreptitious introduction and circulation of books and plays caused the government in 1854 to attempt to regulate the book trade. Government pawnshops were opened in 1860 in Manila. Pensions were granted to the parents of those natives who were killed in the service of the country. The earthquake of 1863 proved especially disastrous, and the cholera epidemic of the same year, while not so severe as that of 1820, decimated the people considerably. The Moret decrees (see VOL. XLV, pp. 163–165) were distinctly in favor of the natives, but were never carried out. The discontent ever grew more pronounced, and at last broke out actively in the Cavite rebellion, which was instigated and promoted by the secular clergy and others. There has been no attempt to do more than point out general tendencies during this period, and to note some of the most important matters. For a good working bibliography, which will be found to cover this period see Mr. LeRoy’s article The Philippines, 1860–1898—Some comment and bibliographical notes, which immediately precedes the present document. [217]

The history of the people's development during this time has been largely overlooked. There was significant progress in education and politics, along with increasing discontent, stemming from various factors, including improved communication with Spain, a rising number of Spaniards in the islands, and the distribution of books and newspapers throughout the capital and provinces. On the government side, there were military campaigns in the north against the Igorots and other tribes. In the south, there were almost constant expeditions against the Moros, with some important victories achieved. The usual decrees mandating the fair treatment of the natives were issued, but had little effect as before. The government's inclination toward a more liberal policy for the natives is shown through efforts to establish educational laws and the regulations of 1863. An order on October 31, 1844, opened a casino for the natives in Manila. Another order banned opium smoking by Chinese and natives. Discontent among the native population was evident in the uprisings of native soldiers and police. Carrying weapons without a license was prohibited. The lottery established in 1850 had a negative impact. Conversely, measures like the vaccination board set up in Manila and the leper hospital established in 1850 in Cebú were beneficial but not as well received as the lottery. The unauthorized introduction and circulation of books and plays led the government in 1854 to try to regulate the book trade. Government pawnshops opened in Manila in 1860, and pensions were provided for the families of natives killed in service to the country. The earthquake of 1863 was particularly devastating, and although the cholera epidemic that year wasn't as severe as that of 1820, it still significantly reduced the population. The Moret decrees (see VOL. 45, pp. 163–165) favored the natives but were never implemented. Discontent grew increasingly apparent, eventually culminating in the Cavite rebellion, which was encouraged by the secular clergy and others. This summary aims to highlight general trends during this period and note some key events. For a solid working bibliography covering this time, refer to Mr. LeRoy’s article The Philippines, 1860–1898—Some comment and bibliographical notes, which directly precedes this document. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 A royal decree of Jan. 22, 1784, by Carlos III, declared the ex-Jesuits competent to acquire and hold property; and, in the case of those secular coadjutors who had married, to bequeath their property to their heirs. That monarch died in 1788; and was succeeded by his eldest son, as Carlos IV. In Oct. 1797, the government learned that the Spanish ex-Jesuits were determined to return to Spain, on account of the persecutions and even death which menaced them in the Genoese territories, owing to a change in the government there, and that some of them had already [211]reached the Spanish ports; it therefore decided that they should be allowed to remain in the country, but must live in certain abandoned convents. The Jesuits objected to this, and finally the government permitted them (1798) to retire freely to the homes of their families or into any convents they might choose, save that they were not allowed to reside in Madrid or other royal seats. “Many ex-Jesuits returned to their fatherland, and others decided to remain in Italia; but this situation did not last long, for in the year 1801 another decree was issued condemning them anew to proscription.” Orders were given that within one week all Jesuits should leave their homes and present themselves at Alicante or Barcelona, where new orders would be given them. Some fathers advanced in years were allowed to remain in Spain; but all the rest were for the second time shipped to Italy, where they suffered great hardship. In 1808 the Spanish government felt more leniently toward these unfortunate exiles, considering, moreover, the difficulty of furnishing their pensions, and the fact that all those moneys were thus taken out of Spain to foreign countries, to find their way ultimately into the hands of her enemies; and a royal decree by Fernando VII, dated Nov. 15, 1808, granted permission to those Jesuits who desired to return to Spain, with the same pension which they had been receiving. After the war between Spain and France was ended, urgent requests were made to Fernando VII by various personages prominent in ecclesiastical, educational, and municipal affairs that he would reëstablish in his dominions the Society of Jesus; and permission was given by a royal decree dated May 9, 1815, for the Jesuits to have houses in the towns and cities which had asked for them. A year later, after various preparations for this change had been made by the government, another decree extended the reëstablishment to all the towns where the Jesuits had formerly had their institutions. “In virtue of this, all the Spanish Jesuits who were residing in Italy returned to España, at the expense of the court. All these decisions were adopted in España in fulfilment of the bull of Pius VII dated Aug. 7, 1814, Solicitudo omnium ecclesiarum, by which the Jesuits were reëstablished in all the Catholic countries—that of Clement XIV, which decreed the extinction of the order, being thereby annulled.2 Not five years [212]had passed after the reëstablishment of the Society of Jesus in España when, the revolution of 1820 having been successful, the Cortes assembled; and the Spanish monarch, by decree of September 6 in that same year, again suppressed the [Jesuit] institute, together with the other monastic orders, allowing the Jesuits, however, liberty to reside in España. Fernando communicated to his Holiness the above decision, and Pius VII replied in a letter of September 15, expressing the displeasure with which he had received the tidings; but in 1823, the constitutional government having been destroyed, the regency issued a decree on June 11, reëstablishing the Society and the rest of the regular orders in the same condition in which they were before March 7, 1820. Fernando VII died on Sept. 29, 1833, and the civil war began; and on July 17, 1834, occurred the lamentable massacre3 of the Jesuits and other religious. By royal decree of July 4, 1835, the Society of Jesus was anew declared extinguished; and its property was ordered to be sold, in order to apply the product thereof to the extinction of the public debt. In spite of this decision, the Jesuits remained established in España; and it was necessary, in the last revolutionary period, to issue the decree of Oct. 12, 1868, suppressing the Society of Jesus in the Peninsula and the adjacent islands; and commanding that within the space of three days all their colleges and institutions should be closed, and possession be taken of their temporalities in the form provided on this point by the royal decree of July 4, 1835. To these provisions were added this, that the individuals of the suppressed Society might not again reunite in a body or a community, nor wear the garb of the order, nor be in any way subordinate to the superiors of the order who existed either within or without España, those who were not ordained in sacris remaining subject in all matters to the ordinary civil jurisdiction. But the realization of this measure was ephemeral; for when the constitution of June 5, 1869, was published, the right of every person was declared—and repeated in the constitution of June 30, 1876—to associate with others for all the purposes in human life which are not opposed to public morals; and, by favor of this liberty, the individuals of the Society of Jesus [213]considered themselves authorized to form an association and found anew colleges and houses in the Spanish dominions.”

1 A royal decree from January 22, 1784, by Carlos III, declared that the former Jesuits were allowed to acquire and own property; and, for those secular coadjutors who had married, to leave their property to their heirs. That king died in 1788 and was succeeded by his eldest son, Carlos IV. In October 1797, the government discovered that the Spanish ex-Jesuits wanted to return to Spain due to the persecution and even death threatening them in the Genoese territories, following a change in government there, and that some had already [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]arrived at Spanish ports. Therefore, the government decided they could stay in the country but must live in certain abandoned convents. The Jesuits objected, and finally, in 1798, the government allowed them to return freely to their families or any convents they chose, except they weren't allowed to live in Madrid or other royal cities. "Many ex-Jesuits returned to their homeland, while others chose to stay in Italy; but this situation didn’t last long, as another decree in 1801 again condemned them to exile." Orders were issued that within one week all Jesuits had to leave their homes and report to Alicante or Barcelona, where they would receive new instructions. Some older fathers were allowed to remain in Spain, but all the others were again sent back to Italy, where they faced great hardships. In 1808, the Spanish government became more lenient toward these unfortunate exiles, especially considering the difficulty of paying their pensions and the fact that those funds were leaving Spain for foreign countries, ultimately benefiting Spain's enemies; and on November 15, 1808, a royal decree by Fernando VII allowed those Jesuits who wanted to return to Spain to do so with the same pension they had been receiving. After the war between Spain and France ended, various influential figures in church, education, and municipal affairs urgently requested Fernando VII to reinstate the Society of Jesus in his territories; and a royal decree dated May 9, 1815, permitted the Jesuits to have houses in the towns and cities that had requested them. A year later, after the government made various preparations, another decree extended this reinstatement to all the towns where the Jesuits had previously had their institutions. "As a result, all the Spanish Jesuits living in Italy returned to Spain, at the court’s expense. All of these decisions were made in Spain to fulfill the bull of Pius VII dated August 7, 1814, Solicitudo omnium ecclesiarum, by which the Jesuits were reestablished in all Catholic countries, nullifying Clement XIV’s decree that abolished the order." 2 Not five years [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] after the Society of Jesus was reestablished in Spain, the successful revolution of 1820 led to the assembly of the Cortes; and on September 6 of that same year, the Spanish monarch issued a decree that once again suppressed the [Jesuit] institute, although allowing the Jesuits to remain in Spain. Fernando communicated this decision to the Pope, and Pius VII expressed his displeasure in a letter on September 15; but in 1823, after the constitutional government was dismantled, the regency issued a decree on June 11, reestablishing the Society and the other regular orders to their previous status before March 7, 1820. Fernando VII died on September 29, 1833, sparking a civil war; and on July 17, 1834, the tragic massacre occurred 3 of the Jesuits and other religious figures. By royal decree on July 4, 1835, the Society of Jesus was once again declared dissolved, and its property was ordered to be sold to help pay off the public debt. Despite this decision, the Jesuits remained established in Spain, and it became necessary, during the last revolutionary period, to issue the decree on October 12, 1868, which suppressed the Society of Jesus on the Peninsula and the nearby islands; and ordered that all their colleges and institutions close within three days, and that possession of their properties be taken in accordance with the provisions stated by the royal decree of July 4, 1835. Additionally, this decree stipulated that members of the suppressed Society could not reunite as a group or community, wear the order's clothing, or be under the authority of existing superiors either within or outside Spain, with those who were not ordained in sacris remaining subject to ordinary civil jurisdiction in all matters. However, the enforcement of this measure was short-lived; for upon the publication of the constitution on June 5, 1869, it was declared that everyone had the right—and this was repeated in the constitution of June 30, 1876—to associate with others for all human purposes not contrary to public morals; and, thanks to this freedom, members of the Society of Jesus [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] felt authorized to form an association and establish new colleges and houses in the Spanish territories.”

A brief of Pope Leo XIII, dated July 13, 1886, finally reëstablished the Society of Jesus throughout the world, and abrogated that of Clement XIV which in 1773 suppressed the order. The pope took occasion to express this permission in the warmest and most forcible terms; and “the rehabilitation of the Society of Jesus could not have been more complete or more satisfactory.” “It is pleasant to observe that, after three centuries of strife, the principle of authority has triumphed.” (Danvila, Reinado de Carlos III, iii, pp. 613–625.) 

A brief from Pope Leo XIII, dated July 13, 1886, officially reinstated the Society of Jesus around the world and revoked the order that Clement XIV had put in place in 1773, which had suppressed it. The pope took the opportunity to express this approval in the strongest and warmest terms; “the restoration of the Society of Jesus could not have been more complete or more satisfying.” “It’s encouraging to see that, after three centuries of conflict, the principle of authority has prevailed.” (Danvila, Reinado de Carlos III, iii, pp. 613–625.)

2 A letter from Mariano Fernandez Folgueras, dated Manila, Aug. 18, 1819, mentions the decrees of Fernando VII by which the Society of Jesus is to be established throughout Spanish dominions, and promises obedience to the royal orders. 

2 A letter from Mariano Fernandez Folgueras, dated Manila, Aug. 18, 1819, talks about the decrees of Fernando VII that establish the Society of Jesus across Spanish territories and expresses commitment to following the royal orders.

3 An epidemic of cholera was raging in Madrid, and some malicious persons persuaded the common people that it was caused by the friars having poisoned the water. A mob broke into the Jesuit convents and murdered many of the inmates; and over a hundred friars were killed for the same reason. 

3 A cholera outbreak was sweeping through Madrid, and some deceitful individuals convinced the general public that the friars had poisoned the water. A mob stormed the Jesuit convents and killed many of the residents; over a hundred friars were slain for the same reason.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CONSTITUTION OF THE LIGA FILIPINA

Ends:

Ends:

1. To unite the whole archipelago into one compact, vigorous, and homogeneous body.

1. To bring the entire archipelago together into one solid, strong, and unified entity.

2. Mutual protection in every want and necessity.

2. Supporting each other in every need and necessity.

3. Defense against all violence and injustice.

3. Protection against all violence and injustice.

4. Encouragement of instruction, agriculture, and commerce.

4. Promotion of education, farming, and business.

5. Study and application of reforms.

5. Analyzing and implementing changes.

Motto: Unus instar omnium [i.e., one like all.]

Motto: Unus instar omnium [i.e., one like all.]

Countersign: …

Countersign: …

Form:

Form:

1. To set these ends in operation, a Popular Council, a Provincial Council, and a Supreme Council shall be created.

1. To put these goals into action, a Popular Council, a Provincial Council, and a Supreme Council will be established.

2. Each Council shall consist of a Chief, a Fiscal, a Treasurer, a Secretary, and members.

2. Each Council will include a Chief, a Fiscal, a Treasurer, a Secretary, and members.

3. The Supreme Council shall consist of the Provincial Chiefs, just as the Provincial Council shall be composed of the Popular Chiefs.

3. The Supreme Council will include the Provincial Chiefs, just as the Provincial Council will be made up of the Popular Chiefs.

4. The Supreme Council shall have command of the Liga Filipina, and shall deal directly with the Provincial Chiefs and Popular Chiefs.

4. The Supreme Council will have control over the Liga Filipina and will communicate directly with the Provincial Chiefs and Popular Chiefs.

5. The Provincial Council shall have command of the Popular Chiefs. [218]

5. The Provincial Council will oversee the Local Leaders. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

6. The Popular Council only shall have command of the members.

6. The Popular Council will only have authority over the members.

7. Each Provincial Council and Popular Council shall adopt a name different from that of their locality or region.

7. Each Provincial Council and Popular Council must choose a name that is different from that of their locality or region.

Duties of the Members:

Members' Responsibilities:

1. They shall pay monthly dues of ten centimos.

1. They will pay monthly dues of ten centavos.

2. They shall obey blindly and promptly every order emanating from a Council or a Chief.

2. They must follow every order from a Council or a Chief without question and without delay.

3. They shall inform the Fiscal of their Council of whatever they note or hear that has reference to the Liga Filipina.

3. They will inform the Fiscal of their Council about anything they notice or hear that relates to the Liga Filipina.

4. They shall preserve the most absolute secrecy in regard to the decisions of the Council.

4. They must keep the Council’s decisions completely confidential.

5. In all walks of life, preference shall be given to the members. Nothing shall be bought except in the shop of a member, or whenever anything is sold to a member, he shall have a rebate. Circumstances being equal, the member shall always be favored. Every infraction of this article shall be severely punished.

5. In every area of life, priority should be given to the members. Nothing can be purchased except from a member's shop, and whenever a member buys something, they should receive a discount. If the circumstances are the same, the member will always be preferred. Any violation of this rule will be strictly penalized.

6. The member who does not help another member in the case of need or danger, although able to do so, shall be punished, and at least the same penalty suffered by the other shall be imposed on him.

6. A member who fails to assist another member in times of need or danger, even if they are able to help, will face punishment, which will be at least the same as the penalty imposed on the other member.

7. Each member, on affiliation, shall adopt a new name of his own choice, and shall not be able to change the same unless he become a Provincial Chief.

7. Each member, upon joining, will choose a new name for themselves and won't be able to change it unless they become a Provincial Chief.

8. He shall bring to each Council a service [trabajo; evidently a service done for the organization], an observation, a study, or a new candidate.

8. He will bring to each Council a service [trabajo; clearly a service performed for the organization], an observation, a study, or a new candidate.

9. He shall not submit to any humiliation or treat anyone with contempt. [219]

9. He will not accept any humiliation or treat anyone with disrespect. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Duties of the Chief:

Chief's Responsibilities:

1. He shall continually watch over the life of his Council. He shall memorize the new and real names of all the Councils if he is the Supreme Chief, and if only a Popular Chief those of all his affiliated members.

1. He must always keep an eye on the life of his Council. He should memorize the new and actual names of all the Councils if he is the Supreme Chief, and if he is just a Popular Chief, then those of all his affiliated members.

2. He shall constantly study means to unite his subordinates and place them in quick communication.

2. He should continually look for ways to bring his team together and facilitate quick communication among them.

3. He shall study and remedy the necessities of the Liga Filipina, of the Provincial Council, or of the Popular Council, according as he is Supreme Chief, Provincial Chief, or Popular Chief.

3. He will assess and address the needs of the Liga Filipina, the Provincial Council, or the Popular Council, depending on whether he is the Supreme Chief, Provincial Chief, or Popular Chief.

4. He shall heed all the observations, communications, and petitions which are made to him, and shall immediately communicate them to the proper person.

4. He should pay attention to all the comments, messages, and requests made to him and should immediately pass them on to the appropriate person.

5. In danger, he shall be the first, and he shall be the first to be held responsible for whatever occurs within a Council.

5. In danger, he will be the first, and he will be the first to be held accountable for anything that happens within a Council.

6. He shall furnish an example by his subordination to his superior chiefs, so that he may be obeyed in his turn.

6. He should set an example by following his higher-ups, so that he can be obeyed in return.

7. He shall see to the very last member, the personification of the entire Liga Filipina.

7. He will attend to the very last member, representing the whole Liga Filipina.

8. The omissions of the authorities shall be punished with greater severity than those of the simple members.

8. The authorities' omissions will be punished more harshly than those of the regular members.

Duties of the Fiscal:

Fiscal Responsibilities:

1. The Fiscal shall see to it that all comply with their duty.

1. The Financial officer will make sure that everyone fulfills their responsibilities.

2. He shall accuse in the presence of the Council every infraction or failure to perform his duty in any member of the Council. [220]

2. He will report to the Council any violation or failure to fulfill their duties by any Council member. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

3. He shall inform the Council of every danger or persecution.

3. He must notify the Council of any threats or persecution.

4. He shall investigate the condition of the funds of the Council.

4. He will look into the status of the Council's funds.

Duties of the Treasurer:

Treasurer's Responsibilities:

1. He shall enter in a ledger the new names of the members forming the Council.

1. He will record the new names of the members who are joining the Council in a ledger.

2. He shall render strict monthly account of the dues received, noted by the members themselves, with their special countermarks.

2. He will provide a detailed monthly report of the fees collected, recorded by the members themselves, along with their unique identifiers.

3. He shall give a receipt and shall have a note of it made in the ledger in the hand of the donor, for every gift in excess of one peso and not over fifty.

3. He will provide a receipt and will have a note made in the ledger by the donor for every gift exceeding one peso and not over fifty.

4. The Popular Treasurer shall keep in the treasury of the Popular Council, the third part of the dues collected, for the necessities of the same. The remainder, whenever it exceeds the sum of ten pesos, shall be delivered to the Provincial Treasurer, to whom he shall show his ledger, and himself writing in the ledger of the Provincial Treasurer the amount delivered. The Provincial Treasurer shall then give a receipt, and if it is in accordance with the accounts, shall place his O. K. in the ledger of the other. Like proceedings shall follow when the Provincial Treasurer delivers funds in excess of ten pesos to the Supreme Treasurer.

4. The Popular Treasurer will keep one-third of the collected fees in the Popular Council's treasury for its needs. The rest, whenever it exceeds ten pesos, will be given to the Provincial Treasurer, to whom he will show his ledger, and he will then record the amount delivered in the Provincial Treasurer's ledger. The Provincial Treasurer will then provide a receipt, and if everything matches the accounts, he will mark his approval in the other’s ledger. The same process will occur when the Provincial Treasurer gives funds over ten pesos to the Supreme Treasurer.

5. The Provincial Treasurer shall retain from the sums handed to him by the Popular Treasurer one-tenth part for the expenses of the Provincial Council.

5. The Provincial Treasurer shall keep one-tenth of the amounts given to him by the Popular Treasurer for the expenses of the Provincial Council.

6. Whenever any member desires to give the Liga Filipina a sum in excess of fifty pesos, he shall deposit the sum in a safe bank, under his vulgar name and then shall deliver the receipt to the Treasurer of his choice. [221]

6. Whenever any member wants to donate more than fifty pesos to the Liga Filipina, they must deposit the amount in a secure bank under their legal name and then give the receipt to the Treasurer they choose. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Duties of the Secretary:

Secretary Responsibilities:

1. At each meeting he shall keep a record of proceedings, and shall announce what is to be done.

1. At each meeting, he will keep a record of what happens and will announce what needs to be done.

2. He shall have charge of the correspondence of the Council. In case of absence or incapacity, every authority shall name a substitute, until the Council name one to fill his place.

2. He will be responsible for the Council's correspondence. If he is absent or unable to perform his duties, each authority must appoint a substitute until the Council appoints someone to take his place.

Rights of the members:

Members' rights:

1. Every member has a right to the moral, material, and pecuniary aid of his Council and of the Liga Filipina.

1. Every member has the right to the moral, material, and financial support of their Council and the Liga Filipina.

2. He may demand that all the members favor him in his trade or profession whenever he offers as many guaranties as others. For this protection, he shall transmit to his Popular Chief his real name and his footing, so that the latter may hand it to the Supreme Chief who shall inform all the members of the Liga Filipina of it by the proper means.

2. He can request that all members support him in his trade or profession whenever he provides as many guarantees as others. For this protection, he must provide his real name and status to his Popular Chief, so that the Chief can pass it on to the Supreme Chief, who will inform all members of the Liga Filipina through the appropriate channels.

3. In any want, injury, or injustice, the member may invoke the whole aid of the Liga Filipina.

3. In any situation of need, harm, or unfairness, the member can call upon the full support of the Liga Filipina.

4. He may request capital for an enterprise whenever there are funds in the treasury.

4. He can ask for funds for a project whenever there’s money in the treasury.

5. He may demand a rebate of all the institutions or members sustained directly by the Liga Filipina, for all articles [sold him] or services rendered him.

5. He can request a refund from all the institutions or members supported directly by the Liga Filipina for all items [sold to him] or services provided to him.

6. No member shall be judged without first being allowed his defense.

6. No member shall be judged without first being given the opportunity to defend themselves.

Rights of the Secretary [sic; Chief?]

Rights of the Secretary [sic; Chief?]

1. He shall not be discussed unless an accusation of the Fiscal precede.

1. He shouldn't be talked about unless there's a formal accusation from the authorities first.

2. For want of time and opportunity, he may act by and with himself, as he has the obligation to perform the charges which may be laid on him.

2. Due to a lack of time and opportunity, he might need to act on his own, as he has the responsibility to fulfill the duties assigned to him.

3. Within the Council he shall be the judge of every question or dispute. [222]

3. Within the Council, he will be the judge of every question or dispute. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

4. He shall be the only one who shall be empowered to know the real names of his members or subordinates.

4. He will be the only one allowed to know the real names of his members or subordinates.

5. He shall have ample power to organize the details of the meetings, communications, and undertakings, for their efficacity, security, and rapid despatch.

5. He will have plenty of authority to organize the details of the meetings, communications, and tasks to ensure their effectiveness, safety, and quick execution.

6. Whenever a Popular Council is sufficiently numerous, the Provincial Chief may create other subordinate Councils after first appointing the authorities. Once constituted, he shall allow them to elect their authorities according to the regulations.

6. Whenever a Popular Council has enough members, the Provincial Chief may create other subordinate Councils after first appointing their leaders. Once established, he will allow them to elect their leaders according to the rules.

7. Every Chief shall be empowered to establish a Council in a village where none exists, after which he shall inform the Supreme Council or Provincial Council.

7. Every Chief will have the authority to set up a Council in a village where one doesn't already exist, and afterward, he will notify the Supreme Council or Provincial Council.

8. The Chief shall appoint the Secretary.

8. The Chief will appoint the Secretary.

Rights of the Fiscal:

Fiscal Rights:

1. He shall cause every accused person to go out or appear while his case is being discussed in the Council.

1. He will make sure that every person accused gets to leave or show up while their case is being discussed in the Council.

2. He shall be able to examine the ledgers at any time.

2. He can check the ledgers whenever he wants.

Rights of the Treasurer:

Treasurer's Rights:

He shall dispose of the funds in an urgent and imperious necessity of any member or of the Council, with the obligation of giving account and answering before the tribunal of the Liga Filipina.

He must handle the funds in the urgent and essential needs of any member or the Council, with the obligation to report and answer before the tribunal of the Liga Filipina.

Rights of the Secretary:

Secretary's Rights:

He may convoke extra meetings or assemblies in addition to the monthly meetings.

He can call extra meetings or gatherings in addition to the monthly meetings.

Investment of the funds:

Fund investment:

1. The member or his son, who while not having [223]means, shall show application and great capacities shall be sustained.

1. The member or his son, who, despite lacking [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] resources, demonstrates dedication and significant abilities will be supported.

2. The poor shall be supported in his right against any powerful person.

2. The poor will be supported in their rights against any powerful person.

3. The member who shall have suffered loss shall be aided.

3. The member who has experienced a loss will be supported.

4. Capital shall be loaned to the member who shall need it for an industry or for agriculture.

4. The capital will be loaned to any member who needs it for industry or agriculture.

5. The introduction of machines and industries, new or necessary in the country, shall be favored.

5. The introduction of machines and industries, whether new or essential in the country, will be encouraged.

6. Shops, stores, and establishments shall be opened, where the members may be accommodated more economically than elsewhere.

6. Shops, stores, and establishments will be opened to provide services to members at a lower cost than other places.

The Supreme Chief shall have power to dispose of the funds in needy cases, whenever he later renders an account to the Supreme Council.

The Supreme Chief will have the authority to allocate funds in urgent situations, as long as he later provides an account to the Supreme Council.

General Rules:

General Guidelines:

1. No one shall be admitted without a previous and unanimous vote of the Council of his village, and without satisfying the tests to which he must submit.

1. No one will be allowed to join without a prior unanimous vote from the village Council and without passing the required tests.

2. Offices shall end every two years, except when there is an accusation by the Fiscal.

2. Offices will end every two years, unless there is an accusation by the Fiscal.

3. In order to obtain the posts, three-fourths of all the votes present shall be required.

3. To secure the positions, three-fourths of all votes cast must be needed.

4. The members shall elect the Popular Chief, the Popular Fiscal, and the Popular Treasurer. The Popular authorities shall elect the Provincial authorities; and the Provincial authorities shall elect the Supreme authorities.

4. The members will elect the Popular Chief, the Popular Fiscal, and the Popular Treasurer. The Popular authorities will elect the Provincial authorities, and the Provincial authorities will elect the Supreme authorities.

5. Every time that a member becomes the Popular Chief, that fact shall be communicated to the Supreme Chief, together with his new and old names; [224]and the same shall be done whenever a new Council shall be founded.

5. Whenever a member becomes the Popular Chief, this will be communicated to the Supreme Chief, along with his old and new names; [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and the same procedure will apply whenever a new Council is established.

6. Communications in ordinary times, shall bear only the symbolical names both of the writer and of the persons for whom they are intended, and the course to be pursued shall be from the member to the Popular Chief, from the latter to the Provincial Chief or the Supreme Chief, and vice versa. In extraordinary cases alone shall these formalities be omitted. However, in any time or place, the Supreme Chief may address anyone directly.

6. In normal times, communications will only use the symbolic names of the writer and the people they're meant for. Messages should go from the member to the Popular Chief, then to the Provincial Chief or the Supreme Chief, and back again. These formalities can only be skipped in extraordinary situations. However, at any time or in any place, the Supreme Chief can speak directly to anyone.

7. It is not necessary for all the members of a Council to be present to render decisions valid. It shall be sufficient if one-half the members are present and one of the authorities.

7. It’s not required for all council members to be present for decisions to be valid. Having half of the members present along with one of the authorities will be enough.

8. In critical moments, each Council shall be considered as the safeguard of the Liga Filipina, and if for any cause or other the other Councils are dissolved or disappear, each Council, each Chief, each member, shall take upon himself the mission of reorganizing and reëstablishing them.1 [227]

8. In crucial times, each Council will be seen as the protector of the Liga Filipina, and if for any reason the other Councils are disbanded or cease to exist, each Council, each leader, and each member will take it upon themselves to reorganize and reestablish them.1 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 This constitution was partly printed at London, at the London Printing Press, No. 25 Khulug St., in both Spanish and Tagálog. Those parts printed (the ends, duties of the members, and the general rules) contain some changes from Rizal’s MS. Preceding the constitution proper is the membership pledge to the Liga. It is as follows: “Number … To … of … I … of … years of age, of … state, profession …, as a chosen son of Filipinas, declare under formal oath that I know and entirely understand the ends aimed at by the Liga Filipina, whose text appears on the back of the present. Therefore, I submit myself, and of my own accord petition the chief … of this province, to admit me as a member and coworker in the same, and for that purpose I am ready to unconditionally lend the necessary proofs that may be demanded of me, in testimony of my sincere adhesion!” The ends of this printed text are the same as those of the MS. The motto is the same, and there is also a place for a countersign. The duties of the members are somewhat changed, the changes being as follows: [225]“1. He shall pay two pesos for one single time, as an entrance fee, and fifty centimos as monthly fee, from the month of his entrance. 2. With the consciousness of what he owes to his fatherland, for whose prosperity and through the welfare that he ought to covet for his parents, children, brothers and sisters, and the beloved beings who surround him, he must sacrifice every personal interest, and blindly and promptly obey every command, every order, verbal or written, which emanates from his Council or from the Provincial Chief. 3. He shall immediately inform, and without the loss of a moment, the authorities of his Council of whatever he sees, notes, or hears that constitutes danger for the tranquillity of the Liga Filipina or anything touching it. He shall earnestly endeavor to be sincere, truthful, and minute in all that he shall have to communicate. 4. He shall observe the utmost secrecy in regard to the deeds, acts, and decisions of his Council and of the Liga Filipina in general from the profane, even though they be his parents, brothers and sisters, children, etc., at the cost of his own life, for this is the means by which the member will obtain what he most desires in life.” Articles 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 are the same. The general rules of the printed version are as follows: “In order that the candidate may be admitted as a member to the Liga Filipina, he must possess morality, good habits, not have been proceeded against justifiably as a robber, shall not be a gambler, drunkard, or libertine. The candidate must solicit and petition his entrance from a member; and the latter shall communicate it to his Fiscal, for the investigations that must be made in regard to his conduct.” On Dec. 30, 1903, a monument was erected to Rizal, to his companions, and to other founders of the Liga Filipina by the village of Tondo, on a site given by Timoteo Paez, one of the members of the Liga. On the monument is the following inscription: “Remember [this word in English, the rest in Spanish]. Facing this site and at house No. 176 Ilaya St., Dr. Rizal founded and inaugurated on the night of July 3, 1892, the Liga Filipina, a national secret society, with the assistance and approval of the following gentlemen: Founder, Dr. Rizal; shot. Board of directors—president, Ambrosio Salvador; arrested. Fiscal, Agustin de la Rosa; arrested. Treasurer, Bonifacio Arevalo; arrested. Secretary, Deodato Arellano; first president of the national war Katipunan society; arrested. Members—Andres Bonifacio; supreme head of the Katipunan, who uttered the first warcry against tyranny, August 24, 1896. Mamerto Natividad; seconded, in Nueva Écija, the movement of Andres Bonifacio, August 28, 1896; shot. Domingo Franco; supreme head of the Liga Filipina; shot. Moises Salvador; venerable master of the respected lodge, Balagtas; shot. Numeriano Adriano; first guard of the respected lodge, Balagtas; shot. José A. Dizon; venerable master of the respected lodge, Taliba; shot. Apolinario Mabini; [226]legislator; arrested. Ambrosio Rianzares Bautista; first patriot of ’68; arrested. Timoteo Lanuza; initiator of the manifestation for the expulsion of the friars in 1888; arrested. Marcelino de Santos; arbitrator and protector of La Solidaridad, the Filipino organ in Madrid; arrested. Paulino Zamora; venerable master of the respected lodge, Lusong; deported. Juan Zulueta; member of the respected lodge, Lusong; died. Doroteo Ongjunco; member of the respected lodge, Lusong; owner of the house. Arcadio del Rosario; orator of the respected lodge, Balagtas; arrested. Timoteo Paez; arrested.”—Epifanio de Los Santos.

1 This constitution was partly printed in London, at the London Printing Press, No. 25 Khulug St., in both Spanish and Tagálog. The printed sections (the ends, duties of the members, and the general rules) include some changes from Rizal’s original manuscript. Before the main constitution, there is the membership pledge to the Liga. It is as follows: “Number … To … of … I … of … years old, from … status, profession …, as a chosen son of the Philippines, declare under formal oath that I know and fully understand the goals of the Liga Filipina, whose text appears on the back of this document. Therefore, I present myself, and willingly ask the chief … of this province to accept me as a member and collaborator, and for that purpose, I am ready to provide any necessary proof that may be required of me, as a testament to my sincere commitment!” The goals of this printed text are the same as those of the original manuscript. The motto is unchanged, and there is also a space for a countersign. The duties of the members have been slightly altered, with the changes being as follows: [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] “1. He must pay a single entrance fee of two pesos and a monthly fee of fifty centavos starting from the month of his entry. 2. With the awareness of what he owes to his homeland, for whose prosperity and for the well-being he desires for his parents, children, siblings, and loved ones, he must sacrifice every personal interest and blindly and promptly obey every command, whether verbal or written, that comes from his Council or from the Provincial Chief. 3. He must immediately inform, without delay, the authorities of his Council about anything he sees, notes, or hears that poses a threat to the tranquility of the Liga Filipina or anything related to it. He should strive to be sincere, truthful, and thorough in all that he communicates. 4. He must keep the utmost secrecy regarding the actions, decisions, and deliberations of his Council and of the Liga Filipina in general, even from his own family—parents, siblings, children, etc.—at the cost of his own life, as this is how a member will achieve what he most desires in life.” Articles 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 remain the same. The general rules of the printed version state: “To be admitted as a member of the Liga Filipina, a candidate must possess morality and good habits, must not have been legitimately accused of robbery, and must not be a gambler, drunkard, or libertine. The candidate must request his admission from a member; and that member shall relay it to his Fiscal for the necessary background checks regarding the candidate’s conduct.” On December 30, 1903, a monument was erected in honor of Rizal, his companions, and other founders of Liga Filipina by the community of Tondo, on a site donated by Timoteo Paez, one of the Liga members. The inscription on the monument reads: “Remember [this word in English, the rest in Spanish]. Facing this site and at house No. 176 Ilaya St., Dr. Rizal founded and inaugurated on the night of July 3, 1892, the Liga Filipina, a national secret society, with the assistance and approval of the following gentlemen: Founder, Dr. Rizal; executed. Board of directors—president, Ambrosio Salvador; executed. Fiscal, Agustin de la Rosa; executed. Treasurer, Bonifacio Arevalo; executed. Secretary, Deodato Arellano; first president of the national war Katipunan society; executed. Members—Andres Bonifacio; supreme head of the Katipunan, who raised the first war cry against tyranny, August 24, 1896. Mamerto Natividad; supported, in Nueva Écija, the movement of Andres Bonifacio, August 28, 1896; executed. Domingo Franco; supreme head of the Liga Filipina; executed. Moises Salvador; esteemed master of the respected lodge, Balagtas; executed. Numeriano Adriano; first guard of the respected lodge, Balagtas; executed. José A. Dizon; esteemed master of the respected lodge, Taliba; executed. Apolinario Mabini; [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] legislator; arrested. Ambrosio Rianzares Bautista; first patriot of ’68; arrested. Timoteo Lanuza; instigator of the protest for the expulsion of the friars in 1888; arrested. Marcelino de Santos; mediator and protector of La Solidaridad, the Filipino publication in Madrid; arrested. Paulino Zamora; esteemed master of the respected lodge, Lusong; deported. Juan Zulueta; member of the respected lodge, Lusong; died. Doroteo Ongjunco; member of the respected lodge, Lusong; owner of the house. Arcadio del Rosario; speaker of the respected lodge, Balagtas; arrested. Timoteo Paez; arrested.”—Epifanio de los Santos.

See Retana’s account of the Liga in Nuestro Tiempo for Aug. 10, 1905, pp. 202–211. He says mistakenly that the constitution was printed in Hong-Kong. 

See Retana’s account of the Liga in Nuestro Tiempo for Aug. 10, 1905, pp. 202–211. He incorrectly claims that the constitution was printed in Hong Kong.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

THE FRIAR MEMORIAL OF 1898

His Excellency, the Minister of the colonies:

His Excellency, the Minister of the Colonies:

We, the superiors of the corporations of the Augustinians, Franciscans, Recollects, Dominicans, and Jesuits, established in Filipinas, in fulfilment of the statement of the telegram presented to his Excellency, the governor-general and viceroyal patron,1 on the first instant, to be transmitted officially to your Excellency, and which has been done by the said superior authority, as he has condescended to inform us, have the honor of presenting this exposition to his Majesty, King Don Alfonso XIII (whom may God preserve), and in his royal name, to her Majesty, the queen regent, Doña María Cristina, to the president and members [vocales] of the Council of Ministers of the Crown [Ministros de la Corona],2 and most especially to your Excellency, as minister of [228]the colonies. We send it directly to your Excellency, in accordance with law and custom, so that, in due time, you may condescend to lay it before the lofty personages above mentioned, and even, if you deem it advisable, before the entire nation, duly assembled in the Cortes of the kingdom.

We, the leaders of the Augustinians, Franciscans, Recollects, Dominicans, and Jesuits based in the Philippines, are fulfilling the message from the telegram submitted to His Excellency, the governor-general and viceroyal patron, on the first of this month. This has been officially communicated to Your Excellency, as the aforementioned authority has kindly informed us. We are honored to present this report to His Majesty, King Don Alfonso XIII (may God protect him), and in his royal name, to Her Majesty, the queen regent, Doña María Cristina, as well as to the president and members of the Council of Ministers of the Crown, and especially to Your Excellency, as the minister of the colonies. We are sending it directly to Your Excellency, in accordance with law and tradition, so that you may, when appropriate, present it to the esteemed individuals mentioned above and, if you think it necessary, to the entire nation assembled in the Cortes of the kingdom.

In writing this exposition, to us, the religious of the corporations existing in the country from ancient times, united in one soul and one heart, as faithful brethren, is reserved the honor in the very beginning of fulfilling respectfully the most acceptable duty of reiterating our traditional adhesion to the king, to his government, and to all the authorities of the fatherland, to whom we have always considered it an honor to keep ourselves subject and obedient, by the law of conscience, which is the strongest human bond, endeavoring continually and in all earthly things, from our respective sphere of action, to coöperate with every class of endeavor for the maintenance of public order in Filipinas, for its legitimate and holy progress, for the development of its intellectual and even material interests; and, in a very special manner, for the propagation and conservation of the divine teachings of Catholicism, for the encouragement of good morals, and for the security of the moral prestige, the only force which has been until now the great bond of union between these beautiful lands and their dear mother the mother-country [metrópoli].

In writing this statement, we, the religious members of the organizations that have existed in this country since ancient times, united in spirit and purpose as faithful brothers, feel honored to begin by fulfilling our important duty of reaffirming our traditional loyalty to the king, his government, and all authorities of our homeland. We have always seen it as an honor to remain obedient and subject to them, guided by our sense of conscience, which is the strongest human bond. We continually strive, within our respective roles, to work alongside all efforts to maintain public order in the Philippines, to support its legitimate and righteous progress, to advance its intellectual and material interests, and particularly to promote and preserve the teachings of Catholicism, encourage good morals, and maintain moral integrity, the only force that has so far bonded these beautiful lands to their beloved motherland [metrópoli].

Motive for this exposition. Truly, your Excellency, if extremely troublesome circumstances, by which Spanish authority in the archipelago is threatened, and the bitter campaign (or better, conspiracy) of defamation and anti-monastic schemes, incited [229]against us, especially since the outbreak of the insurrection, did not compel us to talk, very willingly would we leave it to politicians to occupy themselves with the problems that concern this country, and we would maintain the silence that has fittingly been our norm of procedure for many years, not speaking except when questioned officially, being jealous, by that manner of retirement, of avoiding the criticism which has so often been heaped upon us with audacious flippancy or malice, that we meddle with the temporal government of these islands.

Reason for this statement. Honestly, Your Excellency, if it weren't for the really difficult circumstances threatening Spanish authority in the archipelago and the harsh campaign (or rather, conspiracy) of slander and anti-monastic plots aimed at us, particularly since the insurrection began, we would gladly leave the political issues of this country to the politicians. We would stick to the silence that has rightly been our approach for many years, only speaking when officially questioned, guarding our distance to avoid the criticism that has often been thrown at us with shamelessness or malice, suggesting that we interfere with the civil government of these islands.

But now the hour is come, when, as loyal patriots and constant supporters of Spanish authority in Filipinas, we must break that silence, in order that one may never with reason repeat of us, either as religious or as subjects of España, that terrible accusation of the prophet, canes muti non valentes latrare.3 The hour is come, also, when we must emerge in defense of our honor, atrociously blemished in many ways, of our prestige that has been trampled upon, of our holy and patriotic ministry, which has, finally, been subjected to the most terrible calumnies and the most unqualified accusations. Though private persons may at any time make a noble renunciation of their good name that has been defamed, offering to God the sacrifice of what civilized man esteems highest, never is that allowed in any form, according to the teachings of the holy doctors of the Church, to public persons, to prelates, to superiors, to corporations, who must defend and preserve their prestige, their credit, and their reputation, in order to worthily fulfil their respective functions. A religious corporation [230]discredited and publicly reviled, is in its class like a nation whose flag is insulted or whose laws are disavowed. It should die struggling for its honor, rather than allow its good name to be trodden under foot, and its rights to become unrecognized and unrevered.

But now the time has come, when, as loyal patriots and steadfast supporters of Spanish authority in the Philippines, we must break our silence, so that no one can justifiably say about us, whether we are religious or subjects of Spain, that terrible accusation of the prophet, canes muti non valentes latrare.3 The time has also come when we must stand up for our honor, which has been horribly tarnished in many ways, for our reputation that has been trampled upon, and for our sacred and patriotic mission, which has finally been subjected to the worst slanders and the most unfounded accusations. While private individuals may at any time choose to give up their defamed good name, offering to God the sacrifice of what civilized people value the most, this is never allowed in any form for public figures, leaders, superiors, or organizations, who must defend and maintain their dignity, credibility, and reputation in order to effectively carry out their roles. A religious organization [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]that has been discredited and publicly insulted is akin to a nation whose flag is disrespected or whose laws are rejected. It should fight for its honor rather than let its good name be trampled upon, and its rights become overlooked and disrespected.

Abandonment of the religious corporations and their patience and prudence under these circumstances. Truly, one cannot qualify us as hasty and imprudent, in that we now address ourselves to the exalted authorities of the fatherland. We have borne patiently the continual insults and vilifications for more than eighteen months of masons and filibusters, open or hidden, in newspapers, clubs, and public assemblies, who have attributed to us the blame for the insurrection, and heaped dishonor on our persons and ministries by the most unjustifiable attacks, cast in their majority in the mold of demagogism and free thought. With Christian meekness have we endured the return to the Peninsula of a multitude of persons who have resided a greater or less period in the islands, who have shown so little honor to our habit and profession; but if, instead of being religious, we had been seculars, and if, instead of being a question of ecclesiastical corporations, it had been one of civil or military corporations, they would have refrained from speaking ill of us—and we can be quite sure of that, and there are eloquent daily proofs of this assertion—for the effective means that such corporations generally practice would have tied their tongues, and would have made them recognize their flippancy and their injustice by imposing a vigorous corrective to their extensions. We religious have no sword; we cannot pronounce judgment; we do not [231]glitter with gilt braid; we do not belong to a corporation, whose individual members take part in the government of the fatherland, or in exalted considerations of the same; we are neither military men nor functionaries of the judicial or administrative profession; we do not have weight in any political party; we do not intervene in elections; we do not form (for conscience forbids us) great federations that become feared; we do not incite the public, except to obedience and submission to all constituted authority; we are unable in determined cases to distribute appointments, or offer promotions or remunerations; we are not accompanied by a fattened retinue of friends or flatterers, who defend us for their own personal advantage, and who are the blind paladins of the general, of the politician, of the exalted dignitary, of the opulent banker; neither have we any influence over the press; we do not possess a nucleus of attached partisans to shout for us and overexcite so-called public opinion: in one word, we are without all the methods that are used in modern public life to gain respect and fear, to influence the nation, and cause all the shots of slander or ignorance to strike ineffectually against us.

Abandonment of the religious corporations and their patience and prudence under these circumstances. Honestly, we can’t be called hasty or reckless for now reaching out to the esteemed authorities of our homeland. We have endured the constant insults and slanders for over eighteen months from masons and filibusters, both openly and secretly, in newspapers, clubs, and public gatherings. They’ve blamed us for the uprising and dishonored our persons and ministries with unjust attacks, mostly rooted in demagoguery and free thought. With Christian humility, we have tolerated the return to the Peninsula of many individuals who have spent some time in the islands and have shown little respect for our vows and profession. However, if we had been secular and the situation involved civil or military organizations instead of religious ones, they would have refrained from speaking ill of us—and we are quite sure of that, with daily evidence supporting this claim. The effective methods typically used by such organizations would have kept them quiet and made them recognize their own folly and injustice by imposing a strong corrective measure. We religious do not carry swords; we cannot pass judgment; we do not [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]shine with gold braid; we do not belong to a corporation whose members participate in governing the fatherland or in esteemed discussions of the same; we are neither military personnel nor officials of the judiciary or administration; we have no influence in any political party; we do not engage in elections; we do not create (as our conscience forbids us) large federations that instill fear; we do not incite the public except to obedience and respect for all established authority; in specific cases, we cannot distribute positions or offer promotions or salaries; we are not accompanied by a group of sycophants or friends seeking personal gain, who defend us as blind champions of generals, politicians, high-ranking officials, or wealthy bankers; we do not have influence over the media; we do not have a group of loyal followers to shout for us or stir up so-called public opinion: in short, we lack all the tactics commonly used in today’s public life to earn respect and instill fear, to sway the nation, and to deflect slander or ignorance aimed at us.

The religious of Filipinas, far remote from Europa, alone in their ministries, scattered even throughout the farthest recesses of the archipelago, without other associates and other witnesses of their labors than their dear and simple parishioners, have no defense other than their reason and right, which, although established on justice and law, and secured by the protection of the divine Providence—which mercifully has not failed us hitherto and which we hope will not fail us in the future—do not have, nevertheless, [232]in their favor (nor ever, although we might have done so, would we avail ourselves of them) those most powerful modern auxiliaries which are attaining so much vogue and so great success in societies in which the great Christian sentiments having grown cold, reason is not heard easily unless supplied with the force of cannon or with the armor-plate of the high bench, of vast political parties, or of fearful popular movements.

The religious figures in the Philippines, far removed from Europe, are on their own in their ministries, spread out even in the most remote areas of the archipelago. Their only support comes from their dear and simple parishioners, without any other partners or witnesses to their work. They rely solely on their reason and rights, which, while grounded in justice and law and backed by divine Providence—who has mercifully been with us so far and we hope will continue to be with us in the future—do not have, however, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]in their favor (nor would we ever use them even if we could) the powerful modern aids that are gaining popularity and success in societies where strong Christian values have faded. In those places, reason isn’t easily accepted unless supported by the force of cannons, the authority of the courts, large political groups, or intimidating mass movements.

Alone with our reason and our right, although with our conscience satisfied at always having fulfilled, yea always, our duties, of having been as patriotic as the greatest, or more so, and of having fulfilled the obligations of our sacred ministry, we have endured silently and in all patience, in accordance with the advice of the apostle, the insults and vilifications, even of persons to whom we have offered in Christian sincerity our affection and civilities, even by persons who call themselves very Catholic, but who, perchance, infected with the contagion of the practical Jansenism of certain present-day reformers, forget the remark of that great Christian emperor, who said that if he should see a priest who had fallen into any frailty, he would cover him with his cloak, rather than publish his weakness.

Alone with our reasoning and our rights, while feeling assured that we’ve always met our obligations, yes always, having shown as much patriotism as the greatest, if not more, and having honored the responsibilities of our sacred ministry, we have quietly endured, with patience, following the advice of the apostle, the insults and slanders, even from those to whom we have extended our sincere affection and kindness, even from those who call themselves very Catholic, but who, perhaps, influenced by the practical Jansenism of some modern reformers, forget the words of that great Christian emperor, who said that if he saw a priest who had fallen into any weakness, he would cover him with his cloak, rather than expose his flaws.

Alone, with our reason and our right, and confident that reason would at last clear the pathway, and that light would at last illumine the dense obscurity created by hatred of sect, by the separatist spirit, and by flippancy, envy, and the false zeal of certain persons, we have endured the insinuations, made in the Cortes [parlamento]4 of last year which showed [233]scant respect to the orders; the assertions made, not only in private, but also in centers of great publicity, and by persons of considerable popularity in military circles [politica militante], that the religious prestige of Filipinas was so broken that it was necessary to substitute it with armed force; the publishing of the recourse of an eminent politician, sacrificed by anarchy, to the orders for information and advice in Philippine matters, as a dishonorable censure; the grave accusations directed against us, as well as against a most worthy prelate, in a memorial presented to the senate, although veiled under certain appearances of impartiality and gentle correction; the different-toned clamoring from day to day, with more or less crudity, in order that the historic peninsular period of 1834–40 might be reproduced in the islands, and in order that measures might be adopted against us, so radical that they are not taken (and the discussion of them is shameful) either against the centers of public immorality, or against societies and attempts that have no other end than to discatholicize the nation and to sow in it the germs of thorough social upheaval.

Alone, armed with our reasoning and our rights, confident that logic would eventually clear the way and that understanding would finally illuminate the thick darkness created by sectarian hatred, divisive attitudes, and the casualness, jealousy, and misguided zeal of certain individuals, we have endured the insinuations made in the Cortes [parlamento]4 last year, which showed [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]little respect for the orders; the claims made, not only in private but also in highly public places, by well-known figures in military circles [politica militante], suggesting that the religious influence in the Philippines was so weakened that it had to be replaced with armed force; the publicizing of the appeal from a prominent politician, who was sacrificed to chaos, to the orders for guidance on Philippine matters, seen as an unjust reproach; the serious accusations directed at us and a highly respected bishop in a petition submitted to the senate, though disguised with a façade of neutrality and gentle correction; the daily clamor, increasingly crude, to replicate the historical period in the peninsula from 1834–40 in the islands, and to adopt measures against us so extreme that they would never be considered (and discussing them is embarrassing) against the sources of public immorality or against groups and initiatives that aim solely to secularize the nation and to plant the seeds of complete social upheaval.

Why the religious have been silent until now. We believed and thought that our prudence and long silence, adorned with the qualities of circumspection and magnanimity which religious institutions should always possess, ought to be sufficient for discreet and [234]fair-minded people, so that they would immediately impugn those accusations and form a judgment by which those repeated attacks would not make a dent in our credit and prestige. We supposed that that campaign of diatribes and reproaches would vanish at last as a summer cloud formed by the effluvia cast off from the forges of masonry and filibusterism.

Why the religious have been silent until now. We believed that our caution and long silence, marked by the qualities of discretion and generosity that religious institutions should always have, would be enough for reasonable and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]fair-minded people to quickly dismiss those accusations and judge in a way that would prevent repeated attacks from harming our reputation and standing. We thought that the barrage of insults and criticisms would eventually fade away like a summer cloud created by the smoke from construction and political maneuvering.

But instead of being dissipated the storm appears to be increasing daily. The treaty of Biac-na-bató5 has again placed in the mouth of many the crafty assertion, made now by the rebel leaders that the institutes of the regulars have been the only cause of the insurrection. The secret society6 of the Katipunan, which is extending itself throughout the islands like a terrible plague, has established by order of its Gran Oriente,7 the extinction of the religious as one of the first articles of their program of race hatred. [235]In the Peninsula and here, the masons, and all those who, in one way or another, second them, have rejuvenated [recrudecido] their war against us. Manifestos have been published in Madrid, in which misusing the names of Filipinas, measures highly disrespectful and vexatious to the clergy are demanded. Even in the ministry of the colonies, although officiously, persons have managed to introduce themselves, who, pursued by the tribunals of justice as unfaithful do not hide their animadversion to the religious corporations. Now, if we were to continue silent in view of all these circumstances, our silence would be taken with reason as cowardice, or as an argument of guilt; our patience would be qualified as weakness; and even firm and sensible Catholics who recognize the injustice of the attacks directed upon us, could with reason infer that we were stained, or that we had come to such a prostrate condition that one could with impunity insult and mock us, as if in downright truth we were old and decayed entities whose decadence is the last symptom of death.

But instead of dying down, the storm seems to be getting stronger each day. The treaty of Biac-na-bató has once again given many people the crafty excuse, now used by the rebel leaders, that the institutions of the regulars are the sole reason for the uprising. The secret society of the Katipunan, which is spreading across the islands like a terrible plague, has declared, by order of its Gran Oriente, that the elimination of religious orders is one of the first items on their agenda of racial hatred. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]In the Peninsula and here, the masons, along with all those who support them in any way, have revived their war against us. Manifestos have been published in Madrid, misusing the names of Filipinas, demanding measures that are highly disrespectful and vexatious to the clergy. Even in the ministry of the colonies, some individuals, although acting unofficially, have managed to insert themselves in and do not hide their animosity towards religious institutions, having been pursued by the courts for their unfaithfulness. Now, if we were to remain silent in light of all these circumstances, our silence would understandably be viewed as cowardice or an admission of guilt; our patience would be seen as weakness; and even firm and sensible Catholics, who acknowledge the injustice of the attacks against us, could reasonably conclude that we are tarnished, or that we have fallen to such a low state that we can be insulted and mocked with impunity, as if we were merely old and decayed entities whose decline marks the final signs of death.

Prius mori, quam fœdari,8 said the ancients; and the most loyal Maccabæans, “It is better to die in the battle than to see the extermination of our nation and of the sanctuary.”9 As long as the corporations exist, they will glory, as they ought, in repeating with St. Paul: “Quamdiu sum Apostolus, ministerium meum honorificabo.”10 We have always [236]endeavored to honor our ministry, and we shall always continue to honor it, now and in the future, by the grace of God, which we trust will not fail us. Consequently, we do not vacillate in addressing ourselves today to the exalted authorities of the nation, taking shelter in our confidence, that, though we are poor and helpless, and have no other protection than our spotless history, our immaculate honor, and our secure rights, we are talking to those in whom intelligence and good sense are brothers to nobility of thought, who are always ready to listen, especially to the poor and weak, and in whom their respect and love to Catholic institutions and to the so eminently glorious and meritorious title “Regular Clergy of Filipinas,” shelter them from the suggestions of sects and the prejudice of anticlerical and separatist parties.

Better to die than to be dishonored,8 the ancients said; and the most loyal Maccabeans proclaimed, “It’s better to die in battle than to witness the destruction of our nation and our sacred places.”9 As long as corporations exist, they will rightly take pride in echoing St. Paul: “As long as I am an Apostle, I will honor my ministry.”10 We have always [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] strived to honor our ministry, and we will continue to do so, now and in the future, by the grace of God, which we hope will not fail us. Therefore, we do not hesitate to address the esteemed authorities of the nation today, confident that, although we are poor and vulnerable, and have no protection other than our pristine history, our untarnished honor, and our established rights, we are speaking to those whose intelligence and good judgment align with nobility of thought, who are always ready to listen, especially to the poor and weak, and who, through their respect and love for Catholic institutions and the distinguished and honorable title “Regular Clergy of Filipinas,” are shielded from the influences of sects and the biases of anticlerical and separatist groups.

They are persecuted because of their religious significance. What reason have the religious corporations of Filipinas given that they should be persecuted with so great passion? Ah! your Excellency, that reason is no other than because they are very Catholic, because they are very Spanish, because they are effective supporters of the good and sane doctrine, and because they have never shown weakness toward the enemies of God and of the fatherland.11 If we [237]religious had not defended here with inviolable firmness the secular work which our fathers bequeathed us: if we had shrunk our shoulders in fear before the work of the lodges and before the propagation of politico-religious errors that have come to us from Europa; if we had given the most insignificant sign, not only if not of sympathy, yet even the least sign of mute passivity, to the advocates of the false modern liberties condemned by the Church; if the flame of patriotism had become lessened to us; and innovators had not met in each religious in Filipinas an unchangeable and terrible adversary to their plans, open or hidden: never, your Excellency, would we religious corporations have been the object of the cruel persecution now practiced on us; but on the contrary, we regulars would have been exalted to the clouds, and so much the more as our enemies are not unaware that, granting the influence that we enjoy in the archipelago, our support, even if passive and one of mere silence, would indisputably have given them the victory.

They are persecuted because of their religious significance. What reason have the religious organizations in the Philippines given for being persecuted so passionately? Ah! Your Excellency, that reason is simply because they are very Catholic, because they are very Spanish, because they are strong supporters of good and sound doctrine, and because they have never shown weakness toward the enemies of God and of the homeland.11 If we [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]religious had not defended here with unwavering firmness the secular work that our ancestors passed down to us: if we had shown fear in the face of the lodges and the spread of political and religious errors coming from Europe; if we had given even the slightest indication, not just of sympathy, but even the least sign of silent passivity, to those promoting the false modern freedoms condemned by the Church; if our sense of patriotism had weakened; and if innovators had not found in each religious figure in the Philippines an unchanging and formidable opponent to their open or hidden plans: never, your Excellency, would we religious organizations have been subjected to the cruel persecution we are experiencing now; rather, we regulars would have been exalted to great heights, especially since our enemies know that, due to the influence we hold in the archipelago, our support—even if it were just passive and silent—would undoubtedly have granted them the victory.

But they know that our banner is none other than the Syllabus of the great pontiff, Pius IX,12 which has been so often confirmed by Leo XIII, in which all rebellion against legitimate authorities is so vigorously [238]condemned. They know that, as lovers of the only true liberty—Christian liberty—we would rather die than consent, in whatever pertains to us, to the least lack of the purity of the infallible Catholic teachings, of the holiness of Christian customs, and of the most complete loyalty due the Spanish nation. Consequently, they hate us; consequently, veiled under divers names and with divers pretexts, they are making so cruel war upon us, that one would believe that the masons and filibusters have no other enemies in Filipinas than the religious corporations. In such wise does that honor us that we can very well say with the prince of the apostles: “If you be reproached for the name of Christ, you shall be blessed: for that which is of the honor, glory, and power of God, and that which is his spirit resteth upon you (1 Peter iv, 14).”13

But they know that our banner is none other than the Syllabus of the great pope, Pius IX,12 which has been so often confirmed by Leo XIII, in which all rebellion against legitimate authorities is so strongly [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] condemned. They know that, as lovers of the only true freedom—Christian freedom—we would rather die than agree, in anything that concerns us, to the slightest compromise of the purity of the infallible Catholic teachings, the holiness of Christian customs, and the utmost loyalty owed to the Spanish nation. Because of this, they hate us; therefore, hidden under various names and pretexts, they are waging such a cruel war against us that one would think that the masons and filibusters have no other enemies in the Philippines than the religious groups. In this way, it honors us so much that we can truly say with the prince of the apostles: “If you are insulted for the name of Christ, you are blessed: for the spirit of glory and of God rests upon you (1 Peter iv, 14).”13

And for their patriotic significance. Apart from their essentially religious character, the regulars of the archipelago have another significance that makes them odious to the separatists. They are the only permanent and deeply-rooted Spanish institution in the islands, with a suitable and rigorous organization, perfectly adapted to these regions. While the other Peninsulars live here in the fulfilment of their duty more or less time, as is convenient to their private interests, and with no other bond that follows them to Filipinas than their own convenience, being ignorant of the language of the country and having no other relations with the natives than those of a superficial [239]intercourse, we religious come here to sacrifice our whole life. We form as it were a net of soldiers of religion and of the fatherland in the archipelago, scattered even to the remotest villages of the islands. Here we have our history, our glories, the ancestral house, so to speak, of our family. Bidding an eternal farewell to our native soil, we condemn ourselves voluntarily, by virtue of our vows, to live forever consecrated to the moral, religious, and political education of these natives, for whose defense we have in all ages waged campaigns, which, without the pious boastings [crudezas] and exaggerations of Las Casas,14 have constantly reproduced in Filipinas the figure of the immortal defender of the American natives.

And for their patriotic significance. Aside from their primarily religious role, the members of the archipelago have another meaning that makes them detestable to the separatists. They are the only lasting and well-established Spanish institution in the islands, with a proper and strict organization that is perfectly suited to these areas. While other Spaniards live here for various lengths of time based on their personal interests, and with no connection to the Philippines beyond their own convenience—often not knowing the local language and maintaining only superficial interactions with the locals—we religious come here to dedicate our entire lives. We essentially form a network of soldiers for religion and the homeland throughout the archipelago, reaching even the most remote villages. Here lies our history, our achievements, the ancestral home, so to speak, of our family. By bidding an eternal farewell to our homeland, we willingly condemn ourselves, through our vows, to live forever dedicated to the moral, religious, and political education of these natives, for whose defense we have fought wars throughout the ages, which, without the pious boastings [crudezas] and exaggerations of Las Casas, have continually established in the Philippines the image of the immortal defender of the American natives.

Craftiness of the insurgent leaders of filibusterism. In this point it must be confessed that the insurgent leaders of filibusterism are logical. “Do the regulars,” they have asked themselves, “who are the Spaniards most deeply-rooted and most influential in the country, and the most beloved and respected by the people, agree to, or will they ever agree to our projects? Then let us petition their expulsion, and their disappearance in one way or another. If we do not succeed in it, let us destroy them. Since there are many peninsulars, who, influenced by modern errors or carried away by ignorance or evil passion, lend ear [240]to those who inveigh against the religious, let us inveigh loudly. Let us form a powerful cry against them. Let us conspire in lodges and political clubs. Let us petition at any risk measures looking to the lowering and destruction of the regular clergy. Those peninsulars will listen to us without us having any fear that they will hold us as filibusters. It will be said of us that we are liberals, that we are reformers, that we are democrats, that we are even masons and free-thinkers: but that does not matter. Many peninsulars are the same. They also inveigh against the religious. They also petition freedom of thought, freedom of the press, freedom of association, secularization of education, ecclesiastical disamortization, suppression of the privileges of the clergy. They also inveigh against the terrible theocracy, and do not cease to defame the religious and to impute to them all sorts of crimes.”

Craftiness of the insurgent leaders of filibusterism. In this regard, it must be admitted that the insurgent leaders of filibusterism are quite logical. “Do the regulars,” they have asked themselves, “who are the Spaniards most ingrained and influential in the country, and the most loved and respected by the people, support our plans? If not, then let’s demand their removal, and their disappearance in one way or another. If we can’t achieve that, let’s eliminate them. Since there are many mainland Spaniards who, swayed by modern misconceptions or driven by ignorance or malicious intent, lend an ear [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]to those who criticize the religious, let’s raise our voices against them. Let’s create a strong outcry against them. Let’s conspire in secret societies and political gatherings. Let’s push for measures, regardless of the risks, aimed at diminishing and destroying the regular clergy. Those mainland Spaniards will listen to us without worrying that they will label us as filibusters. We’ll be called liberals, reformers, democrats, and even masons and free-thinkers: but that doesn’t matter. Many mainland Spaniards are the same. They also speak out against the religious. They also advocate for freedom of thought, freedom of the press, freedom of association, the secularization of education, the disbanding of church properties, and the removal of the clergy’s privileges. They also denounce the oppressive theocracy and continually slander the religious, blaming them for all sorts of crimes.”

That, your Excellency, is the watchword that has been given to all the filibusters, and to all who will procure the emancipation of the country in one way or another, for their separatist ends, and especially since the treaty of Biac-na-bató. “There is nothing against España, nothing against the king, nothing against the army, nothing against the Spanish administration: say if you have seized arms that it has been exclusively because of the abuses of the clergy, that you were not attempting separation from the mother-country; that you wished only modern liberties and the disappearance of the orders. And even though all the documents, judicial and extrajudicial, in which appear the plans of the conspirators, and all the acts of the canton of Cavite, during its ephemeral emancipation, demonstrates the contrary, let us exert [241]ourselves to say that that was not the intention of the rebels, that that was an affair of some enthusiasts or madmen, but that the great mass of the insurgents seized arms only through coveting those liberties. The multitude of lay Spaniards of every class and profession sacrificed; the countless natives killed or harassed in innumerable ways, because of their unswerving loyalty to the fatherland; the cries of ‘Death to the Castilas!’ and ‘Long live the Tagálogs!’ the stamps of a Tagálog republic, a Filipino republic,15 an army of freedom; the speeches and circulars of the assembly or supreme council; the fiery Katipunan constitution written in characters of a mysterious key, and that written at Biac-na-bató; and in their style, an infinite number of deeds and documents, many of them very recent, which even to satiety evidently demonstrate the anti-Spanish and separatist character of the insurrection: all that we shall now conceal by crying ‘Down with the friars!’ ‘Long live democratic liberties!’ ‘Long live España!’ and with those cries are we certain of being heard, and in that way shall we be able to more easily attain the final goal of our desires.”

That, Your Excellency, is the slogan that has been given to all the filibusters and to anyone who seeks the country's freedom in one way or another for their separatist goals, especially since the treaty of Biac-na-bató. “There’s nothing against Spain, nothing against the king, nothing against the army, nothing against the Spanish administration: just say that if you took up arms, it was solely due to the abuses of the clergy, that you weren't trying to separate from the mother country; that you only wanted modern freedoms and the end of the orders. And even though all the documents, legal and otherwise, showing the conspirators' plans, and all the actions from the canton of Cavite during its brief liberation, prove otherwise, let’s make an effort to say that was not the rebels' intention, that it was just the work of a few enthusiasts or lunatics, but that the vast majority of the insurgents took up arms only out of a desire for those freedoms. The many lay Spaniards from all walks of life who sacrificed; the countless locals who were killed or harassed in endless ways for their unwavering loyalty to the homeland; the shouts of ‘Death to the Castilas!’ and ‘Long live the Tagálogs!’ the symbols of a Tagálog republic, a Filipino republic, an army of freedom; the speeches and circulars from the assembly or supreme council; the fiery Katipunan constitution written in mysterious script, along with the one drafted at Biac-na-bató; and in their style, an endless number of deeds and documents, many of them very recent, which clearly demonstrate the anti-Spanish and separatist nature of the uprising: all that we will now hide by shouting ‘Down with the friars!’ ‘Long live democratic liberties!’ ‘Long live Spain!’ and with these cries, we are sure to be heard, and in this way, we will more easily achieve the ultimate goal of our desires.”

That is the logic and the tactics of the filibusters, and it must be confessed that in it they show themselves to possess practical talent, and to be thoroughly acquainted with the society that surrounds them. Had they said that the insurrection had been provoked by the excesses of the government employes, of the military, of the governors, of the directors of [242]the treasury; had they placed in relief the multitude of abuses that have been committed against the native in one form or another (although never by the nation, or by the majority of its sons); had they attributed the armed insurrection to that: they would now be opposed by all the peninsular element, and their voice would have had not the slightest echo, as it would have been stifled by the more powerful voice of others who would have cried out in defense of the Spanish name, and who would have locked on them the door to all the means of propaganda and agitation which they are now exploiting. But when they declaimed against the clergy, when they demanded the liberties that the clergy cannot in conscience approve, they had at least assured their campaign, and in part, perhaps, the success of the same.

That’s the strategy and the tactics of the filibusters, and it must be acknowledged that they show real practical skills and a solid understanding of the society that surrounds them. If they had claimed that the uprising was triggered by the abuses of government employees, the military, governors, or the treasury officials; if they had highlighted the numerous wrongs committed against the locals in one form or another (although never by the nation or by the majority of its people); if they had linked the armed uprising to that, they would now find themselves opposed by all the mainland elements, and their message would barely make an impact, silenced by the louder voices defending the Spanish identity, who would have closed off all avenues for propaganda and agitation they are currently exploiting. However, when they railed against the clergy and demanded freedoms that the clergy cannot support in good conscience, they at least secured their campaign and, perhaps in part, its success.

Their real purposes. Does not this show, your Excellency, that, in talking of the supposed or enormously exaggerated abuses of the clergy, they are not moved by love of justice and morality, and much less by love for España? What then, do they not recognize that for one religious who has committed abuses, it is to be surmised, from their employment, that there have been many more laymen in proportion (and let it be clear that we accuse no one, and least of all the worthy official corporations) who have converted their office, totally or partially, into a means for illegal advancement? Have the insurgents not cried out at other times, and during the preparatory period of the insurrection, against the meritorious civil guard, against judges and alcaldes, against the army, against the peninsular resident in the island, against the administration in general, and even against the superior authorities of the archipelago? [243]Is not this proved by the books of the unfortunate Rizal, by the Solidaridad,16 and other documents and pamphlets of the laborers, although one must not forget that their favorite watchword was always to cruelly attack the religious? Undoubtedly so, but it was not now advisable for them to declare it. Now was come the opportunity to show themselves very Spanish, very loyal to the king (they who were affiliating themselves to the extent of their ability with the most radical parties), very fond of the army, and to attack only the religious!

Their real purposes. Doesn't this show, Your Excellency, that when discussing the supposed or greatly exaggerated abuses of the clergy, they aren't motivated by a sense of justice and morality, and even less by love for España? Don't they realize that for every religious individual who has committed abuses, it's likely that there have been many more laypeople doing the same, given their positions? (Let it be clear that we accuse no one, especially not the esteemed official corporations.) Have the insurgents not previously condemned the honorable civil guard, judges and alcaldes, the army, the mainland residents in the islands, the administration as a whole, and even the superior authorities of the archipelago during the lead-up to the insurrection? [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Isn't this demonstrated by the works of the unfortunate Rizal, by the Solidaridad,16 and other documents and pamphlets from the laborers, even though we must remember that their favorite rallying cry was always to harshly attack the clergy? Indeed, but it wasn't wise for them to admit it now. This was the moment to present themselves as very Spanish, very loyal to the king (even while associating themselves as much as they could with the most radical parties), very fond of the army, and to target only the clergy!

Accusations against the orders. They work deceitfully, we shall say with the Psalmist (Psalm 35),17 they talk of peace and of love outwardly, but evil and hate are hid in their hearts; supervacue exprobaverunt animam meam. Most vainly do they wrong us, we shall add, in respect to the accusations that they direct against us. “Unjust witnesses rising up have asked me things I knew not. They repaid me evil for good: and have sworn my destruction. But thou, O Lord, wilt destroy their plans, and wilt save my existence.” (Psalm 35.)18

Accusations against the orders. They act deceitfully, as the Psalmist says (Psalm 35),17 they speak of peace and love on the outside, but evil and hate are hidden in their hearts; supervacue exprobaverunt animam meam. They wrong us in the most pointless way, we’ll add, regarding the accusations they make against us. “Unjust witnesses rising up have questioned me about things I didn’t know. They returned evil for good and swore to ruin me. But you, O Lord, will thwart their plans and protect my life.” (Psalm 35.)18

Yea, your Excellency, unjust witnesses, for where [244]are those abuses, those excesses, those vices, those outrages, of which their mouths are so full, and which furnish them matter for their speeches of a demagogical club of the rabble? What do the religious corporations maintain, when viewed with a deep synthetical standard, which is not in accordance with the canons of the Church and the rules of their institute; which is not fitting to the holy ministry that they profess; which is not greatly beneficial to the supreme interests of the fatherland? We turn our eyes in all directions, and however quick-sighted may be our eyes, unless one views the orders through the pharisaical or separatist prism, they discover nothing that does not merit the heartiest applause. “Laudet te alienus,” says the sacred book of Proverbs, “et non os tuum.”19 But it is not our intention to praise ourselves here. It is our intention to vindicate ourselves; to defend our honor unjustly impeached; to demonstrate our eminently Spanish mission; and to maintain our good name, which is our treasure, which is the great title of nobility that we can never abdicate nor allow to be vilified. “By your good works stop the mouth of the ignorance of foolish and senseless men,” says St. Peter to us. (1 Peter ii, 15.)20

Yes, Your Excellency, unjust witnesses, where are [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] the abuses, excesses, vices, and outrages that fill their mouths and provide material for their speeches as members of a demagogic mob? What do the religious organizations uphold, when examined closely, that doesn’t align with the Church's teachings and their own rules; that isn't suitable for the holy ministry they represent; and that doesn’t greatly benefit the vital interests of our homeland? We look in every direction, and no matter how sharp our vision may be, unless one views the orders through a pharisaical or separatist lens, they find nothing that doesn’t deserve our wholehearted praise. “Laudet te alienus,” says the sacred book of Proverbs, “et non os tuum.”19 But we're not here to praise ourselves. Our goal is to defend ourselves; to protect our honor, which has been unjustly attacked; to showcase our distinctly Spanish mission; and to uphold our good name, which is our treasure and the highest title of nobility we can never renounce or allow to be tarnished. “By your good works, silence the ignorance of foolish and senseless people,” says St. Peter to us. (1 Peter ii, 15.)20

“We walk not in craftiness, nor by adulterating the word of God; but by manifestation of the truth commending ourselves to every man’s conscience, in the sight of God; that is our glory, the testimony of our conscience,” is also taught us by St. Paul. [245](2 Cor. iv, 2.)21 From our dishonor follows the dishonor of the holy and Spanish mission that we exercise; and God has told us that we should be the salt of the earth and the light of the world, and that we should shine in such manner that men may see our good works, and glorify our father who is in heaven.22

“We don’t act with trickery or distort the word of God; instead, we openly express the truth, presenting ourselves to everyone’s conscience in God’s sight. That’s our glory, the testimony of our conscience,” is also what St. Paul teaches us. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__](2 Cor. iv, 2.)21 Our dishonor brings dishonor to the holy Spanish mission we serve; and God has told us that we should be the salt of the earth and the light of the world, shining in such a way that people can see our good works and glorify our Father in heaven.22

How they have fulfilled their duties. Our good works are in the gaze of all men, and our good works, thanks to God, are the brightest gem of the corporations. Not only do we preach the gospel here; not only do we carry the Christian and civilized life to the barbarous and fetish-encumbered inhabitants of these islands; not only did we obtain the incorporation of the archipelago into the Spanish crown, working in harmony with the other official entities, and preserved it, as is well known, in a peaceful and happy condition for the space of three centuries; but also, in all time, even now when we are wronged so deeply by some ingrate Filipinos, whom we pity, have we been the constant defenders of the Indians, enduring for that reason innumerable loathings, and all kinds of persecution on the part of many peninsulars, who did not understand the devotion and patriotism of our conduct. In all time have we been zealous for the purity of the faith and for the conservation of good morals; and illegal exactions, bribery, extortions, outrages, ease, immoral gambling, and a licentious or little restrained life, have [246]always had in us a severe judge and the most inexorable censor.

How they have fulfilled their duties. Our good deeds are visible to everyone, and thanks to God, our good works are the brightest jewel of the organizations. We not only preach the gospel here; we not only bring Christian and civilized life to the superstitious and idol-worshipping people of these islands; we also secured the archipelago's incorporation into the Spanish crown, working together with other official bodies, and maintained it, as is well known, in a peaceful and prosperous state for three centuries. Additionally, throughout history, even now when we are unjustly treated by some ungrateful Filipinos, whom we pity, we have been the unwavering defenders of the indigenous people, enduring countless hardships and various forms of persecution from many Spaniards who did not grasp the loyalty and patriotism of our actions. We have always been dedicated to the purity of the faith and the maintenance of good morals; illegal demands, bribes, extortion, outrages, laziness, immoral gambling, and a reckless or loosely controlled lifestyle have [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]always found in us a harsh judge and the most relentless critic.

Can it be said of the religious institutes, whether collectively or in the vast majority of their individual members, that they have prevaricated; that they have ever abandoned the duties entrusted to them in the administration of the sacraments, in the celebration of divine worship, in Christian preaching and catechising, in the vigilance of good manners, in the tutelage of moral interests, in protection and relief to the needy and weak, in advice and consolation to all about us, in the maintenance of obedience to the mother-country, in the extension of education, in the campaign against every kind of superstition and erroneous practice, in repression of concubinage, and of other public irregularities and scandals? Does not the tenet enter the head of the most exalted sectarian, if he has any lucid moment, that we religious have fulfilled with assiduous self-abnegation the obligations of our ministry?

Can we say that religious institutions, whether as a whole or in the majority of their individual members, have failed in their duties? Have they ever neglected their responsibilities in administering the sacraments, celebrating worship, preaching and teaching Christianity, promoting good behavior, safeguarding moral issues, providing protection and support to the needy and vulnerable, offering advice and comfort to those around them, maintaining loyalty to our home country, advancing education, fighting against all forms of superstition and false practices, and addressing issues like cohabitation and other public irregularities and scandals? Doesn't it occur to even the most fervent critic, if they have a moment of clarity, that we religious individuals have tirelessly fulfilled our ministerial obligations with selfless dedication?

We have become wearied with reading, your Excellency, whatever has been written and published against us for years, and we know also how much is said now in assemblies and gatherings. With our hand upon our heart, with our foreheads raised aloft, as one who walks in the light and fears not to have his deeds examined and discussed in the light, we challenge and defy our detractors and calumniators, and those who flippantly, or by any other unjust and inaccurate motive, talk and murmur, to show us with exact data and with perfectly authentic information, not only the accuracy of all their accusations, but the mere probability of whatever they allege against our honor and well-established credit, touching the [247]fulfilment of our duties, both religious and patriotic.

We are tired of reading, Your Excellency, everything that has been written and published against us over the years, and we also know how much is being said now in meetings and gatherings. With our hands on our hearts and our heads held high, like someone who walks in the light and isn't afraid to have their actions examined and discussed openly, we challenge and defy our critics and slanderers, and those who casually or for any other unjust reason speak ill of us, to show us with clear evidence and perfectly authentic information, not just the truth of their accusations, but even the mere likelihood of anything they claim against our honor and well-established reputation regarding the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]fulfillment of our duties, both religious and patriotic.

Their procedure in respect to parochial obventions, to education, and intercourse with intelligent persons. It is said that we commit abuse in the exaction of parochial fees. Let the laws of the Church be consulted, let the doctrines of the moralists and the principles of positive natural and divine law be cited; and then submitted to that only sure rule as a criterion, let them tell us whether we abuse the public in that matter, and whether our procedure, within just bounds, is not that employed by the most disinterested priests.

Their approach to parish contributions, education, and interaction with knowledgeable individuals. It's said that we misuse the collection of parish fees. Let's look at the laws of the Church, refer to the teachings of moral philosophers, and consider the principles of positive natural and divine law; then, using that only reliable standard as a guideline, let’s find out if we are taking advantage of the public in this issue, and whether our methods, within reasonable limits, are not the same as those used by the most selfless priests.

It is said that we are hostile to education and the advancement of knowledge. But if by education and knowledge, doctrines not condemned by the Church, our Mother, are not meant, let them tell us whether the islands have any education that has not been established, protected, sustained, and encouraged by the clergy, in all branches of instruction, both primary, and secondary and superior.

It is said that we are against education and the growth of knowledge. But if by education and knowledge, they mean ideas that aren't condemned by the Church, our Mother, let them clarify whether the islands have any form of education that hasn't been set up, supported, maintained, and promoted by the clergy, across all levels of teaching, including primary, secondary, and higher education.

It is said that we despise the intelligent men of the country, and that we make them the object of every kind of persecution. That assertion is so rare and stupendous that we wonder whether our enemies will write in imaginary spaces. A multitude of youths are graduated annually with the degree of bachelor or after the conclusion of some higher course, from the Ateneo Municipal, from the colleges of Manila and the provinces, and from the university. We are honored by the friendship of the vast majority of them, and take no little satisfaction in seeing them prosper and in knowing that they respect the Christian and solid education that they have received. It is known that very few of the [248]great number of students that attend our lecture halls, and of the not few graduates that are scattered throughout the islands, have taken part in the rebellion; and that the vast majority of them have kept loyal to España, in fulfilment of the oath that they took on receiving the investiture of their professions. But what happens in the old world with the apprentices of free thought happens here: all those modestly call themselves intelligent who think that they exhibit signs of knowledge and talent by showing contempt for priests and religious; while it is a fact that a goodly proportion of those who express themselves in that manner have been unable to complete their courses with us, and are the refuse of our lecture halls.

It’s said that we look down on the intelligent people of the country and subject them to all sorts of persecution. That claim is so rare and outrageous that we can’t help but wonder if our enemies are imagining things. Every year, a large number of young people graduate with bachelor’s degrees or complete higher courses from Ateneo Municipal, colleges in Manila and the provinces, and from the university. We take pride in the friendship of most of them and feel a great sense of satisfaction as we watch them succeed and know they value the solid Christian education they received. It's known that very few of the many students who attend our lectures, and even fewer of the graduates scattered across the islands, have participated in the rebellion; the vast majority have remained loyal to Spain, honoring the oath they took when they received their professional credentials. But just like in the old world, where apprentices of free thought act similarly, many who consider themselves “intelligent” think they prove their knowledge and talent by showing disdain for priests and religious figures; the truth is, a good number of those who express such views have been unable to finish their studies with us and are the rejects of our lecture halls.

Regarding the sanctity of their private life. An outcry is being made against the vices and immorality of the regulars in terms that seem to be inspired in Protestant and anticlerical centers of low quality. But in that, as in other things, saving what can never be avoided even in the communities most sanely organized, by the severest legislation and the most exquisite care, all who view us near at hand are not ignorant that nothing can be thrown into our face.

About the sanctity of their private life. There's a lot of noise being made about the vices and immorality of the regulars, using terms that seem influenced by low-quality Protestant and anticlerical sources. However, just like in other situations, despite the strictest laws and the most careful management, everyone who observes us closely knows that nothing can be thrown in our face.

The words of Father St. Augustine, when defending his institute against accusations similar to those directed against the orders of Filipinas, are very opportune and efficacious in this matter. “Tell me, brethren, is my congregation, peradventure, better than Noah’s ark, in which, of the three sons Noah had, one was evil? Is it, peradventure, better than the family of the patriarch Jacob, in which, of his twelve sons, only Joseph is praised? Is it, peradventure, better than the house of the patriarch Isaac, in [249]which, of the two sons born to him, one was chosen of God, and the other damned? Is it, peradventure, better than the household of Jesus Christ, our Savior, in which, of His twelve apostles, one was a traitor, and sold him? Is it, peradventure, better than that company of the seven deacons filled with the Holy spirit, chosen by the apostles to take charge of the poor and widowed, among whom one, by name Nicholas, became a heresiarch? Is it, peradventure, better than heaven itself, whence fell so many angels? Can it be better than the earthly paradise, where the two first parents of all the human race, created in original justice and grace, fell?”

The words of Father St. Augustine, when defending his institute against accusations similar to those directed at the orders of Filipinas, are quite relevant and effective in this matter. “Tell me, brothers, is my congregation really better than Noah’s ark, where, of the three sons Noah had, one was evil? Is it really better than the family of the patriarch Jacob, where, of his twelve sons, only Joseph is praised? Is it really better than the household of the patriarch Isaac, in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] which, of the two sons born to him, one was chosen by God, and the other was damned? Is it really better than the household of Jesus Christ, our Savior, where, of His twelve apostles, one was a traitor who sold Him? Is it really better than that group of the seven deacons filled with the Holy Spirit, chosen by the apostles to take care of the poor and widows, among whom one, named Nicholas, became a heretic? Is it really better than heaven itself, from where so many angels fell? Can it be better than the earthly paradise, where the first two parents of all humanity, created in original justice and grace, fell?”

Ah! the religious corporations of Filipinas, caring for the sanctity and salvation of all its sons, on seeing one of their individual members fail in his duties, after correcting him, and after taking, in accordance with law and religious prudence, measures efficacious to repair, if he did it, the scandal, and even, if necessary, to destroy and fling aside the rotten branch, cry out in pity with the apostle like a true mother: “Quis infirmatur et ego non infirmor? Quis scandalizatur et ego non uror?” “Who becomes sick spiritually and I do not suffer with him? Who suffers scandal and I am not burned?” That is what all should say who learn of the backslidings of their neighbor; that is the dictate of charity and of justice; that is demanded by respect and consideration to the ministers of the church. And so long as our systematic accusers do not prove that the orders consent and do not check the sins, in great part humanly inevitable—considering the conditions under which those dedicated to the ministry live—of the very few religious who have the misfortune and weakness to fall, they [250]have no right to dishonor us and to cry out against what we are the first to lament and to try to correct.

Ah! The religious organizations in the Philippines, dedicated to the well-being and salvation of all their followers, when they see one of their own members fail in his duties, after correcting him and taking appropriate steps, as per the law and religious wisdom, to fix, if needed, the issue caused by his actions, and even, if necessary, to remove and cast away the problematic member, cry out in compassion like a true mother, echoing the apostle: “Quis infirmatur et ego non infirmor? Quis scandalizatur et ego non uror?” “Who becomes spiritually sick and I do not suffer with him? Who struggles with scandal and I am not affected?” That is what everyone should feel when they hear about the failures of their neighbor; that is what charity and justice require; that is what respect and consideration for the church ministers demand. And as long as our regular accusers do not prove that the orders consent and do not check the sins, which are largely humanly unavoidable—given the conditions under which those dedicated to the ministry live—of the very few religious who unfortunately and weakly fall, they [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]have no right to dishonor us and to shout against what we are the first to grieve over and seek to correct.

Will they prove it sometime? We are quite assured of the opposite; and that though they have at hand, as many methods of inquisition and proof as the judge most interested in any cause can desire. Our convents, our ministries, our persons, are in sight of all. Our parish priests and missionaries are alone and surrounded by a multitude of natives. Whatever we say, do, or neglect to do, is seen and spied by all the people. Our habitations are of crystal for all classes of people. Our publicity as Europeans and our condition as priests place us in such relief in the missions and parishes, that it would be stupid simplicity to try to hide our doings and actions. Consequently, everything is favorable to our adversaries in the trial to which we provoke them, and to which each regular voluntarily submits himself, from the moment that, faithful to his vocation and obedient to his superiors, he sacrifices himself to live among these natives, his very beloved sheep of the flock of Christ. Our honor, our reputation rests in their hands. It would be easy for our adversaries to confound the religious institutes if truth presided over their accusations. But since truth is that which does not glitter in their words, the saying of Holy Writ becomes verified in their conduct: “They spake against me with a lying tongue, and with the speech of hate did they attack me;” and in regard to us the saying of St. Peter: “You shall keep an upright conscience with modesty and fear, so that as many as calumniate your upright procedure in Christ, shall be confounded.”23 [251]

Will they ever prove it? We’re pretty sure about the opposite; they have plenty of ways to investigate and provide proof, just like any concerned judge would want in a case. Our convents, our ministries, our lives are all exposed to everyone. Our parish priests and missionaries are alone yet surrounded by many locals. Everything we say, do, or neglect to do is watched and observed by the people. Our homes are like glass for everyone to see. Our visibility as Europeans and our roles as priests highlight us so much in the missions and parishes that it would be naive to try to hide what we do. So, everything works in favor of our opponents in the trial we provoke, and to which every regular willingly subjects himself, as long as he remains faithful to his calling and obedient to his superiors, sacrificing his comfort to live among these locals, his dear flock in Christ. Our honor and reputation rest in their hands. It would be easy for our opponents to tarnish religious institutions if their accusations were truthful. But since truth isn't reflected in their words, the scripture becomes true in their actions: “They spoke against me with a lying tongue, and with hate, they attacked me;” and for us, St. Peter said: “You should keep a clear conscience with humility and respect, so that those who slander your good conduct in Christ will be put to shame.”23 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Other equally unjust charges. We shall not compare our conduct with that of the respectable and very estimable native priests of the secular clergy, whom the majority of the separatist Filipinos flatter, undoubtedly because it is not to the purpose of their plans to combat them. We shall not rebut the shamelessness of supposing that part of our property has a criminal origin, and that we are certain despots in our rural estates who suck the blood of our tenants by various methods, an infamy so often refuted with authentic data of overwhelming proof. We shall not speak of the vast imposture of imputing to us all the executions by shooting, imprisonments, tortures, trials, and confiscation of property of those implicated in the last insurrection. We scorn the absurd fable that we are absolute masters, not only of consciences, but of all the archipelago, at the same time that they, obviously contradicting themselves, as error is wont to do, declare that our prestige and influence in the islands is lost. We neglect to attribute to ourselves whatever hate and censure, according to them, have been made in the country by the military [institutos armados], the governors, the judges, and all the public organisms, in deportations and other kinds of punishment; as if we religious managed to our liking the machine of the government and administration of this territory, and as if, from the governor-general down to the last agent of the police, all were but the blind executors of our will. We lay aside those and other things—poorly executed arguments—which certain misguided sons of this country are still employing, [252]and which are unfortunately repeated by certain peninsulars, in order to manifest their hatred or prejudice against the clergy; and pass on to speak of the insurrection and of the imperious necessity of remedying the extremely embarrassing situation of the religious corporations in the archipelago.

Other equally unjust accusations. We won’t compare our actions to those of the honorable and highly respected native priests of the secular clergy, whom most of the separatist Filipinos praise, likely because it doesn’t serve their agenda to confront them. We won’t address the outrageous notion that part of our property comes from illegal activities, nor will we accept the suggestion that we are cruel landlords who exploit our tenants through various means—an accusation that has been debunked with overwhelming evidence. We won’t discuss the grand deception of blaming us for all the shootings, imprisonments, torture, trials, and property confiscations involving those connected to the recent insurrection. We dismiss the ridiculous story that we are absolute rulers, not only over people's beliefs but of the entire archipelago, while they simultaneously contradict themselves by claiming that our influence and reputation in the islands have vanished. We refrain from taking responsibility for all the hatred and criticism, as they suggest, directed at us in the country by the military [institutos armados], governors, judges, and other public institutions regarding deportations and various punishments; as if we, the clergy, somehow controlled the government and the administration of this territory, and as if everyone, from the governor-general to the last police officer, were merely following our orders. We’ll set aside those and other poorly argued points that certain misguided individuals from this country still use, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and that are unfortunately echoed by some from the mainland, to express their animosity or bias against the clergy; and we will move on to discuss the insurrection and the urgent need to address the very troubling situation of the religious communities in the archipelago.

Fundamental causes of the insurrection, and who are to blame for it. The government is able only too well to recognize the causes that have produced the insurrection, and we shall not be the ones who try to give it lessons in that regard. The government is aware that until several years ago, every separatist idea, every rebel tendency in the country, which was enjoying the most enviable peace and felt respect to authority with the same unreflecting, although patent and holy, force, with which domestic authority in all parts is obeyed and respected, was exotic and an anachronism. Then was submission to España and subordination to all authority an element truly social, rendered incarnate by the religious in the mass of the Filipino population, which neither dreamed, yea, your Excellency, neither dreamed of ideas of political redemption, nor imagined that, in order to keep themselves loyal to the mother-country, one single bayonet was necessary in the country. The public force of the cuadrilleros and of the guardia civil24 (the latter of very recent creation) was necessarily created to check and restrain thieves and tulisanes;25 while every one thought that the [253]wretched army then in the archipelago had no other object than to combat Mindanaos and Joloans, and to be ready for any conflict with the neighboring powers. España was able to be sure of its dominion here, and to live so carelessly, with respect to political movements as in the most retired village of the Peninsula. All authority was obeyed, was respected, by conscience, by education, by tradition, by social habit, passively and by custom, if one wishes, but with so great strength and firmness, with so indisputable and universal submission, that more indeed than individual virtue it was the virtue of the mass of the whole population, it was the spontaneous homage to God, which, represented in the powers of the fatherland, all felt and practiced, not conceiving even the possibility of rebellions and insurrections. Thus had they been taught by the religious, who always unite the names of God and His Church with the names of their king and of España. Consequently, by bonds of conscience, did all the archipelago love and obey him, and no one thought then of political liberties, nor in lifting yokes that existed for no one.

Fundamental causes of the insurrection, and who are to blame for it. The government is more than capable of recognizing the reasons that led to the insurrection, and we will not attempt to teach it anything about that. The government knows that until a few years ago, any separatist idea or rebellious tendency in the country— which was experiencing a peaceful existence and showed respect for authority with an unthinking yet evident and sacred force, as is customary in all places—was seen as foreign and outdated. Back then, submission to España and deference to all authority were genuinely social, embodied by the religious beliefs of the Filipino population, which neither dreamed, yes, your Excellency, did not even dream of notions of political freedom, nor imagined that to remain loyal to the mother country required a single bayonet on local soil. The policing forces of the cuadrilleros and the guardia civil 24 (the latter being a very recent formation) were primarily established to combat thieves and tulisanes; 25 while everyone believed that the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] miserable army in the archipelago was solely focused on fighting Mindanaos and Joloans and preparing for conflicts with neighboring powers. España could be confident in its control here and live as carelessly concerning political movements as in the most remote village of the Peninsula. All authority was obeyed and respected, through conscience, education, tradition, and social customs—passively and by habit, if you will—but with such strength and determination, with such clear and widespread submission, that it was more than mere individual virtue; it was a reflection of the collective virtue of the entire population, a spontaneous homage to God, which, represented in the powers of the homeland, was felt and practiced by all, who could not even conceive the possibility of rebellions and insurrections. This understanding was instilled by the religious, who consistently linked the names of God and His Church with the names of their king and España. Thus, by ties of conscience, the entire archipelago loved and obeyed him, and no one considered political freedoms or the need to lift yokes that were believed to exist for no one.

Are there then no abuses? No, your Excellency it could have very well happened that there were abuses on a greater scale than in the epoch immediately preceding the present events. But since these people were educated in the doctrine that it is never legal to disobey authority, under pretext of abuses, even if some are true; since these people had not yet been imbued with the new modern teachings, condemned a hundred times by the Church; since no one had spoken here of popular rights, many of them as false as senseless; since the propaganda against priests and religious had not yet reached Filipinas: [254]it resulted that, considering those abuses, as one of so many plagues of humanity (from which regulated societies are not free, according to the principles of the newest erroneous law, but rather they are, on the contrary, suffered with greater intensity and with greater loss to the fundamental interests of the social order) these inhabitants tolerated them patiently, and had recourse for their remedy to the just methods taught in such cases by Catholic ethics, with the greatest advantage to individuals and to nations.

Are there really no abuses? No, your Excellency, it’s possible that there were more significant abuses than in the time just before the current events. But since these people were raised with the belief that it’s never acceptable to disobey authority, citing abuses, even if some are valid; since they hadn’t yet been influenced by the new modern teachings, which the Church has condemned many times; since no one had mentioned popular rights, many of which are as false as they are nonsensical; and since the propaganda against priests and religious figures hadn’t yet reached the Philippines: [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] they viewed those abuses as just one of many human plagues (from which regulated societies are not exempt, according to the principles of the latest misguided laws; rather, they endure them with greater severity and with more significant damage to the vital interests of social order). As a result, these inhabitants tolerated them patiently and turned to the appropriate methods taught by Catholic ethics for resolution, benefiting both individuals and nations.

Consequently, as many as have contributed, in one way or another, to introduce those revolutionary doctrines, and those germs of social and political disturbance into the archipelago, whether peninsulars or islanders, of whatever class or rank, are the true authors, conscious or unconscious, of the great weakening of the traditional obedience to the mother-country, of which the whole archipelago was in peaceful possession until thirty years ago, that was disturbed by no one or by no influence. The introducers of those doctrines and tendencies are beyond all doubt the culprits of the insurrection, for they are the ones who have done their utmost to prepare for it and with success to unroll it, even supposing that they have not directly and deliberately procured it.

As a result, everyone who has played a part, in one way or another, in bringing those revolutionary ideas and seeds of social and political unrest to the archipelago—whether from the mainland or the islands, regardless of their class or status—are the true authors, whether they realize it or not, of the significant decline in loyalty to the mother country. This loyalty had been maintained peacefully throughout the archipelago until thirty years ago, untouched by anyone or any outside influence. Those who introduced these ideas and trends are undoubtedly responsible for the uprising, as they are the ones who have done their best to set the stage for it and successfully brought it to fruition, even if they did not directly and intentionally cause it.

Who sows the wind will reap the whirlwind; who introduces principles must accept the consequences; who generates hate must not wonder that war results; who teaches the pathway of evil cannot declare himself free from responsibility for the disorders originated by his teaching.

Who sows the wind will reap the whirlwind; who introduces principles must accept the consequences; who spreads hate should not be surprised when war follows; who teaches the path of evil cannot claim to be free from responsibility for the chaos caused by their teachings.

Partial causes: masonry. Will it be necessary to explain this simple consideration? We do not think so. But should we desire to unfold it, it would be [255]easy for us to add that the anti-religious propaganda; the ideas of erroneous liberty and forbidden independence, incited and aroused in certain Filipinos by European politicians and writers; the antipathy and opposition, clearly shown by certain Spaniards, even by those ruling and by government employees, against the religious corporations; the establishment of masonry and of other secret societies, the former’s legitimate offspring; the most favorable reception that the revolutionary Filipinos found for their plans in many centers and papers of Madrid and other places; the lack of religion in many peninsulars; the ease with which the ancient laws of Filipinas have been changed; the mobility of public functionaries which, giving opportunity for many irregularities, has contributed greatly to the continual lessening of the credit of the Spanish name; and in part, the backwardness, which has been observed sometimes in the sons of the country with regard to public appointments: [all these] are partial aspects, various phases and confluent factors (of which we do not attempt to enumerate all) of the fundamental and synthetical cause that we have expressed.

Partial causes: masonry. Do we really need to explain this simple thought? We don't think so. But if we wanted to break it down, it would be [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]easy for us to add that the anti-religious propaganda; the ideas of false freedom and forbidden independence, stirred up in some Filipinos by European politicians and writers; the clear animosity and resistance shown by certain Spaniards, even among those in power and government staff, against religious organizations; the rise of masonry and other secret societies, which properly emerged from the former; the welcoming attitude that revolutionary Filipinos found for their plans among many circles and publications in Madrid and elsewhere; the lack of religious belief among many people from the mainland; the ease with which the old laws of the Philippines have been altered; the frequent changes in public officials that have allowed for many irregularities and seriously damaged the reputation of the Spanish name; and, to some extent, the occasional reluctance observed among locals regarding public positions: [all these] are partial aspects, different angles, and overlapping factors (which we do not intend to list all) of the main and overarching cause that we have stated.

No one is unaware that the chief of all those partial phases and factors of the social disorganization of the archipelago has been masonry. The Asociación Hispano-Filipina of Madrid was masonic. Those who encouraged the Filipinos in their campaign against the clergy and against the peninsulars here resident, were masons in almost their totality. Those who authorized the installation of lodges in the archipelago were masons. Those who founded the Katipunan,26 a society so mortally masonic, that [256]even in its terrible suggestive pact of blood it has done naught but imitate the masonic carbonarios, were masons.

No one is unaware that the main cause of the social disorder in the archipelago has been masonry. The Asociación Hispano-Filipina in Madrid was masonic. Most of those who supported the Filipinos in their fight against the clergy and the Spaniards living here were masons. Those who approved the establishment of lodges in the archipelago were masons. The founders of the Katipunan, a society so deeply connected to masonry that [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] even in its infamous pact of blood merely imitated the masonic carbonarios, were masons.

Practical consequences of that. The traditional submission to the fatherland, diffused and deeply settled in the archipelago by the religious corporations, having disappeared in part and having been greatly weakened in part; the voice of the parish priest, thanks to the above-mentioned propaganda, having been disregarded by many natives, especially in Manila and conterminous provinces, who were taught in that way to give themselves airs as intelligent and independent men; the prestige of the Spanish name having been greatly tempered, and the ancient respect with which every peninsular was formerly regarded in the islands having been almost annihilated in many towns: is it strange that race instincts should have asserted themselves strongly, and, considering that they have a distinct language, and distinct lands and climate, that they should have discussed and have attempted to raise a wall of separation between Spaniards and Malays? Is it not logical that, after having been made to believe that the religious is not the father and shepherd of their souls and their friend and enthusiastic defender, but a vile exploiter, and that the peninsular here is no more than a trader constituted with greater or less authority and rank, that they should madly and illegally have imagined that they could easily separate from España and aspire to self-government?

Practical consequences of that. The traditional loyalty to the homeland, which had been widely ingrained in the islands by religious groups, has partly disappeared and been significantly weakened; the influence of the parish priest, due to the mentioned propaganda, has been ignored by many locals, especially in Manila and nearby provinces, who were taught to act like they were smart and independent; the respect for the Spanish name has greatly diminished, and the historical admiration for every person from the mainland has almost vanished in many towns: is it surprising that racial instincts have emerged strongly, and given that they have their own language, as well as distinct lands and climate, they have sought to create a barrier between Spaniards and Malays? Is it not reasonable that, after being led to believe that the clergy is not the father and guardian of their souls but a malicious exploiter, and that mainland Spaniards are merely traders with varying degrees of power and status, they would have recklessly imagined that they could easily break away from Spain and aim for self-rule?

Gloomy situation of the archipelago and omens of its future. We shall not insist, your Excellency, on this order of consideration, for it rends our soul, it [257]cleaves our heart in twain, to consider how easily so many rivers of blood, so great and extravagant expenses, and so extraordinary conflicts, might have been spared, which in a not long lapse of time, may, perhaps, result in the disappearance of the immortal flag of Castilla; how easily the military situation, originated by the insurrection, a situation that was threatening to make of Filipinas another Cuba, might have been avoided; and with how little trouble the archipelago might have been continuing at present in the same tranquillity and peacefully progressive situation as it had years ago: if having the power, as was a fact, but that was not attempted or thought of, the door had been shut on the disturbers; if masonry had never been allowed in the country; and if every tendency contrary to the moral prestige, the most powerful social bond, immensely superior to all armies and all political institutions which united these countries with their beloved and respected mother-country, had been effectively restrained in their beginnings.

Gloomy situation of the archipelago and omens of its future. We won’t dwell on this topic, your Excellency, as it tears at our hearts, it [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]splits our souls apart, to think about how easily so much bloodshed, enormous expenses, and intense conflicts could have been avoided, which in a short time may, unfortunately, lead to the disappearance of the immortal flag of Castilla. It’s heartbreaking to realize how the military situation created by the uprising, which threatened to turn the Philippines into another Cuba, could have been prevented; and how little effort it would have taken for the archipelago to still be enjoying the same peace and progress it experienced years ago—if only those with power had acted, as they could have, to shut the door on the troublemakers; if masonry had never been allowed in the country; and if every challenge to the moral standing, which is a much stronger social bond than any army or political institution, connecting these lands with their beloved and respected mother country, had been effectively dealt with at the outset.

Has the present most gloomy situation any remedy?

Does this bleak situation have any solution?

It is somewhat difficult, and even dangerous, to answer the question, for if the Katipunan was six months ago relegated to the hills of Laguna and Bulacan among the rebel leaders who were fugitive there, or was dragging out a shameful existence in certain villages that were in communication with the insurgents, today the plague has spread. For the ones pardoned at Biac-na-bató, breaking the promise given to the gallant and energetic marquis de Estella,27 obedient to the watchword received, have spread through the central provinces; and by using threats [258]and terrible punishments, which have no precedents in the pages of history, nor even of the novel, have succeeded in attracting to their ranks a great number of Indians, even in villages which gave eloquent proof of loyalty to the holy cause of the Spanish fatherland before the submission of Biac-na-bató. They have also succeeded in establishing themselves in Cápiz and in other points of the Visayas: and indeed the movement of Zambales, of Pangasinan, of Ilocos, of Cebú, and of the Katipunans, are at present open in Manila.

It’s a bit tricky and even risky to answer the question, because while the Katipunan was six months ago pushed into the hills of Laguna and Bulacan among the rebel leaders who were hiding out there, or was living a shameful existence in certain villages in touch with the insurgents, today the situation has changed dramatically. For those who were pardoned at Biac-na-bató, breaking their promise to the brave and active Marquis de Estella, and following the orders they received, have spread throughout the central provinces; and by using threats and terrible punishments that have no precedent in history or even in literature, they have managed to bring a large number of Indians into their ranks, even from villages that previously showed strong loyalty to the noble cause of the Spanish homeland before the submission of Biac-na-bató. They've also managed to establish themselves in Cápiz and various other places in the Visayas; in fact, the movements in Zambales, Pangasinan, Ilocos, Cebu, and among the Katipunans are currently active in Manila.

The thought of what may happen to this beautiful country at any moment terrifies us, for we do not know to what point sectarian fanaticism may go, exploiting the suggestibility of this race and their weak brain by the deeds that they are heralding, brought to a head by them, in regard to the army, whose increase in the proportion that would be necessary to establish a complete military situation, they know to be impossible; by the published exemption from the cédula28 and other tributes; by the supposed immunity of amulets, called anting-anting; by the illusion that none but Indians will hold office, and that the alcaldes and generals will be from their ranks; by the remembrance that money and confidence were given to the rebels of Cavité, Bulacan, and other points; by the news that their partisans were sending them from Madrid and Hong-kong; by the example of goodly numbers of peninsulars, who are not on their guard against showing their hostility to the religious, [259]in order by that manner to procure the latter’s disregard by their parishioners, who even dare to lay hands on them; and by innumerable other methods, too many, in short, to enumerate, but terribly destructive, and of maddening and vigorous influence in these Malayan villages.

The thought of what could happen to this beautiful country at any moment terrifies us, as we can’t predict how far sectarian fanaticism might go, taking advantage of this people’s suggestibility and their weak minds with the actions they are promoting, which are fueled by their views on the army. They know that the scale of increase necessary to create a fully equipped military force is impossible; by the announced exemption from the cédula28 and other taxes; by the supposed protection of amulets, called anting-anting; by the illusion that only Indians will hold office, and that the alcaldes and generals will come from their ranks; by remembering that money and support were given to the rebels in Cavité, Bulacan, and other areas; by news that their supporters were sending them from Madrid and Hong Kong; by the example of many peninsulares, who are unguarded in showing their hostility toward the religious, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] in order to encourage their parishioners to ignore them, even to the point of attacking them; and by countless other methods, too many to list, but incredibly destructive and maddeningly influential in these Malayan villages.

The thought of what consist the secrets of the revolution, which the learned gentleman, appointed as arbitrator29 by the so-called government of the insurgents to arrange with the superior authority of the islands as to the conditions of submission and the surrender of arms, swore to keep secret, as appears from the justificative document of his authorization, is also terrifying. We are ignorant of what those secrets may be, which apparently are not the politico-ecclesiastical reforms which are now demanded in Madrid, since those matters are mentioned openly in the abovesaid document signed by Aguinaldo in the name of the rebel assembly; and the most courageous heart is terrified at the fancy that there might be an organization more powerful, more far-reaching, more general and active of revolution, somewhat like the Katipunan, which we now see to be rapidly spreading, and which at a moment’s notice, would effect a general rising, whose most saddening results one can easily foresee, and avoid with the greatest difficulty, unless every labor association be effectually prosecuted and extirpated in time.

The idea of the secrets of the revolution, which the educated man, appointed as an arbitrator29 by the so-called government of the insurgents to negotiate with the higher authorities of the islands regarding the terms of surrender and disarmament, vowed to keep under wraps, is also frightening. We don’t know what those secrets could be, but they clearly aren’t the political or ecclesiastical reforms currently requested in Madrid, as those issues are specifically mentioned in the previously mentioned document signed by Aguinaldo on behalf of the rebel assembly. Even the most courageous people are afraid of the possibility that there could be a more powerful, widespread, and active revolutionary organization, somewhat like the Katipunan, which we now see is quickly gaining traction and could trigger a massive uprising at any moment. The most tragic outcomes of such a situation are easy to imagine and hard to prevent, unless every labor organization is effectively pursued and eradicated in time.

Remedy for that situation. Laying aside for the meanwhile those dangers, which are daily obscuring the Filipino horizon more deeply, and supposing, as we desire, that peace may be obtained throughout the islands, the situation of the archipelago has a [260]remedy, and one, as is clear, that consists in removing all the causes that have produced so deep a confusion and in prudently and with justice adopting the measures that, assuring peace, will protect and encourage the legitimate interests of these inhabitants. The great mass of the country is not corrupted. It suffers from an access of hallucination and fanaticism produced by sectarian preachings and practices, but its heart and head are not perverted. If it be attended with care, it will return to its former pacific habits and submission. The wealthy and intelligent classes, still healthy, protest against all those movements, and since they are loyal and friendly to us, desire the normal mean to be reestablished as soon as possible, and will contribute, together with the institutions of the mother-country, to the most glorious undertaking of restoring order and the pacific and progressive trend of the archipelago.

Solution for that situation. Putting aside, for now, the dangers that are daily casting a deeper shadow over the Filipino horizon, and assuming, as we hope, that peace can be achieved throughout the islands, the situation of the archipelago has a [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]solution. It is evident that this solution involves addressing all the causes that have led to such profound confusion and carefully and fairly adopting measures that, while ensuring peace, will safeguard and promote the legitimate interests of its people. The vast majority of the country is not corrupted. It is suffering from a bout of delusion and fanaticism fueled by sectarian teachings and practices, but its heart and mind are not twisted. If treated with care, it will revert to its previous peaceful demeanor and compliance. The wealthy and educated classes, who remain healthy, oppose all these movements and, being loyal and friendly to us, wish for normalcy to be restored as soon as possible. They will work together with the institutions of the mother country to contribute to the magnificent endeavor of restoring order and the peaceful and progressive direction of the archipelago.

It pertains to the government to direct and manage those forces in order to obtain so satisfactory an end, by reestablishing the mainsprings of government, now so nearly disappeared or very much weakened; by giving prestige to all the conservative elements; and with an administration, grave, intelligent, active, stable, moral, acquainted with, and fond of the country, and one dissociated with every political doctrine, to continue and perfect the just and benevolent, and Catholic and Spanish regimen: whereby the mother-country would gain the sympathies of these inhabitants and establish its dominion securely.

It’s the government’s responsibility to oversee and manage these forces to achieve a satisfactory outcome by restoring the core principles of governance that have almost vanished or significantly weakened. This involves giving respect to all the conservative elements and having a leadership that is serious, knowledgeable, proactive, stable, moral, familiar with the country, and attached to it—while being independent of any political ideology. The goal is to continue and improve the fair and caring Catholic and Spanish system, which would help the mother country gain the support of these people and establish its control securely.

This is strange material for the peculiar objects and character of this exposition, which has no other purpose than to defend the honor of the religious [261]institutes and demonstrate the necessity of supporting and invigorating their ministry, if they are to continue their noble and patriotic mission in the archipelago. We do not intend to mix in politics, however much we may have as much or more right than any society or individual to speak of these things. But indeed we must be the defenders of the rights of the Church, and of the regular clergy. We are indeed under obligations to watch over Spanish interests, which are not at variance with, but perfectly amalgamated with religious interests.

This is unusual material for the unique objects and theme of this exhibition, which aims solely to protect the reputation of the religious [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]institutions and show the need for supporting and strengthening their ministry if they want to continue their honorable and patriotic mission in the archipelago. We don’t plan to get involved in politics, even though we have just as much right as any group or individual to discuss these matters. Still, we must defend the rights of the Church and the regular clergy. We have a responsibility to safeguard Spanish interests, which align perfectly with religious interests.

What the orders need and claim. As religious then, and as Spaniards, we address the government, and without circumlocutions or subterfuge (for these are not the times for paraphrases and euphemisms which cloak the truth), we believe that we can tell the government that if the interests of Spanish domination in the archipelago have incurred and are incurring so serious danger of shipwreck, it is because they have rather been, and are, profoundly combative of the interests of religion; and that if the revolutionists have succeeded in making themselves heard by a multitude of natives, it is because they have been taught, before and during the ingrate rebellion, to despise and even to persecute the religious who taught them a doctrine of peace and obedience. He who does not see this, suffers great blindness, or it is an obvious sign that he is infected with the terrible evil that has brought so dire consequences to Filipinas. He who closes his ears to the lessons of Providence—sorrowful, but indeed healthful lessons—and believes that it is possible to restore order here and establish a prosperous and tranquil progress without strengthening religious influences, [262]is not far from the separatist camp, or shows that he is unable to learn from great social catastrophes.

What the orders need and claim. As people of faith and as Spaniards, we directly approach the government, without beating around the bush or using any tricks (since these are not the times for vague language and euphemisms that hide the truth). We believe we can tell the government that if Spanish power in the archipelago is facing serious risks, it’s because it has consistently opposed the interests of religion. The revolutionists have managed to rally a large number of locals because they have been taught, both before and during this ungrateful rebellion, to scorn and even persecute the religious who preached a message of peace and obedience. Anyone who fails to see this is either severely blind or is clearly affected by the grave issue that has led to such dire consequences for the Philippines. Those who refuse to heed the lessons of Providence—sad but ultimately beneficial lessons—and who think it's possible to restore order and establish a prosperous and peaceful future without reinforcing religious influences, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]are close to aligning with the separatists or show that they cannot learn from significant social disasters.

It is not sufficient for that purpose to recognize the need of morality and of religion. One must recognize them in all their integrity and purity, such as our holy Mother, the Church, makes them known. It is not sufficient to talk to the people of the great doctrines of the Crucified, and instruct them not to attempt to attack the legitimate interests of Catholicism—vagaries that so very often cover mischievous and pharisaical intentions, in order afterward, under pretext of abuses, to tell them by word and deed, not to listen to the priests who preach those doctrines to them and inculcate in them respect for those interests. If one would attempt to effectively establish the peace of the archipelago upon a firm base, he must support in toto and in solido the mission of the religious corporations, so that they may be fruitful in the proportion that these inhabitants demand, who are still affectionate to the faith and to civilization, and so that the natives may be strengthened in the solid conviction that they are obliged to obey and respect España, their true fatherland in the social and civic order, by bonds of conscience and not by human considerations which are always unstable and shifting.

It’s not enough to acknowledge the importance of morality and religion. We must recognize them in their full integrity and purity, as our holy Mother, the Church, teaches. It’s not enough to talk to people about the great doctrines of the Crucified and instruct them not to undermine the legitimate interests of Catholicism—ideas that often hide harmful and hypocritical intentions, which later, under the guise of addressing abuses, tell them in word and action not to listen to the priests preaching those doctrines and instilling respect for those interests. If we want to truly establish peace in the archipelago on a solid foundation, we must fully support the mission of the religious organizations, so that their efforts can meet the needs of those who still cherish faith and civilization, and that the locals may grow in the strong belief that they must obey and respect España, their true homeland in social and civic matters, through bonds of conscience and not through human considerations that are always unstable and changing.

Consequently, we regulars who have more than sufficient reasons to recognize to their full extent the evils that affect the archipelago, so beloved by us, and who have been for some time experiencing the fact that, far from religious action being strengthened, it is restricted and opposed in various ways, do not waver in telling the government with blunt frankness that, if it do not consent to give that [263]support, daily more necessary, to the Church, the social disturbance of the country will continue to increase daily, and that by not applying any remedy to that evil, the stay here of the religious is becoming morally impossible.

As a result, we regulars, who have plenty of reasons to fully recognize the issues facing our beloved archipelago, and who have been feeling for a while now that, instead of strengthening religious action, it is being restricted and opposed in various ways, are firm in telling the government, without holding back, that if it doesn't agree to provide that [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] support, which is becoming increasingly necessary for the Church, the social unrest in the country will keep growing. By failing to address this problem, it's becoming morally impossible for the religious to remain here.

Of what use is it for us to force ourselves to fulfil our religio-patriotic duties, if others take it upon themselves to destroy that labor on the instant; if they, by methods that flatter evil passions so greatly, gain the favor of the same people whom we have taught to be docile and submissive, by saying to them continually that they should pay no attention to us? Would it suffice, peradventure, to preach respect to property, if, at the same time, there were no laws that protected it and public force that effectively restrained those covetous of another? Would any professor be assured of the effects of his teaching, whose pupils were to be told by respectable persons or through vexatious methods, as they left the lecture room, to forget or despise the lessons of their masters? Then in like case do we find ourselves in Filipinas.

What’s the point of forcing ourselves to fulfill our patriotic duties if others immediately work to undermine that effort? If they, by appealing to negative emotions, win over the same people we've taught to be compliant and obedient by constantly telling them to ignore us? Would it be enough to preach respect for property if there are no laws to protect it and no enforcement to keep greedy individuals in check? Would any teacher be confident in the impact of their lessons if their students were told by respected figures or through annoying means, as they left the classroom, to forget or disregard what they learned? This is the situation we find ourselves in here in the Philippines.

We do not want, your Excellency, temporal honors or dignities, which we have renounced by choosing for our profession a life hidden in Jesus Christ. We do not belong to those who, in whatever they do, think immediately, even when deserving them, of recompenses and decorations. We do not desire, as our enemies believe (who judge us, perhaps, from themselves), to preponderate in the civil government and administration of the villages, nor even at least to continue our slight official intervention assigned to us in certain secular matters by law and tradition. If one desires to strip the parish priest [264]or the missionary of all administrative, gubernatorial, and economic functions, in which, without us ever claiming it, yea, ever, the secular authority has come to solicit our modest cooperation, let it be done at a seasonable time. Those who adopt such an inclination will see what is most advisable for the exalted interests of the fatherland; but from them and not from us, who have ever (even enduring because of that intervention, annoyances, censures, and persecutions, and considering it a true burden) been docile auxiliaries of the civil authority, will be demanded the responsibility of the consequences that may be occasioned by so far-reaching a measure.

We don’t want, Your Excellency, any worldly honors or titles, which we've given up by choosing a life dedicated to Jesus Christ. We aren’t like those who always think about rewards and recognition for what they do, even if they deserve it. We have no desire, as our enemies assume (possibly judging us by their own standards), to dominate civil government or the administration of the villages, nor even to continue our minor official role in certain secular matters as established by law and tradition. If someone wants to remove the parish priest [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] or the missionary from all administrative, governmental, and economic duties, which we never claimed, and which the secular authority has come to seek our simple assistance with, then let it happen at an appropriate time. Those who choose to do this should consider what is best for the higher interests of the country; but the responsibility for any consequences from such a significant move will fall on them, not on us, who have always been willing helpers of the civil authority, even while enduring annoyances, criticisms, and persecutions and seeing it as a true burden.

We have come to the islands to preach and to preserve the Christian faith, and to instruct these natives with the celestial food of the sacraments and the maxims of the gospel; to prove that the principal intent of España, on incorporating this territory with its crown, was to christianize and civilize the natives. We have not come to become alcaldes, governors, judges, military men, agriculturists, tradesmen, or merchants; although the concord and fast union that should prevail between the Church and State be granted, and the fact that we constitute here the only social Spanish institution, never have we refused to contribute with our might as good patriots and submissive vassals to whatever has been demanded of us, and which we have been able to perform, without dishonor to our priestly and religious character.

We have come to the islands to share and uphold the Christian faith, and to teach these locals with the spiritual nourishment of the sacraments and the teachings of the gospel; to demonstrate that the main goal of Spain, in bringing this territory under its crown, was to Christianize and civilize the natives. We haven’t come to be mayors, governors, judges, soldiers, farmers, tradespeople, or merchants; even though the harmony and strong partnership that should exist between the Church and State is recognized, and the fact that we are the only social Spanish institution here, we have never turned down the opportunity to contribute as good patriots and loyal subjects to whatever has been asked of us, as long as it doesn’t bring dishonor to our priestly and religious duties.

What they as Catholic institutions contradict. All who have written upon Filipinas consider the benefit that the country, and very chiefly the Spanish dominion, has obtained, from that system in which the parish priest and the missionary were the intermediary, [265]more or less direct, between the public authorities and the mass of the Filipino population. It does not belong to us to demonstrate that, for well does the history of this archipelago show it, and it is being told in eloquent, although tragic voices by the present fact, with the deplorable consequences that España is feeling, and to which it has been guided by a senseless and suicidal propaganda against the religious orders. What we have to say at present is, that if the civil authority be not most diligently attentive to the maintenance, encouragement, and guaranty of religion and morality in the islands, as it must be through its solemn promise contracted before the supreme pontiffs and before Christian Europe, in accordance with the teachings and precepts of our most holy Mother, the Church; if it do not oppose a strong wall to the avalanche of insults, taunts, and systematic opposition to the religious of Filipinas, which is coming down upon the peninsula and the archipelago; if it do not prosecute the secret societies with the firmness of a foreseeing government; if it do not cause us to be respected and held as our quality as priests and Spanish corporations demand, in public and in private, in all the spheres of the social order, in whatever concerns España and its agents, repelling every project that in one way or another attempts to remove our prestige and to lessen our reputation, hindering the fruit of our labors: there is no suitable and meritorious way—and we say it with profoundest grief—in which we can continue in the islands.

What they, as Catholic institutions, contradict. Everyone who has written about the Philippines recognizes the advantages that the country, especially under Spanish rule, gained from a system where the parish priest and the missionary acted as intermediaries, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]more or less directly, between the government and the Filipino population. We don't need to prove this; the history of this archipelago makes it clear, and the current tragic situation speaks volumes about the regrettable consequences that Spain is now experiencing, a situation exacerbated by reckless and self-destructive propaganda against religious orders. What we need to emphasize now is that if civil authorities do not pay careful attention to upholding, supporting, and guaranteeing religion and morality in the islands, as they vowed to do before the highest pontiffs and Christian Europe, in line with the teachings of our holy Mother, the Church; if they do not stand strong against the wave of insults, taunts, and sustained opposition faced by the religious in the Philippines that are coming from both the mainland and the archipelago; if they do not firmly confront secret societies with the foresight expected of a responsible government; if they do not ensure that we are respected in our roles as priests and as Spanish entities in both public and private spheres, addressing any attempts to undermine our standing and diminish our reputation while obstructing the results of our efforts: then there is no appropriate or honorable way—and we express this with deep sorrow—in which we can continue in the islands.

We cannot be less, your Excellency, in our order, than military men, to whom their profession is an [266]honor and exaltation, as well as an exaction; less than the class of administrative functionaries whose rights and prerogatives are defended and guaranteed by the State; less than the mercantile and industrial companies and undertakings, who are considered and protected as impelling elements of public wealth; less than legal, medicinal, and other professional—scientific, artistic, or mechanical—associations, which are honored and respected in every well-organized society. We believe, and this belief is not at all exaggerated, that, as Catholic institutions, we have a right to all the honors, exemptions, and privileges, that the Christian Church and State, and the laws—in accordance with which the religious orders were established in Filipinas—extend to ecclesiastical persons and corporations, and especially to the regulars; and that as Spanish institutions, we ought to have the same consideration as the other entities that have arisen and exist under the protection of the flag of the fatherland.

We cannot be less, Your Excellency, in our standing than military personnel, for whom their profession is both an honor and a calling, as well as a duty; less than the administrative officials whose rights and privileges are protected and guaranteed by the State; less than the business and industrial companies, which are recognized and supported as vital contributors to public wealth; less than the legal, medical, and other professional—scientific, artistic, or technical—groups, that are honored and respected in every well-organized society. We believe, and this belief is not at all exaggerated, that as Catholic institutions, we have a right to all the honors, exemptions, and privileges that the Christian Church and State, and the laws—according to which the religious orders were established in the Philippines—extend to ecclesiastical individuals and entities, especially to the regulars; and that as Spanish institutions, we deserve the same respect as the other entities that have developed and exist under the protection of our homeland's flag.

As Catholic institutions, we must, with all the energy of our soul, repel, as contrary to the imprescriptible and supreme laws of the true and the good, and to the original laws of the Church, freedom of worship, and the other fatal and false liberties that are the offspring of the thought, of the press, and of association, which certain men are trying to bring to this archipelago, and which conflict with the most rudimentary duties of the patronage that España exercises here, as is clearly set forth in various places in the Recopilación de Indias. In like manner do we repel, inasmuch as it contradicts the rights of the Church, the pretended secularization of education, in accordance with what we are taught [267]in propositions 45, 47, and 48,30 of the Syllabus, and which are obligatory on all Catholics, and very especially on Christian princes and governments. Contrary to those rights, and entirely abusive and tyrannical, would be every measure that the secular power might try to adopt in regard to the religious orders of the archipelago: whether in meddling with their regular regimen and discipline; whether in secularizing them; whether in disentailing their property, or fettering their free disposition of the same; whether in freeing their members from their obedience; whether in depriving them of the honors or privileges which they possess according to the canons, the laws of the Indias, and Christian common law, as is expressed in proposition 53 of the above-mentioned Syllabus.31 Every law that attempts [268]to suppress, diminish, or weaken the sacred laws of personal, royal, or local ecclesiastical immunity is contrary to the sacred rules of the Church. Also contrary to the Church, and smacking of the heresies of Wickliffe and Luther, is every ordinance that denies the clergy the right to the stipends and fees that are due them from their holy ministry, and that tries to meddle with matters of parochial fees, a thing that is peculiar to the ecclesiastical jurisdiction. It is contrary to the honor and sanctity of the religious estate to suppose it incapable of exercising the care of souls, and to say that, in governing the parishes, we violated the canons, when in exact accordance with them, we christianized this country, and since have continued to minister it. It is vexatious to the regular clergy, and opposed to the rights legitimately acquired, for the civil authority to attempt to despoil the religious corporations of the ministries and missions founded and ruled by them, under the protection of the Leyes de Indias and the sovereign ordinances of the apostolic see. Incompatible with the vow of obedience that binds every religious, is the complete subjection of the individuals of the regular clergy who discharge the care of souls to the authority of the diocesan, depriving his prelate of the attributes that he possesses over his subjects; and the bishop cannot be allowed, to the loss or detriment of the rights of the regular superior [269]to suppress the regular curacies at his pleasure, since the ministries depend immediately on the corporation which appoints those religious who are to fulfil the duties of them.

As Catholic institutions, we must, with all our soul, reject the ideas that are against the essential and supreme laws of truth and goodness, and against the foundational laws of the Church, such as freedom of worship and other dangerous false liberties that come from thoughts, the press, and associations that some individuals are trying to introduce in this archipelago. These ideas clash with the basic responsibilities of the patronage that Spain holds here, as clearly stated in various places in the Recopilación de Indias. Similarly, we reject the so-called secularization of education, as it contradicts the rights of the Church, in line with what we learn in propositions 45, 47, and 48 of the Syllabus, which are obligatory for all Catholics, especially Christian princes and governments. Any measure that the secular power attempts regarding the religious orders in the archipelago—be it interfering with their regular routines and discipline, secularizing them, taking away their property, restricting their ability to manage their property, freeing their members from their commitments, or denying them the honors and privileges they hold according to the canons, the laws of the Indias, and Christian common law, as stated in proposition 53 of the aforementioned Syllabus—would be completely abusive and tyrannical. Any law that aims to suppress, diminish, or weaken the sacred laws of personal, royal, or local ecclesiastical immunity is contrary to the sacred rules of the Church. Similarly, any regulation that denies clergy their rightful stipends and fees from their holy ministry, and interferes with matters of parochial fees, which fall under ecclesiastical jurisdiction, contradicts the Church and echoes the heresies of Wycliffe and Luther. It is an affront to the honor and sanctity of the religious life to suggest that it is incapable of caring for souls, and to claim that in governing the parishes, we violate the canons when, in fact, we have followed them precisely to Christianize this country and continue to serve it. It is frustrating for regular clergy and contrary to legitimately acquired rights for civil authority to attempt to strip religious corporations of the ministries and missions established and governed by them, protected by the Leyes de Indias and the sovereign decrees of the apostolic see. The complete subjection of regular clergy who care for souls to diocesan authority is incompatible with the vow of obedience that binds every religious, depriving their prelate of the rights he has over his subordinates. A bishop cannot be allowed to suppress regular parishes at will, as ministry is directly reliant on the corporation that appoints the religious charged with carrying out these duties.

The need of keeping intact the authority of the regular prelate over his curas and missionaries. No one is ignorant that the religious corporations of the archipelago are communities composed in their vast majority of parish priests and missionaries. If that be so, and it must be so, in order that the orders fulfil the peculiar end for which they came to Filipinas, how could the jurisdiction of the regular prelate he maintained, if the attributes that he has received from the holy see, the only immediate authority to which the regulars are subject, for the government of his subjects, of whatever class they be, be lessened? By pontifical laws, the religious assigned to the doctrinas and missions are considered absolutely as viventes intra claustra, which signifies that they are governed by their peculiar superiors, rights, and attributes, which are binding on every subject strictly conventual. If it were not so, the individual life would be established to a greater or less extent in the orders; their communal bonds would disappear; the regular prelates would become mere figureheads; and the religious corporations, losing the internal discipline that gives them so much vigor and strength, would be converted into associations of priests [presbiteros], who although they pronounced religious vows one day, would afterwards have no other bonds with their superiors than the corporative habit and name, and too, perchance, the possession of the open door in order to take refuge in the convent whence they went out, whenever they so desired or the bishop ordered it. [270]

The importance of maintaining the authority of the regular prelate over his parish priests and missionaries. It's well known that the religious organizations in the archipelago primarily consist of parish priests and missionaries. If that's the case—and it has to be, so that the orders achieve the specific purpose for which they came to the Philippines—how could the jurisdiction of the regular prelate be upheld if the powers he has received from the Holy See, the immediate authority that the regulars are under for governing those under him, are diminished? According to papal laws, the religious assigned to the communities and missions are regarded as viventes intra claustra, meaning they are governed by their own superiors, rights, and responsibilities, which apply to every member in a strictly conventual manner. If it weren't true, individual autonomy would be established to some degree within the orders; their communal ties would break down; regular prelates would turn into mere figureheads; and the religious organizations, losing the internal discipline that gives them strength and vitality, would become associations of priests [presbiteros], who, although they made religious vows at one point, would eventually have no connection to their superiors other than the corporate identity and name, and perhaps the ability to return to the convent whenever they wanted or when the bishop directed it. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The action of the regular prelate over the curas and missionaries of his order must be so active, immediate, energetic, and universal, that he can change, remove, or transfer them, or give them another occupation and appointment, and his authority over them must remain in everything as powerful as if it were a question of the last one of the conventual religious. That is required by the regular discipline; that is demanded by the vow of obedience. In proportion as the attempt is made with the individual to restrict or weaken the jurisdiction of the order, it is equivalent to jesting at the intention of us religious, who do not profess to be subjects of the bishop, but only to occupy ourselves in the business of religion which our prelates assign us; it is equivalent to disnaturalizing the religious corporations, and consequently, to destroying them, the very thing that the separatists are attempting.

The regular head of the order must be very active, immediate, strong, and comprehensive in managing the curas and missionaries. He should have the authority to change, remove, or assign them to different roles and responsibilities, and his power over them should be as strong as it is over any other members of the religious community. This is required by the rules of the order and demanded by the vow of obedience. When efforts are made to limit or undermine the order's authority over individuals, it essentially mocks the purpose of us as religious members, who do not claim to be subjects of the bishop but focus solely on the religious duties assigned to us by our superiors. It serves to undermine the religious communities and, therefore, seeks to destroy them, which is precisely what the separatists are trying to accomplish.

Such a thing will not happen, we are sure; for the moment that a law freeing the parish priests and missionaries from subordination to their prelate, or lessening or restricting the latter’s power, is dictated, no religious, by bonds of conscience, would dare to continue at the head of his parish or mission, and all would retire to their convents at Manila. Such a thing will not happen, for the bishops themselves would be energetically opposed to it, and would confess, as they do, that precisely because the vast majority of their parish clergy are regulars, their clergy live so morally and apply themselves so assiduously to their ministry, and that scarcely would they find that in secular priests [presbiteros] or in regulars not fully subject to their order, and that they are consequently interested, through love of [271]their flock, in having the parish ministries of the archipelago continue to be ruled by the same laws as hitherto. And such a thing will not happen, we say, because the holy see, jealous guardian of the interests of Christianity in the islands, not less than of the prestige of the regulars, will not permit it; while, at the last, the government would be placed in the dilemma, namely, that either a suitable and sufficient personnel be proposed to it, which might replace the religious corporations of Filipinas in a stable and worthy manner, or, on the contrary, that the latter continue discharging their actual duties, without the least diminution of the jurisdiction of their respective regular prelates.

That won't happen, we’re sure; because the moment a law is put in place to free parish priests and missionaries from being subordinate to their bishop, or to limit or reduce the bishop’s power, no religious person bound by conscience would dare to remain in charge of their parish or mission, and everyone would retreat to their convents in Manila. It won't happen, because the bishops themselves would strongly oppose it, and they would admit, as they currently do, that the vast majority of their parish clergy are regulars, which is why their clergy live morally and work diligently in their ministry. They would hardly find that same commitment in secular priests or those religious not fully subject to their authority, and for the love of their community, they are therefore keen to maintain that parish ministries in the archipelago continue to be governed by the same laws as before. And we emphasize, this won't happen because the Holy See, a vigilant protector of Christian interests in the islands and the dignity of the regulars, will not allow it; ultimately, the government would be faced with a dilemma: either propose a suitable and sufficient personnel to effectively replace the religious orders in the Philippines in a stable and respectful way, or, on the contrary, allow those orders to continue fulfilling their current responsibilities without any reduction in the authority of their respective regular bishops.

España’s obligation to send ministers of the Catholic religion to these islands and to solidly guaranty that religion. Such a thing will not happen finally, for the government of the country can never forget (regarding this point and the others with which the present exposition is concerned) the will of Isabel the Catholic, the fundamental and capital law of these dominions, by which the government is obliged to send here prelates and religious and other learned and austere persons of God, in order to instruct their inhabitants in the Catholic faith, and to instruct and teach them good morals; for nothing must be desired ahead of the publication and extension of the evangelical law, and the conversion and conservation of the Indians in the holy Catholic faith. “Inasmuch as we are directing our thought and care to this as our chief aim, we order, and to the extent we may, charge the members of our Council of Indias that laying aside every other consideration of our profit and interest, they hold especially in mind the matters [272]of the conversion and instruction, and above all that they be watchful and occupy themselves with all their might and understanding in providing and appointing ministers sufficient for it, and take all the other measures necessary so that the Indians and natives may be converted and conserved in the knowledge of God our Lord, the honor and praise of his holy name, so that, we fulfilling this duty which so tightly binds us and which we so desire to satisfy, the members of the said Council may discharge their consciences, since we have discharged ours with them.” (Law i, tít. i, book ii and law viii, tít. ii, book ii of Recopilación de Indias.)

Spain’s responsibility to send ministers of the Catholic faith to these islands and to firmly guarantee that faith. This will ultimately not happen, because the government of this country can never forget (on this issue and others related to the current discussion) the wishes of Isabel the Catholic, the fundamental and essential law of these territories, which requires the government to send here bishops, religious leaders, and other knowledgeable and devout people of God, in order to teach their inhabitants about the Catholic faith and to instill good morals; for nothing should take precedence over the promotion and spread of the Christian law, and the conversion and preservation of the Indigenous people in the holy Catholic faith. “Since we are directing our thoughts and efforts toward this as our primary goal, we order, and as much as we can, charge the members of our Council of Indias that disregarding every other concern for our profit and gain, they focus specifically on issues [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] of conversion and education, and above all that they remain vigilant and dedicate all their energy and understanding to ensuring that there are enough ministers for this purpose, and take all other necessary actions so that the Indigenous people may be converted and sustained in the knowledge of God our Lord, to honor and praise his holy name, so that by fulfilling this duty which binds us so closely and which we are eager to satisfy, the members of the said Council may clear their consciences, since we have cleared ours with them.” (Law i, tít. i, book ii and law viii, tít. ii, book ii of Recopilación de Indias.)

The Council of Ministers together with the ministry of the colonies32 has been substituted for the Council of Indias, of whose devotion and zeal in fulfilling the fundamental duties of their trust, we cannot harbor the least doubt.

The Council of Ministers along with the Ministry of the Colonies32 has replaced the Council of Indias, and we have no doubt about their commitment and enthusiasm in carrying out their essential responsibilities.

Very expressive also to the question in hand is law lxv, tít. xiv, book i of the same Recopilación. “We order the viceroys, presidents, auditors, governors, and other justices of the Indias, to give all the protection necessary for that service to the religious of the orders resident in those provinces and occupied in the conversion and instruction of the natives, to our entire satisfaction, by which God has been, and is, served, and the natives much benefited, and to honor them greatly, and encourage them to continue, and do the same, and more, if possible, as we expect from their persons and goodness.”

Very relevant to the matter at hand is law 65, title 14, book 1 of the same Recopilación. “We instruct the viceroys, presidents, auditors, governors, and other judges of the Indies to provide all necessary protection for the religious orders working in those provinces and dedicated to converting and educating the natives, to our full satisfaction, which has served God and greatly benefited the natives. We also command them to honor these religious leaders and encourage them to continue their efforts, and even do more if possible, as we expect from their character and goodwill.”

Words of the instructions to Legaspi; of the laws of Partìdas;33 of Felipe II. Thus was it commanded [273]scores of times to the authorities of these islands, and in harmony with that legislation, in the instructions to the great Legaspi, it is expressly stated:

Words of the instructions to Legaspi; of the laws of Partìdas;33 of Felipe II. This was commanded [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]many times to the authorities of these islands, and in line with that legislation, the instructions to the great Legaspi clearly state:

“You shall have special care in all the negotiations that you shall have with the natives of those districts to have with you some of the religious, both in order to make use of their good counsel, and so that the natives may recognize and understand the great consideration in which you hold them; for seeing that and the great reverence given them by the soldiers, they will also come to respect them. That will be very important, so that, when the religious impart to them the matters pertaining to our holy Catholic faith, they may give them full credit; since you know that his Majesty’s chiefest end is the salvation of the souls of those infidels. For that purpose, in whatever district, you shall take particular care to aid the said religious … so that, having learned the language, they may labor to bring the natives to the knowledge of our holy Catholic faith, convert them to it, and reduce them to the obedience and friendship of his Majesty.” (Colec. de Doc. Inéd. de Ultramar, ii, p. 188.)34

“You should take special care in all the negotiations with the locals in those areas to include some of the clergy with you. This is to benefit from their good advice and to show the locals how much respect you have for them; seeing this and the great respect given to the clergy by the soldiers will help the locals to respect them too. This is crucial because when the clergy teach them about our holy Catholic faith, they will trust them fully. You know that the primary goal of His Majesty is the salvation of the souls of those non-believers. Therefore, in any district, you should pay special attention to support the clergy… so that they can learn the language, work to bring the locals to understand our holy Catholic faith, convert them to it, and win their obedience and friendship for His Majesty.” (Colec. de Doc. Inéd. de Ultramar, ii, p. 188.)34

That is the genuinely Spanish spirit, the glory of the human race, and especially of Christianity, which caused our legislators to write in the Partidas (Partida i, tít. vi, law lxii, and tít. xi): “Laymen must honor and regard the clergy greatly, each one according to his rank and his dignity: firstly, because [274]they are mediators between God and them; secondly, because by honoring them, they honor Holy Church, whose servants they are, and honor the faith of our Lord Jesus Christ, who is their head, for they are called Christians. And this honor and this regard must be shown in three ways; in speech; in deed; and in counsel.” “The churches of the emperors, kings, and other seigniors of the countries, have great privileges and liberties; and these were very rightfully [given them], for the things of God should have greater honor than those of men.”

That is the true Spanish spirit, the pride of humanity, and especially of Christianity, which led our lawmakers to write in the Partidas (Partida i, tít. vi, law lxii, and tít. xi): “Laypeople must greatly honor and respect the clergy, each according to their rank and dignity: firstly, because [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] they are mediators between God and them; secondly, because by honoring them, they honor the Holy Church, whose servants they are, and honor the faith of our Lord Jesus Christ, who is their leader, for they are called Christians. And this honor and respect must be shown in three ways: in speech, in action, and in counsel.” “The churches of emperors, kings, and other lords of the land have great privileges and rights; and these were very justly [granted to them], for the matters of God deserve greater honor than those of men.”

That is the spirit that was expressed by the mouth of Felipe II when he answered those who proposed to him the abandonment of these islands, in consideration of the few resources that the public treasury derived from them: “For the conversion of only one soul of those there, I would give all the treasures of the Indias, and were they not sufficient I would give most willingly whatever España yields. Under no consideration shall I abandon or discontinue to send preachers and ministers to give the light of the holy gospel to all and whatever provinces may be discovered, however poor, rude, and barren they may be, for the holy apostolic see has given to us and to our heirs the duty possessed by the apostles of publishing and preaching the gospel, which must be spread there and into an infinite number of kingdoms, taking them from the power of devils and giving them to know the true God, without any hope of temporal blessings.”

That’s the spirit that Felipe II expressed when he responded to those suggesting abandoning these islands because the public treasury gained so little from them: “For the conversion of just one soul there, I would give all the treasures of the Indies, and if that wasn’t enough, I would gladly give whatever Spain produces. I will never abandon or stop sending preachers and ministers to spread the light of the holy gospel to all provinces that may be discovered, no matter how poor, rough, or barren they might be, because the holy apostolic see has entrusted us and our heirs with the duty that the apostles had of publishing and preaching the gospel, which must reach there and to countless kingdoms, freeing them from the power of devils and teaching them about the true God, without any expectation of earthly rewards.”

Duties of the government and of others in regard to religious interests in the islands. Consequently, those offenses that should be most prosecuted in Filipinas, and against which the government should [275]prove especially active, are offenses against religion and against ecclesiastical persons, as such offenses are those which wound the greatest social welfare, and are most directly opposed to the fundamental obligation that España contracted on incorporating these islands with its crown. Hence, masonry, an anti-Catholic and anti-national society, ought not to be permitted, but punished severely; every propaganda against the dogmas, precepts, and institutions of our holy Mother, the Church, ought to be proscribed; outrages against the clergy and religious ought to be punished with greater rigor than when committed against any other class of persons, giving such outrages the character of sacrilege, which they positively possess; all, from the governor-general to the lowest dependent of the State, ought to exert themselves to demonstrate by their word and example, in public and in private, and without those conventional exteriorities of pure social form (a Catholicism that becomes naught but mere observance and courtesy, and which, unfortunately, abounds so widely), that they love and respect the Catholic religion, and that they esteem more the duties toward God and toward His holy Church that proceed from it, than any other duty and obligation, however exalted and respectable may be the institution that imposes it.

Duties of the government and of others in regard to religious interests in the islands. Therefore, the offenses that should be most vigorously prosecuted in the Philippines, and against which the government should [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]be especially active, are those against religion and against religious individuals, as these offenses harm the greatest social good and are directly opposed to the fundamental responsibility that Spain took on when it incorporated these islands into its territory. Thus, masonry, which is an anti-Catholic and anti-national organization, should not be allowed and must be punished severely; any propaganda against the beliefs, teachings, and institutions of our holy Mother, the Church, should be banned; attacks on the clergy and religious must be punished more harshly than similar acts against any other group, treating these attacks as the sacrilege they truly are; everyone, from the governor-general to the lowest state employee, should work to show through their words and actions, publicly and privately, and without those superficial social niceties (a form of Catholicism that turns into mere observance and courtesy, which unfortunately is very common), that they love and respect the Catholic faith, and that they value their responsibilities to God and His holy Church more than any other duty or obligation, no matter how noble and honorable the institution imposing it might be.

Hence the government of the nation and exalted authorities must be the first who ought to destroy, not only in their official, but in their private acts, and as politicians, authors, government employees, military men, in the different orders of social life, the ridiculous and contemptuous idea that free thought has sown against priests and religious, permitting [276]themselves to talk of them in a tone that honors the clergy so little, and which when known by the elements of other inferior social classes, cause respect to the Catholic priest to become weakened daily, many judging that the religion of officials is frequently nothing more than a social hypocrisy and a practice of pure political convenience. Hence the government ought to very carefully see that all its personnel in the archipelago be sincere and earnest Catholics, in order that the sad spectacle may not be again seen, that we have so often and so prodigally witnessed, by which the chief ones, in opposing the apostolic labor of the religious corporations, are the very ones, who, inasmuch as they are functionaries of a Catholic state, ought to be those who support and strengthen it the most. Hence every association, assembly, or undertaking which is trying to sow here anti-religious or anti-clerical ideas, under any color or pretext, even the exercise of political rights, ought to be prevented at all hazards from having any representation or branch in these islands; and the previous censorship over every kind of book, pamphlet, and engraving that comes from outside, and over those which shall be published here, should be restored, or better said, strengthened. Hence, the close union of all the peninsular element here resident becomes more necessary, so that, all united for the protection of our divine religion, by all respected and obeyed, we may resist the enemies of the fatherland with greater force; may not by our discords give the rebel camp opportunity to gain strength; and as far as possible, may succeed in elevating the moral prestige, today, unfortunately fallen so low. Hence, likewise, is the [277]great necessity of the disappearance in gubernatorial circles of an erroneous idea, most fatal and extremely disrespectful to the orders, which, propagated by sectarian spirits or by bad or lukewarm Catholics, seems now to be a postulate of many politicians in Madrid, and of the majority of peninsulars who come to this archipelago.

Therefore, the government and leading authorities of the nation should be the first to eliminate, not just in their official duties, but also in their personal actions, the ridiculous and disdainful notion that free thought has spread against priests and religious figures. They must avoid speaking of them in a way that shows little respect for the clergy. When this attitude is observed by members of lower social classes, it leads to a daily erosion of respect for Catholic priests. Many come to view the religion of public officials as mere social hypocrisy and a tool of political convenience. Thus, the government must ensure that all personnel in the archipelago are genuine, dedicated Catholics, to prevent the disheartening situation we’ve witnessed too many times—where those who should support and strengthen the church as representatives of a Catholic state are actually the ones undermining the apostolic work of religious organizations. Consequently, any group, meeting, or initiative that seeks to promote anti-religious or anti-clerical ideas, under any guise—even if framed as political rights—must be completely barred from having any presence or influence in these islands. Additionally, censorship of all types of books, pamphlets, and publications coming from outside, as well as those to be published here, should be reinstated or, better yet, reinforced. Therefore, a strong unity among the residents from the mainland is more necessary than ever; united in the protection of our divine religion, which must be respected and upheld, we can resist the enemies of our homeland more effectively. We should not let our disagreements provide the opposing camp an opportunity to grow stronger, and we must strive to raise the moral prestige that has unfortunately fallen so low. This also underscores the urgent need to eliminate a harmful and disrespectful idea that's taken root in government circles—propagated by anti-Catholic sentiments or by indifferent or weak Catholics—which now seems to be accepted by many politicians in Madrid and most mainlanders who come to this archipelago.

Infamous idea in regard to the importance of the orders and the manner in which they are generally regarded. We refer to the idea which began to spread after the revolution of ’68, which looks upon the religious of Filipinas as an evil necessity, as an archaic institution, with which differences must be composed for reasons of state; as a purely political resource, and a convenience to the nation, which cannot be substituted with others. That infamous idea, manifested at times frankly, and at times with reticence or with insinuations that cut more deeply than a knife, is known by our declared enemies. It is known by the natives of the country who have been in the Peninsula. It is known, because it has been propagated in newspapers and other products of the press that have penetrated the archipelago, by a vast number of natives, who, with having left Filipinas, are notably offended by it. All the peninsulars who make war on us, whether by anti-religious prejudices, by doctrinal compromise, by personal resentment, by flippancy, or by envy (for among all those classes do we have enemies) help to spread and propagate that idea throughout the islands.

Infamous idea about the significance of the orders and how they are generally viewed. We're talking about the idea that started spreading after the revolution of ’68, which sees the religious in the Philippines as an evil necessity, an outdated institution that needs to be tolerated for political reasons; as a purely political tool and a convenience for the nation that cannot be replaced by anything else. That infamous idea, sometimes expressed openly and at other times subtly or with insinuations that cut deeper than a knife, is known by our declared enemies. It is recognized by the locals who have been to the mainland. It's known because it has been spread through newspapers and other media that have reached the archipelago, by a large number of locals who, having left the Philippines, are particularly offended by it. All the mainlanders who are against us, whether due to anti-religious biases, doctrinal disagreements, personal grudges, carelessness, or envy (as we face enemies from all those groups) contribute to spreading that idea throughout the islands.

From that idea many deduce the opinion that we are dragging out in this country an existence of pure compassion and condescension; that we are living [278]here, tolerated and as if on alms, instead of honored and respected as any other institution of the mother-country; that in many ways, one would believe that we religious are less and have less value than the military, than the government employes, or than those of other professions and careers; and that with wonderful facility one imputes to us, as to the most abandoned and destitute, the blame for all the evils that afflict the country, governors and other representatives of the government and administration of the islands availing themselves of our name of obliged appeal, in order to evade and shun responsibilities, whenever any calamity comes upon them or whenever there is any unpleasant event to bewail in their conduct. For all, there is indulgence, for all, excuse, for all kindness and the eyes of charity. The epoch is one of adjustment and respect for all manner of extensions, although with the loss of morality and justice. Only in what concerns priests and religious must one look with contemptuous pride, with extreme rigor, and with despotic exaction. The religious has to pay it all; on him must all the blame be cast; to him belong the feelings of anger, the aversions, the censures, the expressions of contempt. We appear, your Excellency, to be only the anima vilis35 of the archipelago.

From that idea, many conclude that we’re living in this country under a constant state of pity and condescension; that we’re here, tolerated as if we’re receiving charity, instead of being honored and respected like any other institution from the mother country; that in many ways, one might think that we religious individuals are seen as having less worth than the military, government employees, or those in other professions and careers; and that, with great ease, we are blamed as if we were the most abandoned and destitute, with governors and other representatives of the government and administration in the islands using our reputation as a convenient excuse to avoid responsibilities whenever calamities strike or when any unfortunate events occur due to their conduct. For everyone else, there’s leniency, excuses, kindness, and charitable eyes. This era is one of adjustment and respect for all kinds of extensions, although accompanied by a decline in morality and justice. Only when it comes to priests and religious figures must scrutiny be marked by contemptuous pride, extreme rigidity, and harsh demands. The religious must bear it all; all blame must be directed at him; all feelings of anger, aversion, criticism, and contempt must be aimed at him. We seem, Your Excellency, to be merely the anima vilis35 of the archipelago.

It is evident that we, as the priestly and religious class, and as a Spanish corporation, cannot in any manner consent to this humiliating position, which, as private persons, obliged to greater perfection than the generality of Christians, we endure patiently, remembering the words of the apostle “tamquam purgamenta hujus mundi facti sumus omnium peripsema [279]usque adhuc,”36 and of which we would not speak if the evil were restricted to one of so many annoyances annexed to our ministry; so much the more as we unfortunately see that that injurious and erroneous idea is greatly injuring our ministry, and is daily causing our influence among the people who are entrusted to us to become lessened, since they are assailed strongly and tenaciously by all the disturbing agents that have caused the insurrection.

It’s clear that we, as the clergy and religious community, and as a Spanish organization, cannot accept this degrading position. As individuals held to a higher standard of perfection than the average Christian, we bear this patiently, recalling the words of the Apostle that we have become “tamquam purgamenta hujus mundi facti sumus omnium peripsema [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]usque adhuc,” and we wouldn’t mention this if the issue only affected one of the many frustrations tied to our ministry. What’s worse, we sadly see that this harmful and mistaken idea is seriously damaging our ministry and is gradually diminishing our influence with the people we serve, as they are being strongly and persistently attacked by all the disruptive forces that led to the insurrection.

Respect that they merit as religious and as Spaniards. The religious corporations ought to be greatly honored and distinguished (and it grieves us deeply, your Excellency, to have to speak of these things): firstly, because their individual members are adorned with the priestly character, which is the greatest honor and dignity among Christians that men can have; secondly, because their apostolic mission has here propagated and preserves the splendors of Catholicism. They are priests and they are religious: thus they unite the two devices that inspire the greatest veneration among any society, which feels some needs superior to the material, or those of their proud reason divorced from Jesus Christ.

Respect that they deserve as religious individuals and as Spaniards. The religious organizations should be highly honored and recognized (and it saddens us deeply, your Excellency, to have to discuss these matters): firstly, because their individual members carry the priestly role, which is the highest honor and dignity one can achieve among Christians; secondly, because their apostolic mission has spread and maintains the richness of Catholicism here. They are both priests and religious, thus combining the two roles that inspire the greatest reverence in any community that recognizes needs beyond the material or the prideful reasoning that is separated from Jesus Christ.

Not less respect do they merit in their character as Spanish entities. Besides being here ministers of the official religion, they are public ecclesiastical persons, recognized by the state. They live under its safeguard, as do the military and civil entities. They have labored, and are laboring, for the fatherland, at least as much as any other class of Spaniards residing in the archipelago. And in the point of intelligence, within their respective profession and of morality [280]and private and civic virtues, they rise not only collectively, but individually, to so great a height as the class that is considered the most high and reputable in the archipelago.

They deserve just as much respect for their role as Spanish entities. In addition to serving as ministers of the official religion, they are recognized public ecclesiastical figures by the state. They live under its protection, like the military and civil organizations. They have worked, and continue to work, for their country, at least as much as any other group of Spaniards living in the archipelago. In terms of intelligence within their respective professions, as well as in morality and private and civic virtues, they not only excel collectively but also individually, reaching a level comparable to the most esteemed and reputable class in the archipelago. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

There is one most special reason and one of extraordinary importance which demands that that respect should be sanctioned by the laws and supported by customs, namely, that the religious in his respective duties, becomes, as a general rule, the only peninsular, and, therefore, the only representative of the mother-country in the majority of the Filipino villages. Consequently, Spanish prestige is greatly interested in that he be the object of such considerations and guaranties that these inhabitants far from seeing, as unfortunately they have not a few times seen, that he is despised and humbled, be daily more fortified in the traditional idea that their cura or missionary is, at once the minister of God and the representative of España, a lofty idea that has redounded, and redounds, so greatly to the favor of the mother-country, and says so much in honor of all the Spanish entities.

There is one very special reason, of extraordinary importance, that demands respect be protected by laws and supported by customs. This reason is that the religious figure, in fulfilling his duties, usually becomes the sole representative of the mother country in most Filipino villages. As a result, Spanish prestige is significantly affected by the need for him to receive such respect and guarantees. This ensures that the locals, rather than witnessing him being looked down upon and mistreated as has happened on several occasions, are continually reinforced in the traditional belief that their priest or missionary is both a minister of God and a representative of Spain. This belief is valuable for the mother country and reflects well on all Spanish entities.

We came to the archipelago through our love to religion and España, and have remained in it more than three centuries, ready to continue here so long as conscience does not dictate the contrary to us. Gross temporal considerations do not move us, nor sentiments of pride and of mere personal dignity. In the fulfilment of our duties, we have striven to attain even sacrifice and by the grace of God, we shall continue the sacrifice. A good proof of this is offered the impartial critic by the present epoch of rebellions and insurrections. The cura and missionaries, in spite of persuasions that they were putting their lives [281]in great danger by the continual plots of the ferocious Katipunan, have steadfastly maintained themselves in their posts, foreseeing that if they abandoned their parishioners, a general rising of the islands was almost certain. This procedure, if not heroic, is sufficiently near it, and has cost us many victims, snatching away our dearest brethren from us, some treacherously assassinated and others immolated by reckless mobs seduced by filibusters and masons. And although this sad sacrifice has seemingly not been bewailed and appreciated, as perhaps it ought to be by the loyal sons of España, we trust that God, the compassionate and generous remunerator of every good deed, will in His infinite mercy, receive it as a propitiation for the evils of this unfortunate country, and will have rewarded the martyrs of religion and of the fatherland.

We arrived at the archipelago driven by our love for religion and Spain, and we have stayed here for over three centuries, ready to continue as long as our conscience allows. We're not motivated by material concerns or feelings of pride and personal dignity. In fulfilling our duties, we've aimed for sacrifice, and with God's grace, we will keep making sacrifices. A clear example of this can be seen in the current time of rebellions and insurrections. The priest and missionaries, despite being warned that their lives were at serious risk from the ongoing plots of the ruthless Katipunan, have remained committed to their roles, knowing that if they left their parishioners, a widespread uprising in the islands would likely follow. This commitment, if not heroic, is pretty close to it, and has resulted in many casualties, taking away our dear friends: some were treacherously assassinated and others killed by reckless mobs led astray by rebels and masons. And even though this tragic sacrifice may not have been mourned or recognized as it should have been by the loyal sons of Spain, we trust that God, the compassionate and generous rewarder of every good deed, will, in His infinite mercy, accept it as atonement for the troubles of this unfortunate country and will reward the martyrs of religion and homeland.

Character and objects of this exposition. May the nation, government, and your Excellency, pardon this slight extension of our sentiments of dignity, offended as religious and as Spaniards. This is not a memorial of merits and services, since we have never solicited applause or recompense, which never constitute the lever of our labors. Neither is it a panegyric, which we are not called upon to make, and which we do not believe is wanting, since the history of the religious corporations of Filipinas detaches itself so patiently and cleanly in all kinds of just and upright progress. It contains some apologetic matter and much of most sensible complaint because of the unjustifiable injuries that almost daily are received by us. It is the weak expression of the profound bitterness that seizes upon us at contemplating and viewing from anear the condition of vast disturbance [282]in which this beautiful portion of the fatherland finds itself. With the utmost respect and submission, laying aside absolutely whatever proceeds from political parties and much more from private persons, it tells the government with Christian simplicity and synthetically that it should adopt and maintain a perfectly logical criterion with regard to the religious corporations of Filipinas; and that, therefore, if it thinks, as is just and decorous, that we, the religious corporations, exercise a most lofty and necessary mission in the archipelago, honorable and worthy of the greatest consideration, of its own accord and without utilitarian considerations and false reasons of state, it so manifest clearly and with nobility, making a beginning by giving a practical example of that in its laws and decrees, and in its instructions to the authorities of these islands, and that it do not allow us to be annoyed or insulted; and so much the more since being weak and helpless, and bound as we are by religious weakness and patience, we have no other means of defense than our right and the protection of the good, and we can never appeal to the means of repression and influence to which we allude in the beginning of this expository statement.

Character and objects of this exposition. May the nation, government, and your Excellency forgive this slight expansion of our feelings of dignity, as both religious individuals and Spaniards. This isn’t a record of our merits and services, since we have never sought praise or rewards, which are not what drives our efforts. It’s also not a eulogy, which we aren’t called to deliver and which we don’t think is necessary, since the history of the religious organizations in the Philippines stands out clearly and patiently in all forms of just and honorable progress. It includes some defensive remarks and a lot of reasonable complaints about the unjust injuries we face almost daily. It is a feeble expression of the deep bitterness that grips us as we observe the state of significant turmoil [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] in which this beautiful part of our homeland currently exists. With utmost respect and submission, setting aside anything that comes from political parties or private individuals, it straightforwardly tells the government, with Christian simplicity, that it should adopt and maintain a completely rational approach toward the religious organizations in the Philippines. Therefore, if it believes, as is just and dignified, that we, the religious organizations, fulfill a highly important and necessary mission in the archipelago—one that is honorable and deserving of great respect—it should clearly demonstrate this without self-serving motives or false state reasons, beginning by providing a practical example of this in its laws, decrees, and instructions to the authorities in these islands. It should ensure that we are not disturbed or insulted; especially since, being weak and defenseless, and constrained by our religious humility and patience, we have no other means of protection than our right and the support of the good, and we can never resort to the means of repression and influence that we referenced in the beginning of this statement.

But if the government, on the contrary, by an error that we would respect, not without qualifying it, in our humble judgment, as most fatal to the interests of religion and the fatherland, should believe that the religious have terminated their traditional mission here, let it also have the frankness to say so. We shall listen to its resolution calmly. But let it not imagine, in adopting measures which, attaching, although without claiming it, the privileges of the Church, our profession as priests and regulars, and our honor as refined Spaniards, that in practice it [283]might appear that it was trying to burn one candle to Christ and another to Belial, that it was trying to please masons and Catholics, good patriots and separatists, by placing the orders in a so graceless situation that they might become like the mouthful that was thrown into the jaws of the wild beast in order to silence its roars for the time being.

But if the government, on the other hand, by a mistake that we respectfully, albeit cautiously, see as extremely harmful to the interests of both religion and the nation, believes that religious groups have completed their traditional role here, then it should be honest enough to say so. We will listen to its decision calmly. However, it shouldn't think that by implementing measures that, while not openly claiming to, attach the privileges of the Church, our roles as priests and religious leaders, and our dignity as refined Spaniards, it might seem that it is trying to please both Christ and Belial—trying to satisfy masons and Catholics, good patriots and separatists—by putting religious orders in such a clumsy position that they become nothing more than bait thrown to the wild beast to temporarily silence its roars.

Synthesis of the same. Such would happen if the secularization of the regular ministries; the secularization of education; the disamortization of the property of the corporations, or the expression of the liberty that belongs to them to enjoy and dispose of them; the declaration of the tolerance of worship; the establishment of civil marriage; the permission of every kind of association; and the liberty of the press became law. Such would happen, in what more directly concerns us, if the government continuing here and there its campaign against us, unjustifiable from every point of view, were to show by its acts that it actually conceives that we have been the cause of the insurrection, and that we are opposed to the progress of these islands, and to the unfolding of their legitimate aspirations. Such would happen, if the government, failing to rigorously prosecute secret societies, and to effectively correct the seditious ones who are exciting the ignorant masses of the people against the regulars and against all that is most holy and Spanish in the islands, should desire the religious to continue in their ministries, liable at any moment to be sacrificed, as is the terrible watchword of the sect, and which has already unfortunately occurred, without, perhaps, their having even the consolation that those sacrifices are appreciated.

Synthesis of the same. This would happen if the separation of regular ministries, the secularization of education, the redistribution of corporate property, or the expression of their freedom to enjoy and manage those properties; the declaration of worship tolerance; the establishment of civil marriage; the allowance for all kinds of associations; and the freedom of the press became law. This would happen, particularly in what concerns us, if the government were to continue its unjustified campaign against us, showing by its actions that it actually believes we are the cause of the insurrection and that we oppose the progress of these islands and the realization of their legitimate aspirations. This would happen if the government, failing to rigorously investigate secret societies, and not effectively addressing the seditious ones that are inciting the ignorant masses against the regulars and against everything that is most sacred and Spanish in the islands, desires for religious people to remain in their ministries, vulnerable at any time to be sacrificed, as the horrific motto of the sect suggests, which has unfortunately already occurred, perhaps without even the consolation that those sacrifices are valued.

If we religious are to continue to be of use in [284]the islands to religion and España, no one can have any doubt that it must be by thoroughly guarantying our persons, our prestige, and our ministry, it must be by knowing that the fatherland appreciates and treats us as its sons, and that it must not abandon us as an object of derision to our enemies, and as victims to the rancor of masonry and separatism. Martyrdom does not terrify us, but only honors us, although we do not consider ourselves worthy of so holy an honor: but we do not desire to die as if criminals, enveloped with the censures of friends and enemies, and perhaps, abandoned and despised by those who ought to protect and esteem us.

If we religious leaders want to keep being helpful in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the islands for religion and Spain, no one can doubt that it has to be by fully protecting our safety, our reputation, and our ministry. We need to know that our homeland values us and treats us like its own, and that we shouldn't be left vulnerable, becoming a target for mockery from our enemies or victims of resentment from those who oppose us. Martyrdom doesn’t frighten us; it actually honors us, even though we don’t feel worthy of such a sacred honor. However, we don’t want to die like criminals, wrapped in criticism from both friends and foes, and possibly abandoned and looked down upon by those who should be protecting and valuing us.

That is the extremely gloomy and graceless situation in which the orders find themselves, especially since the beginning of the Tagárog insurrection, and above all, since the extension of the Katipunan, a situation that threatens to become worse, if the government becomes the echo of the filibusters, of the masons, of the radical elements, which, it seems, have conspired together to give the finishing stroke to the great social-religious edifice, raised in these islands by Catholic España.

That is the very bleak and unrefined situation the authorities are facing, particularly since the start of the Tagárog uprising, and especially since the growth of the Katipunan. This situation threatens to worsen if the government aligns itself with the rebels, the masons, and the radical groups, which seem to have come together to deal a final blow to the significant social-religious structure built in these islands by Catholic Spain.

By that no one should be surprised that we religious, placed in so imminent a peril, desirous of not offering abstracts to the policy of any government, and of avoiding the censure that we are the cause of the evils of the country and the bar to its progress, should choose the abandonment of our ministries, exile, and expatriation, in preference to our continuance in the islands in a situation, which, if prolonged for a longer time, will result as decidedly dishonoring to our class, and would make our permanence in the archipelago unfruitful. [285]

No one should be surprised that we religious individuals, faced with such an urgent threat, wanting to avoid putting any government in a difficult position and to steer clear of being blamed for the country's problems and hindrances to its progress, would prefer to leave our ministries, go into exile, and expatriate ourselves rather than stay in the islands in a situation that, if it continues much longer, would be dishonoring to our group and render our existence in the archipelago pointless. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

We have fulfilled our duty here as good men; such is our firm conviction. Should we go elsewhere, there, by the grace of God, we shall also be able to fulfil our duty. And for that result, the holy see, if contrary to all our just expectations, it cannot succeed in making itself heard by the Spanish nation, will not deny us the opportune permission.

We’ve done our job here as good people; that’s what we truly believe. If we go somewhere else, with God’s help, we’ll be able to do our job there too. And for that to happen, if the Vatican, against all our reasonable hopes, can’t get through to the Spanish people, it won’t refuse to give us the necessary permission.

Fortunately, we have trust in the noble sentiments and deeply-rooted Catholicism of her Majesty, the queen regent; we trust in the devotion and patriotism of the ministers of the crown; we trust in the sensible opinion shared by the majority of the Spanish people; we trust in the intelligence and spirit of justice of the Catholic minister of the colonies; and we trust that, after listening to the most dignified prelates of these islands, and after taking into consideration the prescriptions of natural and canonical law, the exalted advantages of the fatherland in these regions, and the undeniable services that the religious orders in Filipinas have contributed, no resolution contrary to the teachings and precepts of our holy Mother, the Church, will be adopted, and which is contrary to the prestige of the regular clergy, but that, on the contrary, the Catholic institutions of this archipelago will be once more affirmed and strengthened, as is imposed by both religion and the fatherland.

Luckily, we have trust in the noble feelings and strong Catholic beliefs of Her Majesty, the queen regent; we trust in the dedication and patriotism of the ministers of the crown; we trust in the sensible views shared by most of the Spanish people; we trust in the intelligence and sense of justice of the Catholic minister of the colonies; and we trust that, after hearing from the most esteemed leaders of these islands, and considering the guidelines of natural and ecclesiastical law, the significant benefits for the homeland in these areas, and the undeniable contributions of the religious orders in the Philippines, no decision that goes against the teachings and principles of our holy Mother, the Church, will be made, nor one that undermines the reputation of the regular clergy. Instead, we believe that the Catholic institutions of this archipelago will be reaffirmed and strengthened, as required by both religion and the homeland.

In this confidence, and reiterating our traditional adhesion to the throne, and to its institutions, we conclude, praying God for the prosperity and new progress of the monarchy, for the health of his Majesty, the king, and of her Majesty, the queen regent (whom may God preserve), and for prudence of the Cortes and the government in their resolutions, [286]and very especially for your Excellency, whose life may God preserve many years.37

In this confidence, and reaffirming our traditional loyalty to the throne and its institutions, we conclude by praying for the prosperity and continued progress of the monarchy, for the health of His Majesty the King and Her Majesty the Queen Regent (may God protect her), and for the wisdom of the Cortes and the government in their decisions, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and especially for your Excellency, whose life may God keep safe for many years.37

Manila, April 21, 1898. Your Excellency.

Manila, April 21, 1898. Your Excellency.

Fray Manuel Gutierrez, provincial of the Augustinians.

Fr. Manuel Gutierrez, provincial of the Augustinians.

Fray Gilberto Martin, commissary-provincial of the Franciscans.

Father Gilberto Martin, provincial commissioner of the Franciscans.

Fray Francisco Ayarra, provincial of the Recollects.

Fray Francisco Ayarra, provincial of the Recollects.

Fray Cándido Garcia Valles, vice-provincial of the Dominicans.

Father Cándido Garcia Valles, vice-provincial of the Dominicans.

Pio Pí, S.J., superior of the mission of the Society of Jesus.

Pio Pí, S.J., head of the mission of the Society of Jesus.

Notice. Because of the impossibility, due to the length of this exposition, of drawing up the copies necessary for the archives of each corporation, it has been agreed by the respective superiors, to print an edition of fifty copies, ten for each corporation, which are destined for the purpose stated above.

Notice. Due to the impracticality of creating enough copies for the archives of each organization because of the length of this document, the respective leaders have agreed to print fifty copies, ten for each organization, which will be used for the purpose mentioned above.

Collated faithfully with its original, and to be considered throughout as an authentic text. In affirmation of which, as secretary of my corporation and by the order of my prelate, I sign and seal the present copy in Manila, April 21, 1898.

Collated faithfully with its original, and to be considered throughout as an authentic text. In confirmation of this, as secretary of my organization and by the order of my leader, I sign and seal this copy in Manila, April 21, 1898.

Fray Francisco Sadaba Del Carmen, secretary-provincial of the Recollects.38

Fray Francisco Sadaba Del Carmen, provincial secretary of the Recollects.38

There is a seal that says: “Provincialate of the Recollects.” [287]

There is a seal that says: “Provincialate of the Recollects.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 This was Fernando Primo de Rivera, whose term ended April 11, 1898. 

1 This was Fernando Primo de Rivera, whose term ended on April 11, 1898. 

2 The Consejo de Ministros is the council formed by the ministers of the various departments, in order to discuss the most important and arduous matters, or for the purpose of working harmoniously in the discharge of their respective duties. The sovereign presides, or the minister chosen as chief of the cabinet, who is called president of the Council of Ministers. These councils are ordinary and extraordinary, according as they are held periodically or when demanded by circumstances. Thus the meetings of the council are analogous to those of the cabinet of the United States. See Dic. encic. Hisp.-Amer., v, p. 823. 

2 The Consejo de Ministros is the council made up of the ministers from various departments, created to discuss important and challenging issues, or to work together effectively in carrying out their responsibilities. The sovereign leads the council, or the minister designated as the head of the cabinet, known as the president of the Council of Ministers. These councils can be regular or special, depending on whether they meet on a schedule or as needed. Therefore, the council meetings are similar to those of the United States cabinet. See Dic. encic. Hisp.-Amer., v, p. 823. 

3 i.e., “Dumb dogs not able to bark,” a portion of Isaias lvi, 10

3 i.e., “Dumb dogs that can’t bark,” a part of Isaias lvi, 10

4 The Spanish Cortes is made up of the Senate (Senado) and the congress (congreso), and in them, together with the king, resides the legislative power, according to the constitution of 1876. The present Cortes is the outgrowth of the Cortes formerly assembled by the king before the adoption of the constitution, or rather it is the substitute that has supplanted them; for the inherent principle today is that sovereignty resides in the nation instead of the king. See Dic. encic. Hisp.-Amer., v, pp. 1166, 1167. 

4 The Spanish Cortes consists of the Senate (Senado) and the Congress (congreso), and together with the king, they hold the legislative power according to the constitution of 1876. The current Cortes evolved from the ones previously convened by the king before the constitution was adopted; in fact, it serves as the replacement for those earlier assemblies. The key principle today is that sovereignty belongs to the nation rather than the king. See Dic. encic. Hisp.-Amer., v, pp. 1166, 1167.

5 See ante, pp. 195–201. See also North American Review, August, 1901, “The Katipunan of the Philippines,” by Col. L. W. V. Kennon, p. 212; and Primo de Rivera’s Memorial

5 See ante, pp. 195–201. Also check out North American Review, August 1901, “The Katipunan of the Philippines,” by Col. L. W. V. Kennon, p. 212; and Primo de Rivera’s Memorial.

6 The original is carbonario, a word used to indicate the member of a secret society, or the society itself. It is from the Italian carbonaro, literally coal or charcoal dealer, and its origin is the secret political sect of Italy, formed early in the nineteenth century, with the avowed purpose of destroying tyranny and establishing freedom. 

6 The original term is carbonario, referring to a member of a secret society or the society itself. It comes from the Italian carbonaro, which literally means coal or charcoal dealer, and its roots trace back to a secret political group in Italy that was established in the early nineteenth century, with the stated goal of ending tyranny and promoting freedom.

7 The first Filipino freemason lodge in the Philippines was founded in Cavite about 1860 by two Spanish naval officers under the name of Luz Filipina. It was established under the auspices of the Gran Oriente Lusitana, and was in correspondence with the Portuguese lodges at Macao and Hong-Kong. Gradually other lodges were established and natives and mestizos were admitted to membership. The “Gran Oriente” of the text is the Spanish division of the order, Spain and Portugal having split into two divisions after 1860. It is claimed by Catholics that the Katipunan was the fighting branch of the masonic order. It is probably true that it borrowed some few things from freemasonry in matters of form, but there the analogy seems to end. For the friar viewpoint of masonry in Spain and the Philippines, see Navarro’s Algunos asuntos de actualidad (Madrid, 1897), pp. 221–277; and Pastells’s La masonización de Filipinas. Sawyer’s account (Inhabitants of the Philippines, pp. 79–81) is very inadequate. 

7 The first Filipino Freemason lodge in the Philippines was established in Cavite around 1860 by two Spanish naval officers, under the name Luz Filipina. It was set up with the support of the Gran Oriente Lusitana and communicated with Portuguese lodges in Macao and Hong Kong. Gradually, other lodges were created, and locals and mestizos were allowed to join. The “Gran Oriente” mentioned in the text refers to the Spanish division of the order, as Spain and Portugal divided into two branches after 1860. Catholics claim that the Katipunan was the militant arm of the Masonic order. While it likely borrowed a few elements from Freemasonry in terms of structure, that seems to be where the similarity ends. For the friar perspective on Masonry in Spain and the Philippines, see Navarro’s Algunos asuntos de actualidad (Madrid, 1897), pp. 221–277; and Pastells’s La masonización de Filipinas. Sawyer’s account (Inhabitants of the Philippines, pp. 79–81) is very limited.

8 i.e., “It is better to die than to federate.” 

8 i.e., “It’s better to die than to team up.”

9 This passage (1 Machabees, iii, 59), reads in the English Douay version: “For it is better for us to die in battle, than to see the evils of our nation, and of the holies.” 

9 This passage (1 Machabees, iii, 59), reads in the English Douay version: “It's better for us to die in battle than to witness the suffering of our people and the sacred things.”

10 i.e., “As long as I am the apostle, I shall honour my ministry,” a portion of Romans, xi, 13

10 i.e., “As long as I’m the apostle, I will respect my role,” a part of Romans, xi, 13

11 In the Ayer collection is a document dated Manila, January 17, 1888, by one Candido Garcia, a native Filipino, an inhabitant of San Felipe Neri, in which he complains against the friar parish priest Gregorio Chagra, O.S.F., who has endeavored to have him deported as anti-Spanish. The reason of this is because Garcia had complained that the friar disobeyed the law in regard to burials as well as other laws. He also accuses the friars of not wishing to have the Filipinos learn Spanish, as they desire them to have no communication with Spaniards. He thus charges the friars with disobedience and disloyalty. 

11 In the Ayer collection is a document dated Manila, January 17, 1888, from Candido Garcia, a native Filipino and resident of San Felipe Neri. In it, he complains about the friar parish priest Gregorio Chagra, O.S.F., who has tried to have him deported as anti-Spanish. The reason for this is that Garcia had previously reported the friar for breaking laws about burials and other regulations. He also accuses the friars of preventing Filipinos from learning Spanish because they want them to have no interaction with Spaniards. He claims the friars are being disobedient and disloyal.

12 A brief statement by the pope of errors condemned in 1864, and known under the title Syllabus errorum. It was appended to the encyclical Quanta cura, condemning eighty doctrines, which it calls “the principal errors of our times.” These heresies had all previously been pointed out by Pius IX in consistorial allocutions, and encyclical and other apostolic letters. It is a protest against atheism, materialism, and other forms of infidelity. It condemns religious and civil liberty, separation of Church and State, and preëminence of the Church of Rome. See Philip Schaff’s Creeds of Christendom (New York, 1877), i, pp. 128–134 and ii, pp. 213–233 (this last the Latin and English text of the Syllabus.) 

12 A brief statement by the pope regarding errors condemned in 1864, known as the Syllabus errorum. It was added to the encyclical Quanta cura, condemning eighty doctrines that it describes as “the main errors of our time.” These heresies had all been previously highlighted by Pius IX in official addresses, encyclicals, and other apostolic letters. It serves as a protest against atheism, materialism, and other forms of disbelief. It condemns religious and civil liberty, the separation of Church and State, and the prominence of the Church of Rome. See Philip Schaff’s Creeds of Christendom (New York, 1877), i, pp. 128–134 and ii, pp. 213–233 (the last containing the Latin and English text of the Syllabus.)

13 We have taken the reading of the English Douay version. Translated directly from the Spanish, this verse reads: “If you be reproached for the name of Christ, you will be blessed; for the honor, glory, and virtue of God, and His own spirit rest upon you.” 

13 We have used the English Douay version. Translated straight from the Spanish, this verse says: “If you are insulted for being a follower of Christ, you will be blessed; for the honor, glory, and virtue of God, along with His spirit, rests upon you.”

14 Bartolomé de las Casas or Casaus, who was born in Sevilla in 1474, and died in Madrid, in July, 1569, and because of his great exertions for the Indians called the “apostle of the Indies.” Much has been written concerning this romantic and sincere character of early American history. He wrote various books, some of which have been published. Mr. Ayer of Chicago possesses one volume in MS. of his three-volume Historia general de Indias. This history (covering the years 1492–1520) was begun in 1527 and completed in 1559. 

14 Bartolomé de las Casas, also known as Casaus, was born in Seville in 1474 and died in Madrid in July 1569. He was called the “apostle of the Indies” for his significant efforts on behalf of the Indigenous people. A lot has been written about this passionate and genuine figure in early American history. He authored several books, some of which have been published. Mr. Ayer from Chicago owns a manuscript of one volume from his three-volume Historia general de Indias. This history, which spans the years 1492–1520, was started in 1527 and finished in 1559.

15 Aguinaldo states that after he had been driven to the mountains in May, 1897, he established a republic. See North Amer. Rev., August, 1901, p. 212. See also the constitution of the so-called republic in Constitución política de la Republica Filipina promulgada el dia 22 de Enero de 1899 (1899). 

15 Aguinaldo mentions that after he was forced into the mountains in May 1897, he set up a republic. See North Amer. Rev., August 1901, p. 212. Also, refer to the constitution of the so-called republic in Constitución política de la Republica Filipina promulgada el dia 22 de Enero de 1899 (1899). 

16 See ante, p. 176. 

16 Refer to ante, p. 176. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

17 This is Psalm 34 in the Douay version, but, as here, 35, in the Vulgate, and common English versions. Psalm 9 in the Douay version is equivalent to 9 and 10 in the other versions. After verse 21 in the Douay version is the sub-head “Psalm according to the Hebrews,” and the following verses are numbered from unity. The Vulgate has the same heading, but regards the subject-matter as a new psalm. 

17 This is Psalm 34 in the Douay version, but, as here, 35, in the Vulgate, and common English versions. Psalm 9 in the Douay version is equivalent to 9 and 10 in the other versions. After verse 21 in the Douay version is the sub-head “Psalm according to the Hebrews,” and the following verses are numbered starting from one. The Vulgate has the same heading, but views the content as a new psalm.

18 We follow the Douay version to the word “good” (Psalm 34, 11, and part of 12). The rest of the passage we translate directly, as it has no exact equivalent in this Psalm. The direct translation of the first two clauses of the Spanish is “Unjust witnesses have risen up, and charged me with things of which I am ignorant.” 

18 We follow the Douay version's use of the word “good” (Psalm 34, 11, and part of 12). The remaining part of the passage we translate directly, as it doesn’t have a precise equivalent in this Psalm. The direct translation of the first two clauses of the Spanish is “Unjust witnesses have come forward and accused me of things I know nothing about.”

19 i.e., “Let another praise thee, and not thy own mouth,” the first half of Proverbs xxvii, 2

19 i.e., “Let someone else praise you, and not your own mouth,” the first half of Proverbs xxvii, 2

20 In the Douay version this verse reads: “For so is the will of God, that by doing well you may put to silence the ignorance of foolish men.” 

20 In the Douay version, this verse says: “For this is God’s will, that by doing good, you may silence the ignorance of foolish people.”

21 The Douay version reads: “But we renounce the hidden things of dishonesty, not walking in craftiness, nor adulterating the word of God; but by manifestation of the truth commending ourselves to every man’s conscience, in the sight of God.” The last clause above is evidently taken from 2 Cor. i, 12

21 The Douay version says: “But we reject secretive dishonest practices, avoiding trickery and not distorting the word of God; instead, by clearly presenting the truth, we commend ourselves to everyone's conscience in the sight of God.” The last part above is clearly taken from 2 Cor. i, 12.

22 A reference to Matthew, v, 13–16

22 A reference to __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__

23 The first reference is to Psalm cviii, 2 (Douay version) but cxix, common English version. The second reference is to 1 Peter, iii, 16. Neither one is an exact quotation, and hence we translate directly. 

23 The first reference is to Psalm cviii, 2 (Douay version) but cxix, common English version. The second reference is to 1 Peter, iii, 16. Neither one is an exact quotation, so we translate directly.

24 The cuadrilleros formerly acted as a police in the Philippines. (See VOL. XVII, p. 333.) The guardia civil or civil guard was created in imitation of the guardia civil of Spain (the most efficient body of police of that country, and analogous to the carabinieri of Italy) in 1869. (See Montero y Vidal, Historia general, iii, p. 494.) 

24 The cuadrilleros used to serve as police in the Philippines. (See VOL. XVII, p. 333.) The guardia civil or civil guard was established to model the guardia civil of Spain (which was the most effective police force in that country, similar to the carabinieri of Italy) in 1869. (See Montero y Vidal, Historia general, iii, p. 494.)

25 Or robbers. They generally went in bands and had their retreats in the woods and hills. 

25 Or thieves. They usually traveled in groups and made their hideouts in the woods and hills.

26 See Col. L. W. V. Kennon’s article in the North Amer. Review, for August, 1901, “The Katipunan of the Philippines.” Many other writers speak of this society, but as yet no real authentic account of it has appeared, as we are still too near it. 

26 Check out Col. L. W. V. Kennon’s article in the North Amer. Review, from August 1901, titled “The Katipunan of the Philippines.” Many other authors have mentioned this group, but no genuine, reliable account has come out yet because we're still too close to the events.

27 This was Governor Fernando Primo de Rivera y Sobremonte, who wrote a Memorial on his record in the Philippines, which was published at Madrid in 1898. 

27 This was Governor Fernando Primo de Rivera y Sobremonte, who wrote a Memorial about his time in the Philippines, published in Madrid in 1898.

28 A required paper of identification carried by the natives, and for which they were taxed. 

28 An identification document that the locals had to carry, for which they were taxed.

29 This was Pedro Alejandro Paterno. 

29 This was Pedro Paterno. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

30 These three sections are as follows:

30 The three sections are as follows:

45. The entire direction of public schools, in which the youth of Christian states are educated, except (to a certain extent) in the case of episcopal seminaries, may and must pertain to the civil power, and belong to it so far that no other authority whatsoever shall be recognized as having any right to interfere in the discipline of the schools, the arrangement of the studies, the taking of degrees or the choice and approval of the teachers.

45. The overall management of public schools, where the youth of Christian countries are educated, except to some extent in episcopal seminaries, should and must be under the control of the civil authority. No other authority should have any right to interfere in school discipline, the organization of studies, the awarding of degrees, or the selection and approval of teachers.

47. The best theory of civil society requires that popular schools open to the children of all classes, and, generally, all public institutes intended for instruction in letters and philosophy, and for conducting the education of the young, should be freed from all ecclesiastical authority, government, and interference, and should be fully subject to the civil and political power, in conformity with the will of rulers and the prevalent opinions of the age.

47. The best idea for a civil society is that public schools for children from all backgrounds, along with all institutions meant for teaching reading, writing, and philosophy, should operate independently from any religious authority, government, or outside interference. They should be completely accountable to civil and political authority, in line with the wishes of leaders and the prevailing views of society.

48. This system of instructing youth, which consists in separating it from the Catholic faith and from the power of the Church, and in teaching exclusively, or at least primarily, the knowledge of natural things and the earthly ends of social life alone, may be approved by Catholics.

48. This approach to educating young people, which involves separating them from the Catholic faith and the authority of the Church, and focusing solely, or at least mainly, on the knowledge of natural things and the practical aspects of social life, might be accepted by Catholics.

It must be understood that Pius IX condemns these three sections as the entire eighty of the Syllabus as errors or heresies. (See Schaff’s Creeds of Christendom, ii, pp. 224, 225.) 

It should be noted that Pius IX condemns these three sections along with all eighty of the Syllabus as errors or heresies. (See Schaff’s Creeds of Christendom, ii, pp. 224, 225.) 

31 This section or error is as follows:

31 This section or error is as follows:

53. The laws for the protection of religious establishments, and securing their rights and duties, ought to be abolished: nay, more, the civil government may lend its assistance to all who desire to quit the religious life they have undertaken, and break their vows. The government may also suppress religious orders, collegiate churches, and simple benefices, even those belonging to private patronage, and submit their goods and revenues to the administration and disposal of the civil power. (See Schaff’s Creeds of Christendom, ii, pp. 226, 227.) 

53. The laws protecting religious institutions and ensuring their rights and responsibilities should be eliminated. Furthermore, the government should help anyone wanting to leave the religious life they have committed to and break their vows. The government can also dismantle religious orders, college churches, and simple benefices, even those tied to private ownership, and place their assets and income under civil management. (See Schaff’s Creeds of Christendom, ii, pp. 226, 227.)

32 See VOL. LI, pp. 146, 147, note 103; and ante, pp. 83, 84, note 33. 

32 See VOL. 51, pp. 146, 147, note 103; and ante, pp. 83, 84, note 33. 

33 The Código de las siete partidas, so called because divided into seven parts, were compiled by Alfonso the Wise, the work of compilation beginning June 23, 1256, and being concluded probably in 1265. See Dic. encic. Hisp.-Amer., xiv, pp. 982, 983. 

33 The Código de las siete partidas, named because it is divided into seven parts, was compiled by Alfonso the Wise, with the compilation process starting on June 23, 1256, and likely finishing around 1265. See Dic. encic. Hisp.-Amer., xiv, pp. 982, 983. 

34 See Synopsis and extracts of the instructions given to Legazpi in our VOL. II, pp. 89–100. 

34 Check out the synopsis and selected instructions provided to Legazpi in our VOL. 2, pp. 89–100.

35 i.e., “The offscouring;” literally “worthless soul.” 

35 i.e., “The leftovers;” literally “worthless soul.”

36 i.e., “We are made as the refuse of this world, the offscouring of all even until now,” the last part of 1 Cor., iv, 13. 

36 i.e., “We are like the trash of this world, the leftovers of everyone up to now,” the last part of 1 Cor., iv, 13. 

37 This Memorial is most inadequately published in the Rosary Magazine (a Dominican periodical) for 1900, by Ambrose Colman, O.P. It is translated only in part, the translation often being faulty and giving a wrong meaning, and translation and synopsis not always being sufficiently indicated. 

37 This Memorial is poorly published in the Rosary Magazine (a Dominican periodical) for 1900, by Ambrose Colman, O.P. It is only partially translated, with many errors that convey incorrect meanings, and the translation and summary are not always clearly indicated.

38 This “notice” does not appear in the copy printed (probably from one of the fifty copies) at the press of Viuda de M. Minuesa de los Rios, Madrid. 

38 This “notice” isn’t found in the printed copies (likely from one of the fifty copies) at the press of Viuda de M. Minuesa de los Rios, Madrid.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA

The documents in this volume are obtained from the following sources:

The documents in this volume come from the following sources:

1. Internal condition of Philippines.—From a typewritten copy furnished by Epifanio de los Santos from the rare printed original (volume iii of Mas’s Informe) in his possession.

1. Internal condition of the Philippines.—From a typewritten copy provided by Epifanio de los Santos from the rare printed original (volume iii of Mas’s Informe) in his collection.

2. Matta’s report.—From an unpublished MS. in the possession of T. H. Pardo de Tavera, who furnished to the Editors a typewritten copy of it.

2. Matta’s report.—From an unpublished manuscript in the possession of T. H. Pardo de Tavera, who provided the Editors with a typed copy of it.

3. The Philippines, 1860–1898.—Written especially for this series by James A. LeRoy, Durango, Mexico.

3. The Philippines, 1860–1898.—Written specifically for this series by James A. LeRoy, Durango, Mexico.

4. Events in Filipinas.—Summarized from volume iii of Montero y Vidal’s Historia de Filipinas.

4. Events in the Philippines.—Summarized from volume iii of Montero y Vidal’s History of the Philippines.

5. Constitution of Liga Filipina.—From a copy, furnished by Epifanio de los Santos, of Rizal’s original MS.

5. Constitution of Liga Filipina.—From a copy provided by Epifanio de los Santos of Rizal’s original manuscript.

6. Friar memorial.—From James A. LeRoy’s copy of one of the printed originals, revised by a printed copy belonging to the Madrid edition.

6. Friar memorial.—From James A. LeRoy’s copy of one of the printed originals, updated by a printed copy from the Madrid edition.

7. Appendix on agriculture.—The first section, from a printed copy of Basco’s decree (Sampaloc, 1784) belonging to Edward E. Ayer; the second, from Jagor’s Reisen (Berlin, 1873), pp. 303–306, from a copy in the Mercantile Library, St. Louis; [288]the third, from Fernandez and Moreno’s Manuel del viajero en Filipinas (Manila, 1875), pp. 172–178, from a copy belonging to the Editors. [289]

7. Appendix on agriculture.—The first section is from a printed copy of Basco’s decree (Sampaloc, 1784) owned by Edward E. Ayer; the second is from Jagor’s Reisen (Berlin, 1873), pages 303–306, from a copy at the Mercantile Library, St. Louis; [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the third is from Fernandez and Moreno’s Manuel del viajero en Filipinas (Manila, 1875), pages 172–178, from a copy owned by the Editors. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

APPENDIX: AGRICULTURE IN FILIPINAS

By Joseph Basco y Vargas (Arayat, March 20, 1784), and others.

By Joseph Basco y Vargas (Arayat, March 20, 1784), and others.

Sources: The first section of this document is obtained from a printed copy of Basco’s decree, in the possession of Edward E. Ayer; the second part, from Jagor’s Reisen, pp. 303–306; the third, from Fernandez and Moreno’s Manual del viajero en Filipinas, pp. 172–178.

Sources: The first section of this document comes from a printed copy of Basco’s decree, which is owned by Edward E. Ayer; the second part is taken from Jagor’s Reisen, pp. 303–306; the third part is from Fernandez and Moreno’s Manual del viajero en Filipinas, pp. 172–178.

Translations: All these are made by Emma Helen Blair. [291]

Translations: All of these are done by Emma Helen Blair. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

APPENDIX: AGRICULTURE IN FILIPINAS

A decree by Basco in 1784

A decree by Basco in 1784

Don Joseph Basco y Vargas, Balderrama y Rivera, knight of the Order of Santiago, commander of a division in the royal navy, governor and captain-general of these Filipinas Islands and president of their royal Audiencia and Chancilleria, commander-in-chief of the troops of his Majesty in these dominions, general superintendent of the royal treasury, and of the royal revenue from tobacco, and delegate superintendent of that from the mail service, etc.

Don Joseph Basco y Vargas, Balderrama y Rivera, knight of the Order of Santiago, commander of a division in the royal navy, governor and captain-general of the Philippines, and president of their royal Audiencia and Chancilleria, commander-in-chief of the troops of His Majesty in these territories, general superintendent of the royal treasury, and of the royal revenue from tobacco, and delegate superintendent of that from the mail service, etc.

[The author begins by showing the importance, necessity, and advantage of agriculture to both the state and the individual, with illustrations drawn from history and observation in various countries of the world, and continues:]

[The author starts by highlighting the significance, necessity, and benefits of agriculture for both society and individuals, using examples from history and observations from different countries around the globe, and continues:]

Since agriculture is so necessary for the subsistence of mankind, and the maintenance of kingdoms, it is not wonderful that it should be so cared for by the wise and by kings, and that the lawmakers of nations should have ennobled this pursuit with special privileges. Especially have been distinguished in this direction the Spanish monarchs, who, besides other privileges granted in favor of the farmers, [292]have thought it well to decree that neither the implements for their labors, nor their lands, should be taken from them for any civil debt; and also they granted to these laborers the privilege that they could not be imprisoned for any civil debt in the season for their harvesting and field labors, authorizing the superior judges to grant them delay in such cases. But besides these so useful and valuable benefits the natives of Filipinas enjoy still others more extraordinary. For their security, besides having ordained that their goods shall not be seized for costs in lawsuits, nor shall they be punished with pecuniary fines, conferring upon them other favors of the same kind, it has been likewise commanded that no one may lend money to them above the sum of five pesos, under the penalty of losing what is lent them beyond that. In all these things the monarchs have sought to release the farmers from many oppressions and injuries, and to prevent the losses and deficits which otherwise, for most of the vassals, are caused by caring for the interests and profits of a few individuals. But it occasions the greatest sorrow that in Filipinas, contrary to the pious and Christian intention of our kings—and especially that of the wise monarch, who is now prosperously governing us, our lord Don Carlos III (whom may God preserve)—Spaniards should have acted, in regard to these exemptions, without any heed or consideration for the injuries which have resulted here to the Indians and their agriculture, and with notable loss of the wealth which the fertility and valuable products of this country promise.

Since agriculture is essential for people’s survival and the stability of nations, it’s no surprise that it receives so much attention from wise leaders and kings, and that lawmakers have honored this work with special privileges. The Spanish monarchs, in particular, have led the way by granting farmers various advantages. They have mandated that neither the tools of their trade nor their land can be seized to pay off civil debts. Additionally, they provided farmers the protection that they cannot be imprisoned for civil debts during the harvest season, allowing judges to grant them extensions in such situations. Beyond these practical benefits, the people of the Philippines enjoy even more extraordinary protections. For their security, it has been ordered that their property cannot be confiscated for legal costs and they cannot face monetary penalties, alongside other similar favors. Moreover, it has been mandated that no one can lend them more than five pesos, or risk losing any amount lent beyond that. In all of this, the monarchs aimed to free farmers from various burdens and injuries, preventing losses caused by prioritizing the profits of a select few over the well-being of many. However, it is particularly tragic that in the Philippines, contrary to the noble and Christian intentions of our kings—especially the wise king who currently governs us, our lord Don Carlos III (may God preserve him)—Spanish actions regarding these exemptions have disregarded the injuries inflicted on the local people and their agriculture, resulting in significant loss of the wealth that this fertile and resource-rich country could provide.

And since this chief executive, actuated by what he himself has observed in this province of Pampanga, [293]in that of Bulacan, and in those of Tondo and Laguna de Bay (which he has visited personally), cannot any longer permit such extortions and injuries as are caused, among all classes of persons, to the farmers and poor Indians in the said provinces, and in the other districts to which this decree will also be made to extend: I command that in future the implements of labor—such as carabaos, plows, hemp-combs, and other field utensils belonging to the Indians, mestizos, creoles, Spaniards, or any other class of persons—shall not be seized for a civil debt, any more than their lands, since most of them have no ownership in these. Moreover, they shall not be arrested at the times when they must work in the fields, such as plowing, and gathering their harvests: and, at the times when they can be arrested, authority shall be given to the alcaldes-mayor so that they can grant them a respite of six months, without loading them with fees or other exactions.

And since this chief executive, motivated by what he has seen in this province of Pampanga, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]in Bulacan, and in Tondo and Laguna de Bay (which he has visited personally), can no longer allow such extortion and harm that affects all types of people, especially the farmers and poor Indigenous people in these provinces and other areas affected by this decree: I command that in the future, the tools of labor—like carabaos, plows, hemp-combs, and other agricultural equipment belonging to Indigenous people, mestizos, creoles, Spaniards, or anyone else—will not be seized for civil debts, just like their lands, since most of them do not own these lands. Furthermore, they cannot be arrested during the times they need to work in the fields, such as during plowing and harvest season; when arrest is possible, the alcaldes-mayor will have the authority to grant them a six-month reprieve without imposing any fees or other burdens.

And, as the backward state of agriculture in Filipinas proceeds also from the fact that, notwithstanding there are many industrious, laborious and charitable persons in the villages, there are also many others in whom sloth and idleness reign—for instance, many chiefs and their sons, and the heads of barangay; and generally these who have exercised the office of magistrate (who, on account of having served in these employments, afterward refuse through a sort of vanity and pride to go back to field work), all these caring only to subjugate the common people by compelling them to work without pay in their fields, and trying to exempt themselves from the common labor, and from the [294]other burdens to which those who pay tribute are subject—likewise this chief executive has resolved to declare that such exemptions ought not to be understood for the classes of persons who are mentioned above, unless they possess at least eight cabalitas of their own land cultivated and worked by their servants or day-laborers, expressly forbidding that they rent these lands to others—always provided that they are not prevented by age or infirmities from carrying on their farm-work in person, since in this case they are allowed to rent them.

And as the underdeveloped state of farming in the Philippines continues, it’s partly because, despite many hardworking, dedicated, and generous people in the villages, there are also quite a few who are lazy and idle. For example, many local leaders and their sons, as well as the heads of barangays, tend to be included in this group. Generally, those who have held positions as magistrates, who refuse to return to farm work out of a form of vanity and pride after serving in these roles, focus only on controlling the common people by forcing them to work for free in their fields. They try to exempt themselves from the common labor and other obligations that those who pay taxes have to meet. In response, this chief executive has decided to state that such exemptions should not apply to those mentioned above, unless they have at least eight cabalitas of their own land cultivated and worked by their servants or day laborers, explicitly forbidding them from renting those lands to others. However, if they are unable to work on their farms personally due to age or health issues, they are allowed to rent them out.

And although, in regard to the contract of casamajan1 which they commonly practice, absolute prohibition ought to be made to them on account of the burden which ensues from it to the poor, and also to their own consciences, on account of the many usurious acts which are committed therein, [yet] considering, as has been already stated, that there will be many who, on account of age and sickness, cannot themselves attend to the cultivation of their land, this chief executive consents to grant such persons a contract of that sort, under the condition that whatever loan is made to the farmers by their partners, it shall be in the form of palay, and they shall collect it in the same; that is, if they shall lend, for example, four cavans [of rice], they shall receive four others. And the same is ordained in regard to money, so that if they shall lend, for example, two pesos they shall receive only two pesos; and, if they shall lend cloth, if it is not returned they may only receive its just value at the time when the bargain was made—under the penalty that no judge shall admit any claim in contravention of this ordinance, [295]and the complainants shall lose what they had lent.

And even though, regarding the contract of casamajan1, which they often use, there should be a complete ban because of the burden it puts on poor people and the impact on their own consciences due to the numerous usurious practices involved, [still] considering, as already mentioned, that many people, due to age and illness, cannot manage their land, this chief executive agrees to allow those individuals to enter into such contracts, with the condition that any loan made to the farmers by their partners must be in the form of palay, and that it must be collected in the same way; for instance, if they lend four cavans [of rice], they should receive back four others. The same applies to money, meaning if they lend two pesos, they should only get back two pesos; and if they lend cloth, if it is not returned, they can only reclaim its fair value at the time of the deal—under the rule that no judge will accept any claims that go against this ordinance, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and the complainants will lose what they lent.

Besides this, I have in the same manner heard of the unjust and vile bargains which the usurers make in regard to the cultivated lands, and even the trees which the farmers cultivate in their gardens, and their houses, binding them with the agreement of retrovendendi,2 as it is commonly called, exacting from him who is bound—sometimes for many years, and sometimes forever—the produce and the ownership [of those possessions], for a small amount which the lender has furnished. They also exact a premium for the money which they lend, sometimes in valuables, and sometimes besides these. This is done by a multitude of usurers who overrun the island, with great offense to God and injury to their neighbors. In order to redress such evils, which provoke divine justice against the islands, this chief executive has also resolved to ordain that in future such contracts shall not be made, either by writing or in words; for they are null and void, and usurious. And we forbid all the magistrates of these islands to give hearing to any claim arising from these contracts; if they contravene this order, they remain responsible for all losses and injuries, with the penalty, besides, of a fine of five hundred pesos.

Besides this, I've also heard about the unfair and terrible deals that moneylenders make regarding the cultivated land, the trees that farmers grow in their gardens, and their homes. They bind them with a deal called retrovendendi,2 which forces those who agree to it—sometimes for many years and sometimes indefinitely—to give up both the produce and ownership of those possessions for a small loan amount given by the lender. They also charge extra fees for the money they lend, often demanding additional valuables as well. This is carried out by many usurers who flood the island, causing great offense to God and harm to their neighbors. To address these issues, which provoke divine justice against the islands, the chief executive has decided that from now on, such contracts should not be made, whether in writing or verbally; they are null and void and usurious. We instruct all magistrates in these islands not to entertain any claims related to these contracts; if they disregard this order, they will be held accountable for all losses and damages, along with a fine of five hundred pesos.

Besides this, the inhabitants of all the islands ought to have understood that the lands which they obtained are all royal [realengas] or communal, [296]with the exception of those which they possess through inheritance, or through legitimate purchase from the native chiefs [caciques] who were cultivating them at the time when the Catholic faith was established in Filipinas, and when they rendered fidelity, obedience, and vassalage to the august Spanish monarchs; and of those which were purchased from his Majesty with title of ownership from the royal Audiencia. [They should also understand] that for this reason the royal lands cannot be absolutely sold or alienated, since they only enjoy the use and usufruct of them; consequently, those who fail to cultivate them for the years appointed by the Audiencia lose this right of use, and the magistrates ought to assign these lands immediately to another person. As for the rest of the lands, no one can obtain them except by right of purchase and agreement with the tribunal of indults and compositions3 of lands, which his Majesty has established [297]for this purpose. In the same manner, the lands which they hold by this tenure, as those inherited, or purchased from native chiefs, they cannot sell without the intervention of the court of justice. For this reason, warning is given that in the house-lots of the villages also they have no more than the use of the land; on this account, whenever the term of three years has passed without those who had formerly lived on them building houses on these lots, it has been and is the duty of the court to assign these lots to other persons—without allowing or accepting lawsuit or claim, when this neglect is evident, either through general report or by the verbal deposition of witnesses who have resided there a long time and are conscientious; for these house-lots are common property of the villages in which they are located, and for this reason the ownership of them cannot be sold, because this title does not belong to those who dwell in them. In regard to this matter, and with observation and knowledge of the injuries connected with it, this chief executive (having been actually present in this, province of Pampanga, and in the others that have been named) likewise ordains that the house and house-lot cannot be seized from any debtor, of whatever class he may be, as is commonly done—leaving in the street, and [298]exposed to beggary and other evils, a multitude of Indians who perhaps would again be self-supporting, if they could have recourse to their own sheltering roof (which hardly would be worth as much as ten pesos), and the trees which they enjoyed on their own land. Proceedings must be taken only against their goods, without leaving them or their wives destitute; for it is very well known (as those who lend ought to know) that no one can lend to a native more than five pesos—an amount which he can easily pay with his work, or with some article of luxury which he may possess. This regulation must serve for the magistrates, as they are ordained and commanded, in order that they may conform to it; and, in virtue of the ordinance by his Majesty that in cases involving from one to five hundred pesos formal claim shall not be brought into court, the alcaldes-mayor shall decide these verbally, without receiving formal complaints, or anything else except the [original] documents, or the verbal declaration or confrontation of the parties. It must be noted that in cases where this is necessary, and the complaining party shall name some valuable article which is worth the amount of his demand, the magistrate shall proceed to sell it in the public square; and by selling it to the highest bidder, in one day (which shall be announced by the public crier), payment shall be made to the claimant, handing over the rest to the debtor, and deducting only such fees as are proper for the few hours of time which the judge may have spent on the case. By this, however, must be understood that in such cases their wooden houses which may have some value (as they actually do in most of the villages) shall not remain exempt from seizure; for it is certain that the owners of such [299]houses, if through ill-luck or calamity they come to misfortune, can never lack some means among their own relatives for establishing themselves in some humble house, which they can erect as cheaply as I have just stated.

Besides this, the people of all the islands should understand that the lands they obtained are all royal or communal, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]except for those they own through inheritance or legitimate purchase from the native chiefs who were farming them when the Catholic faith was introduced in the Philippines, and when they pledged loyalty, obedience, and vassalage to the esteemed Spanish monarchs; as well as those that were bought from his Majesty with ownership titles issued by the royal Audiencia. [They should also understand] that for this reason, the royal lands cannot be fully sold or transferred because they only have the right to use and benefit from them; consequently, those who do not cultivate them for the years set by the Audiencia will lose this right to use, and the magistrates should assign these lands immediately to someone else. As for the rest of the lands, no one can obtain them except through purchase and agreement with the tribunal of indults and compositions 3 of lands, which his Majesty has established [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]for this purpose. Likewise, the lands they hold under this tenure, such as those inherited or purchased from native chiefs, cannot be sold without the involvement of the court. Therefore, it is warned that even in the house lots of the villages, they have no more than the right to use the land; hence, if three years pass without those who previously lived there building houses on these lots, it has been and is the responsibility of the court to assign these lots to other people—without entertaining any lawsuits or claims when this neglect is apparent, either from general reports or by the verbal testimony of long-term, reliable witnesses; because these house lots are common property of the villages they are in, and thus their ownership cannot be sold, as this title does not belong to those who reside in them. Regarding this matter, and with awareness of the injuries related to it, this chief executive (having been present in this province of Pampanga, and in the others mentioned) also orders that a house and house lot cannot be seized from any debtor, regardless of their class, as is commonly done—leaving many Indians in the street, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]exposed to begging and other hardships, who might be self-sufficient again if they could return to their own homes (which are hardly worth more than ten pesos), and the trees they enjoyed on their own land. Actions must only be taken against their belongings, without leaving them or their wives in poverty; for it is well known (as those who lend should know) that no one can lend to a native more than five pesos—an amount easily repayable through their work or some luxury item they might own. This regulation must guide the magistrates, as it is decreed and ordered, so they may comply; and, under the ordinance by his Majesty that cases involving one to five hundred pesos shall not formally enter court, the alcaldes-mayor shall handle these verbally, without accepting formal complaints, or anything else except the [original] documents, or the verbal declarations or confrontations of the parties. It should be noted that in situations where this is necessary, and the complaining party names some valuable item worth the amount of their claim, the magistrate shall proceed to sell it in the public square; and by selling it to the highest bidder, in one day (which shall be announced by the public crier), payment shall be made to the claimant, handing over the remainder to the debtor and deducting only proper fees for the short time the judge spent on the case. However, it must be understood that in such cases their wooden houses, which may hold some value (as they generally do in most villages), shall not be exempt from seizure; for it is certain that the owners of such [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]houses, if faced with misfortune or disaster, can usually find some means among their relatives to set up a modest home, which they can build as cost-effectively as I have just described.

In regard to the repartimientos of people for the royal works, which are constructed in the provinces near Manila, as also in regard to the domestic servants [tanores], and other people who are assigned for work on the churches, government buildings, and jails, and guards [bantayes], etc., various regulations have been made; but, knowing that these are not sufficient to uproot so many wrongs, injuries and oppressions as the Indians suffer from the magistrates of their villages, and from the heads of barangay—making the villages contribute a greater number of people than is needed and required, and exempting from their turn of service those who should render it (both of these proceedings serving to defraud the poor, who, in order not to leave their grain fields, yield whatever the magistrates and chiefs ask from them, according to their caprice and the extent of their greed)—it is ordained and commanded that both these repartimientos be carried out with the knowledge and consent of the parish curas. To each individual cura must be sent a statement of the number of people necessary, and of the quota from each village; and the headmen shall be under strict obligation to obtain certificates from the said father curas that they have carried out the repartimiento in conformity with the decrees. It must be understood that these repartimientos cannot be made in conscience, and without contravention of the law, among the farmers and artisans who are occupied in their tasks, so long as there are [300]wandering and idle people, since these last are the ones assigned by the law for these necessities. As little are the sons of the chief exempt, or the heads of barangay who have no occupation, or those who have held an official position, if, relying on this sort of privilege, they do not return to their former occupation or duties in the field.

In relation to the allocation of people for royal projects being built in the provinces near Manila, as well as for domestic servants [tanores] and others assigned to work on churches, government buildings, jails, and guards [bantayes], various regulations have been established. However, it is clear that these are not enough to eliminate the numerous wrongs, injuries, and oppressions that the Indigenous people face from the magistrates of their villages and the leaders of barangay. They are forced to contribute more individuals than necessary while those who should participate are exempt, both of which serve to take advantage of the poor. The poor, wanting to tend to their fields, give in to whatever demands the magistrates and chiefs impose, according to their whims and greed. Therefore, it is mandated that both allocations be carried out with the knowledge and consent of the parish curas. Each cura will receive a report detailing the number of people needed and the quota from each village, and the headmen will be required to obtain certificates from the curas confirming that the allocation was made in accordance with the rules. It must be noted that these allocations cannot be done fairly and without breaking the law among farmers and artisans engaged in their work, as long as there are [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] wandering and idle individuals, since these are the ones designated by law for such tasks. Similarly, the sons of chiefs and barangay leaders who have no jobs, as well as former officials, cannot claim exemptions if they do not return to their previous work in the fields.

Finally, it is ordained and commanded to all the governors, corregidors, alcaldes-mayor, and other magistrates throughout the island, that they most punctually observe and fulfil whatever is here decreed, in order thus to render greater service to God, and to the king—who has entrusted to the carefulness, conscience and vigilance of this supreme government the welfare of these islands and of all their inhabitants; also their social condition, just government, promotion, and reputation. And the said governors, corregidors, alcaldes-mayor and other magistrates here mentioned are warned to fulfil whatever is here decreed, under a penalty of five hundred pesos fine; and on the alcaldes of the natives, the mestizos, and others of their class a fine of twenty pesos is imposed, both fines to be applied in the usual manner. These fines shall be exacted from them whenever any application shall be presented that is founded upon any transgression of this decree, or when its infraction shall be proved in any manner. And as it is necessary that the parish priests shall aid, on their side, and shall be zealous for its fulfilment, the reverend and illustrious archbishops and bishops and the devout provincials of the islands shall be urgently requested to incite and oblige their parish priests to the observance of these wholesome regulations and ordinances, charging upon their consciences that if they know of any failure to observe the decree, they shall communicate [301]it to the supreme government. The said reverend prelates shall also be notified that this supreme government expects—from their well-known zeal and love for their flocks, and because they have resigned all else for the greater service of God and of the king—that they will coöperate by their utterances and with their effective persuasions in fulfilling by all means the desires and intentions of the governor, who considers himself under the strictest obligation to issue this ordinance, and to command that it be carried out until his Majesty shall be pleased to confirm it. Before his royal throne will be presented the merit and activity of each one of those who excel in solicitude for its observance, a full account of which will be given to his Majesty in our next despatches. And, in order that this decree may be known in all the villages and in all the districts of the island, and published with all possible fulness and clearness, it shall be translated into all the dialects; and as many copies as shall be necessary shall be printed, in two columns, the first in Castilian, and the second in the respective idiom of the province to which it shall be sent. Copies of these shall be posted everywhere in the magistrates’ offices of the villages, and printed copies shall be supplied to all the courts of the capital, in order that they may observe and fulfil the decree, so far as it belongs to them.

Finally, it is ordered and instructed to all governors, corregidors, alcaldes-mayor, and other officials throughout the island to fully observe and implement whatever is stated here, in order to better serve God and the king—who has entrusted this supreme government with the well-being of these islands and their inhabitants; as well as their social conditions, fair governance, development, and reputation. The aforementioned governors, corregidors, alcaldes-mayor, and other officials are warned to comply with this decree, under a penalty of five hundred pesos; while a penalty of twenty pesos is imposed on the alcaldes of the natives, mestizos, and others of their class, both fines to be enforced as usual. These fines will be enforced whenever any application is presented based on a violation of this decree, or when a breach is proven in any way. Since it is necessary for parish priests to assist and be committed to its enforcement, the archbishops, bishops, and devoted provincials of the islands are urgently asked to motivate and ensure their parish priests observe these important regulations and ordinances, emphasizing that if they are aware of any failure to comply with the decree, they should report it to the supreme government. The reverend prelates will also be informed that this supreme government expects them—given their known dedication and love for their congregations, and because they have set aside all else for the greater service of God and the king—to cooperate with their words and effective persuasion in fulfilling the governor's desires and intentions, who feels obligated to issue this ordinance and demand its execution until it is confirmed by His Majesty. The merits and efforts of those who diligently ensure compliance will be presented at the royal throne, with a complete report to His Majesty in our next correspondence. To ensure this decree is known in all villages and districts of the island, and published as clearly and thoroughly as possible, it will be translated into all dialects; and as many copies as needed will be printed, in two columns, one in Castilian and the other in the local language of the province to which it will be sent. Copies will be posted everywhere in the magistrates’ offices of the villages, and printed copies will be provided to all courts in the capital, so they can observe and comply with the decree, as far as their responsibilities allow.

At the village of Arayat, on the twentieth day of the month of March, 1784,

At the village of Arayat, on March 20, 1784,

Don Joseph Basco y Vargas

Don Joseph Basco y Vargas

By command of his Lordship:

At the request of his Lordship:

Vizente Gonzales de Tagle, notary-public ad interim of the government.4 [302]

Vizente Gonzales de Tagle, acting notary public for the government.4 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Agricultural conditions in 1866

Farming conditions in 1866

[The following article is taken from Jagor’s Reisen, pp. 303–306.]

[The following article is taken from Jagor’s Reisen, pp. 303–306.]

Excepting some large estates acquired in earlier times through donation, landed property originated mainly through the right of occupation by the possessor and his rendering the land productive which even now is a common right recognized in the laws of the Indias in favor of the indigenous inhabitants. In the exercise of this right, the native takes possession of such unused land as is necessary for his house and tilled fields, and loses it only when it remains uncultivated for two years. Setting aside these native (and likewise very poor) landed proprietors, landed property is legally acquired in the following manner: through purchase from the state of a certain area of unimproved crown lands [Spanish, realengas]; through actual purchase from the natives who possess property; through contracts (called pactos de retro) concluded with the natives; and through the pledging or hypothecation of bonds, which even these natives are accustomed to agree to, especially in commercial dealings.

Except for some large estates that were acquired in the past through donations, land ownership primarily came from the right of occupancy by the possessor who also made the land productive. This right is still commonly recognized in the laws of the Indies in favor of the native inhabitants. Under this right, a native can take possession of unused land necessary for their home and cultivated fields, and they lose that land only if it remains uncultivated for two years. Aside from these native (and generally very poor) landowners, land ownership is legally acquired in the following ways: by purchasing a specific area of unimproved crown lands from the state; by directly buying land from the natives who own it; through contracts (known as pactos de retro) made with the natives; and through the pledging or hypothecation of bonds, which these natives also commonly agree to, especially in business transactions.

The first of these means ought to be a source of wealth; but it is not, for various reasons. At present very few persons are familiar with the legislation regarding the unused crown land, which consists of numberless single decrees forming a casuistical, disconnected, [303]complicated, and confused mass …. By a royal order of 1857, the first offer for untilled crown lands was fixed at fifty dollars a quiñon; and the concession could not be secured without a previous public auction. From that time private persons held aloof from such demands; to the former evils are added the high price, and the danger of being outbidden in the auction, and thus of losing one’s trouble and expense for the examination of the lands. In 1859 the decree was modified, and the former price of four reals a quiñon as first offer was established; but this decree is not yet published.

The first of these means should be a source of wealth, but it's not, for several reasons. Right now, very few people understand the laws about unused crown land, which consists of countless individual decrees that create a confusing, disconnected, and complicated mess …. According to a royal order from 1857, the initial offer for uncultivated crown land was set at fifty dollars per quiñon, and you couldn't secure the concession without a public auction first. Since then, private individuals have steered clear of these options; in addition to the previous issues, the high price and the risk of being outbid at the auction mean that you could lose both your effort and money spent on examining the lands. In 1859, the decree was updated, setting the initial offer price at four reals per quiñon; however, this decree has not yet been published.

In order that capital may flow into agriculture—without which that industry cannot possibly be developed to the production of grain and colonial products for exportation—it is absolutely necessary to overcome all obstacles which discourage men of wealth. Among these hindrances stands in the first rank the local administration, in regard to the granting of untilled crown lands; in the second, the obstructions which are placed in the way of both [Spanish] natives and foreigners who wish to acquire rights of settlement and citizenship in the community. Besides the difficulty of acquiring large possessions, still others exist. The planter can easily find laborers, to whom he must make considerable advances in food, cattle, and money; but the Indians pay little attention to fulfilling their contracts, and the legal means at the command of the planter for compelling them to fulfill their past engagements are as burdensome and ruinous as even the abandonment of his rights. Unless the alcalde is active and shows good-will, the planters usually prefer not to press their claims; they endure the loss, [304]and many are thus induced to abandon their enterprises. This cancer on agriculture will disappear as soon as every Indian possesses a certificate of citizenship [Bürgerbrief; Spanish, cédula de vecindad]. If one weathers the first year, storms, locusts, and business crises are to be expected later, all of which depress the price of his product. In such cases it is for the planter the greatest evil that no credit exists. There are no mortgages, at least there is no compulsory registration of mortgages; accordingly, no one dares to lend his money on such estates, or he does it only at crushing rates of usurious interest. An improvement in this respect is urgently demanded by the agricultural interests, both great and small, by the mercantile class, and by large and small estates; it would place a limit to the pacto de retro, as well as to the usurious contracts which are called in Luzon tacalanan, in Bisaya alili—the furnishing of loans on the proceeds of the next harvest—to which must be ascribed the misery and the backward conditions that prevail in many places ….

To ensure that capital flows into agriculture—essential for developing this industry to produce grain and colonial products for export—it’s crucial to eliminate all barriers that discourage wealthy individuals. The main obstacle is local administration when it comes to granting uncultivated crown lands; secondly, there are barriers that make it difficult for both [Spanish] locals and foreigners to obtain settlement and citizenship rights in the community. Besides the challenge of acquiring large properties, other issues exist. Planters can easily find laborers, but they have to provide significant advances in food, livestock, and cash; however, the Indians often neglect their contract obligations, and the legal methods available to planters to enforce these commitments are as burdensome and damaging as forfeiting their rights. Unless the alcalde is proactive and cooperative, planters typically choose not to pursue their claims; they suffer losses, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and many are thus encouraged to abandon their ventures. This ongoing issue in agriculture would vanish once every Indian has a citizenship certificate [Bürgerbrief; Spanish, cédula de vecindad]. If one survives the first year, they can expect storms, locusts, and economic downturns later, all of which lower the price of their products. In these situations, the most significant challenge for the planter is the lack of credit. There are no mortgages, or at least there’s no mandatory registration of mortgages; as a result, no one is willing to lend money on such properties, or if they do, it’s at exorbitant rates of interest. There is an urgent call for improvements in this area from both large and small agricultural interests, the merchant class, and all estate sizes; this would help regulate the pacto de retro, as well as the usurious loans known in Luzon as tacalanan and in Bisaya as alili—loans against the proceeds of the next harvest—which contribute to the poverty and underdeveloped conditions in many places…

The pacto de retro is one of the most usual modes in which landed property passes from the possession of the natives to others. A considerable part of Pampanga, Bataan, Manila, Laguna, Batangas, and other provinces has, within a few years, changed owners in this way. Thus also do the inexpressibly cunning and thrifty mestizos usually acquire their landed possessions, the cultivation of which they then improve; but that does not prevent this custom from being detrimental to the public welfare. The native who possesses a piece of land through placing it under cultivation and actually occupying it, but almost never (or very seldom) by purchase from another [305]owner, when he finds himself in pressing need of money offers his land as a pledge for the desired loan from a capitalist; but where he has no document to establish and prove his just claim, no foundation exists for a loan on mortgage under moderate conditions, since the applicant is free from all burdens and obligations. The capitalist therefore looks for his own security in immediate possession. The hypotheca is converted into an antichresis security (prenda pretoria), and as it is with great difficulty (or at least it very seldom occurs), that the Indian who receives the money consents to pay it back at the appointed time, and it is not to the lender’s interest to force him to pay it, the result is, that for a sum corresponding to the secured loan—that is, for a half or a third of the value of the security—the piece of land finally changes proprietors. Not seldom it happens that the former proprietor remains on the land as a farmer (that is, as a laborer, in reality as a slave to his debts). Often the Indian is seduced into contracts of this sort by his passion for cockfighting and gambling.

The pacto de retro is one of the most common ways that land ownership transfers from locals to others. A significant portion of Pampanga, Bataan, Manila, Laguna, Batangas, and other provinces has changed hands this way in recent years. This is also how the incredibly shrewd and frugal mestizos typically acquire land, which they then cultivate and improve; however, this practice can harm the community's well-being. When a native who has cultivated and occupied a piece of land finds himself in urgent need of cash, he often offers his land as collateral for a loan from a wealthy individual. Yet, if he doesn't have any documentation to support his claim, there isn't a basis for a reasonably structured mortgage loan, since the applicant carries no burdens or obligations. As a result, the lender seeks their own assurance through immediate possession. The hypotheca turns into an antichresis security (prenda pretoria), and since it is extremely rare for the Indian who receives the money to agree to repay it on time, and it isn't in the lender’s interest to pressure him to pay, the outcome is that the land ends up changing ownership for a sum that matches the secured loan—meaning, for about half or a third of the land's value. It often happens that the former owner continues to live on the land as a farmer (essentially, as a laborer, or in reality, a slave to his debts). Frequently, the Indian is lured into these agreements due to his love for cockfighting and gambling.

The laws of the country require the Indians to live in villages, uniting their farms into hamlets, so that they can be watched over and their tributes collected. In ordinary circumstances, the Indian builds for himself a hut in his field, where he lives while he is working his land, and goes on Saturday evenings to the village in order to hear mass on Sunday. His field has no great value for him, since he can always put another piece of land into cultivation, so great is the surplus of land in all the villages remote from the capital. The facility with which he can abandon one tract to take possession of another is [306]very detrimental to the development of agriculture. A small landed proprietor, who has planted a bit of waste land with rice or potatoes without asking any one’s permission, raises an outcry if his garden is entered by a cow or a horse that grazed there years ago; and, since the law stands in his favor, he is allowed to receive from the owner of the cattle payment for often imaginary damages, while the loss from such causes should be borne by him who cultivates a field without enclosing it.

The country's laws require Indigenous people to live in villages, combining their farms into small communities so they can be monitored and their taxes collected. Usually, an Indigenous person builds a hut in their field where they stay while working the land, and on Saturday evenings, they go to the village to attend mass on Sunday. Their field doesn't hold much value for them since they can easily cultivate another piece of land; there's so much available in all the villages far from the capital. This ease of abandoning one plot to take another is [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]very harmful to agricultural development. If a small landowner plants a piece of unused land with rice or potatoes without asking anyone for permission, they raise a fuss if a cow or horse that grazed there years ago enters their garden; since the law supports them, they can demand payment from the livestock owner for often imaginary damages, even though any losses should fall on the person who cultivates a field without fencing it in.

This same small proprietor avails himself for his own benefit, of all the privileges and rights of an entire village of Indians, if a wealthy man desires to lay out a plantation in his neighborhood. The capitalist who has decided on such a plan often finds that on land which was before entirely unfilled and waste, when he has after long difficulties acquired control of his property, and has reckoned a certain amount [of expense], some Indians have planted a grain field; and through testimonies covered with signatures, which are presented in the court, they assert that they inherited these very lands from their fathers, and have never ceased to work them.

This same small landowner takes advantage of all the privileges and rights of an entire village of Indigenous people if a wealthy person wants to set up a plantation nearby. The capitalist who has opted for this plan often discovers that on land that was previously completely empty and neglected, after facing many challenges to gain control of his property and accounting for certain expenses, some Indigenous people have started farming the land; and through signed testimonies presented in court, they claim that they inherited these lands from their ancestors and have always continued to work them.

A remedy for these abuses would consist in the limitation of districts, and the jurisdiction of the municipality, so that, for the purpose of increasing the landed property for the inhabitants of a village, so much land should remain free as they could at the time reasonably claim—more or less than the so-called municipal field (legua comunal), of which, besides, no law makes mention. All the remaining land located within the jurisdiction should be declared the property of the crown, and the title to all possessions then located outside of municipal control [307]should be valid; but in future all possessions that shall not conform to the said rules shall be declared invalid. Within the municipal limits or the legal property of the village (which may not extend beyond the sound of the bell) the native farmer should be allowed to dwell, [even] outside of the village, in the midst of the lands cultivated by him; and only in case he alienates or abandons these should he be compelled to live in the village. The natives should bring new plots under cultivation within the municipality, and be able to acquire these by paying to the communal treasury a small ground-rent, or a moderate sum once for all. Such grants should proceed, with all publicity, from the entire body of the notables, with the cooperation of the parish priest, and be recorded in a safely-kept book in every village, and should never contain a greater area than the applicant can till with his own carabaos [Büffeln]. If such grant of state land does not exceed a quinõn, it should be issued, according to the aforesaid forms, by the alcalde5 of the province; if of greater extent, in the capital of the colony; but all ought to be recorded in the land-register of the province and village concerned. Those measures that were taken for the benefit of the natives and the promotion of cattle-raising, but which have an opposite effect, ought to be abolished. Agriculture, like every other occupation, needs no protection save clearness and security in its essential conditions of life.

A solution to these problems would involve limiting districts and the municipality's authority so that, to increase the land available for village residents, an appropriate amount of land remains free—more or less than the so-called municipal field (legua comunal), which is not mentioned in any law. All remaining land within the jurisdiction should be declared the property of the crown, and the ownership of all properties located outside municipal control [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] should be recognized as valid; however, in the future, any properties that do not comply with these rules will be deemed invalid. Within the municipal boundaries or the legal property of the village (which cannot extend beyond the sound of the bell), the local farmer should be allowed to live, [even] outside of the village, among the lands he farms; he should only be required to move into the village if he sells or abandons these lands. Locals should cultivate new plots within the municipality and can acquire them by paying a small ground rent to the communal treasury or a one-time reasonable fee. Such grants should be made publicly by the entire group of notables, with the parish priest's cooperation, and be documented in a securely kept book in every village. They should not exceed the area that the applicant can farm with his own carabaos [Büffeln]. If the state land grant is no larger than a quinõn, it should be issued according to the previously mentioned procedures by the alcalde5 of the province; if it is larger, it should be issued in the colony's capital. However, all grants must be recorded in the land registry of the relevant province and village. Any measures taken to benefit the locals and promote cattle-raising that instead have adverse effects should be eliminated. Agriculture, like any other profession, requires no protection other than clarity and security in its fundamental conditions of existence.

Economic Society of Friends of the Country

Economic Society of Friends of the Country

[The following account of this association and the [308]more notable of its achievements is obtained from Fernandez and Moreno’s Manual del viajero en Filipinas (Manila, 1875), pp. 173–178. This subject is presented here as being so largely connected with the progress of agriculture in Filipinas.]

[The following account of this association and the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]more notable of its achievements is obtained from Fernandez and Moreno’s Manual del viajero en Filipinas (Manila, 1875), pp. 173–178. This subject is presented here as being so largely connected with the progress of agriculture in Filipinas.]

Founded in the year 1781, in virtue of a royal order dated August 27 in the preceding year (issued in consequence of advices from the excellent governor Don José Basco y Vargas), in 1787 it suspended its meetings on account of the gradual and progressive decline of the society. In 1819 it resumed its functions, but suffered a period of discouragement and paralysis as a result of the Asiatic cholera morbus, which appeared then for the first time in these islands; and until October, 1822, the few meetings which the society held had no other object than questions of internal order, having little interest or importance for its history.6 A memoir published by the society with date of January 1, 1860,7 makes the following statement: “From that date (October 22, 1822), it can be said, begins the series of the society’s labors and services—achievements all the [309]greater and more valuable, inasmuch as they proceeded from slight and ephemeral causes, and from a corporation which could not depend on material resources even remotely proportioned to the magnitude of its object; and which plunged into labors [which meant] nothing less than the advancement and civilization of a virgin country, containing more than 8,000 square leguas of surface, with 3,000,000 of inhabitants still half-barbarous, and without stable or established mercantile relations with any part of the world (on account of the recent crisis in the privileged commerce, which bad just been abolished), with a capital of 30,000 pesos, at 5,000 leguas distance from European civilization, and with a government occupied besides with the political situation and calamities of those days, confiding only in its patriotic enthusiasm and in its desires for the aggrandizement and prosperity of the country.” In the above memoir are concisely recorded three hundred forty-seven notable achievements, all beneficial to the country, accomplished by that distinguished society in the space of thirty-seven years. We would gladly reproduce entire in our modest book the relation of services so important; as we cannot do this, we indicate those which, in our judgment, are the more notable.

Founded in 1781, under a royal order dated August 27 of the previous year (issued due to advice from the excellent governor Don José Basco y Vargas), the society suspended its meetings in 1787 due to a gradual decline. In 1819, it resumed activities but faced a period of discouragement and stagnation because of the Asiatic cholera that first appeared in these islands at that time. Until October 1822, the few meetings held focused solely on internal matters with little interest or significance for its history. A memoir published by the society on January 1, 1860, states: “From that date (October 22, 1822), we can say that the series of the society’s efforts and services begins—achievements all the greater and more valuable because they stemmed from minor and temporary causes, and from an organization that couldn’t rely on material resources even remotely proportional to the scale of its purpose; and that engaged in efforts aimed at nothing less than the progress and civilization of an unspoiled nation, covering over 8,000 square leguas with 3,000,000 inhabitants who were still largely uncivilized, and lacking stable trade relations with any part of the world (due to the recent crisis in the privileged commerce, which had just been abolished), with a capital of 30,000 pesos, located 5,000 leguas from European civilization, and with a government already preoccupied with the political climate and calamities of the time, relying solely on its patriotic enthusiasm and desires for the growth and prosperity of the country.” The memoir records three hundred forty-seven significant achievements, all beneficial to the country, accomplished by that esteemed society over thirty-seven years. While we would like to include the entire list of such important services in our modest book, we can only highlight those that we believe are more notable.

1823. February 1—Free distribution of one thousand three hundred twenty copies of [books of] grammar, orthography, and reading-lessons, for popular use. February 15—The society bestows a gold medal on Don Doroteo Punzalan Estrella, for opening a channel which gave a new and more convenient direction to the river of Tondo; and another of silver on Don Agustin Campuzano and Pedro Antonio [310]for other and similar services rendered, to the benefit of the country. March 1—The society resolves to give two hundred fifty pesos annually to endow in this island a chair of agriculture; and it appoints a prize for the best memoir which should be written “on the causes which hinder the development of the agriculture of the country.” October 8—Translation and printing by the society of the book entitled, Guide for the Lancasterian Mutual System of Education,8 which manual was distributed gratis, by decision adopted on March 9 of the following year. December 2—Establishment of a school of drawing; the first examinations for graduation from the said school took place April 9, 1828. The society resolves to send to India, on its own account, an intelligent person to study the method of dyeing the cambaya fabrics; and to order from North America three machines for hulling rice.

1823. February 1—Free distribution of 1,320 copies of grammar, spelling, and reading lessons for public use. February 15—The society awards a gold medal to Don Doroteo Punzalan Estrella for creating a new and more convenient channel for the river of Tondo; and a silver medal to Don Agustin Campuzano and Pedro Antonio [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] for their similar services benefiting the country. March 1—The society decides to provide an annual fund of 250 pesos to establish a chair of agriculture on this island; and it announces a prize for the best essay on the factors that prevent the development of the country's agriculture. October 8—The society translates and prints a book titled, Guide for the Lancasterian Mutual System of Education,8 which was distributed for free, following a decision made on March 9 of the following year. December 2—A drawing school is established; the first graduation exams for this school took place on April 9, 1828. The society resolves to send a knowledgeable person to India at its own expense to study the method of dyeing cambaya fabrics; and to order three rice hulling machines from North America.

1824. March 9—Offering of prizes for the best pieces of cloth woven in Filipinas in imitation of those from China, and for the most successful experiments in dyes for cambayas; the prizes were awarded on September 22 of the same year. September 22—It is agreed to pay the cost of instructing eight Indians in the art of dyeing, in order to extend this knowledge through the country; on October 6, 1825, the first dyers from the society’s school are examined and approved. [311]

1824. March 9—Prizes were offered for the best pieces of cloth woven in the Philippines that imitate those from China, and for the most successful experiments with dyes for cambayas; the prizes were awarded on September 22 of the same year. September 22—It was decided to cover the costs of training eight locals in the art of dyeing, in order to spread this knowledge throughout the country; on October 6, 1825, the first dyers from the society’s school were examined and approved. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

1826. February—Orders are given to reprint a manual presented by Don José Montoya on the cultivation and preparation of indigo.

1826. February—Instructions are issued to reprint a guide submitted by Don José Montoya on how to grow and process indigo.

1827. April 24—Printing of a memoir on the cultivation of coffee. October 30—The society votes the sum of eight hundred pesos for aid of the hospital for the poor in this capital.

1827. April 24—Printing of a memoir on growing coffee. October 30—The society votes to allocate eight hundred pesos to support the hospital for the poor in this city.

1828. November 26—The society orders the printing of a manual of the elements of drawing.

1828. November 26—The society has ordered the printing of a manual on the basics of drawing.

1829. November 8—Machines for hulling rice are received, sent by the Economic Society of Cádiz. December 13—The society supports the government’s project for establishing a bank in this capital.

1829. November 8—Machines for hulling rice are received, sent by the Economic Society of Cádiz. December 13—The society backs the government's plan to set up a bank in this capital.

1830. March 21—Reorganization of the Mercantile Register.9

1830. March 21—Reorganization of the Mercantile Register.9

1833. August 13—The society discusses and reports on the project of cultivating the poppy and making opium in Filipinas.

1833. August 13—The society discusses and reports on the project of growing poppies and producing opium in the Philippines.

1836. June 30—Voluntary donation of five hundred pesos in behalf of the necessities of the State, on account of the war in España.

1836. June 30—Voluntary donation of five hundred pesos for the needs of the State due to the war in Spain.

1837. June 27—The society awards a prize of one thousand pesos to Don Pablo de Gironier10 for [312]what he had done in exhibiting a coffee plantation of more than sixty thousand trees, in readiness for its second crop.

1837. June 27—The society awards a prize of one thousand pesos to Don Pablo de Gironier10 for [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]his work in showcasing a coffee plantation with over sixty thousand trees, ready for its second harvest.

1838. December 10—Another prize, of five hundred pesos, bestowed on Don Vicente del Pino for a second coffee plantation of sixty thousand trees.

1838. December 10—Another prize of five hundred pesos was awarded to Don Vicente del Pino for establishing a second coffee plantation with sixty thousand trees.

1839. July 12—The society assigns the sum of one hundred fifty pesos a month, for one year, to the publication of a periodical of industries and commerce.11 Information regarding the uncultivated and crown lands of Filipinas is furnished by the society, by reason of the royal decree of May 13, 1836.

1839. July 12—The society allocates one hundred fifty pesos a month for one year to publish a periodical about industries and commerce.11 The society provides information about the uncultivated and crown lands of the Philippines due to the royal decree from May 13, 1836.

1840. March 21—The sum of five hundred pesos awarded to Father Blanco for the costs of printing and publishing the Flora filipina, which bears his name.

1840. March 21—The amount of five hundred pesos awarded to Father Blanco for the expenses of printing and publishing the Flora filipina, which has his name on it.

1843. September 14—A prize is offered for the invention of a machine for combing abacá [fiber].

1843. September 14—A prize is offered for the invention of a machine for combing abacá fiber.

1844. March 14—A memoir by the society on the cultivation of sugar cane.

1844. March 14—A report by the society on growing sugar cane.

1845. August 22—An informatory report on the increase of population and the necessity for protection to agriculture.

1845. August 22—An informative report on the growing population and the need for protection of agriculture.

1846. September 22—Prizes of one thousand and 500 pesos to Don Iñigo Gonzales Araola for two plantations of coffee, in accordance with the conditions of the royal decree of April 6, 1838. The society resolves to send young men from Filipinas to study mechanics in foreign countries. [313]

1846. September 22—Prizes of one thousand and 500 pesos awarded to Don Iñigo Gonzales Araola for two coffee plantations, in line with the terms of the royal decree from April 6, 1838. The society decides to send young men from the Philippines to study mechanics abroad. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

1847. February 3—A fifth prize, of five hundred pesos, to Don Antonio Ortega for the cultivation of coffee. The society allots five hundred pesos to the support of the university; and five hundred pesos for the erection of nipa houses to aid the unfortunate [rendered homeless] in the burning of the village of Santa Cruz. November 25—A proposal for improving the construction of buildings in this capital; and decision that the society build a house and afterward raffle it.

1847. February 3—A fifth prize of five hundred pesos was awarded to Don Antonio Ortega for growing coffee. The society allocated five hundred pesos to support the university and five hundred pesos for building nipa huts to help those left homeless by the fire in the village of Santa Cruz. November 25—A proposal to improve building construction in this capital was made, and it was decided that the society would build a house and then raffle it off.

1849. October 10—The society votes one thousand pesos for a second attempt to acclimate in these islands the martin, a bird which destroys the locusts. On February 27, 1850, was added another allotment of five hundred pesos; and on November 16, 1852, another of one thousand three hundred eleven pesos, with the same end in view.

1849. October 10—The society allocates one thousand pesos for a second attempt to acclimate the martin, a bird that eliminates locusts, in these islands. On February 27, 1850, an additional five hundred pesos was added; and on November 16, 1852, another one thousand three hundred eleven pesos was allocated for the same purpose.

1850. August 16—Report is made in regard to a museum, and to the provisional allowance of one thousand five hundred forty-seven pesos to arrange that such museum be formed. The sum of five hundred pesos is voted, to be spent for specimens of articles representing the industries of the country, so that these can be exhibited at the London Exposition; in consequence of this exhibit, the society receives (April 12, 1853) from the Universal Exposition of London a prize for the specimens that were sent there of fabrics woven from vegetable fiber, and a special prize for the weaving of the cigar-cases [petacas] of Baliuag.12 On May 13, 1858, it receives [314]from London a new medal as a prize for articles from Filipinas.

1850. August 16—A report is presented regarding a museum and a temporary budget of one thousand five hundred forty-seven pesos to establish it. A sum of five hundred pesos is approved for purchasing items that showcase the country’s industries, which will be displayed at the London Exposition. As a result of this exhibition, the society receives (April 12, 1853) an award from the Universal Exposition of London for the items sent, including fabrics made from vegetable fiber, and a special prize for the weaving of the cigar-cases [petacas] from Baliuag. 12 On May 13, 1858, it is awarded [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] a new medal from London for items from the Philippines.

1852. November 16—Systematic report on the opening of more ports to the external commerce of Filipinas; on June 15, 1855, the society congratulates the government on the establishment of the ports of Iloilo, Sual, and Zamboanga.

1852. November 16—A detailed report on the opening of more ports to external trade in the Philippines; on June 15, 1855, the society congratulates the government on the establishment of the ports in Iloilo, Sual, and Zamboanga.

1853. April 12—Prize of two thousand pesos and honor of a medal awarded to Don Cándido Lopez Diaz for the invention of a machine for cleaning the abacá. November 15—The sum of one hundred pesos is voted to the subscription for the necessities of Galicia.

1853. April 12—A prize of two thousand pesos and a medal awarded to Don Cándido Lopez Diaz for inventing a machine to clean abacá. November 15—One hundred pesos are allocated for the subscription to support the needs of Galicia.

1854. March 17—Contribution of five hundred pesos for aiding the necessities of the village of Tondo, in consequence of the fire which occurred there some time before that date.

1854. March 17—Contribution of five hundred pesos to help meet the needs of the village of Tondo, following the fire that happened there some time prior.

1855. January 9—The society offers the government twenty per cent of its capital, without interest, for the improvement of the construction of public buildings; on July 23, 1857, money is paid out for public works. May 18—Gives information on the importance to the country of the government being favorable to the free exportation of rice. August 26—Project for instituting a school for small children. October 3—Distribution of elementary books provided by the society, treating of the cultivation of coffee, the preparation of indigo, and the principles of drawing.

1855. January 9—The society offers the government twenty percent of its capital, interest-free, for improving the construction of public buildings; on July 23, 1857, funds are disbursed for public works. May 18—Provides information on the importance of the government supporting the free export of rice for the country. August 26—Proposal to establish a school for young children. October 3—Distribution of basic books supplied by the society, covering coffee cultivation, indigo preparation, and drawing principles.

1856. March 4—Report in regard to sending [315]young men to Europe, in order that they may devote themselves to mechanical studies.

1856. March 4—Report about sending [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]young men to Europe so they can focus on mechanical studies.

1856 [misprint for 1857?]. July 27—Votes a grant of one thousand pesos to purchase objects for the museum and preserve them with those already therein. December 12—Consideration of matters relating to a company for [operating] steamboats.13

1856 [misprint for 1857?]. July 27—Approved a grant of one thousand pesos to buy items for the museum and keep them with the ones already there. December 12—Discussion of issues related to a company for operating steamboats.13

1858. September 6—Scheme for rendering uniform the weights and measures of Filipinas. November 15—Consideration of two crops of rice in Filipinas, and report favorable thereto by Señor Govantes (a member), who furnished information on the mode of improving and making dikes without any cost or difficulty.

1858. September 6—Plan to standardize the weights and measures in the Philippines. November 15—Discussion on two rice crops in the Philippines, with a positive report from Señor Govantes (a member), who provided information on how to improve and build dikes without any cost or hassle.

In this interesting account of meritorious deeds we have omitted, in order not to make it too long, the numerous reports sent out by the society for draining marshes, loans of money for promoting agriculture and the mechanic arts, rewards to literary works, etc. We should state that at present [in 1875] the society holds the meetings provided for in its by-laws; and that each member, in order to defray in part the expenses of the corporation, contributes annually twelve pesos from his own funds. We do not doubt that it will continue its vigilant efforts, in order to realize, as far as possible its motto, “Public felicity.” The chronological record of its resolutions from 1822 to 1860 also forms a memorial of the [316]progress which has been made in this country in agriculture and industries;14 and, although it is not strictly proper for this place, we set down here, in continuation, some data referring to the said acts, for the purpose of bringing together in this section of our work all the activities in which the said Economic Society has exerted an influence.

In this engaging account of commendable actions, we've left out, to keep it concise, the many reports from the society concerned with draining marshes, providing loans to boost agriculture and the mechanical arts, and rewarding literary works, among others. It's worth noting that as of now [in 1875], the society is holding the meetings outlined in its by-laws, and each member contributes twelve pesos annually from their own funds to help cover the corporation’s expenses. We believe it will continue its diligent efforts to uphold its motto, “Public happiness.” The chronological record of its decisions from 1822 to 1860 also serves as a testament to the progress made in this country in agriculture and industries; and while it may not be entirely suitable for this section, we will include some details related to those actions here for the sake of consolidating all the activities influenced by the Economic Society in this part of our work.

1822. November 25—Woolen cloth [paño] woven, the first in Filipinas, by one of its members, Don Santiago Herreros.

1822. November 25—Woolen cloth [paño] woven, the first in the Philippines, by one of its members, Don Santiago Herreros.

1823. July 18—First cards for wool made in Filipinas, by a member of the corporation, Fray Diego Cera. It sends to China a plant and some seeds of the vanilla of the country. The existence of cerpentaria [sic] is recognized, a plant equally valuable with xiquilite15 for the production of indigo. On April 24, 1827, report was made of a record of experiments made for extracting from the said plants the fecula [i.e., coloring matter] of the indigo; and on September 5, 1828, a botanical description was furnished of the cerpentaria, and an analysis of the fecula which it produces. September 4—Seed of the sugar cane of Filipinas is sent to Habana, and that of rice (or palay) to the Economic Society of Sevilla.

1823. July 18—The first wool cards made in the Philippines by a member of the corporation, Brother Diego Cera. He sends a plant and some seeds of the local vanilla to China. The existence of cerpentaria [sic] is acknowledged, a plant just as valuable as xiquilite15 for producing indigo. On April 24, 1827, a report was made about experiments conducted to extract the fecula [i.e., coloring matter] from these plants; and on September 5, 1828, a botanical description of cerpentaria was provided along with an analysis of the fecula it produces. September 4—Seeds of the Philippines sugar cane are sent to Havana, and rice (or palay) seeds to the Economic Society of Seville.

1824. September 2—The first permanent dyes for cotton and nipis. October 19—Wool, silk, and shellac [goma laca] are produced in Cebú. [317]

1824. September 2—The first permanent dyes for cotton and nipis. October 19—Wool, silk, and shellac [goma laca] are made in Cebú. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

1825. April 2—First report of the society on the establishment of a paper-mill; the second report on the same subject was issued on March 14, 1835.

1825. April 2—First report of the society on setting up a paper mill; the second report on the same topic was released on March 14, 1835.

1826. February 11—Spinning machinery is ordered from the United States. June 13—The first of the goods called “Coast” cambayas and kerchiefs, [but] of inferior quality, are woven and dyed, through the influence of the corporation. December 9—The cochineal insect is brought into these islands.

1826. February 11—Spinning machines are ordered from the United States. June 13—The first goods referred to as “Coast” cambayas and kerchiefs, though of lower quality, are woven and dyed, thanks to the corporation's influence. December 9—The cochineal insect is introduced to these islands.

1827. April 24—Importation of a horse and two mares of superior blood, presented to the society in order to improve the breed in these islands.

1827. April 24—Importation of a horse and two high-quality mares, given to the society to enhance the breed in these islands.

1828. November 26—Information regarding the pine, the torch-wood [tea] of northern Luzon, and of a plant which produces a blue dye like the indigo.

1828. November 26—Information about the pine, the torch-wood [tea] of northern Luzon, and a plant that produces a blue dye similar to indigo.

1834. February 24—Reports for the acclimation of tea in Filipinas; the first trial of this cultivation was undertaken on August 14, 1837, and five hundred plants ordered from Batavia. August 8—Abacá is exported for the first time. December 12—Information upon the existence of mineral coal in Cebú, Surigao Angat, and Monte de San Mateo.

1834. February 24—Reports for the acclimation of tea in the Philippines; the first trial of this cultivation was undertaken on August 14, 1837, and five hundred plants were ordered from Batavia. August 8—Abacá is exported for the first time. December 12—Information about the existence of mineral coal in Cebu, Surigao Angat, and Monte de San Mateo.

1835. March 14—Information collected regarding the silk industry in Caraga, various kinds of fiber for cordage (including one which appears suitable for replacing hemp), a bark suitable for dyeing black, and the discovery of a copper mine in Masbate. September 15—First sowing of abacá in Laguna; on March 19, 1837, the first specimens of the said product are presented.

1835. March 14—Information gathered about the silk industry in Caraga, different types of fiber for rope (including one that seems suitable for replacing hemp), a bark suitable for dyeing black, and the discovery of a copper mine in Masbate. September 15—First planting of abacá in Laguna; on March 19, 1837, the first samples of the mentioned product are presented.

1836. April 23—Machines for hulling rice by steam power, and on a large scale, introduced by Don Eulogio de Otaduy. Cottonseed sown in Antique, using seed from Pernambuco. [318]

1836. April 23—Don Eulogio de Otaduy introduced machines for hulling rice using steam power on a large scale. Cottonseed was planted in Antique, with seeds sourced from Pernambuco. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

1839. July 12—Caldrons [made] of red copper from the mountains of Pangasinan.

1839. July 12—Cauldrons made of red copper from the mountains of Pangasinan.

1841. January 29—Propagation here of the cotton from North America known by the name of “[Sea] Island;” and request for seeds is sent to the United States.

1841. January 29—Propagation here of the cotton from North America known as “[Sea] Island;” and a request for seeds is sent to the United States.

1843. March 14—Importation of a steam machine for extracting the fiber of [para acorchar] abacá.

1843. March 14—Importation of a steam machine for extracting the fiber of [para acorchar] abacá.

1848. June 14—Inquiry into the existence in the country of the white poppy from which the opium is extracted. (On April 20, 1849, the society issues a very explicit report on the cultivation of the said plant and the preparation of opium16 in Filipinas.) December 22—A note regarding gutta percha and gamboge, by Don Jacobo Zobel, a member.

1848. June 14—Investigation into the presence of the white poppy in the country, which is used to produce opium. (On April 20, 1849, the society publishes a detailed report on the cultivation of this plant and the preparation of opium16 in the Philippines.) December 22—A note on gutta percha and gamboge, by Don Jacobo Zobel, a member.

1849. April 30—Acquisition and planting of [319]eleven roots of the tallow-tree,17 at the country-house of Malacañan.

1849. April 30—Acquisition and planting of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] eleven roots of the tallow-tree, 17 at the country house of Malacañan.

1850. November 4—Introduction of new apparatus and methods proposed by Señor Sagra for the manufacture of sugar. Report on the promotion of abacá culture.

1850. November 4—Introduction of new equipment and techniques suggested by Señor Sagra for sugar production. Report on the advancement of abacá farming.

1851. May 5—Memoir on clays in the environs of this capital, and their application in the art of pottery. Wild cha [i.e., tea] found in abundance in the island of Masbate. July 18—Report on the exportation of rice.

1851. May 5—Memoir on clays around this capital and how they’re used in pottery. Wild cha [i.e., tea] is found in abundance on the island of Masbate. July 18—Report on rice exports.

1854. August 29—Appointment of a commission to report to the society upon the present state of agriculture in the country, and obstacles which must be removed for its complete development.

1854. August 29—A commission was appointed to report to the society on the current state of agriculture in the country and the obstacles that need to be removed for its full development.

1855. January 9—Gutta-percha found in Romblon.18 July 28—The society grants a gold medal to Don Juan B. Marcaido for his efforts and studies in the method of extracting the abacá fiber from all the species of bananas which grow in the country.

1855. January 9—Gutta-percha discovered in Romblon.18 July 28—The society awards a gold medal to Don Juan B. Marcaido for his efforts and research in the method of extracting the abacá fiber from all the varieties of bananas found in the country.

1856. March 4—Communications referring to the method of securing the [edible] birds’-nests in Calamianes.

1856. March 4—Messages about how to secure the [edible] birds’ nests in Calamianes.

1857. October 1—Presentation of specimens of soaps made in the country.

1857. October 1—Showcasing samples of soaps produced locally.

1858. April 19—Knowledge of a gum called conchú found in Marianas. August 15—Information given by Señor Barbaza, a member, relative to a hundred kinds of rice in Visayas. [320]

1858. April 19—News of a gum called conchú discovered in the Marianas. August 15—Details provided by Señor Barbaza, a member, about a hundred varieties of rice in the Visayas. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

1859. May 10—Project regarding agriculture and commerce.

1859. May 10—Plan about farming and trade.

(We have endeavored to make note of the important activities in which the said society has taken the initiative or has shared since 1860, up to the date of the printing of the Manual; and here is the result of our investigations.)

(We have tried to record the significant activities that the society has led or participated in since 1860, up to the time of printing the Manual; and here are the findings of our research.)

1860. February 11—The society makes a subscription of five thousand pesos to defray, in part, the expenses of the African war.

1860. February 11—The society contributes five thousand pesos to help cover some of the costs of the African war.

1861. October 8—The society votes to contribute two thousand pesos from its funds for the expenses of sending articles from Filipinas to the London exposition. Efforts are made to acclimate in Filipinas the cochineal insect.

1861. October 8—The society votes to allocate two thousand pesos from its funds for the costs of sending items from the Philippines to the London exposition. There are efforts to acclimate the cochineal insect in the Philippines.

1862. March 8—It decides to give a prize to the cotton-grower who produces most. May 26—Full report by the society in favor of the establishment of a school of agriculture, theoretical and practical. Report on conducting water to the capital.19 September 30—The society resolves to obtain seed of cotton from Egypt, to distribute it among the farmers. October 30—The society receives official notice of the prizes awarded to the Philippine exhibitors in the London exposition.

1862. March 8—It decides to award a prize to the cotton-grower who produces the most. May 26—Full report by the society supporting the creation of a school of agriculture, both theoretical and practical. Report on bringing water to the capital.19 September 30—The society decides to acquire cotton seeds from Egypt to distribute among the farmers. October 30—The society receives official notice of the prizes granted to the Philippine exhibitors at the London exposition.

1863. May 23—A specimen of spirits of turpentine [321]is presented to the society, having a strength of 37° by Cartier’s areometer, obtained from the trees of the country; a prize is granted to the person who prepared it. October 27—The society subscribes five hundred pesos to relieve the necessities of the artisans and laborers who suffered in the earthquake of June 3.

1863. May 23—A sample of turpentine [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]is presented to the society, measured at 37° using Cartier’s areometer, sourced from local trees; a prize is awarded to the individual who produced it. October 27—The society donates five hundred pesos to assist the artisans and laborers affected by the earthquake on June 3.

1864. July 8—Full report regarding the rebate of import duties on wheat flour.

1864. July 8—Complete report on the refund of import duties on wheat flour.

1865. July 17—The society votes three gold medals and five of silver, and five prizes of one hundred pesos each, for the owners of new houses which may be built, which in the greatest degree shall combine the requirements of solidity and economy, and in which no nipa shall be used. October 31—Full report on the establishment of a quarantine station in the bay of Manila. The society resolves to contribute a sum monthly for the promotion of the botanical garden, a practical school of botany.20

1865. July 17—The society votes to award three gold medals and five silver medals, along with five prizes of one hundred pesos each, to the owners of new houses built that best meet the criteria of strength and affordability, provided that no nipa is used. October 31—A complete report on the creation of a quarantine station in Manila Bay. The society decides to contribute a monthly amount to support the botanical garden, a practical school of botany.20

1866. December 22—The society votes seven prizes in money for the best exhibitors, in the fair at Batangas: for cows with their calves, for the two finest female carabaos [caraballas] with their calves; for the two finest mares with their colts; to the female [322]weaver who shall present [specimens of] the best ordinary fabrics of cotton or abacá for common use in the garments of the people; for the best fabrics of silk; for rewarding makers of hats or petacas; and for the horse-races.

1866. December 22—The society awards seven cash prizes for the best exhibitors at the fair in Batangas: for cows with their calves, for the two best female carabaos [caraballas] with their calves; for the two best mares with their colts; to the female [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]weaver who presents the best ordinary fabrics made of cotton or abacá for everyday clothing; for the best silk fabrics; for recognizing hat makers or petacas; and for the horse races.

1867. October 30—The society resolves to spend five hundred pesos in purchasing plows, spades, and other farming implements, to distribute them among the farmers of Ilocos and Abra who may have suffered the greatest losses in consequence of a terrible inundation.

1867. October 30—The society decides to spend five hundred pesos on buying plows, shovels, and other farming tools to distribute to the farmers of Ilocos and Abra who have suffered the most losses due to a devastating flood.

1868. July 11—The society decides to reward, with a gold and a silver medal, the authors of the best two memoirs which shall be presented proposing “the means which the government and the society can employ to secure the development of agriculture in the country. October 16—Motion for the establishment of a savings bank and public loan office.

1868. July 11—The society decides to reward the authors of the two best memoirs with a gold and a silver medal. These memoirs should propose “the means the government and the society can use to promote the development of agriculture in the country. October 16—Motion for the creation of a savings bank and public loan office.

1871. December 11—A gold medal is granted to Don Santiago Patero for the memoir presented to the society by that gentleman upon the cultivation of coffee and cacao, besides the printing of five thousand copies of the said treatise in order that it may be brought to the knowledge of the farmers.

1871. December 11—A gold medal is awarded to Don Santiago Patero for the essay he submitted to the society on the farming of coffee and cacao, along with the printing of five thousand copies of this treatise so that it can be shared with the farmers.

1874. Project for an annual fair and exposition at Manila. A study of the mutual use of bills of exchange in Filipinas. Preparation of a memoir on the cultivation and manufacture of sugar; and others on the trade in coffee and cacao, and the abacá industry. Appointment of a commission for studying the project for establishment of an agricultural bank. [323]

1874. Plan for an annual fair and expo in Manila. A study on the mutual use of bills of exchange in the Philippines. Preparation of a report on the cultivation and production of sugar; as well as others on the coffee and cacao trade, and the abacá industry. Appointment of a commission to study the project for setting up an agricultural bank. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[The limitations of our available space compel us to omit any detailed account of agriculture in the islands; we have chosen to present, in the preceding papers, a view of agricultural conditions at two different periods—in Basco’s decree, 1784; and in Jagor’s account, 1866—with an outline of the efforts and achievements of the Economic Society from 1781 to 1874 (which aimed to develop the agricultural resources of the country and with these its manufactures and commerce), and references to the leading authorities on this subject, most of these works being easy of access for the student and thus rendering unnecessary our further use of them in this series. These references here follow: Comyn, Estado, pp. 6–21, and chart ii at end; Mas, Informe, ii, section on agriculture (47 pp.); Mallat, Les Philippines, ii, pp. 255–282; Buzeta and Bravo, Diccionario, i, pp. 169–206; Jagor, Reisen, in various places; Montero y Vidal, Archipiélago filipino, pp. 204–216; Worcester, Philippine Islands, pp. 503–510—and, for description of native methods,21 his [324]“Non-Christian Tribes of Northern Luzon,” in Phil. Journal of Science, October, 1906; the Annual Reports of U. S. Philippine Commission; Official Handbook of Philippines, pp. 99–118; Census of the Philippines, iv, pp. 11–394 (including detailed and classified statistics of the subject for the year 1903); and the Farmers’ Bulletins published by the Insular Bureau of Agriculture, Manila. Cf. also the chapters on agriculture, titles to land, and agricultural products, in “Remarks by an Englishman” and Bernaldez’s “Memorial,” in VOL. LI; the section on agriculture in LeRoy’s contribution to the present volume; and titles of works on these subjects which are enumerated in Griffin’s List of Books on the Philippines, Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca filipina, Vindel’s Catálogo biblioteca filipina, and Retana’s Aparato bibliográfico de Filipinas (Madrid, 1906).] [325]

[The limitations of our available space force us to leave out any detailed account of agriculture in the islands; we have opted to present, in the previous papers, a look at agricultural conditions during two different periods—in Basco’s decree, 1784; and in Jagor’s account, 1866—with an outline of the efforts and achievements of the Economic Society from 1781 to 1874 (which aimed to develop the agricultural resources of the country along with its manufacturing and commerce), and references to the leading authorities on this subject, most of which are easy to access for students and thus make further use of them in this series unnecessary. The references are as follows: Comyn, Estado, pp. 6–21, and chart ii at the end; Mas, Informe, ii, section on agriculture (47 pp.); Mallat, Les Philippines, ii, pp. 255–282; Buzeta and Bravo, Diccionario, i, pp. 169–206; Jagor, Reisen, in various locations; Montero y Vidal, Archipiélago filipino, pp. 204–216; Worcester, Philippine Islands, pp. 503–510—and, for a description of native methods, his [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]“Non-Christian Tribes of Northern Luzon,” in Phil. Journal of Science, October, 1906; the Annual Reports of the U. S. Philippine Commission; Official Handbook of Philippines, pp. 99–118; Census of the Philippines, iv, pp. 11–394 (including detailed and classified statistics of the subject for the year 1903); and the Farmers’ Bulletins published by the Insular Bureau of Agriculture, Manila. See also the chapters on agriculture, land titles, and agricultural products, in “Remarks by an Englishman” and Bernaldez’s “Memorial,” in VOL. 51; the section on agriculture in LeRoy’s contribution to the present volume; and titles of works on these subjects listed in Griffin’s List of Books on the Philippines, Pardo de Tavera’s Biblioteca filipina, Vindel’s Catálogo biblioteca filipina, and Retana’s Aparato bibliográfico de Filipinas (Madrid, 1906).] [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 A Tagálog word, meaning “that which is in partnership.” 

1 A Tagalog word, meaning “something that is in partnership.”

2 Pacto de retrovendendo: “A certain agreement accessory to the contract of purchase and sale, by which the buyer obliges himself to return the thing sold to the seller, the latter returning to the buyer the price which he gave for it, within a certain time, or when the seller shall require it, according to the terms in which the agreement is drawn up.” (Diccionario of the Academy, cited by Dominguez.) Cf. the political use of the same phrase in the treaty of Zaragoza (VOL. 1, p. 232). 

2 Pacto de retrovendendo: "An agreement linked to the purchase and sale contract, where the buyer agrees to return the sold item to the seller, who will then refund the buyer the price originally paid, within a certain timeframe or whenever the seller requests it, based on the terms outlined in the agreement." (Diccionario of the Academy, cited by Dominguez.) Cf. the political use of the same phrase in the treaty of Zaragoza (VOL. 1, p. 232).

3 The word “composition” (Spanish, composición) as here used has “a technical meaning as applied to lands, and may be defined as a method by which the State enabled an individual who held its lands without legal title thereto to convert his mere possession into a perfect right of property by virtue of compliance with the requirements of law. Composition was made in the nature of a compact or compromise between the State and the individual who was illegally holding lands in excess of those to which he was legally entitled, and, by virtue of his compliance with the law, the State conferred on him a good title to the lands that he had formerly held under a mere claim of title.” Under Spanish administration, there was great confusion and uncertainty in land-titles; the laws in force were too complicated and slow in operation, and left too much power in the hands of indifferent or mercenary officials. Some benefits were yielded by regulations for the composition of State lands which were in force from 1880 to 1894, and in the latter year more definite and positive provisions were made by royal decree (constituting the “public-land law” in force in the islands when occupied by the United States) for the settlement of uncertain land-titles; but in neither case were the results very satisfactory. The same may be said of the registration system known as the Ley hipotecaria (or mortgage law), which in 1889 was extended to Filipinas. During the period of revolution and war (1896–99) many of the land records were destroyed in the provinces, which further complicated questions of land ownership; and the U. S. Philippine Commission was obliged to make provision for the settlement of these by the “Land Registration Act,” which became effective on February 1, 1903. For account of its provisions and mode of operation, see the chapter on “Land Titles” (pp. 127–137) in Official Handbook of the Philippines—where also is presented a more detailed account of the regulations made by the Spanish laws. 

3 The term “composition” (Spanish, composición) here refers to a technical meaning related to land. It can be defined as a way for the State to allow someone who occupied land without legal ownership to convert that occupation into a legitimate property right by meeting legal requirements. Composition acted as an agreement or compromise between the State and individuals who were illegally occupying more land than they were legally entitled to. By complying with the law, these individuals received valid title to the land they previously claimed only by assertion. During Spanish rule, land titles were extremely confusing and uncertain; the existing laws were overly complicated and slow, leaving too much power in the hands of indifferent or greedy officials. Some advantages resulted from the regulations on the composition of State lands that were in effect from 1880 to 1894. In 1894, more specific regulations were established by royal decree, creating the “public-land law” that governed the islands when the United States took control. However, the outcomes in both instances were not very satisfactory. The same applies to the registration system known as Ley hipotecaria (or mortgage law), which was applied in the Philippines in 1889. During the revolutionary period and the ensuing war (1896–99), many land records were destroyed in the provinces, complicating land ownership issues even more. The U.S. Philippine Commission had to provide a solution through the “Land Registration Act,” which took effect on February 1, 1903. For details about its provisions and operations, refer to the chapter on “Land Titles” (pp. 127–137) in Official Handbook of the Philippines, which also includes a more comprehensive account of the regulations established by Spanish laws.

4 At the foot of the last printed page is a note, evidently written by some person in the secretary’s office of the Council of Indias (to which body this copy of the decree appears to have been sent), which reads in translation: “It came with a letter from the governor of Philipinas, Don Joseph de Basco y Vargas, dated June 16, 1784, and received at the secretary’s office on March 19, 1785.” A penciled memorandum on the fly-leaf indicates that it was published at Sampaloc, 1784. 

4 At the bottom of the last printed page, there's a note, clearly written by someone in the secretary’s office of the Council of Indias (to which this copy of the decree seems to have been sent). It says in translation: “It came with a letter from the governor of the Philippines, Don Joseph de Basco y Vargas, dated June 16, 1784, and received in the secretary’s office on March 19, 1785.” A handwritten note on the flyleaf shows that it was published in Sampaloc, 1784.

5 By royal decree of Feb. 26, 1886, the alcaldes-mayor of the provinces were restricted to judicial functions, and in others they were replaced by civil governors. 

5 By royal decree on February 26, 1886, the mayors of the provinces were limited to judicial roles, and in other areas, they were replaced by civil governors.

6 Bernáldez, in his account (dated 1827) of “Reforms needed in Filipinas” (already presented in our VOL. LI) says of this association (fol. 29): “Although in Manila there is an Economic Society organized to promote public prosperity by means of the industries of the country, composed as it is of miscellaneous members, nominated without [their own] solicitation, and without inclination for that sort of occupation, there is little, if anything, to be expected from the activities of a body which has already gone to pieces once through its own inaction, and has been reëstablished only to comply with the sovereign’s command, and not by the activity or encouragement of the citizens of Filipinas themselves.” 

6 Bernáldez, in his account (dated 1827) of “Reforms needed in the Philippines” (already presented in our VOL. 51) says of this association (fol. 29): “Even though there’s an Economic Society in Manila aimed at boosting public prosperity through the country’s industries, it consists of various members who were chosen without their own request and lack enthusiasm for this kind of work. Therefore, there’s little, if anything, to expect from a group that has already disbanded once due to its inaction and has only been reestablished to follow the sovereign’s orders, not out of initiative or motivation from the people of the Philippines themselves.”

7 Evidently referring to the pamphlet, Noticia del origen y hechos notables de la Real Sociedad … segun sus actas y documentos oficiales (Manila, 1860); but this is a second edition, the first having been issued in 1855. 

7 Clearly referencing the pamphlet, Noticia del origen y hechos notables de la Real Sociedad … según sus actas y documentos oficiales (Manila, 1860); but this is a second edition, the first was published in 1855. 

8 Probably referring to the book The Lancasterian System of Education, with Improvements, published (Baltimore, 1821) by Joseph Lancaster on his newly-invented educational system (commonly known as the “monitorial”). He was an Englishman, born in 1778, and a member of the Society of Friends; he visited the United States, where he published the above work; and his death occurred in 1838. 

8 Probably referring to the book The Lancasterian System of Education, with Improvements, published (Baltimore, 1821) by Joseph Lancaster about his newly-invented educational system (commonly known as the “monitorial” approach). He was an Englishman, born in 1778, and a member of the Society of Friends; he visited the United States, where he published the work mentioned above, and he passed away in 1838.

9 See account of this periodical in VOL. LI, p. 48, note 16. 

9 Check out the overview of this publication in VOL. 51, p. 48, note 16.

10 This was Paul de la Gironière, a French surgeon who went to Manila in 1820, and who escaped, almost by a miracle, from the massacre of foreigners by the natives in that year. He married a Spanish lady of Manila, the Marquesa de las Salinas, and spent twenty years in the islands, where he founded a colony at Jala-Jala, and kept a large estate under cultivation, besides performing, at various times, official functions entrusted to him by the Manila government. He returned to France, where he died about 1865. He was author of a book, Aventures d’un gentilhomme breton aux îles Philippines (Paris, 1855), which had considerable vogue, and is regarded as an interesting and in many respects valuable description of the islands, their resources and people, and social conditions there. He also wrote Vingt années aux Philippines (Paris, 1853), of which an English abridgment was published in London soon afterward, called Twenty Years in the Philippines. (See Pardo de Tavera, Biblioteca filipina, pp. 185–186.) An English translation with the same title was published at New York (1854), “revised and extended by the author.” 

10 This was Paul de la Gironière, a French surgeon who traveled to Manila in 1820 and narrowly escaped the massacre of foreigners by locals that year. He married a Spanish woman from Manila, the Marquesa de las Salinas, and spent twenty years in the islands, where he established a colony at Jala-Jala and maintained a large farm, while also carrying out various official roles assigned to him by the Manila government. He returned to France, where he died around 1865. He authored a book, Aventures d’un gentilhomme breton aux îles Philippines (Paris, 1855), which gained popularity and is considered an interesting and valuable account of the islands, their resources, people, and social conditions. He also wrote Vingt années aux Philippines (Paris, 1853), which had an English abridged version published in London shortly after, titled Twenty Years in the Philippines. (See Pardo de Tavera, Biblioteca filipina, pp. 185–186.) An English translation with the same title was released in New York (1854), “revised and expanded by the author.”

11 Apparently alluding to the short-lived periodical Precios corrientes de Manila (1639–41); see VOL. LI, p. 71, note 31. 

11 It seems to refer to the brief magazine Precios corrientes de Manila (1639–41); see VOL. 51, p. 71, note 31.

12 One of the largest and richest towns of the province of Bulacán; and both town and province are renowned for various native manufactures—hats, cigar-cases, piña fabrics, and petates (i.e., mats)—of fine quality, and often very costly. See Jagor’s account (Reisen, p. 48) of the manufacture of these cigar-cases at Balivag; the fibers of which they are made are obtained from a certain species of Calamus (rattar), and the cases cost from two to fifty pesos each. It appears that the word petaca comes (as does petate, “mat”) from the Mexican word petlatl, meaning “a mat.” 

12 One of the largest and wealthiest towns in Bulacán province; both the town and the province are famous for various local products—hats, cigar cases, piña fabrics, and petates (i.e., mats)—which are of high quality and often very expensive. Check out Jagor’s account (Reisen, p. 48) about how these cigar cases are made in Balivag; the fibers used come from a specific type of Calamus (rattar), and the cases range in price from two to fifty pesos each. It seems that the word petaca comes (just like petate, “mat”) from the Mexican word petlatl, which means “a mat.”

13 “In 1848 were procured from London the steamers ‘Magallanes,’ ‘Elcano,’ and ‘Reina de Castilla,’ which were the first vessels of this class that were seen in Filipinas; and to their excellent services are due the rapid transformation which was wrought in the prosperity of the country, and the repression of the piracies of the Moro Malays.” (Montero y Vidal, Hist. de Filipinas, iii, p. 87.) 

13 “In 1848, steamers 'Magallanes,' 'Elcano,' and 'Reina de Castilla' were brought in from London. They were the first vessels of their kind to arrive in the Philippines, and their outstanding service led to a rapid transformation in the country's prosperity and helped curb the piracy of the Moro Malays.” (Montero y Vidal, Hist. de Filipinas, iii, p. 87.)

14 In the Archivo general de Indias at Sevilla are MS. reports of this society’s labors for a number of consecutive years. 

14 In the General Archive of the Indies in Seville, there are manuscript reports of this society’s work for several consecutive years.

15 Jiguilete (or xiquilite): the name given in India to the indigo shrub. The cerpentaria here mentioned is not identifiable, unless it be some other species of Indigofera, several of which are cultivated in Filipinas. The “Vanilla” is presumably a plant described by Blanco, which he calls Vanilla ovalis, greatly resembling V. aromatica, except that it lacked the fragrant odor of the latter. 

15 Jiguilete (or xiquilite): the name used in India for the indigo shrub. The cerpentaria mentioned here isn’t identifiable, unless it’s some other type of Indigofera, many of which are grown in the Philippines. The “Vanilla” likely refers to a plant described by Blanco, which he calls Vanilla ovalis, very similar to V. aromatica, except it doesn’t have the pleasant scent of the latter.

16 See Jagor’s chapter (Reisen, pp. 309, 310) on the opium monopoly which was established in Filipinas on Jan. 1, 1844, and later continued by the Spanish government, after much discussion and controversy. Various arguments of policy, health, and morality were brought forward on both sides, but that which finally triumphed was evidently the one thus stated by the governor-general, “The revenue from opium is indispensable for our treasury.” The use of opium in the islands was intended for the Chinese residing there (being forbidder to the Indians and mestizos), and then only under certain restrictions; but Jagor found that, besides the 478 public opium-joints—which were “actual hotbeds of immorality, and always full of Chinese”—hundreds of individuals were allowed, contrary to the law and to the intentions of the government, to smoke opium in their own houses. The revenue from opium amounted in 1860 to 98,000 escudos; in the fiscal year of 1865–66, to 140,000; and in 1866–67, to 207,000. Montero y Vidal cites in Archipiélago filipino (published in 1886), the tariff schedule of 1874, “The importation of opium is prohibited; and only that will be allowed which, in small quantities, is destined for the pharmacies, and all that which may be imported by the lessees of the right to sell this drug to whom the Treasury has granted that exclusive right in the provinces there—in which case it will pay duty according to item 80” (that is, at eight per cent). 

16 Check out Jagor’s chapter (Reisen, pp. 309, 310) about the opium monopoly that was established in the Philippines on January 1, 1844, and continued by the Spanish government after much debate and controversy. Various arguments regarding policy, health, and morality were presented on both sides, but the one that ultimately won out was clearly stated by the governor-general: “The revenue from opium is crucial for our treasury.” The use of opium in the islands was meant for the Chinese living there (it was forbidden for Indians and mestizos), and only under certain restrictions; however, Jagor discovered that, in addition to the 478 public opium dens—which were “actual hotbeds of immorality, and always full of Chinese”—hundreds of people were allowed, contrary to the law and the government's original intentions, to smoke opium in their own homes. The revenue from opium was 98,000 escudos in 1860; it rose to 140,000 in the fiscal year of 1865-66, and reached 207,000 in 1866-67. Montero y Vidal refers in Archipiélago filipino (published in 1886) to the 1874 tariff schedule, which states, “The importation of opium is prohibited; only small quantities for pharmacies will be allowed, and anything imported by those with the exclusive rights to sell this drug granted by the Treasury in the provinces, which will be taxed according to item 80” (that is, at eight percent).

17 A tree found in China (Stillingia sebifera), which yields a substance resembling tallow, which is used for the same purpose as the latter. 

17 A tree found in China (Stillingia sebifera), which produces a substance similar to tallow, which is used for the same purpose as tallow. 

18 Regarding the gutta-percha industry, see Official Handbook of the Philippines, pp. 91–95. 

18 For information on the gutta-percha industry, refer to the Official Handbook of the Philippines, pp. 91–95.

19 The water supply of Manila is taken from the Mariquina River, eight miles from the city, being pumped thence to a reservoir halfway to Manila, from which it is distributed. “The works are owned by the municipality, having been largely paid for with a fund, the proceeds of a legacy, left by the will of a citizen, Francisco Carriedo, who died in 1743.” (Official Handbook, p. 269.) This was one of the obras pias founded by a public-spirited citizen, Francisco Carriedo y Peredo; he was born in the town of Santander in 1690, and died at the age of 53, “having during his life conferred immense benefits on Filipinas.” (Vindel, Catálogo, i, pp. 155, 156.) 

19 The water supply of Manila comes from the Mariquina River, eight miles away from the city, and is pumped to a reservoir located halfway to Manila, from which it is then distributed. “The facilities are owned by the municipality and were mostly funded by a legacy left by a citizen, Francisco Carriedo, who died in 1743.” (Official Handbook, p. 269.) This was one of the charitable works established by the public-minded citizen, Francisco Carriedo y Peredo; he was born in the town of Santander in 1690 and died at 53, “having provided immense benefits to the Philippines during his life.” (Vindel, Catálogo, i, pp. 155, 156.)

20 The botanical garden of Manila was created by Governor Norzagaray (by decree of Sept. 13, 1858); and, as a result of this, a royal decree of May 29, 1861, founded there a school o£ botany and agriculture, under the control of the governor of the islands and immediate supervision of the Economic Society. The locality called Campo de Arroceros [“the rice-dealers’ field”] was set apart as a botanical garden, for the practical work of that school, with approval of the expenditures incurred by the governor for the establishment of both institutions; and the sum of 6,000 pesos a year was allowed for their maintenance. (In 1894–95, the budget included for the expenses of these two establishments the sum of 37,294 pesos.) See Montero y Vidal, Hist. de Filipinas, iii, pp. 260, 261, 317, 318. 

20 The botanical garden in Manila was established by Governor Norzagaray (by decree on September 13, 1858); as a result, a royal decree on May 29, 1861, founded a school of botany and agriculture there, under the control of the governor of the islands and direct supervision of the Economic Society. The area known as Campo de Arroceros [“the rice-dealers’ field”] was designated as a botanical garden for the practical work of that school, with approval for the expenses incurred by the governor for setting up both institutions; and a budget of 6,000 pesos per year was allocated for their upkeep. (In 1894–95, the budget included 37,294 pesos for the expenses of these two establishments.) See Montero y Vidal, Hist. de Filipinas, iii, pp. 260, 261, 317, 318.

21 Worcester says of the Ifugaos (ut supra, p. 829): “Their agriculture is little short of wonderful, and no one who has seen their dry stone dams, their irrigating ditches running for miles along precipitous hillsides and even crossing the faces of cliffs, and their irrigated terraces extending for thousands of feet up the mountain sides, can fail to be impressed (Pl. xxvi, xxxvii). When water must be carried across cliffs so hard and so broken that the Ifugaos cannot successfully work the stone with their simple tools, they construct and fasten in place great troughs made from the hollowed trunks of trees, and the same procedure is resorted to when cañons must be crossed, great ingenuity being displayed in building the necessary supporting trestle-work of timber. The nearly perpendicular walls of their rice paddies are usually built of stone, although near Quiangan, where the country is comparatively open and level, walls of clay answer the same purpose, and are used. The stone retaining walls are sometimes forty feet high, and so steep are the mountain sides that the level plots gained by building such walls and filling in behind them are often not more than twenty or thirty feet wide. I know of no more impressive example of primitive engineering than the terraced mountain sides of Nueva Vizcaya, beside which the terraced hills of Japan sink into insignificance.” 

21 Worcester talks about the Ifugaos (ut supra, p. 829): “Their farming techniques are quite remarkable, and anyone who has seen their dry stone dams, their irrigation ditches stretching for miles along steep hillsides and even crossing cliffs, and their irrigated terraces extending thousands of feet up the mountains cannot help but be impressed (Pl. xxvi, xxxvii). When water needs to be transported across cliffs that are too tough and jagged for the Ifugaos to work with their simple tools, they create and secure large troughs made from hollowed tree trunks, using the same method when crossing canyons, demonstrating great creativity in building the necessary wooden supports. The nearly vertical walls of their rice paddies are typically made of stone, although near Quiangan, where the land is more open and flat, clay walls serve the same function. The stone retaining walls can be up to forty feet high, and the slopes are so steep that the level areas created by these walls and the fill behind them are often only twenty or thirty feet wide. I know of no more striking example of primitive engineering than the terraced mountainsides of Nueva Vizcaya, which make the terraced hills of Japan look insignificant.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

ERRATA AND ADDENDA TO VOLUMES I–LII

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME I

P. 91, lines 1–3: This is not correctly stated; see p. 30, last sentence in first paragraph.

P. 91, lines 1–3: This is not stated correctly; see p. 30, last sentence in the first paragraph.

P. 130, middle: Navarrete, cited; “edition 1858” should read “edition 1859.”

P. 130, middle: Navarrete, cited; “edition 1858” should read “edition 1859.”

P. 185, last paragraph: The following information is furnished by the courtesy of Prof. Winslow Upton, director of Ladd Observatory, Brown University: “The first and second methods enumerated in this quotation refer to that now known as the Method by Lunar Distances, which was already in use in the sixteenth century. In the former the position of the moon was to be determined by its measured distance from some star, in the latter from the sun. Since risings and settings at an assumed horizon are specified, it is probable that the distance between moon and sun was determined by the time interval of their respective risings and settings. The fourth method is that still known by the same name. The statement of the third method is obscure. It may mean that the longitude was to be found by a measured distance on the surface of the earth from a station whose longitude was already known. This distance could be turned into difference of longitude if the length corresponding to a degree of longitude in that latitude were first determined. This method is used today in geodetic operations.”

P. 185, last paragraph: The following information is provided by the courtesy of Prof. Winslow Upton, director of Ladd Observatory, Brown University: “The first and second methods mentioned in this quote refer to what we now call the Method by Lunar Distances, which was already in practice in the sixteenth century. In the first method, the moon's position was to be determined by measuring its distance from a star, and in the second method, from the sun. Since the risings and settings at a given horizon are noted, it’s likely that the distance between the moon and sun was calculated using the time difference between their respective risings and settings. The fourth method is still known by the same name. The explanation of the third method is unclear. It might suggest that longitude was determined by measuring a distance on the Earth's surface from a location with a known longitude. This distance could be converted into a longitude difference if the length corresponding to a degree of longitude at that latitude was determined first. This method is still used today in geodetic operations.”

P. 218, note 184: The India House of Trade (Casa de Contratación) was created by a decree of Isabel of Castilla (January 14, 1503) as both a commercial board and a tribunal; and it partly replaced the admiralty court which had been established in Sevilla since the thirteenth century, the quarters of the latter (in the old Alcázar) being assigned to the India House when the latter was first organized. The powers of the India House increased greatly in the course of time, and it was subordinate to no council save that of the Indias; in 1583 a chamber of justice was added to it. This institution was, by a decree of 1717, removed in the following year to Cádiz. An [326]interesting study on the India House is found in Los trabajos geográficos de la Casa de Contratación (Sevilla, 1900), by Manuel de la Puente y Olea. This work—prepared by careful examination of the documents in the archives—is devoted to the early voyages of discovery that were undertaken under the auspices of the India House and its navigators, ending with that of Loaysa (1525); the geographical studies made by its cosmographers, and other scientific researches connected with its enterprises; and the enrichment of the fauna and flora of the New World due to the conveyance thither of useful plants, fruits, and animals through the agency of the House. See also the detailed account of this institution, its organization, policy, and methods, by Bernard Moses, in Annual Report of American Historical Association, 1894, pp. 93–123: a large part of that paper also appears in his Establishment of Spanish Rule in America (N. Y., 1898), chap. iii.

P. 218, note 184: The India House of Trade (Casa de Contratación) was established by a decree from Isabel of Castilla on January 14, 1503, serving as both a commercial board and a court. It partially replaced the admiralty court that had been in Sevilla since the thirteenth century, with the court's former location in the old Alcázar being designated for the India House when it was first set up. Over time, the powers of the India House greatly expanded, and it answered to no council except the one for the Indias; in 1583, a chamber of justice was added to it. This institution was moved to Cádiz in 1717 by a decree, taking effect the following year. An [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]interesting study on the India House can be found in Los trabajos geográficos de la Casa de Contratación (Sevilla, 1900), by Manuel de la Puente y Olea. This work—prepared through careful examination of archives—focuses on the early discovery voyages undertaken under the authority of the India House and its navigators, concluding with Loaysa's voyage in 1525; the geographical studies conducted by its cosmographers; other scientific research related to its activities; and the enhancement of the New World's flora and fauna due to the transfer there of useful plants, fruits, and animals by the House. See also a detailed account of this institution, its organization, policies, and methods by Bernard Moses in the Annual Report of the American Historical Association, 1894, pp. 93–123; a significant portion of that paper is also included in his Establishment of Spanish Rule in America (N.Y., 1898), chap. iii.

P. 275, note 201: For “inflicted” read “afflicted.”

P. 275, note 201: For “inflicted” read “afflicted.”

P. 282, note 202: “During the process of exploration and settlement, authority in America rested in the hands of leaders of expeditions and colonies, who usually bore the title of adelantado. This was the title formerly applied in Spain to the military and political governor of a frontier province. Standing face to face with the Moors, he held the general military command of the province, and had power to gather the people under his standard. In his capacity as a civil officer, he took cognizance of such civil and criminal cases as arose within the limits of his territory. [Santamaria de Paredes, in Derecho politico, p. 487, has described the adelantados as ‘governors of great territories, with a character chiefly military.’]” (Moses, Spanish Rule in America, p. 68.)

P. 282, note 202: “During the time of exploration and settlement, authority in America was held by the leaders of expeditions and colonies, who typically had the title of adelantado. This title was previously used in Spain for the military and political governor of a frontier province. Facing the Moors, he had overall military command of the province and the authority to gather people under his banner. As a civil officer, he dealt with civil and criminal cases that occurred within his jurisdiction. [Santamaria de Paredes, in Derecho politico, p. 487, described the adelantados as ‘governors of large territories, primarily with a military role.’]” (Moses, Spanish Rule in America, p. 68.)

P. 297, note 205: For “Strait of Magellan” read “La Plata River.”

P. 297, note 205: For “Strait of Magellan” read “La Plata River.”

P. 300, in address of letter: For “Cel.” read “Ces.” Line 2 from end: For “Avises” read “Avisos.” The endorsement should read thus: [“De cochin a 23 de Dic. de 1522.” “A su mag xxjx de agosto.”] For dates of these letters see data thereon in the bibliographical volume (LIII) of this series.

P. 300, in the address of the letter: For “Cel.” read “Ces.” Line 2 from the end: For “Avises” read “Avisos.” The endorsement should read this way: [“De cochin a 23 de Dic. de 1522.” “A su mag xxjx de agosto.”] For the dates of these letters, see the information on them in the bibliographical volume (LIII) of this series.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME II

P. 73, end of paragraph: For detailed account of early expeditions previous to that of Legazpi, see the Historia general of Fray Rodrígo de Aganduru Moriz, published in Doc. ined. hist. de España, tom. lxxviii and lxxix (Madrid, 1882).

P. 73, end of paragraph: For a detailed account of early expeditions before Legazpi's, see the Historia general by Fray Rodrigo de Aganduru Moriz, published in Doc. ined. hist. de España, vol. lxxviii and lxxix (Madrid, 1882).

P. 75: To list of translators add, “the ninth, by Francis W. Snow.”

P. 75: To the list of translators, add, “the ninth, by Francis W. Snow.”

P. 79, line 9: For “secular” read “layman.” [327]

P. 79, line 9: For “secular” read “layperson.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

P. 83, line 16: For “Lepuzcua” read “Guipuzcoa.”

P. 83, line 16: For “Lepuzcua” read “Guipuzcoa.”

P. 84, line 4 from end: For “buttock-timbers” read “futtock-timbers.”

P. 84, line 4 from end: For “buttock-timbers” read “futtock-timbers.”

P. 115, line 9: For “Panay” read “Panaon.”

P. 115, line 9: For “Panay” read “Panaon.”

P. 126, line 12 (and in many similar cases): The word “painted” is the literal translation of the Spanish pintado, and here refers to the custom of tattooing the body.

P. 126, line 12 (and in many similar cases): The word “painted” is the direct translation of the Spanish pintado, and in this context, it refers to the practice of tattooing the body.

P. 129, near end: The “lofty volcanoes” may have been Canlaon and Magasú, in Negros Oriental.

P. 129, near end: The “lofty volcanoes” may have been Canlaon and Magasú, in Negros Oriental.

P. 167, line 7 from end: For “novelty” read “innovations.”

P. 167, line 7 from end: For “novelty” read “innovations.”

P. 173, note 84: Evidently “Pito” was in the original “Pito,” for “Polito;” the man being actually “[Hy] polito the drummer.”

P. 173, note 84: Clearly “Pito” was originally “Pito,” for “Polito;” the man referred to is actually “[Hy] polito the drummer.”

P. 192, paragraph 4: “S. S.” stands for “Señores,” meaning the native grandees of those countries.

P. 192, paragraph 4: “S. S.” stands for “Señores,” which refers to the local elite of those countries.

P. 193, middle: For “cloths” read “canvas.”

P. 193, middle: For “cloths” read “canvas.”

P. 194, line 2 from end: After “fifty” add “thousand.”

P. 194, line 2 from end: After “fifty” add “thousand.”

P. 197, line 1: Bancroft (Hist. Mexico, ii, p. 600) says that Arellano tried to secure the reward offered for discovering the return route from the Spice Islands.

P. 197, line 1: Bancroft (Hist. Mexico, ii, p. 600) says that Arellano attempted to obtain the reward for finding the return route from the Spice Islands.

P. 220, line 8 in heading: For “PRONE-” read “PROUE-.”

P. 220, line 8 in heading: For “LYING FLAT” read “PROUE-.”

P. 231, end of text: This letter was probably written by some one belonging to Arellano’s ship, or who obtained his information from that captain’s followers.

P. 231, end of text: This letter was probably written by someone connected to Arellano’s ship or who got their information from that captain’s crew.

P. 237, middle: For “officers” read “artisans.”

P. 237, middle: For “officers” read “craftspeople.”

P. 276, line 5: For “by” read “with.”

P. 276, line 5: For “by” read “with.”

P. 297, last line: The viceroy’s name should be Luis de Velasco.

P. 297, last line: The viceroy’s name should be Luis de Velasco.

P. 332, paragraph 2: For “leg. 1, 23” read “leg. 1⁄23​.”

P. 332, paragraph 2: For “leg. 1, 23” read “leg. 1⁄23​.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME III

P. 29, lines 1–7: “The intimate relation between the king and his American dominions necessitated a regular organized system of postal communication. As early as 1514, by a royal warrant, Dr. Galindez de Carvajal was made postmaster of the Indies, and by a subsequent order of the Council of the Indies, issued in 1524, all persons were restrained from interfering with him in the dispatch of messages concerning the affairs of the Indies. The lines of this service covered the distance between Seville and the other ports, and Madrid, as well as the distances between Spain and America. The postmaster of the Indies was an officer of the India House …. Rigorous laws enjoined all persons from intercepting and opening letters and packets. Of the amount paid for this service the postmaster was allowed one tenth part.” (Moses, Spanish Rule in America, pp. 64, 65.) [328]

P. 29, lines 1–7: “The close relationship between the king and his American territories required a well-organized postal communication system. As early as 1514, through a royal decree, Dr. Galindez de Carvajal was appointed postmaster of the Indies, and by a later order from the Council of the Indies in 1524, everyone was prohibited from interfering with him in sending messages about the Indies' affairs. This postal service connected Seville with other ports and Madrid, as well as the routes between Spain and America. The postmaster of the Indies was an official of the India House. Strict laws prohibited anyone from intercepting and opening letters and packages. From the fees collected for this service, the postmaster kept one-tenth.” (Moses, Spanish Rule in America, pp. 64, 65.) [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

P. 33, note 1: For “Spain” read “Nueva España.”

P. 33, note 1: For “Spain” read “New Spain.”

P. 77, middle: Agias, probably meaning the clusters of fruit on the variety of pepper which is called aji (or agi) in America.

P. 77, middle: Agias, likely referring to the clusters of fruit on the type of pepper known as aji (or agi) in America.

P. 113, line 3: For “seventy” read “sixty-eight.”

P. 113, line 3: For “seventy” read “sixty-eight.”

P. 118, line 5 from end: For “twenty-eight” read “eighteenth.”

P. 118, line 5 from end: For “twenty-eight” read “eighteenth.”

P. 223, note 73: For “pp. 108–112” read “pp. 54–61.”

P. 223, note 73: For “pp. 108–112” read “pp. 54–61.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME IV

Pp. 46 and 47: These are transposed in the “make-up.”

Pp. 46 and 47: These are switched in the "make-up."

P. 68, note 6: See Worcester’s interesting account of the Tinguians in his “Non-Christian Tribes of Northern Luzon,” p. 860; he praises their abilities, industry, eagerness to learn, and excellent traits of character, and their relatively high degree of civilization, as compared with that of their neighbors.

P. 68, note 6: Check out Worcester's engaging description of the Tinguians in his “Non-Christian Tribes of Northern Luzon,” p. 860; he highlights their skills, hard work, willingness to learn, and positive character traits, as well as their relatively advanced level of civilization compared to their neighbors.

P. 131, note 14, line 3 from end: Regarding Batachina, see VOL. XXVII, p. 105, note 39.

P. 131, note 14, line 3 from end: About Batachina, see VOL. 27, p. 105, note 39.

P. 139, line 3 under “Sources:” for “original MS. documents” read “MS. copies.”

P. 139, line 3 under “Sources:” for “original MS. documents” read “MS. copies.”

P. 150, line 4 from end of text: Delete “[caliph?].”

P. 150, line 4 from end of text: Delete “[caliph?].”

P. 166: By an error in the “make-up” the last five lines on the page are misplaced; they belong at the top.

P. 166: Due to a mistake in the layout, the last five lines on the page are in the wrong place; they should be at the top.

P. 205, line 9 from end: For “Pablo” read “Pedro.” The same correction should be made on p. 247, line 13 from end.

P. 205, line 9 from the end: For “Pablo” read “Pedro.” The same correction should be made on p. 247, line 13 from the end.

P. 284, line 9: For “up” read “above.” Note 38: The chief early authority on the islands of Mindanao and Joló, with their people, is Combés’s Hist. de Mindanao y Joló, which has been used frequently in this series. His descriptions of the latter are thus located in his book: the tribes, cols. 27–44; their boats and weapons, 70–76; their customs, 61–70; their character, laws, and government, 49–61; their sects and superstitions, 44–48. Another excellent authority is Forrest, whose Voyage contains much valuable information. The best account of the history and culture of the people is that given by N. M. Saleeby, in his “Studies in Moro Law, History, and Religion,” already cited by us. Cf. also late U. S. government publications on the islands, in which there is much matter regarding the Moro tribes.

P. 284, line 9: For “up” read “above.” Note 38: The main early source on the islands of Mindanao and Joló, along with their people, is Combés’s Hist. de Mindanao y Joló, which has been frequently referenced in this series. His descriptions of the latter can be found in his book: the tribes, cols. 27–44; their boats and weapons, 70–76; their customs, 61–70; their character, laws, and government, 49–61; their sects and superstitions, 44–48. Another great source is Forrest, whose Voyage is packed with valuable information. The best account of the history and culture of the people is provided by N. M. Saleeby in his “Studies in Moro Law, History, and Religion,” which we have already mentioned. See also recent U.S. government publications about the islands, which contain a lot of information on the Moro tribes.

P. 289, last line: For “an” read “on.”

P. 289, last line: For “an” read “on.”

P. 320, line 2 from end: For “forty MSS.” read “forty-one MS.”

P. 320, line 2 from end: For “forty MSS.” read “forty-one MS.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME V

P. 31, line 2 from end of text: For “and two priests” read “two of them priests.” (“Theatins” is here used for “Jesuits,” as explained in VOL. XIX, p. 64.)

P. 31, line 2 from end of text: For “and two priests” read “two of them priests.” (“Theatins” is here used for “Jesuits,” as explained in VOL. 19, p. 64.)

P. 39: Cf. the statistics of population, throughout Loarca’s [329]Relación, with those in “Account of Encomiendas,” VOL. VIII, pp. 96–141; also in U. S. Census of Philippines, 1903, ii, pp. 123–209.

P. 39: Compare the population statistics in Loarca’s [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Relación with those in “Account of Encomiendas,” VOL. 8, pp. 96–141; also in U.S. Census of Philippines, 1903, ii, pp. 123–209.

P. 41, lines 22, 23: For “On the other side of the above-mentioned native communities” read “Besides the above-mentioned natives, there is”—and, in fifth line below, omit “is” before “a village.” In last line, for “village” read “Spanish settlement.”

P. 41, lines 22, 23: For “On the other side of the above-mentioned native communities” read “Besides the above-mentioned natives, there is”—and, in the fifth line below, omit “is” before “a village.” In the last line, for “village” read “Spanish settlement.”

P. 43, line 1: This should read “There are more than thirty encomenderos.” End of line 7: For “treasury,” read “revenue.”

P. 43, line 1: This should read “There are over thirty encomenderos.” End of line 7: For “treasury,” read “revenue.”

P. 49, line 6: For “other” read “except two of the.”

P. 49, line 6: For “other” read “except for two of the.”

P. 51, line 4: For “Cavigava” read “Carigara.” Line 2 of paragraph on Panaon: For “lies” read “lie respectively.” In next paragraph: For “built around” read “located along.”

P. 51, line 4: For “Cavigava” read “Carigara.” Line 2 of paragraph on Panaon: For “lies” read “lie respectively.” In next paragraph: For “built around” read “located along.”

P. 55, line 4: For “well-disposed” read “shrewd traders.”

P. 55, line 4: For “well-disposed” read “shrewd traders.”

P. 57, line 1: For “seen” read “discovered.”

P. 57, line 1: For “seen” read “discovered.”

P. 61, paragraph on tree-dwellings: For “in each one a house is built which can contain” read “in one house at the top of a tree live;” and after “fortress” insert “for defense.” End of this page, and line 1 of p. 63: For “formerly did much harm to the natives” read “the natives of this island have done them much harm;” and for “making” (line 2) read “the ships make.”

P. 61, paragraph on tree-dwellings: For “in each one a house is built which can contain” read “in one house at the top of a tree live;” and after “fortress” insert “for defense.” End of this page, and line 1 of p. 63: For “formerly did much harm to the natives” read “the natives of this island have done them much harm;” and for “making” (line 2) read “the ships make.”

P. 63, paragraph on Mindanao: For words after end of bracketed clause, read “but it is not necessary on this account to seize all that is discovered in the island of Mindanao.”

P. 63, paragraph on Mindanao: For words after end of bracketed clause, read “but it’s not necessary to take everything that’s found on the island of Mindanao.”

P. 65, line 2 from end: This is a line of type set in here by mistake; for it read “belongs to an encomendero in the.”

P. 65, line 2 from end: This is a line of type set here by mistake; it should read “belongs to an encomendero in the.”

P. 69, lines 11 and 12 from end: For “from the cases which are brought before the law for settlement” read “from other commissions which are entrusted to the magistrate.”

P. 69, lines 11 and 12 from end: For “from the cases which are brought before the law for settlement” read “from other commissions which are entrusted to the magistrate.”

P. 71, line 12 from top of page: After dash insert “and.”

P. 71, line 12 from top of page: After dash insert “and.”

P. 73, line 13: For “cocoa-beans” read “cacao-beans.” In next paragraph: For “mats—the latter from rushes” read “petates, which are mats.”

P. 73, line 13: For “cocoa-beans” read “cacao-beans.” In the next paragraph: For “mats—the latter from rushes” read “petates, which are mats.”

P. 75, paragraph on Buracay: The last sentence is incorrect; the second clause should read “no rice is cultivated there, but they have a source of income in some goats.”

P. 75, paragraph on Buracay: The last sentence is incorrect; the second clause should read “no rice is grown there, but they have a source of income from some goats.”

P. 77, line 11: For “wheat and produce” read “grain and collect.” Line 4 from end: omit “larger.”

P. 77, line 11: For “wheat and produce” read “grain and collect.” Line 4 from end: omit “larger.”

P. 79, line 8 from end: For “righting” read “cleaning;” adreçar in the text is evidently a phonetic rendering of aderezar.

P. 79, line 8 from end: For “righting” read “cleaning;” adreçar in the text is obviously a phonetic spelling of aderezar.

P. 83, line 4: For “monks” read “friars.”

P. 83, line 4: For “monks” read “friars.”

P. 95, line 8 from end: For “dependencies” read “lands belonging to it.”

P. 95, line 8 from end: For “dependencies” read “territories controlled by it.”

P. 113, line 2 from end: For “returning from” read “in the direction of.”

P. 113, line 2 from end: For “returning from” read “in the direction of.”

P. 117, line 4: For “no” read “hardly any.” [330]

P. 117, line 4: For “no” read “hardly any.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

P. 118, line 8: For “ouo” read “uno.”

P. 118, line 8: For “ouo” read “uno.”

P. 125, line 8 from end of text: For “Inheritances” read “Maganitos;” this refers to the superstitious ceremony described on p. 131, near middle.

P. 125, line 8 from end of text: For “Inheritances” read “Maganitos;” this refers to the superstitious ceremony described on p. 131, near middle.

P. 187: The sentence after Loarca’s signature should read, “He was one of the first who came to these islands, and is greatly interested in these matters; and therefore I consider this a reliable and accurate account”—apparently an indorsement of the “Relation,” by Governor Peñalosa.

P. 187: The sentence after Loarca’s signature should read, “He was one of the first to arrive in these islands and is very interested in these issues; so I view this as a trustworthy and precise account”—apparently a confirmation of the “Relation” by Governor Peñalosa.

P. 189, last paragraph: For “Amanicaldo” read “Amanicalao;” for “Luanbacar,” “Tuanbacar;” for “Capaymisilo,” “Capa and Misilo.”

P. 189, last paragraph: For “Amanicaldo” read “Amanicalao;” for “Luanbacar,” “Tuanbacar;” for “Capaymisilo,” “Capa and Misilo.”

P. 201, note: For “Sevillano” read “of Sevilla.”

P. 201, note: For “Sevillano” read “from Sevilla.”

P. 222, line 2: In regard to the cruelty displayed by the Spaniards to the Indians, see George E. Ellis’s “Las Casas, and the relations of the Spaniards to the Indians,” in Winsor’s Narrative and Critical History of America, ii, pp. 299–348. Cf. Karl Häbler’s remarks in Helmolt’s History of the World (N. Y., 1902), i, pp. 390–396.

P. 222, line 2: For information on the cruelty shown by the Spaniards towards the Indians, refer to George E. Ellis’s “Las Casas, and the relationships of the Spaniards to the Indians,” in Winsor’s Narrative and Critical History of America, ii, pp. 299–348. Also see Karl Häbler’s comments in Helmolt’s History of the World (N. Y., 1902), i, pp. 390–396.

P. 239, lines 8 and 9: By a printer’s mistake, a line of “dead” type was inserted instead of the one which belongs here; for “volves” to “will” inclusive read “if it is managed in this manner. Let your Majesty.”

P. 239, lines 8 and 9: Due to a printer’s error, a line of incorrect type was added instead of the appropriate one; for “volves” to “will” inclusive read “if it is managed in this manner. Let your Majesty.”

P. 249, line 11 from end: For “will” read “should.”

P. 249, line 11 from end: For “will” read “should.”

P. 257, section 2: For “lay” read “secular” (it refers to the municipal council of Manila).

P. 257, section 2: For “lay” read “secular” (it refers to the city council of Manila).

P. 258, note 37. On this subject, consult the magnificent work of Henry C. Lea, History of the Inquisition in Spain (N. Y., 1906–07), the only full and scholarly account thus far given, and based on extensive researches in the Spanish archives. He discusses the origin and establishment of that institution, its relations with the State, its jurisdiction, organization, resources, practice, punishments, spheres of action, etc.

P. 258, note 37. On this topic, refer to the outstanding work by Henry C. Lea, History of the Inquisition in Spain (N. Y., 1906–07), the only complete and scholarly account available so far, based on extensive research in the Spanish archives. He covers the origin and establishment of that institution, its relationship with the State, its jurisdiction, organization, resources, practices, punishments, areas of work, etc.

P. 263, lines 9, 10, 13: For “from” read “in regard to.” Note 38: Concepción states (Hist. de Philipinas, ix, p. 204) that the public sentence of anathema against those who were contumacious to the edicts of the Inquisition, whether for heresies or sins—a sentence which that tribunal commanded to be read every three years—had been pronounced only twice up to his time (1790). This was done by the Augustinian commissary Pater-nina, in 1659; and by the Dominican commissary Juan de Arechederra, in 1718.

P. 263, lines 9, 10, 13: For “from” read “in regard to.” Note 38: Concepción states (Hist. de Philipinas, ix, p. 204) that the public sentence of anathema against those who disobeyed the edicts of the Inquisition, whether for heresies or sins—a sentence that the tribunal ordered to be read every three years—had been pronounced only twice up to his time (1790). This was done by the Augustinian commissary Pater-nina in 1659 and by the Dominican commissary Juan de Arechederra in 1718.

P. 265, near middle: For “prudence” read “conduct.”

P. 265, near middle: For “prudence” read “conduct.”

P. 280, section 14: For “report to” read “take residencia of.”

P. 280, section 14: For “report to” read “take residency of.”

P. 286, line 6—also p. 287, last line of section 35: For “except” read “even.” P. 287, section 37, line 1: For “inability” read “disability.” [331]

P. 286, line 6—also p. 287, last line of section 35: For “except” read “even.” P. 287, section 37, line 1: For “inability” read “disability.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

P. 289, near middle: For “remit” read “refer.” Line 4: For “buildings” read “works.”

P. 289, near middle: For “remit” read “refer.” Line 4: For “buildings” read “works.”

P. 291, line 5: For “machinery” read “industries.”

P. 291, line 5: For “machinery” read “industries.”

P. 293, section 56, lines 4 and 5: instead of “bishops,” etc., read “bishop for the clergy whom we present to benefices.”

P. 293, section 56, lines 4 and 5: instead of “bishops,” etc., read “bishop for the clergy we present to benefices.”

P. 299, section 74: For “caciquedoms for” read “authority as chiefs on account of;” and for “milreis,” “maravedis.”

P. 299, section 74: For “caciquedoms for” read “authority as chiefs because of;” and for “milreis,” “maravedis.”

P. 305, section 103: For “when they exact” read “that they may exact.”

P. 305, section 103: For “when they exact” read “that they may exact.”

P. 307, section 113: For “receive” read “levy.” For “superintendents” read “tax-collectors;” calpiste means “the steward or collector whom the encomenderos stationed in the Indian villages,” and calpisque “the collector of the taxes or tributes which belong to the lord of the village” (Dominguez, supplement). Section 114, lines 1 and 2: For “granted in encomiendas by” read “allotted in.” Section 121, line 1: This should read, “The registers must be examined and marked with a signet.”

P. 307, section 113: For “receive” read “levy.” For “superintendents” read “tax collectors;” calpiste means “the steward or collector that the encomenderos assigned in the Indian villages,” and calpisque means “the collector of the taxes or tributes that belong to the lord of the village” (Dominguez, supplement). Section 114, lines 1 and 2: For “granted in encomiendas by” read “allotted in.” Section 121, line 1: This should read, “The registers must be reviewed and marked with a seal.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME VI

P. 78, note 18: Omit words in parentheses. The Portuguese form of the name, Macao, ends in a nasalized sound, unsuited to the Spanish tongue; the Spaniards represent this by calling it Macan; and Macati is apparently only a transcriber’s error.

P. 78, note 18: Omit words in parentheses. The Portuguese version of the name, Macao, ends with a nasal sound that doesn’t fit well with the Spanish language; the Spaniards refer to it as Macan; and Macati seems to be just a mistake by the transcriber.

P. 241, line 2: For “written” read “received.” Line 3: For “for” read “from.”

P. 241, line 2: For “written” read “received.” Line 3: For “for” read “from.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME VII

P. 39, note 5: This name should be Bay, instead of Bombon.

P. 39, note 5: This name should be Bay, not Bombon.

P. 154, middle: For “river Madre” read “the waters of the river.”

P. 154, middle: For “river Madre” read “the waters of the river.”

P. 167, line 8 from end: Delete “[Siam].”

P. 167, line 8 from end: Delete “[Siam].”

P. 174, lines 7–9: The sentence between dashes is evidently an interpolation by the editor of Santa Inés’s Cronica (to which this account by Plasencia is appended), and referring to the preliminary ten chapters of that work, which furnish a description of the islands and their people.

P. 174, lines 7–9: The sentence between dashes is clearly an addition by the editor of Santa Inés’s Cronica (to which Plasencia's account is added), referring to the first ten chapters of that work, which provide a description of the islands and their inhabitants.

P. 194, line 1: “In almost every large village [he is speaking of Samar and Leyte] there are one or more families of Asuáns, who are universally feared and avoided, and treated as outcasts, and who can marry only among their own number; they have the reputation of being cannibals. Are they perhaps descended from men-eaters? The belief is very general and deeply rooted. When questioned about this, old and intelligent Indians answered that certainly they did not believe that the Asuáns now ate human flesh, but their forefathers had without doubt done this.” “Cannibals, properly speaking, in the Philippines were not mentioned [332]by the early writers. Pigafetta had heard that on a river at Cape Benuian (the northern point of Mindanao) a people lived who cut out only the heart of a captured foe, and ate it with lemon-juice. Dr. Semper (Philippinen, p. 62) found the same practice, except the use of lemon-juice, on the eastern coast of Mindanao.” (Jagor, Reisen, p. 236.)

P. 194, line 1: “In almost every large village [he is talking about Samar and Leyte], there are one or more families of Asuáns, who are universally feared and avoided, treated like outcasts, and can only marry within their own group; they are rumored to be cannibals. Are they perhaps descended from flesh-eaters? This belief is widespread and deeply ingrained. When asked about this, older and knowledgeable locals said that while they certainly don’t believe the Asuáns currently eat human flesh, their ancestors definitely did.” “Cannibals, in the strict sense, were not mentioned [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] by the early writers. Pigafetta heard that along a river at Cape Benuian (the northern point of Mindanao), there lived a group that would cut out just the heart of a captured enemy and eat it with lemon juice. Dr. Semper (Philippinen, p. 62) found a similar practice, but without the lemon juice, on the eastern coast of Mindanao.” (Jagor, Reisen, p. 236.)

P. 197, line 4: For “Felipe II” read “Council of Indias.”

P. 197, line 4: For “Felipe II” read “Council of Indias.”

P. 207, note 32: After “king” add “or the fiscal.”

P. 207, note 32: After “king,” add “or the fiscal.”

P. 222, note 34: At beginning of line 5 insert “Ceylon, erroneously applied by some early writers to.”

P. 222, note 34: At the start of line 5, add “Ceylon, incorrectly used by some early writers to.”

P. 224, line 13: More definitely located by the editor of Reseña biográfica (i, p. 114), who says, “It was in the place that is now called Arroceros [i.e., “the rice-market”]. (Note.) It was a great quadrangle of porticos which enclosed a spacious lagoon; the latter communicated with the Pasig river, and thus facilitated the entrance of the Chinese champans.”

P. 224, line 13: The editor of Reseña biográfica (i, p. 114) pinpointed it more clearly, stating, “It was in the area now known as Arroceros [i.e., “the rice-market”]. (Note.) It was a large square of porticos surrounding a spacious lagoon; this lagoon connected with the Pasig River, making it easier for Chinese boats to enter.”

P. 276, last line: Insert, before “the first conclusion,” the words, “It is taken for granted that, of the encomiendas of these islands, some have instruction and some are without it.”

P. 276, last line: Insert, before “the first conclusion,” the words, “It is assumed that, among the encomiendas of these islands, some have instruction and some do not.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME VIII

P. 27, middle: The date of Dasmariñas’s letter should be February 28.

P. 27, middle: Dasmariñas's letter should be dated February 28.

P. 84, line 1: For “Cubao” read “Lubao.”

P. 84, line 1: For “Cubao” read “Lubao.”

P. 121, last line: For “Aguette” read “Aguetet.”

P. 121, last line: For “Aguette” read “Aguetet.”

Pp. 127, 133: See VOL. XXII, pp. 77, 103, where Fernando de Silva asks that his wife’s encomiendas may be confirmed to her; she was the daughter of Doña Lucía de Loarca, and must have been the granddaughter of the conquistador Miguel de Loarca. Cf. VOL. xxiii, p. 80.

Pp. 127, 133: See VOL. 22, pp. 77, 103, where Fernando de Silva requests that his wife’s encomiendas be confirmed to her; she was the daughter of Doña Lucía de Loarca and was likely the granddaughter of the conquistador Miguel de Loarca. Cf. VOL. xxiii, p. 80.

P. 263, line 5 from end: This name should be Basil Hall Chamberlain.

P. 263, line 5 from end: This name should be Basil Hall Chamberlain.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME IX

P. 13, line 10 from end: For “he” read “Dasmariñas.”

P. 13, line 10 from end: For “he” read “Dasmariñas.”

P. 26, note 3: “Mengoya (or Nagoya), as mentioned in the text, was in Hizen province, Kyushu Island; the Nagoya in Owari was not in existence in Hideyoshi’s time.” [Letter to the Editors from Prof. J. K. Goodrich, of Imperial College, Tokio.]

P. 26, note 3: “Mengoya (or Nagoya), as mentioned in the text, was in Hizen province on Kyushu Island; the Nagoya in Owari didn’t exist during Hideyoshi’s time.” [Letter to the Editors from Prof. J. K. Goodrich, of Imperial College, Tokyo.]

P. 68, note 13: The following interesting account of the earlier imprints in Filipinas is cited (in Vindel’s Catálogo, iii, no. 2631), from a book written by the Dominican Fray Alonso Fernández. Historia de los insignes milagros que la Magestad divina ha obrado por el Rosario de la Virgen soberana, su Madre, desde el tiempo de Santo Domingo hasta 1612 (Madrid, 1613), fol. 216, 217: [333]

P. 68, note 13: The following interesting account of the earlier imprints in the Philippines is cited (in Vindel’s Catálogo, iii, no. 2631), from a book written by the Dominican Fray Alonso Fernández. Historia de los insignes milagros que la Magestad divina ha obrado por el Rosario de la Virgen soberana, su Madre, desde el tiempo de Santo Domingo hasta 1612 (Madrid, 1613), fol. 216, 217: [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Of some writers of the Order of St. Dominic who were living in this year of 1612.

About some writers from the Order of St. Dominic who were alive in the year 1612.

“In the Tagal language of Filipinas: Fray Francisco de San Joseph of the convent of Madre de Dios at Alcalá, who is living in the province of Nuestra Señora del Rosario of Filipinas, has printed at Batán, in the Tagal language of Filipinas, a ‘Book of our Lady of the Rosary;’ also another book, in the same language, which treats of the holy sacraments of the Church; the natives of the islands have been greatly benefited by these books.

“In the Tagalog language of the Philippines: Fray Francisco de San Joseph from the Madre de Dios convent in Alcalá, who resides in the province of Nuestra Señora del Rosario in the Philippines, has printed in Batán, in Tagalog, a ‘Book of Our Lady of the Rosary;’ as well as another book in the same language that discusses the holy sacraments of the Church; the local people have greatly benefited from these books.”

“In the Chinese language: Fray Domingo de Nieva, of the convent at Valladolid, who serves in the province of Filipinas, has printed at Batán, in the Chinese language and likewise in the characters used by that people, a ‘Memorial of the Christian life.’ Fray Tomas Mayor, of the convent at Játiva, who serves in the province of Nuestra Señora del Rosario of Filipinas and Japón, printed at Batán, in the country of Filipinas, in the Chinese language and with Chinese characters, a ‘Symbol of the Faith.’ ” (“None of the bibliographers of Philippine literature have mentioned this curious and interesting passage.”)

“In the Chinese language: Brother Domingo de Nieva from the convent in Valladolid, who works in the Philippines, has printed a 'Memorial of the Christian Life' in Batán, using the Chinese language and the characters of that culture. Brother Tomas Mayor from the convent in Játiva, who works in the province of Our Lady of the Rosary in the Philippines and Japan, printed a 'Symbol of the Faith' in Batán, in the Philippines, in the Chinese language and with Chinese characters.” (“None of the bibliographers of Philippine literature have mentioned this curious and interesting passage.”)

In Imprenta en Filipinas, cols. 5–14, 77, Retana argues (and apparently on good grounds) that the printing of the Doctrina in 1593 was xylographic, not typographic.

In Imprenta en Filipinas, cols. 5–14, 77, Retana argues (and seems to have solid reasons) that the printing of the Doctrina in 1593 was xylographic, not typographic.

P. 77, line 3: After “friend” add “and I have had an embassy from him.”

P. 77, line 3: After “friend” add “and I’ve received a message from him.”

P. 153, line 1: In the Bibliográfia mexicana of García Icazbalceta the statement was made that Bishop Agurto “founded at Zebú a hospital for sick persons of all nations and creeds, with such liberality that he gave up to it even his own bed, having been obliged to ask that another be lent to him at the hospital itself, on which he might sleep that night.” (Vindel, Catálogo, no. 1462.)

P. 153, line 1: In the Bibliografía mexicana of García Icazbalceta, it was stated that Bishop Agurto “established a hospital in Zebú for sick people of all nationalities and beliefs, with such generosity that he even gave up his own bed, having to request that another be lent to him at the hospital, where he could sleep that night.” (Vindel, Catálogo, no. 1462.)

P. 164, note 26: After “Sanscrit” add “Sri Ayuddhya.” At end, add the following: “See plan of Juthia in Bellin’s Atlas maritime, iii, no. 51. It became the capital of Siam in 1350, and was destroyed by the Burmese in 1767. (The Siamese proper are the Thai—a word which probably means ‘freemen’—who are a superior race.) This statement is made by O. Frankfurter, of the Siamese Foreign Office, in A. C. Carter’s Kingdom of Siam (N. Y. and London, 1904), pp. 81, 82.”

P. 164, note 26: After “Sanskrit” add “Sri Ayuddhya.” At the end, add the following: “See the plan of Juthia in Bellin’s Atlas maritime, iii, no. 51. It became the capital of Siam in 1350 and was destroyed by the Burmese in 1767. (The Siamese, in fact, are the Thai—a term that likely means ‘freemen’—who are considered a superior race.) This statement comes from O. Frankfurter, of the Siamese Foreign Office, in A. C. Carter’s Kingdom of Siam (N. Y. and London, 1904), pp. 81, 82.”

P. 190, middle: In line 17, a better reading would be “front” for “face,” apparently meaning the breast of the horse; and in next line omit “[a frontal].”

P. 190, middle: In line 17, a better reading would be “front” for “face,” apparently meaning the breast of the horse; and in the next line, omit “[a frontal].”

P. 299, line 5: For “Ryos, a colonel” read “Ryos Coronel.” (A similar correction should be made on p. 313, line 5.) See sketch of Rios Coronel, and description of his Memorial, by Retana in Vindel’s Catálogo biblioteca filipina, pp. 349–354; he went to Filipinas in 1588, returned to Spain in 1605, and afterwards was in the islands from 1611 to 1618. [334]

P. 299, line 5: For “Ryos, a colonel” read “Ryos Coronel.” (A similar correction should be made on p. 313, line 5.) See the sketch of Rios Coronel and the description of his Memorial, by Retana in Vindel’s Catálogo biblioteca filipina, pp. 349–354; he went to the Philippines in 1588, returned to Spain in 1605, and afterwards was in the islands from 1611 to 1618. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

P. 305, last line of description of map: After “Indias” insert “(est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 18).” See description in Torres Lanzas’s Relación de los mapas de Filipinas. Retana calls this the earliest map of Luzón.

P. 305, last line of description of map: After “Indias” insert “(est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 18).” See description in Torres Lanzas’s Relación de los mapas de Filipinas. Retana refers to this as the earliest map of Luzón.

P. 327, section 1: The order of the two pressmarks here given should be reversed.

P. 327, section 1: The order of the two pressmarks provided here should be switched.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME X

P. 47, last line: For “soldiers” read “Sangleys.”

P. 47, last line: For “soldiers” read “Sangleys.”

P. 65, line 8: For “Lanao” read “Liguasan.”

P. 65, line 8: For “Lanao” read “Liguasan.”

P. 131, end: This document was probably written by Luis Perez Dasmariñas.

P. 131, end: This document was likely written by Luis Perez Dasmariñas.

P. 218, line 13: For “false musters” read “fictitious offices.”

P. 218, line 13: For “false musters” read “fake positions.”

P. 275, middle: For “twelfth” read “tenth.”

P. 275, middle: For "twelfth" read "tenth."

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XI

P. 138: See Torrubia’s account of the abandonment of La Caldera in 1599, and of the unusually large expeditions immediately afterward by the Moros against Panay (Dissertación, pp. 10–17).

P. 138: Check out Torrubia’s description of the abandonment of La Caldera in 1599, as well as the unusually large attacks right after that by the Moros against Panay (Dissertación, pp. 10–17).

P. 152, line 8: For “Domingo de Rramos” read “on Palm Sunday.”

P. 152, line 8: For “Domingo de Rramos” read “on Palm Sunday.”

P. 221, line 2 from end: The Italian version of Vaez’s letter makes this number “twenty-nine thousand” only.

P. 221, line 2 from end: The Italian version of Vaez’s letter makes this number “twenty-nine thousand” only.

P. 270, middle: For “Babao” read “Ybabao.”

P. 270, middle: For “Babao” read “Ybabao.”

P. 288, end: Add “Signed by the Council.”

P. 288, end: Add “Signed by the Council.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XII

P. 109, note 20, and p. 120, note 24: For explanation of this use of “Theatin” see VOL. XIX, p. 64.

P. 109, note 20, and p. 120, note 24: For an explanation of this use of “Theatin,” see Vol. 19, p. 64.

P. 131, paragraph 2, line 3: For “him” read “you.”

P. 131, paragraph 2, line 3: For “him” read “you.”

P. 165, middle: For “Rajaniora” read “Rajamora.”

P. 165, middle: For “Rajaniora” read “Rajamora.”

P. 179, last line of note: For “Herrara” read “Herrera.”

P. 179, last line of note: For “Herrara” read “Herrera.”

P. 182, line 4 from end of note: Before “Tabacos” insert “de.”

P. 182, line 4 from end of note: Before “Tabacos” insert “de.”

P. 205, note: For “Paro” read “Jaro.”

P. 205, note: For “Paro” read “Jaro.”

Pp. 209–216: For “lagoon” read “lake”—the reference being to the lake of Bay.

Pp. 209–216: For “lagoon” read “lake”—the reference being to the lake of Bay.

P. 219, middle: Tigbao is the Visayan name of two different kinds of grass, Anthistiria gigantea and Heteropogon contortus (Merrill, Dictionary of Plant Names).

P. 219, middle: Tigbao is the Visayan name for two different types of grass, Anthistiria gigantea and Heteropogon contortus (Merrill, Dictionary of Plant Names).

P. 255, line 10 from end: For “stamped” read “printed.”

P. 255, line 10 from end: For “stamped” read “printed.”

P. 256, line 9: For “lagoon” read “lake.”

P. 256, line 9: For “lagoon” read “lake.”

P. 323, line 8: After “therein” add “(as also in Castro’s ‘Points,’ pp. 70–72).” [335]

P. 323, line 8: After “therein” add “(as also in Castro’s ‘Points,’ pp. 70–72).” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XIII

P. 68, line 10: For “cane” read “bamboo.”

P. 68, line 10: For “cane” read “bamboo.”

P. 96, line 6 from end of text: The hard polished outer surface of the bamboo joint is also often used for writing; some interesting specimens of this sort are in the possession of Edward E. Ayer, Chicago.

P. 96, line 6 from end of text: The smooth, shiny outer surface of the bamboo joint is often used for writing; some interesting examples of this type are owned by Edward E. Ayer, Chicago.

P. 248, line 8 from end: For “third” read “second.”

P. 248, line 8 from end: For “third” read “second.”

P. 257, note, line 2 from end: For “Spain” read “Nueva España.”

P. 257, note, line 2 from end: For “Spain” read “New Spain.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XIV

P. 37, middle: Add to list of signatures “The licentiate Andres de Alcaraz.”

P. 37, middle: Add to the list of signatures “The licentiate Andres de Alcaraz.”

P. 143, middle: The ordinary naval ration furnished on the royal ships which plied between Manila and Acapulco was prescribed as follows in Arandía’s Ordenanzas de Marina (Manila, 1757), p. 61: “On days when meat is eaten—Biscuit, 18 onzas; jerked beef, 6 onzas; fried pork, 3 onzas; salt, ½ onza; vinegar, for ten persons, ¼ onza; firewood, 2 libras. On days when fish is prescribed—Biscuit, 18 onzas; pottage or soup of vegetables [miniestras], 3 onzas; pork fat [manteca], 1 onza; salt fish, 6 onzas; salt, vinegar, and firewood, as on the other days. For each ration, four quartillos [about 2 1–6 quarts] are reckoned—one for cooking the ration, and three for drinking.”

P. 143, middle: The standard naval ration provided on the royal ships that sailed between Manila and Acapulco was outlined as follows in Arandía’s Ordenanzas de Marina (Manila, 1757), p. 61: “On days when meat is eaten—Biscuit, 18 ounces; jerky, 6 ounces; fried pork, 3 ounces; salt, ½ ounce; vinegar, for ten people, ¼ ounce; firewood, 2 pounds. On days when fish is prescribed—Biscuit, 18 ounces; vegetable stew or soup [miniestras], 3 ounces; pork fat [manteca], 1 ounce; salted fish, 6 ounces; salt, vinegar, and firewood, as on the other days. For each ration, four quartillos [about 2 1–6 quarts] are counted—one for cooking the ration and three for drinking.”

P. 197, line 3: For “Biebengud” read “Bienbengud.”

P. 197, line 3: For “Biebengud” read “Bienbengud.”

P. 209, break in middle: To this place transfer the endorsement at end of p. 213.

P. 209, break in middle: Move the endorsement from the end of p. 213 to this spot.

P. 280, line 4 from end: For “July 29” read “July 25.” The same correction should be made on p. 6, line 8 from end; p. 241, line 7.

P. 280, line 4 from the end: For "July 29" read "July 25." The same correction should be made on p. 6, line 8 from the end; p. 241, line 7.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XV

P. 179, lines 6 and 7 from end of text: For “from Camanguian” read “of camanguian [i.e., storax].”

P. 179, lines 6 and 7 from end of text: For “from Camanguian” read “of camanguian [i.e., storax].”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XVI

P. 30, note 3: Mazamune sent one of his nobles as ambassador, Felipe Francisco Taxicura, in company with Sotelo; see relations printed at Sevilla (1614) and Roma (1615). (Vindel, Catálogo, iii, p. 205.)

P. 30, note 3: Mazamune sent one of his nobles as an ambassador, Felipe Francisco Taxicura, along with Sotelo; see relations published in Sevilla (1614) and Rome (1615). (Vindel, Catálogo, iii, p. 205.)

P. 112, note 129, middle: Worcester says (“Non-Christian Tribes of N. Luzon,” in Phil. Journal of Science, October, 1906, p. 807): “The Negritos do not tattoo themselves, but do ornament themselves with scar-patterns, produced by making cuts through the skin with slivers of bamboo (Plate xxiii, fig. 1). [336]Into these cuts, which are arranged with more or less geometric symmetry, dirt is rubbed to cause them to become infected and to produce large scars.”

P. 112, note 129, middle: Worcester says (“Non-Christian Tribes of N. Luzon,” in Phil. Journal of Science, October, 1906, p. 807): “The Negritos don’t tattoo themselves, but they do decorate their skin with scar patterns by cutting it with pieces of bamboo (Plate xxiii, fig. 1). [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]They rub dirt into these cuts, which are arranged in a mostly geometric way, to cause infections that result in large scars.”

P. 160, note, line 7 from end: For “in regard to” read “by.”

P. 160, note, line 7 from end: For “in regard to” read “by.”

P. 178, note 233: This explanation is erroneously applied by Stanley, as the piña is a Philippine fabric, and not Chinese. The reference in the text is to the cloth made from “China-grass” (Bohmeria nivea), on which see VOLS. XXII, p. 279, and XLIV, p. 267.

P. 178, note 233: This explanation is mistakenly used by Stanley, as the piña is a fabric from the Philippines, not China. The reference in the text is to the cloth made from “China-grass” (Bohmeria nivea), for more information see VOLS. 22, p. 279, and XLIV, p. 267.

P. 180, note 235: Jagor (Reisen, p. 315) thinks that the chiquey is the same as the lei-tschi or lechía (on which see VOL. XXXVIII, p. 21); the latter was called Euphoria by Blanco, but is now known as Nephelium litchi.

P. 180, note 235: Jagor (Reisen, p. 315) believes that the chiquey is the same as the lei-tschi or lechía (for more information, see VOL. 38, p. 21); the latter was referred to as Euphoria by Blanco, but is now known as Nephelium litchi.

Signatures of Diego Luis San Vitores, S.J., and others

Signatures of Diego Luis San Vitores, S.J., and others

Signatures of Diego Luis San Vitores, S.J., and others

[From MS. in Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla]

[From MS. in Archivo General de Indias, Sevilla]

P. 201: The name of the Ladrones Islands was in 1668 changed by the missionary San Vítores to Marianas, in honor of Mariana, queen of Felipe IV. The group contains 17 islands, which—excepting Guam, the largest—belong to Germany, or, as it is called, “the German New Guinea Protectorate,” having been transferred to that power by Spain in 1899, together with the Carolinas and Palaos, for 25,000,000 pesetas. The original inhabitants (a Polynesian people) are known as Chamorros; but in later years a large Filipino element (soldiers and others) has mingled with them, and the people show a preponderance of the Filipino type. In 1898 the population of the group, exclusive of Guam (which contained about 9,000 people), was 1,938. Little was done for them by the Spaniards until 1668, when a Jesuit mission went to the Marianas under the direction of Diego Luis San Vítores. The attempts of the privileged class of natives to keep the new faith from the common people resulted in the loss of prestige by the former, conflict between the two classes, and martyrdom for some of the Jesuits—San Vítores meeting death thus on April 2, 1672. Nevertheless the missions made progress, and a few years later the Jesuits counted eight churches, three colleges, and over 50,000 converts (Crétineau-Joly, v, pp. 30–22). The military conquest of the islands by Spain was accomplished during the years 1676–98; and they were occupied from that time by a governor and a small force of troops. In 1828 a new plan for the government of these islands was formed at Madrid, by which the royal estates were suppressed, and the lands divided among the natives, who were also provided with cattle and tools at low rates; the governors were forbidden to trade, industries and commerce were declared open to the natives, and free ports were named. In 1855 Felipe de la Corte y Ruano Calderon went to the Marianas as governor, with orders to make certain needed reforms, and to make a full report on the condition of the islands, which he did. During the Spanish-American war of 1898, Guam was occupied by the United States before the governor had even [339]heard of the outbreak of hostilities. For information regarding these islands, their people, and history, consult Montero y Vidal’s Historia de Filipinas—which contains (i, pp. 350–352) a list of authorities, both MS. and printed—and Archipiélago filipino, pp. 438–442; 2nd bibliographies of the Philippines, especially those of Retana, Griffin, and Vindel, already cited, and Griffin’s List of Books on Samoa and Guam (Washington, 1901). As for the missions there, see Francisco García’s Vida y martyrio de Sanvitores (Madrid, 1683); Gobien’s Histoire des Isles Marianes (Paris, 1700), largely a translation from the preceding; Murillo Velarde’s Hist. de Philipinas, which contains several chapters on this subject; Concepción’s Hist. de Philipinas, vols. vii, viii; and especially Stöcklein’s Neue Welt-Bott (Augsburg, Gratz, and Wien, 1728–58), vols. i, iv, and v, which contain matter on missions in Filipinas, Marianas, and Palaos, most of which is not to be found in Lettres édifiantes.

P. 201: In 1668, the missionary San Vítores renamed the Ladrones Islands to Marianas, in honor of Mariana, queen of Felipe IV. The group consists of 17 islands, which—except for Guam, the largest—are part of Germany, referred to as “the German New Guinea Protectorate,” having been transferred from Spain to Germany in 1899, along with the Carolinas and Palaos, for 25,000,000 pesetas. The original inhabitants, a Polynesian people, are known as Chamorros; however, in more recent years, a significant number of Filipinos (soldiers and others) have intermingled with them, leading the population to predominantly reflect Filipino characteristics. In 1898, the total population of the islands, excluding Guam (which had about 9,000 residents), was 1,938. The Spaniards made little effort for their welfare until 1668, when a Jesuit mission arrived in the Marianas under Diego Luis San Vítores. The attempts by the privileged native class to prevent the common people from adopting the new faith resulted in a loss of their prestige, conflicts between the two classes, and martyrdom for some Jesuits—San Vítores was killed on April 2, 1672. Despite this, the missions progressed, and a few years later, the Jesuits reported having eight churches, three colleges, and over 50,000 converts (Crétineau-Joly, v, pp. 30–22). Spain's military conquest of the islands took place between 1676 and 1698, after which they were under the administration of a governor and a small troop presence. In 1828, a new plan for governing these islands was created in Madrid, abolishing royal estates and dividing the land among the natives, who were also provided with cattle and tools at low prices; governors were prohibited from trading, industries and commerce were opened to the locals, and free ports were established. In 1855, Felipe de la Corte y Ruano Calderon was appointed governor of the Marianas with orders to implement various necessary reforms and to provide a comprehensive report on the islands' conditions, which he accomplished. During the Spanish-American War of 1898, Guam was occupied by the United States before the governor had even [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]been informed of the outbreak of hostilities. For information regarding these islands, their people, and history, consult Montero y Vidal's Historia de Filipinas—which includes (i, pp. 350–352) a list of authorities, both manuscript and printed—and Archipiélago filipino, pp. 438–442; second bibliographies of the Philippines, especially those by Retana, Griffin, and Vindel, already referenced, as well as Griffin’s List of Books on Samoa and Guam (Washington, 1901). For details on the missions there, see Francisco García’s Vida y martyrio de Sanvitores (Madrid, 1683); Gobien’s Histoire des Isles Marianes (Paris, 1700), which is largely a translation of the former; Murillo Velarde’s Hist. de Philipinas, which includes several chapters on this topic; Concepción’s Hist. de Philipinas, vols. vii, viii; and particularly Stöcklein’s Neue Welt-Bott (Augsburg, Gratz, and Wien, 1728–58), vols. i, iv, and v, which contain information on missions in the Philippines, Marianas, and Palaos, much of which is not found in Lettres édifiantes.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XVII

P. 88, line 8 from end: For “Dionisio” read “Diego;” the same on p. 5, line 10.

P. 88, line 8 from end: For “Dionisio” read “Diego;” the same on p. 5, line 10.

P. 126, line 4 from end of note: For “invention” read “finding.”

P. 126, line 4 from end of note: For “invention” read “finding.”

P. 136, note 40: For “grograin” read “grogram.”

P. 136, note 40: For “grograin” read “grogram.”

P. 150, end: The date of this document is September 5, not 9.

P. 150, end: The date of this document is September 5, not September 9.

P. 222, second paragraph: See Bernard Moses’s “Economic condition of Spain in the sixteenth century,” in Annual Report of American Historical Association for 1893, pp. 125–133.

P. 222, second paragraph: See Bernard Moses’s “Economic condition of Spain in the sixteenth century,” in Annual Report of American Historical Association for 1893, pp. 125–133.

P. 243, “Sources:” The citation from Ventura del Arco should read “pp. 383–405;” the same correction should be made on p. 282, under no. 14.

P. 243, “References:” The citation from Ventura del Arco should read “pp. 383–405;” the same correction should be made on p. 282, under no. 14.

P. 292, middle: The date of Salcedo’s arrest should be October 9; see VOL. XXXVII, p. 24. Cf. Diaz’s Conquistas, p. 673.

P. 292, middle: Salcedo was arrested on October 9; see VOL. 37, p. 24. Compare with Diaz’s Conquistas, p. 673.

P. 293, line 8 from end: After “Alcántara” insert “of military affairs.” Under sketch of Curuzealegui: for “twenty-fourth regidor” read “one of the twenty-four regidors.”

P. 293, line 8 from end: After “Alcántara” insert “of military affairs.” Under sketch of Curuzealegui: for “twenty-fourth regidor” read “one of the twenty-four regidors.”

P. 299, line 4: After “October 30” insert “1776.”

P. 299, line 4: After “October 30” insert “1776.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XVIII

P. 36, note: In the books of the India House at Sevilla, accounts were carefully kept for the estates of deceased persons (VOL. XVIII, p. 36, note 3), the deceased being credited “with all that is brought over in armadas and flotas, and debited with all that is delivered to his heirs, executors, and creditors.” These funds grew very large, and loans were made therefrom; in 1633 the king borrowed over 500,000 ducats, but would not return [340]this money. Later, such property was forfeited, if unclaimed for two years. By decree of 1671, the treasurer was allowed one per cent for managing these funds. (Moses, “Casa de Contratación of Sevilla,” in Report of American Historical Association, 1894, pp. 106, 107.)

P. 36, note: In the records of the India House in Sevilla, accounts were meticulously maintained for the estates of deceased individuals (VOL. 18, p. 36, note 3), with the deceased credited “for everything received from armadas and flotas, and debited for all that is given to their heirs, executors, and creditors.” These funds grew significantly, and loans were issued from them; in 1633, the king borrowed over 500,000 ducats but did not repay [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] this amount. Later, such property would be forfeited if it remained unclaimed for two years. By the decree of 1671, the treasurer was permitted to take one percent for managing these funds. (Moses, “Casa de Contratación of Sevilla,” in Report of American Historical Association, 1894, pp. 106, 107.)

P. 186, line 7: This raid occurred in October, 1618; the Moros killed the commanders of the post, Arias Girón and Juan Pimentel. The shipyard was valued at more than a million pesos. (Torrubía, Dissertación, pp. 30, 31.)

P. 186, line 7: This raid happened in October 1618; the Moros killed the commanders of the post, Arias Girón and Juan Pimentel. The shipyard was worth over a million pesos. (Torrubía, Dissertación, pp. 30, 31.)

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XIX

P. 206, line 3: For “ovens” read “furnaces.”

P. 206, line 3: For “ovens” read “furnaces.”

P. 306, middle: This memorial is obtained from Pastells’s edition of Colin, iii, pp. 219–221.

P. 306, middle: This memorial is taken from Pastells's edition of Colin, iii, pp. 219–221.

P. 307, middle: For “done in silk and unwoven silver,” read “not woven, done in silk and silver [thread].”

P. 307, middle: For “done in silk and unwoven silver,” read “not woven, made in silk and silver [thread].”

P. 310, line 2: For “500 dead taes” should probably be read “gratuity (or perquisite) of 500 taes;” apparently an expression analogous to ganancias muertas, “a gambler’s gains,” indicating money obtained without earning it—James A. LeRoy.

P. 310, line 2: For “500 dead taes” it should probably read “gratuity (or perk) of 500 taes;” clearly an expression similar to ganancias muertas, “a gambler’s winnings,” referring to money made without effort—James A. LeRoy.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XX

P. 75, line 6 from end: For “July 21” read “July 31.” The same correction is needed for p. 5, line 8.

P. 75, line 6 from end: For “July 21” read “July 31.” The same correction is needed for p. 5, line 8.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XXI

Pp. 41 and 42: The notes on these pages should be transposed, as they are erroneously inserted—that on Nova collectio becoming note 8, and that on the papal brief note 7.

Pp. 41 and 42: The notes on these pages need to be switched because they are incorrectly placed—that on Nova collectio should be note 8, and the one on the papal brief should be note 7.

P. 105, line 6: For “October 3” read “October 8.”

P. 105, line 6: For “October 3” read “October 8.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XXII

P. 30: At end of note insert after “See” the words “Lea’s Moriscos of Spain (Philadelphia, 1901), and.”

P. 30: At the end of the note, insert after “See” the words “Lea’s Moriscos of Spain (Philadelphia, 1901), and.”

P. 99, note: See also Formosa under the Dutch (London, 1904), by Rev. William Campbell, an English Presbyterian missionary in Formosa. He has used original sources, translating the writings of Valentyn, Candidius, and other Dutch writers, and various letters and other documents contemporary with Dutch rule in that island; and at the end presents a full bibliography of the subject.

P. 99, note: See also Formosa under the Dutch (London, 1904), by Rev. William Campbell, an English Presbyterian missionary in Formosa. He has used original sources, translating the writings of Valentyn, Candidius, and other Dutch writers, as well as various letters and other documents from the time of Dutch rule on the island; and at the end, he provides a complete bibliography on the topic.

Pp. 125–129: Parde de Tavera states (Biblioteca filipina, p. 91, no. 544), citing Medina, that this document is of earlier date than 1618. [341]

Pp. 125–129: Parde de Tavera states (Biblioteca filipina, p. 91, no. 544), citing Medina, that this document is from before 1618. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

P. 289, middle: The line beginning “inhabitants” and ending “easily” is a duplicate of the same line above, inserted here by a printer’s error; in its place insert “insurrection of the year 605 [sic] and at present many.”

P. 289, middle: The line starting with “inhabitants” and ending with “easily” is a duplicate of the same line above, mistakenly added by the printer; replace it with “insurrection of the year 605 [sic] and at present many.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XXIV

P. 340, last line: For “113” read “13.”

P. 340, last line: For “113” read “13.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XXV

P. 44, line 14: After “date” insert “of August 14.”

P. 44, line 14: After “date” insert “of August 14.”

P. 74, note 11: Penas de Cámara may be rendered, in a general way, “fines of the exchequer;” but it should be remembered that cámara, as used in this connection, means any royal tribunal, executive or judicial—whether the Council of the Indias (which was often referred to as el Consejo y Cámara de Indias), or the Audiencia or the council of a colony, or the tribunal of accounts of any establishment, or even the municipal council, or council under an alcalde or alcalde-mayor. Penas de cámara in the laws of the Indies had, I think, especial reference to the various penalties provided, especially against officials for any non-performance of duty, by the Council of the Indias; and there was a special board of accountants for the fund of these fines, in connection with that Council.

P. 74, note 11: Penas de Cámara can be generally interpreted as “fines of the exchequer;” however, it's important to note that cámara, in this context, refers to any royal tribunal, whether executive or judicial—such as the Council of the Indias (often called el Consejo y Cámara de Indias), the Audiencia, or the council of a colony, or the tribunal of accounts of any establishment, or even the municipal council under an alcalde or alcalde-mayor. Penas de cámara in the laws of the Indies specifically referred to various penalties imposed, particularly against officials for failing to perform their duties, by the Council of the Indias; there was also a special board of accountants managing the fund for these fines, linked to that Council.

In regard to the phrase contador de resultas, I have obtained (through the kindness of Fenton R. McCreery, secretary of the American Embassy at Mexico City) some further information, furnished by Señor José Algara, Under-secretary for Foreign Affairs of Mexico. He thinks that the above phrase is equivalent to glosador, [that is, to one who makes comments or explanations, or who “designates any amount in order to call attention to the examination or proof of the account to which the item belongs” (Domínguez)], or to segundo contador [“a second accountant”]. Señor Algara states that the references to the accountants for the colonies in the laws of the Indias (book viii, titles i and ii) did not define the character and duties of the various officers, because that had already been done in the Nueva Recopilación (title ii, law v, no. 1). He also cites from Nicolás M. Serrano’s Diccionario universal the following definition of contador de resultus: “Any one of those persons in the first grade of the chief accountancy [Contaduría Mayor de Cuentas], which corresponds to those officials employed in former times by the comptroller-in-chief [contador mayor] who were occupied in computing or transcribing the amounts in the account-books of the obligations which are incurred by those persons who administer the royal revenues by lease or by other title.”—James A. LeRoy (in a private letter). [342]

In relation to the term contador de resultas, I have received (thanks to the kindness of Fenton R. McCreery, the secretary of the American Embassy in Mexico City) some additional information provided by Señor José Algara, the Under-secretary for Foreign Affairs of Mexico. He believes that the term is similar to glosador, meaning one who makes comments or explanations, or who “designates any amount to draw attention to the examination or proof of the account to which the item belongs” (Domínguez), or to segundo contador [“a second accountant”]. Señor Algara notes that the references to accountants for the colonies in the laws of the Indias (book viii, titles i and ii) did not define the roles and responsibilities of the various officials, as this had already been established in the Nueva Recopilación (title ii, law v, no. 1). He also refers to Nicolás M. Serrano’s Diccionario universal for the following definition of contador de resultas: “Any one of those individuals in the first grade of chief accountancy [Contaduría Mayor de Cuentas], which corresponds to officials previously employed by the comptroller-in-chief [contador mayor] who were involved in calculating or transcribing the amounts in the account books of the obligations incurred by those individuals managing royal revenues through lease or other means.”—James A. LeRoy (in a private letter). [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

P. 99, line 3 from end of text: For “thirty-five” read “thirty-eight.” The same correction should be made on p. 5, line 5 from end.

P. 99, line 3 from end of text: For “thirty-five” read “thirty-eight.” The same correction should be made on p. 5, line 5 from end.

P. 146, line 10 from end: “Agreement” is not a quite satisfactory rendering for the Spanish composición, which has a technical meaning in regard to the possession of lands; see note on this subject in VOL. LII pp. 296, 297. “Composition” will probably be the best rendering, provided that this technical meaning is understood in such use of the word. James A. LeRoy says of this, in a private letter: “ ‘Arrangement’ also conveys somewhat the same idea—that is, the rearrangement of their rights, or the reconciliation of rights prescribed in this decree. Composición de derechos means, quite closely rendered, ‘reconciliation of rights,’ according to my recollection of its use in certain contracts which I have seen here in Mexico. It gives the idea of arbitration, to some degree, of rights more or less in conflict which are reconciled by agreement.”

P. 146, line 10 from end: “Agreement” isn’t a very accurate translation for the Spanish composición, which has a specific meaning related to land ownership; see note on this topic in VOL. 52 pp. 296, 297. “Composition” is likely the best translation, as long as this specific meaning is understood in that context. James A. LeRoy mentions this in a private letter: “ ‘Arrangement’ also conveys a similar idea—that is, the rearrangement of their rights, or the reconciliation of rights outlined in this decree. Composición de derechos means, quite closely translated, ‘reconciliation of rights,’ based on my understanding of its use in certain contracts I’ve seen here in Mexico. It conveys the notion of arbitration, to some extent, of rights that are somewhat conflicting and are reconciled by agreement.”

P. 147, line 7: Consolidations of encomiendas were made, in order to abolish those which were too small, or make a more equitable distribution of the territory comprised in those which were very large. Pensions were also assessed against large encomiendas, although in the laws of the Indias it was ordained that the maximum amount of such pensions should be 2,000 pesos. Apparently the aim of this decree was, to provide that in extending the tenure of the encomiendas and rearranging them the royal officials should also make allowance for the charges against the encomiendas in the way of pensions, so consolidating them as to accord with the decrees of previous years on this subject. Those decrees sought to prevent an encomendero from being deprived of a fair income by the assessment of too many pensions against it (for wives, relatives, or dependents of previous encomenderos of the same district; or for other services to the State, paid for by assigning portions of remunerative encomiendas); and at the same time aimed to restrict the income to be derived from an encomienda, and to make these incomes nearly uniform in value.—James A. Leroy (in a private letter).

P. 147, line 7: Encomiendas were consolidated to eliminate those that were too small and to create a fairer distribution of land in those that were very large. Pensions were also imposed on large encomiendas, even though the laws of the Indies stated that the maximum amount for these pensions should be 2,000 pesos. The purpose of this decree was to ensure that when extending and reorganizing encomiendas, royal officials would also consider the financial obligations related to pensions, thus aligning them with earlier decrees on the matter. These earlier decrees aimed to protect encomenderos from losing a fair income due to excessive pension assessments for the wives, relatives, or dependents of previous encomenderos in the area, or for other state services compensated by assigning parts of profitable encomiendas. At the same time, they sought to limit the income generated from an encomienda and to make these incomes nearly equal in value.—James A. Leroy (in a private letter).

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XXVI

P. 5, line 2 from end: For “July-August” read “March-July.”

P. 5, line 2 from end: For “July-August” read “March-July.”

P. 269, middle: For “bienzos” read “lienzos.”

P. 269, middle: For “bienzos” read “lienzos.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XXVII

P. 5, line 4: For “Cavite” read “Manila.”

P. 5, line 4: For “Cavite” read “Manila.”

P. 122, middle: The peso ensayado was, according to Lea [343](Hist. of Inquisition in Spain, i, p. 562), a colonial coin, worth 400 maravedís, equivalent to 11¾ reals, or a little more than a ducado.

P. 122, middle: The peso ensayado was, according to Lea [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__](Hist. of Inquisition in Spain, i, p. 562), a colonial coin, valued at 400 maravedís, which is about 11¾ reals, or just over a ducado.

P. 146: “The fundamental idea of the commercial and industrial policy of Spain, as carried out through the India House, was that of restriction and privilege.” (Moses, Spanish Rule in America, p. 265.) See Roscher’s comments thereon in his Spanish Colonial System (Bourne’s ed.), p. 35.

P. 146: “The main concept of Spain's commercial and industrial policy, implemented through the India House, was one of limitation and special privileges.” (Moses, Spanish Rule in America, p. 265.) See Roscher’s remarks on this in his Spanish Colonial System (Bourne’s ed.), p. 35.

P. 256, middle: This mention of the Salve refers to the Ave Maria, not to the Salve Regina (“Hail, holy Queen!”).—Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.

P. 256, middle: This mention of the Salve refers to the Ave Maria, not to the Salve Regina (“Hail, holy Queen!”).—Rev. T. C. Middleton, OSA

P. 339, middle: The “Moro-Moro play” was a feature of town fiestas, both religious and secular functions, for several centuries, and is still common in the more remote towns, though the modern sophisticated Filipinos have been trying to laugh it out of court, and have done so in the more cultured regions. I saw it at Kotabato in 1901, where the handful of Christians in the population played it before the Commission and a host of gathered Moro tribesmen from up the river.—James A. LeRoy (in a private letter).

P. 339, middle: The “Moro-Moro play” was a part of town fiestas, both religious and secular, for several centuries and is still common in more remote towns. However, modern, sophisticated Filipinos have been trying to push it out of popularity, and they have succeeded in the more cultured areas. I saw it in Kotabato in 1901, where the few Christians in the area performed it before the Commission and a crowd of gathered Moro tribesmen from up the river.—James A. LeRoy (in a private letter).

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XXVIII

P. 47, note 19: In line 5, for “southern” read “northwestern.” The stronghold of the Moros, after Joló was destroyed, was at Maibun, a town on the southern shore. Combés describes the island in detail in his Hist. Mindanao y Joló, cols. 14–19. See also Escosura’s Memoria sobre Filipinas y Joló, pp. 213–436.

P. 47, note 19: In line 5, replace “southern” with “northwestern.” After Joló was destroyed, the Moros’ stronghold was at Maibun, a town on the southern shore. Combés provides a detailed description of the island in his Hist. Mindanao y Joló, cols. 14–19. See also Escosura’s Memoria sobre Filipinas y Joló, pp. 213–436.

P. 55, note: Crawfurd is wrong as to the kris being a poniard or dagger; or, if so, it is certainly in the Philippines a short, straight-bladed sword, with wavy edges.—James A. LeRoy (in a private letter). See illustrations of Moro weapons presented in this series; also those in Worcester’s Philippine Islands, p. 155, and in Reports of Philippine Commission and other government documents. Collections of these weapons may now be seen in most of the large museums in the United States.

P. 55, note: Crawfurd is mistaken about the kris being a dagger; if it is, it's definitely a short, straight-bladed sword with wavy edges in the Philippines. —James A. LeRoy (in a private letter). Check out the illustrations of Moro weapons in this series; also see those in Worcester’s Philippine Islands, p. 155, and in the Reports of the Philippine Commission and other government documents. You can now find collections of these weapons in most large museums across the United States.

P. 96, note: The best description and classification of the pagan and Moro tribes of Mindanao is that of Barrows in the Census of the Philippines, i, pp. 461–477; see also his report for the Ethnological Survey, in Report of the Philippine Commission for 1903.

P. 96, note: The most accurate description and classification of the pagan and Moro tribes of Mindanao is found in Barrows' work in the Census of the Philippines, i, pp. 461–477; also refer to his report for the Ethnological Survey in the Report of the Philippine Commission for 1903.

P. 130, art. 564, line 1: For the second “province” read “convent.”

P. 130, art. 564, line 1: For the second “province,” read “convent.”

P. 200, end of paragraph 1: In one of Viana’s official opinions in 1765 (Respuestas, fol. 103, 104), he scores the board of the Misericordia for demanding any further security than the royal name and promise for loans made by them to the government; if they had been content with that, thus “avoiding irrelevant [344]conferences of theologians and jurists,” they would have responded with honor and loyalty to the many favors that they have enjoyed from the king, etc.

P. 200, end of paragraph 1: In one of Viana’s official opinions in 1765 (Respuestas, fol. 103, 104), he criticizes the board of the Misericordia for requiring any additional security beyond the royal name and promise for the loans they provided to the government; if they had been satisfied with that, thereby “avoiding unnecessary [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]meetings of theologians and legal experts,” they would have responded with honor and loyalty to the many favors they have received from the king, etc.

P. 210, last paragraph: See account of this affair in VOL. I, note 67.

P. 210, last paragraph: See the account of this situation in Vol. I, note 67.

P. 211, paragraph 2: The laws of the Indias ordained—e.g., lib. vi, tít. i, ley xviii (1550); lib. i, tít. xiii, ley v (1634)—that there should be schools in which Spanish was to be taught, for the sake of having a suitable language in which to teach the Christian faith.

P. 211, paragraph 2: The laws of the Indias mandated—e.g., lib. vi, tít. i, ley xviii (1550); lib. i, tít. xiii, ley v (1634)—that there should be schools where Spanish was taught, to ensure there was an appropriate language for teaching the Christian faith.

P. 218, end of paragraph 1: Viana (Respuestas, fol. 102v) recommends that certain criminals be sent to serve at Zamboanga, some for life and others for specified terms. Forrest mentions the practice of sending convicts from Manila to Zamboanga, as they were sent from England to Botany Bay. The secretary mentioned by Le Gentil was Cosio, who himself was afterward banished to Africa for his illegal acts under Raon.

P. 218, end of paragraph 1: Viana (Respuestas, fol. 102v) suggests that some criminals be sent to serve at Zamboanga, with some receiving life sentences and others fixed terms. Forrest notes the practice of transporting convicts from Manila to Zamboanga, similar to how they were sent from England to Botany Bay. The secretary referred to by Le Gentil was Cosio, who was later exiled to Africa for his illegal activities under Raon.

P. 257, line 6: The word “impost” is incorrect here; the English equivalent is most nearly approached by rendering this phrase [Spanish, derecho de elecciones de gobernadorcillo], “the [government] right in elections.” J. A. LeRoy says of this, in a private letter: “It apparently refers to the right of the superior government—generally exercised in each province by the alcalde-mayor or provincial governor—of selecting the gobernadorcillo of each pueblo from a list of three [lerna], this list being proposed to him by the notables [principales] at the annual election. It is altogether probable that the man chosen sometimes had to pay that official, and that Mas is here reporting this as another of the abuses which, under the early Spanish régime, the friars used to charge against the alcaldes-mayor, in that sense, being a ‘robbery’ of the natives.”

P. 257, line 6: The word “impost” is incorrect here; the English equivalent is best captured by translating this phrase [Spanish, derecho de elecciones de gobernadorcillo] as “the [government] right in elections.” J. A. LeRoy mentions in a private letter: “It seems to refer to the right of the higher government—usually carried out in each province by the alcalde-mayor or provincial governor—to choose the gobernadorcillo of each pueblo from a list of three [lerna], which is submitted to him by the notables [principales] during the annual election. It’s quite possible that the chosen individual sometimes had to pay that official, and that Mas is highlighting this as another abuse that, under the early Spanish rule, the friars accused the alcaldes-mayor of, in that context being a ‘theft’ from the locals.”

P. 266, line 2: For “271–275” read “271–273.”

P. 266, line 2: For “271–275” read “271–273.”

P. 321, line 3: The statements of this writer would make it appear that the friars developed the resources of Negros; but that is not the fact. The old régime described by Mas and Jagor failed to develop those resources; and the modern development of Negros (which dragged the friars reluctantly after it) was accomplished through foreign commerce and foreign traders, a part of the general development of the Philippines as a whole. This very document shows how, when it was seen to be beginning, through Spanish and Spanish half-caste planters, to whose aid British importers of machinery of the modern sort soon after came, the friars stepped in to claim an island which since the Spanish discovery they had sadly neglected, and to wrest its growing curacies from native priests. This friar’s claims (pp. 319–322) are all the more audacious in view of the proximity to his own time of the development, through foreign agencies, which [345]he claims as due to his order. There are other parts of this same Recollect chronicle which show how the modern political bitterness of spirit had crept into the accounts of Philippine history emanating from the religious orders.—James A. LeRoy (in a private letter).

P. 321, line 3: The statements from this writer imply that the friars helped develop the resources of Negros, but that's not accurate. The previous regime described by Mas and Jagor failed to develop those resources; the modern development of Negros (which reluctantly dragged the friars along) happened through foreign trade and foreign traders, as part of the overall development of the Philippines. This very document shows how, when it began to happen through Spanish and Spanish half-caste planters—who were soon supported by British importers of modern machinery—the friars stepped in to lay claim to an island they had neglected since the Spanish discovery and to take its growing curacies away from native priests. This friar's claims (pp. 319–322) are even more brazen considering the closeness of the development through foreign involvement to his own time, which he attributes to his order. There are other sections of this same Recollect chronicle that demonstrate how the current political animosity had influenced the accounts of Philippine history produced by the religious orders.—James A. LeRoy (in a private letter).

P. 349, line 3: The volume-number should be “i,” not “ii.” The same correction should be made on p. 370, last line.

P. 349, line 3: The volume number should be “i,” not “ii.” The same correction should be made on p. 370, last line.

P. 368, line 6: For “brothers” read “sisters.”

P. 368, line 6: For “brothers” read “sisters.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XXIX

P. 104, line 8 from end: After “taken.” add “[Madrid, March 15, 1638.]”

P. 104, line 8 from end: After “taken.” add “[Madrid, March 15, 1638.]”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XXX

P. 54, note, lines 6–8 from end: It is only fair to the Duke de Almodovar to explain the reasons for his treatment of Raynal’s work; they are thus given by José Arias y Miranda, in his Examen crítico-histórico del influjo que tuvo en el comercio, industria y población de España su dominación en América (“a work crowned by the Real Academia de la Historia, and published by that body, at Madrid, 1854”), an interesting and well-written study of that subject, with learned and valuable annotations and much reference to standard authorities: “In regard to the famous history of Abbé Raynal, although it abounds in flights of imagination, in philosophical ideas, and in passionate and declamatory judgments, it has merited general acceptance on account of the information it contains and the notable indications of penetration and genius which are revealed in it. But it was not possible for the Duke de Almodovar to make it known to his countrymen without variations and emendations, since it was one of the works included in the Indexes of the Holy Office; he therefore contrived to present it as a work imitated rather than produced, without daring to mention even once the name of the author, or to print his own on the title page, substituting for the latter the anagram of ‘Malo de Luque.’ This recasting was very skilfully done; he suppressed what could not be published; and added information and very judicious reflections upon commerce in general and on that of our [Spanish] possessions. Although this history belongs properly to our literature, since it is not a translation, it has never been reprinted since the first edition, copies of which are now becoming rare.”

P. 54, note, lines 6–8 from end: It's only fair to the Duke de Almodovar to explain why he treated Raynal’s work the way he did; José Arias y Miranda mentions this in his Examen crítico-histórico del influjo que tuvo en el comercio, industria y población de España su dominación en América (“a work recognized by the Royal Academy of History, and published by them, in Madrid, 1854”), an engaging and well-written study on the topic, with knowledgeable and valuable notes and many references to standard authorities: “Regarding the famous history by Abbé Raynal, while it is full of flights of fancy, philosophical ideas, and passionate, dramatic opinions, it has gained widespread acceptance due to the information it provides and the significant insights and brilliance it showcases. However, the Duke de Almodovar couldn't present it to his fellow countrymen without alterations and corrections, as it was one of the works listed in the Indexes of the Holy Office; thus, he managed to present it as a work that was imitated rather than created, refraining from mentioning the author's name even once or printing his own on the title page, instead using the anagram ‘Malo de Luque.’ This adaptation was done very skillfully; he omitted what couldn't be published and added information and thoughtful reflections on commerce in general and specifically on our [Spanish] possessions. Although this history rightly belongs to our literature, as it is not a translation, it hasn't been reprinted since the first edition, copies of which are now becoming rare.”

P. 229, note, line 2 from end: The phrase “grant of feudal rights” is in Spanish la dominación á Caballería de Tierra. Much of the old feudalism still remained at that time, preeminently in connection with the military orders; there are many laws regarding these in the Autos acordados, and some of them extend [346]well into the seventeenth century. Apparently Dasmariñas held the village of Binondo as a sort of encomienda, [it was only the land which he purchased from Velada], and had also the feudal right to the service of the Chinese and mestizos (over whom he, a caballero, was lord), as retainers obliged to serve him on the land, but not on sea.—James A. LeRoy (in a private letter). Cf. note on caballería, VOL. XLVII, p. 199.

P. 229, note, line 2 from end: The term “grant of feudal rights” is in Spanish la dominación á Caballería de Tierra. A lot of the old feudalism still existed at that time, particularly in relation to military orders; there are many laws about these in the Autos acordados, and some of them continue [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]well into the seventeenth century. It seems that Dasmariñas held the village of Binondo as a sort of encomienda, [it was just the land that he bought from Velada], and also had the feudal right to the service of the Chinese and mestizos (over whom he, a caballero, was lord), as retainers obligated to serve him on land, but not at sea.—James A. LeRoy (in a private letter). See note on caballería, VOL. 47, p. 199.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XXXIII

P. 27, line 1: For “Venetia” read “Vicenza;” p. 273, note 1, line 2, and p. 274, line 11, for “Venice,” “Vicenza;” and p. 274, line 21 from end, for “Venetian,” “Vicentine.”

P. 27, line 1: For “Venetia” read “Vicenza;” p. 273, note 1, line 2, and p. 274, line 11, for “Venice,” “Vicenza;” and p. 274, line 21 from end, for “Venetian,” “Vicentine.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XXXIV

P. 160, note 541, line 1: For “loony” read “loory.”

P. 160, note 541, line 1: For “loony” read “loory.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XXXV

P. 226, note 60: This note is a lapsus calami, as may be seen by the date of the earthquake mentioned therein.

P. 226, note 60: This note is a lapsus calami, as you can see from the date of the earthquake mentioned there.

Map of portion of the Palaos Islands, discovered 1710 by expedition under Francisco Padilla; drawn by José Somera, chief pilot

Map of portion of the Palaos Islands, discovered 1710 by expedition under Francisco Padilla; drawn by José Somera, chief pilot

Map of part of the Palaos Islands, discovered in 1710 by an expedition led by Francisco Padilla; created by José Somera, head pilot.

[Photographic facsimile of original MS. map in Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla]

[Photographic facsimile of original MS. map in Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XXXVII

P. 274, note, line 10 from end: For “fifty-five” read “sixty-five.”

P. 274, note, line 10 from end: For “fifty-five” read “sixty-five.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XXXVIII

P. 79, note 41: Veitia Linage’s Norte de contratación was Englished (but with numerous omissions and additions) by Captain John Stevens, as Spanish Rule of Trade to the West Indies (London, 1702). The navigation, trade, and products of Filipinas are treated in book ii, chapter xiii. The author was for some time commissioner and treasurer of the India House of Trade at Sevilla. (Bernard Moses, in Report of American Historical Association, 1894, p. 95.)

P. 79, note 41: Veitia Linage’s Norte de contratación was translated into English (but with many omissions and additions) by Captain John Stevens, as Spanish Rule of Trade to the West Indies (London, 1702). The navigation, trade, and products of the Philippines are discussed in book ii, chapter xiii. The author served for a time as commissioner and treasurer of the India House of Trade in Sevilla. (Bernard Moses, in Report of American Historical Association, 1894, p. 95.)

P. 207, line 4 from end: The accent on the final syllable of Philippine geographical names ending in “n” is really a Spanish variation, in accordance with the rule for pronunciation of such names in Spanish. But when these names are (as is usually the case) of Filipino origin the rule is—depending, of course, on their roots and composition—that they are accented on the penult; e.g., Vígan, Narvácan, Ilígan, etc. Spanish usage has distorted the pronunciation in some cases, until the original accent has become Hispanicized, as Cagayán, Pangasinán, etc.; but as a general rule these words are accented on the penult.—James A. LeRoy (in a private letter). [349]

P. 207, line 4 from end: The emphasis on the last syllable of Philippine geographical names that end in “n” is actually a Spanish variation, following the pronunciation rules for such names in Spanish. However, when these names are typically of Filipino origin, the rule—depending on their roots and structure—is that they are stressed on the second to last syllable; e.g. Vígan, Narvácan, Ilígan, etc. Spanish usage has altered the pronunciation in some instances, leading to a Hispanicized accent, as seen in Cagayán, Pangasinán, etc.; but generally, these words are stressed on the second to last syllable.—James A. LeRoy (in a private letter). [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XXXIX

P. 33, note 5: Cf. the account given by Forrest (Voyage, pp. 201–206) of the history of the rulers of Magindanao, and the curious genealogical chart of the sultans of Mindanao and Joló which follows; he obtained his information from Pakir Mawlana himself, who took it from the “original records” in his possession. The Curay of Concepción is called Kuddy by Forrest, who says that he was the son of Tidoly and grandson of Kudarat (Corralat).

P. 33, note 5: Compare the account given by Forrest (Voyage, pp. 201–206) about the history of the rulers of Magindanao, along with the interesting family tree of the sultans of Mindanao and Jolo that follows. He got his information from Pakir Mawlana himself, who took it from the "original records" in his possession. The Curay of Concepción is referred to as Kuddy by Forrest, who states that he was the son of Tidoly and grandson of Kudarat (Corralat).

P. 97, line 4 of note: For “inhabited” read “uninhabited.” (When Dampier visited them in 1685 he found most of them peopled.) In regard to the Batanes dialect, mentioned near the end, it contains strong guttural aspirates, which are distinctive of this idiom; the nasal sound alluded to is equally prevalent in Ilocano.—William Edmonds, Basco, Batanes Islands, in a private letter.

P. 97, line 4 of note: For “inhabited” read “uninhabited.” (When Dampier visited them in 1685, he found most of them populated.) Regarding the Batanes dialect mentioned near the end, it has strong guttural sounds that are characteristic of this language; the nasal sounds referred to are also common in Ilocano.—William Edmonds, Basco, Batanes Islands, in a private letter.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XLI

P. 55. note: The name Palaos (also written Palau or Pelew) is applied to the western group of the Carolinas Archipelago, which extends in a general east and west direction from the region south of the Marianas. Although nominally the property of Spain, these islands were greatly neglected by the Spaniards, even into the nineteenth century. Their attention was directed for a time to the Palaos by the event described in Clain’s letter, and various attempts were made, but unsuccessfully, to establish Christian missions therein, two Jesuits, Duberon and José Cortil, being killed by natives in 1710, and another, Antonio Cantova, meeting the same fate in 1731. In the latter half of the last century, German interests gained ascendency in the islands, which led to their absorption by Germany. Jagor cites (Reisen, pp. 215, 216) several historical instances of Palaos islanders being carried by storms to the coasts of Filipinas; and adds, “Later, I had in Manila an opportunity to photograph a group of people from the Paláos and Caroline Islands, who a year previously had been cast by a storm on the coast of Samar.” He also says (p. 203): “As Dr. Gräffe (who spent many years in the Micronesas) informs me, Paláos is an indefinite expression, like Kanaka and so many others, and certainly does not designate the inhabitants of the Pelew group exclusively.” Regarding these islands, see Montero y Vidal’s Hist. de Filipinas, i, pp. 31, 402–409, 455–473. and his Archipiélago filipino, pp. 469–505; also Miguel’s Estudio de las Islas Carolinas, and the various bibliographies of the Philippines, especially Griffin’s List, and Vindel’s Catálogo biblioteca filipina. See Karl Semper’s Die Palau-Inseln im Stillen Ocean (Leipzig, 1873), which Pardo de Tavera praises (Biblioteca [350]filipina, p. 402) as “the most important modern work on the Palaos Islands which I know.” In the Ethnological Museum at Dresden is an important collection of material made by Semper.

P. 55. note: The name Palaos (also written as Palau or Pelew) refers to the western group of the Carolinas Archipelago, which stretches generally east to west from the area south of the Marianas. Although these islands were technically owned by Spain, they were largely ignored by the Spaniards, even into the nineteenth century. For a time, their focus shifted to the Palaos due to the events described in Clain’s letter, and several attempts were made to establish Christian missions there, but these efforts were unsuccessful. Two Jesuits, Duberon and José Cortil, were killed by locals in 1710, and another, Antonio Cantova, met the same fate in 1731. In the latter half of the last century, German interests grew in the islands, which eventually led to their annexation by Germany. Jagor mentions (Reisen, pp. 215, 216) several historical instances of Palaos islanders being blown by storms to the coasts of the Philippines; he adds, “Later, I had the chance in Manila to photograph a group of people from the Paláos and Caroline Islands, who had been washed ashore by a storm on the coast of Samar a year earlier.” He also states (p. 203): “As Dr. Gräffe (who spent many years in the Micronesas) informs me, Paláos is a vague term, like Kanaka and many others, and certainly does not refer exclusively to the inhabitants of the Pelew group.” For more on these islands, see Montero y Vidal’s Hist. de Filipinas, i, pp. 31, 402–409, 455–473, and his Archipiélago filipino, pp. 469–505; also Miguel’s Estudio de las Islas Carolinas, along with the various bibliographies of the Philippines, especially Griffin’s List, and Vindel’s Catálogo biblioteca filipina. Look at Karl Semper’s Die Palau-Inseln im Stillen Ocean (Leipzig, 1873), which Pardo de Tavera praises (Biblioteca [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]filipina, p. 402) as “the most significant modern work on the Palaos Islands that I know of.” The Ethnological Museum in Dresden has an important collection of materials made by Semper.

P. 313, line 9: Instead of Barcena, this name is written by Torrubia (Dissertación, p. 63) Barrena.

P. 313, line 9: Instead of Barcena, this name is written by Torrubia (Dissertación, p. 63) Barrena.

P. 316, note: Add “apparently a misprint for Cutay.”

P. 316, note: Add “seems to be a misprint for Cutay.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XLII

P. 64, line 6: A new tariff or parochial fees was ordained (November 19, 1771) by Archbishop Santa Justa; but little heed was paid to it by many of the parish priests, who collected much more, for all functions, than it prescribed.

P. 64, line 6: A new fee structure was established (November 19, 1771) by Archbishop Santa Justa; however, many parish priests paid little attention to it and collected significantly more for all services than what was set.

P. 157, lines 4–6 from end: Alluding, it is said, to the noted Jewish physician Hasdai.

P. 157, lines 4–6 from end: It is mentioned that this refers to the famous Jewish doctor Hasdai.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XLIII

P. 47, line 2 of chapter heading: For “religious” read “Zambals.”

P. 47, line 2 of chapter heading: For “religious” read “Zambals.”

P. 72, line 3: For “Dampier” read “Cowley?” (See also our VOL. XXXIX, p. 115, note.) Note 11: In the Philippine Journal of Science (published by the Bureau of Science, Manila), for October, 1906, is an interesting paper on “The Non-Christian Tribes of Northern Luzon,” by Dean C. Worcester, secretary of the interior in the government of the islands. He endeavors to furnish a systematic classification of these tribes; repeats the lists made by the Jesuits, Professor Blumentritt, and Dr. Barrows, criticizing each of these, and in some respects differing from their methods; and then enumerates the separate tribes, as classified by himself—giving under each, the synonyms of the tribal name, with other names which may be classed under this; “its habitat, so far as it is at present known;” and description of its people, and of their dress, homes, mode of life, occupations, customs, etc. A similar paper on those tribes in Southern Luzon is announced for the coming year. For these papers Worcester has utilized personal observations made on these peoples not only by himself, but by numerous other government officials both civil and military, during the years 1900–06; and special information regarding them obtained in the census enumeration of 1903. He says (p. 802): “It is not too much to say that hardly a rancheria now remains in the Cordillera Central and its foothills, except in the district of Apayos, which has not been visited by Americans, while even in the latter district twenty-nine of the more important rancherias have been visited.” The above paper contains excellent illustrations made from 208 photographs, [351]taken by Worcester himself or other government officials. Other valuable papers announced for the Journal in 1907 are: “The Tagbanua and Mangyan Alphabets,” by T. H. Pardo de Tavera; “The Subanos of the Zamboangan Peninsula,” by Edwin B. Christie; and “Primitive Philippine Fire-making Apparatus,” by Dean C. Worcester.

P. 72, line 3: For “Dampier” read “Cowley?” (See also our VOL. 39, p. 115, note.) Note 11: In the Philippine Journal of Science (published by the Bureau of Science, Manila), for October 1906, there's an interesting paper on “The Non-Christian Tribes of Northern Luzon,” by Dean C. Worcester, secretary of the interior for the islands' government. He attempts to provide a systematic classification of these tribes; restates lists made by the Jesuits, Professor Blumentritt, and Dr. Barrows, critiquing each and differing from their methods in some ways; and then lists the individual tribes as classified by him—giving under each, the synonyms of the tribal name, along with other names that may be associated with it; “its habitat, as far as it is currently known;” and descriptions of its people, their clothing, homes, way of life, occupations, customs, etc. A similar paper on the tribes in Southern Luzon is expected next year. For these papers, Worcester has used personal observations not only from himself but also from many other government officials, both civil and military, during the years 1900–06; and special information he gathered during the 1903 census. He states (p. 802): “It is not too much to say that hardly a rancheria now remains in the Cordillera Central and its foothills, except in the Apayos district, that hasn't been visited by Americans, and even in that district, twenty-nine of the more significant rancherias have been visited.” This paper includes excellent illustrations made from 208 photographs, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] taken by Worcester or other government officials. Other valuable papers planned for the Journal in 1907 include: “The Tagbanua and Mangyan Alphabets,” by T. H. Pardo de Tavera; “The Subanos of the Zamboangan Peninsula,” by Edwin B. Christie; and “Primitive Philippine Fire-making Apparatus,” by Dean C. Worcester.

P. 78, note 13: Worcester recognizes but seven distinct non-Christian tribes in northern Luzon: the Negritos, Ilongots (Ibilaos), Kalingas, Ifugaos, Bontoc Igorots, Lepanto-Benguet Igorots, and Tinguians. He says of some of these tribal designations (“Non-Christian Tribes of N. Luzon,” p. 804): “The Altasanes, Ifumangies [the same as Jumangi], Ileabanes, and Panuipuyes do not exist. In all probability these latter names were taken from those of rancherias which have long since disappeared. While some of the larger rancherias in northern Luzon are very old, others are of recent origin and the names and locations of these settlements are constantly changing.”

P. 78, note 13: Worcester recognizes only seven distinct non-Christian tribes in northern Luzon: the Negritos, Ilongots (Ibilaos), Kalingas, Ifugaos, Bontoc Igorots, Lepanto-Benguet Igorots, and Tinguians. He mentions some of these tribal names (“Non-Christian Tribes of N. Luzon,” p. 804): “The Altasanes, Ifumangies [the same as Jumangi], Ileabanes, and Panuipuyes do not exist. These names were likely taken from those of rancherias that have long since vanished. While some of the larger rancherias in northern Luzon are very old, others are relatively new, and the names and locations of these settlements are constantly changing.”

P. 102, line 5: It gives us pleasure to publish the following information furnished by Dr. N. M. Saleeby, the error in the text being based on erroneous information: “I beg to inform you that Dr. N. M. Saleeby is not a ‘native Moro,’ nor is he Mohammedan. I went to Cotabato, Mindanao, in May, 1901, as a captain and assistant surgeon U.S.V., and served in that capacity until February 1, 1903. From the latter date until June 30, 1906, I served as superintendent of schools, and member of the legislative council for the Moro Province. I am a naturalized American citizen, and was born in a Christian home in Lebanon, Syria.” He is now connected with the Bureau of Science at Manila, Division of Ethnology.

P. 102, line 5: We're pleased to share the following information provided by Dr. N. M. Saleeby, as the error in the text is based on incorrect information: “I want to clarify that Dr. N. M. Saleeby is not a ‘native Moro,’ nor is he Muslim. I arrived in Cotabato, Mindanao, in May 1901, as a captain and assistant surgeon in the U.S.V., and I served in this role until February 1, 1903. From that date until June 30, 1906, I was the superintendent of schools and a member of the legislative council for the Moro Province. I am a naturalized American citizen, born in a Christian household in Lebanon, Syria.” He is currently associated with the Bureau of Science in Manila, Division of Ethnology.

P. 103, line 6: For “MS.” read “book (Sampaloc, 1731).”

P. 103, line 6: For “MS.” read “book (Sampaloc, 1731).”

P. 154, end of note: In Report of Philippine Commission for 1906, i, pp. 60–62, is an account of the law regulating (for the present) the sale and use of opium in the islands—a high-license system, adopted on March 8, 1906.

P. 154, end of note: In Report of the Philippine Commission for 1906, i, pp. 60–62, there's a description of the law that currently regulates the sale and use of opium in the islands—a high-license system that was adopted on March 8, 1906.

P. 173, line 3 from end of text: “Serif, or Sherif, is a term of dignity bestowed on every supposed descendant of Mahomet” (Forrest, Voyage, p. 285).

P. 173, line 3 from end of text: “Serif, or Sherif, is a title of respect given to anyone believed to be a descendant of Muhammad” (Forrest, Voyage, p. 285).

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XLIV

P. 72, note: The Report of the Philippine Commission for 1906 indicates (pp. 340, 341, 381) gratifying success in the operation of the Moro Exchange in the district of Zamboanga, which “has led to similar exchanges being established on a small scale in the districts of Cotabato and Lanao, and large ones are projected in Sulu and the district of Davao.” It has “greatly stimulated fisheries among the Moros,” and “islands which were [352]formerly inhabited by lawless people who were practically pirates are now the scenes of peaceful activity on the part of Moro fishermen.” An agreement has been made with the merchants of the district to transact all their buying from the natives through the exchanges, on a cash basis instead of barter, etc. The amount of sales in the Moro exchanges for the year 1905–06 was 298,481 pesos (Philippine currency).

P. 72, note: The Report of the Philippine Commission for 1906 indicates (pp. 340, 341, 381) encouraging success in the operation of the Moro Exchange in the Zamboanga district, which “has led to similar exchanges being set up on a small scale in the Cotabato and Lanao districts, and larger ones are planned in Sulu and the Davao district.” It has “greatly stimulated fisheries among the Moros,” and “islands that were [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]formerly inhabited by lawless people who acted like pirates are now bustling with peaceful activity from Moro fishermen.” An agreement has been reached with the district merchants to purchase all their goods from the locals through the exchanges, using cash instead of barter, etc. The total sales in the Moro exchanges for the year 1905–06 were 298,481 pesos (Philippine currency).

P. 152, line 5: The envoy sent on this occasion, General Benito Carrasco Pan y Agua (who was chief notary of the cabildo of Manila), wrote a relation of his embassy and the voyage to Siam, which was published at Manila in 1719. (Vindel, Catálogo, iii, no. 2622.)

P. 152, line 5: The envoy sent on this occasion, General Benito Carrasco Pan y Agua (who was the chief notary of the Manila council), wrote a report on his mission and the journey to Siam, which was published in Manila in 1719. (Vindel, Catálogo, iii, no. 2622.)

P. 222, note: Patiño, who had been prominent in governmental affairs for nearly twenty years, died in 1736; he was a statesman and financier, and advocated peace with all the other powers, especially England.

P. 222, note: Patiño, who had been a key figure in government for almost twenty years, passed away in 1736; he was a politician and financier, and he supported making peace with all other nations, especially England.

P. 255, lines 3–5 from end: Up to the beginning of the sixteenth century, Toledo was the chief city in Spain in manufacturing silk; it has been estimated that this industry gave employment there to at least 100,000 people. Gaspar Naranjo, “who traveled through España late in the seventeenth century, asserts that, according to his knowledge, in 1480 Toledo consumed 450,000 libras of silk, which could furnish the supply for 15,000 looms. Although this number was greatly lessened when the Escorial was completed, yet from the looms of Toledo proceeded the richest silks for church adornments, ribbons, and hangings. In the year 1651 Toledo still counted 5,000 looms in operation, although not all within the city; a little afterward, there were not more than two thousand; in 1714 they were reduced to seventy, and finally to none at all. When the remnants of this manufacture left Toledo, that of Valencia gained strength, but never to the extent which might have been if legislation had permitted it. The Moors had left that of Granada in the best condition; years after the conquest it maintained 5,000 spinning-wheels, and the kingdom yielded a million libras of good silk; but just at this point began the exactions of the revenue officials, and likewise, in consequence, the decadence of this industry. It was declared subject to the payment of alçabala, which was a tax of fourteen per cent when once the tenth was applied as an ecclesiastical income; eight maravedís besides were charged to it for the impost called tortil [i.e., spiral?], and nine maravedís more for a municipal tax. When with the increase from successive impositions the management of this revenue became too complicated, all these duties were combined in one; and then it was seen that every libra of silk paid, as its share of the taxes, the enormous amount of very nearly fifteen and one-half reals. With the increase in taxes, the production steadily diminished; [353]by 1643, that of Granada had decreased from a million to one-fourth of that amount, and not long afterward to 80,000, and even less. The silk industry, thus burdened, had to compete with that of Genoa, whence large shipments of silk goods were freely imported into Spanish ports, and sold at lower prices than the goods made in España; and a mortal blow was dealt to it when the exportation of Spanish silks was prohibited, and sumptuary laws reserved the use of silk fabrics to a few classes. It is astonishing that this industry has been able to survive up to the present epoch, although it is in a languishing condition. (Arias y Miranda, Examen crítico-histórico, pp. 154, 155.)

P. 255, lines 3–5 from end: Up until the start of the sixteenth century, Toledo was the main city in Spain for silk manufacturing; it's estimated that this industry employed at least 100,000 people there. Gaspar Naranjo, “who traveled through Spain in the late seventeenth century, claims that, as far as he knew, in 1480 Toledo used 450,000 libras of silk, enough to supply 15,000 looms. Although this number dropped significantly after the Escorial was completed, the looms of Toledo still produced the finest silks for church decorations, ribbons, and hangings. By 1651, Toledo still had 5,000 looms in operation, although not all were within the city; shortly after, there were no more than two thousand; by 1714, it had fallen to seventy, and eventually to none at all. As the remnants of this industry left Toledo, Valencia's silk industry grew stronger, but it never reached the potential it could have if the laws had allowed it. The Moors had left Granada's silk industry in good shape; years after the conquest, it had 5,000 spinning wheels, and the region produced a million libras of quality silk; however, this was when revenue officials began their demands, leading to the decline of the industry. It was made subject to the payment of alçabala, a tax of fourteen percent once the ecclesiastical income was applied; in addition, it was charged eight maravedís for the impost called tortil [i.e., spiral?], and nine more maravedís for a municipal tax. As the burden of these taxes grew, the management of the revenue became increasingly complex, and eventually, all these duties were consolidated into one; it became clear that every libra of silk paid nearly fifteen and a half reals in taxes. With the rise in taxes, production steadily declined; [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] by 1643, Granada's output had dropped from a million to a quarter of that, and not long after, to 80,000 or even less. This taxed silk industry had to compete with that of Genoa, from which large imports of silk goods flooded Spanish ports, selling at lower prices than those produced in Spain; a severe blow came when the export of Spanish silks was banned, and sumptuary laws limited the use of silk fabrics to a few social classes. It’s remarkable that this industry has managed to survive into the present day, though it’s in a weakened state. (Arias y Miranda, Examen crítico-histórico, pp. 154, 155.)

P. 267, note 78, line 7 from end: For “p. 278” read “p. 279.”

P. 267, note 78, line 7 from end: For “p. 278” read “p. 279.”

P. 286, note 87: The document here mentioned was afterward shifted to another place; the reference should be to VOL. XLVII, p. 119, paragraph 1 of note.

P. 286, note 87: The document mentioned here was later moved to another location; the reference should be to VOL. 47, p. 119, paragraph 1 of the note.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XLV

P. 53, middle: Regarding the powers, privileges, and duties of the viceroys appointed by the crown of Spain, see Moses’s Spanish Rule in America, pp. 86–92.

P. 53, middle: For information on the powers, privileges, and responsibilities of the viceroys appointed by the Spanish crown, refer to Moses’s Spanish Rule in America, pp. 86–92.

P. 272, line 3: A number of MS. songs are in the collection of Edward E. Ayer, Chicago, some of them scratched on the smooth outside of a joint of bamboo.

P. 272, line 3: Several manuscript songs are in the collection of Edward E. Ayer, Chicago, some of them etched on the smooth surface of a piece of bamboo.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XLVII

P. 213, line 10: For “rice-mills” read “rice-market.”

P. 213, line 10: For “rice-mills” read “rice-market.”

P. 236, note, line 1: Somodevilla, Marqués de Ensenada, was minister under Felipe V and Fernando VI, and rendered great service to his country; he re-created the Spanish navy, and strengthened Spanish commerce. He favored the French, and tried to unite the Bourbon kings in a close alliance; but in 1754 he was banished from the court. He promoted agriculture, irrigation, road-building, manufactures, and mining, and made financial reforms; and he brought to an end the controversies with Rome over the royal patronage.

P. 236, note, line 1: Somodevilla, Marqués de Ensenada, served as minister under Felipe V and Fernando VI, providing significant service to his country. He revitalized the Spanish navy and boosted Spanish commerce. He supported the French and attempted to strengthen the alliance between the Bourbon kings, but was exiled from the court in 1754. He advocated for agriculture, irrigation, infrastructure, manufacturing, and mining, implementing financial reforms and resolving disputes with Rome over royal patronage.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XLVIII

P. 63, last sentence: “Throughout the Cordillera Central [of Luzon] the rancheria or settlement is the social and political unit. In the head-hunting countries rancherias of people of the same tribe were constantly at war with each other, and the blood feuds between them were handed down from generation to generation. As a result, intercourse between these rancherias was [354]more or less completely cut off for scores of years. It was unavoidable that differences of dialect should develop under such circumstances.” (Dean C. Worcester, “Non-Christian Tribes of Northern Luzon,” in Philippine Journal of Science, October, 1906, p. 798.)

P. 63, last sentence: “Throughout the Cordillera Central [of Luzon] the rancheria or settlement is the social and political unit. In the head-hunting regions, rancherias of people from the same tribe were constantly at war with one another, and the blood feuds between them were passed down from generation to generation. As a result, interaction between these rancherias was [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]more or less completely cut off for many years. It was inevitable that differences in dialect would develop under such conditions.” (Dean C. Worcester, “Non-Christian Tribes of Northern Luzon,” in Philippine Journal of Science, October, 1906, p. 798.)

Pp. 173, 174, note 101: Some of these islanders must have remained permanently on the mainland, notwithstanding the decree for their return to the islands; for on February 23, 1765, Viana recommended that the deputy alcalde-mayor of Cagayan be allowed to remove the Babuyan families from Buguey to Duao, as the latter was secure from the Moros. Viana advised, however, that the Babuyans be not allowed to form barrios or visitas far away from the main reduction, and that every arrangement be made to secure their safety from the Moros and from fire. (Viana, Respuestas, fol. 91.)

Pp. 173, 174, note 101: Some of these islanders must have stayed on the mainland permanently, despite the order to return to the islands; because on February 23, 1765, Viana suggested that the deputy alcalde-mayor of Cagayan be allowed to move the Babuyan families from Buguey to Duao, as the latter was safe from the Moros. Viana, however, advised that the Babuyans should not be allowed to create neighborhoods or communities far from the main settlement, and that all measures should be taken to ensure their safety from the Moros and from fire. (Viana, Respuestas, fol. 91.)

P. 183, last two lines of text: This company of 1755 was formed “under the patronage of our Lady of the Rosary, and the protection of his Majesty;” see the title-page of its Ordenanzas, facsimile of which is given in Vindel’s Catálogo biblioteca filipina, no. 645.

P. 183, last two lines of text: This company of 1755 was established “under the patronage of Our Lady of the Rosary, and the protection of His Majesty;” see the title page of its Ordenanzas, a facsimile of which is provided in Vindel’s Catálogo biblioteca filipina, no. 645.

P. 189, note 111: The reforms and regulations made by Arandía for the Acapulco galleon may be found, in full detail, in his Ordenanzas de marina (Manila, 1757) with additions thereto, also printed in that year; these contain 164 and 57 pages respectively, and two large and handsomely engraved charts (by the Filipino engraver Laureano Atlas), showing the port of Sisiran in Camarines, and that of Cajayagan and Calomotan (“commonly called Pálapa”) between the islands of Laguan and Batac.

P. 189, note 111: The reforms and regulations made by Arandía for the Acapulco galleon can be found in detail in his Ordenanzas de marina (Manila, 1757), along with additional materials printed in that same year; these documents include 164 and 57 pages respectively, along with two large, beautifully engraved charts (by the Filipino engraver Laureano Atlas) that depict the port of Sisiran in Camarines and the ports of Cajayagan and Calomotan (“commonly known as Pálapa”) located between the islands of Laguan and Batac.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME XLIX

Pp. 7, 12, 25: The author of the “Plan of an expedition for the conquest of the southern Philippines” was, according to the records of the British Museum, Alexander Dalrymple, not Draper. The date is given as 1702 in the MS catalogue of the Museum.

Pp. 7, 12, 25: The author of the "Plan of an expedition for the conquest of the southern Philippines" was, according to the records of the British Museum, Alexander Dalrymple, not Draper. The date is listed as 1702 in the MS catalog of the Museum.

P. 309, note 185, line 4: For “of” read “on.”

P. 309, note 185, line 4: For “of” read “on.”

Chart of the port of Sisiran, in the province of Camarines; photographic facsimile from Arandia’s Ordenanzas de marina (Manila, 1757)

Chart of the port of Sisiran, in the province of Camarines; photographic facsimile from Arandia’s Ordenanzas de marina (Manila, 1757)

Chart of the port of Sisiran, in the province of Camarines; photographic facsimile from Arandia’s Ordenanzas de marina (Manila, 1757)

[From copy in Library of Congress]

[From copy in Library of Congress]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME L

Pp. 118–136: The date of Viana’s letter should be May 10.

Pp. 118–136: Viana's letter should be dated May 10.

P. 159, line 8 of note 89: Before “[Americana]” for “white suit” read “white coat.” J. A. LeRoy says of this, in a private letter: “Americana here means a short or sack coat, of white drill or duck, buttoned up to the throat, and worn with only a gauze undershirt beneath it, and the trousers (often white also). It is the common garb of Europeans and upper-class natives in [357]the tropics. This usage among Spaniards seems to have died out in Spanish America, but the word is common in the Philippines, where it is probably a survival from earlier Spanish-American usage, transplanted to those islands. Many Spanish writers mention with contempt the way in which class distinctions in dress vanished among Spaniards in the Philippines (save, of course, among the military, ecclesiastical, and high official classes). So too, the donning of the Americana meant the assumption of social prestige or aspirations by the Filipinos. Only a few years ago, nearly all the latter wore the gauze shirt outside of the trousers; but in recent years the younger men of education, even in the villages, and gradually the older men, have been adopting the Americana for ordinary wear—a change which has been greatly accelerated during American occupation.”

P. 159, line 8 of note 89: Before “[Americana]” for “white suit” read “white coat.” J. A. LeRoy says in a private letter: “Americana here means a short or sack coat made of white drill or duck, buttoned up to the throat, and worn with just a gauze undershirt underneath, along with trousers (often white too). It’s the typical outfit for Europeans and upper-class locals in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] the tropics. This style among Spaniards seems to have faded away in Spanish America, but the term is still used in the Philippines, where it likely survived from earlier Spanish-American usage, adapted to those islands. Many Spanish writers express disdain for how class distinctions in clothing faded among Spaniards in the Philippines (except, of course, among the military, clergy, and high officials). Similarly, wearing the Americana signified social status or aspirations for Filipinos. Just a few years ago, most of them wore the gauze shirt outside their trousers; however, in recent years, younger educated men, even in villages, and gradually older men, have started adopting the Americana for everyday wear—a shift that has been significantly sped up during American occupation.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

VOLUME LII

P. 309, line 12: Through lack of space, we are prevented from giving (as we had intended) an adequate treatment of the subject of commerce as a special topic, from the middle of the eighteenth century to that of the nineteenth. Much, however, has been presented in various documents of VOLS. L–LII, which throws light on commercial conditions; and to these may be added the following references to documents and authorities which will enable the student to find desired material regarding this subject. “Regulation of December 18, 1769, for the distribution of permits [boletas] and for the lading of the Acapulco galleon at Manila,” in Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), v, pp. 403–519. Le Gentil, Voyage, ii, pp. 192–230. Royal decree for the establishment of the Compañia de Filipinas, March 10, 1785; also decree of July 12, 1803, making new regulations and conferring new privileges. Dissertation on the benefits arising from the aforesaid company, by Valentin de Foronda, in his Miscelánea (Madrid, 1787). Malo de Luque [i.e., Duqae de Almodovar], Historia política de los establecimientos de las naciones europeos; tomo v (Madrid, 1790) is devoted to the Spanish settlements in Asia, the decree erecting the Compañia de Filipinas, and its operations during 1785–89. Remonstrance addressed by the Company (Madrid, 1821) to the Spanish Cortes against its decree of October 19, 1820, abolishing the Company’s privilege of the exclusive traffic with Asia conferred on it by the decree of 1803; this remonstrance is supported by the opinions of “celebrated jurisconsults of Spain, France, Holland, and England.” Rafael Díaz Arenas, Memoria sobre el comercio y navegación de las Islas Filipinas (Cádiz, 1838). Andrés García Camba, Reglamento de la Junta de Comercio de Manila (Manila, 1838). Comyn, [358]Estado, pp. 43–71. Mas, Informe, ii, fourth and fifth sections. Buzeta and Bravo, Diccionario, i, pp. 219–238. Mallat, Les Philippines, ii, pp. 290–356. Manuel Azcarraga y Palmero, Libertad de comercio en las Islas Filipinas (Madrid, 1871). Jagor, Reisen, pp. 312–316. Gregorio Sancianco y Goson, El progreso de Filipinas (Madrid, 1881), especially pp. 238–249. Montero y Vidal, Historia de Filipinas, ii and iii; also his Archipiélago filipino, pp. 220–259. Retana, articles in Política de España en Filipinas, 1891, pp. 146–148, 233–234, 245–247; for 1892, pp. 27, 28; for 1893, pp. 8, 9, 77, 78. Code of Commerce in force in Cuba, Porto Rico, and Philippines (Washington, 1899). Census of Philippine Islands, iv, pp. 557–585. “Modern development of the Philippines through commerce,” a series of articles by James A. LeRoy in Dun’s International Review, November, 1905-February, 1906. Cf. authorities cited in Bourne’s “Introduction” to this series (VOL. I), and in LeRoy’s contribution to the present volume; also writings named in the bibliographies of Griffin, Pardo de Tavera, Vindel, and Retana.

P. 309, line 12: Due to limited space, we are unable to provide (as we had planned) a thorough discussion of commerce as a specific topic from the mid-eighteenth century to the nineteenth century. Nevertheless, much information has been shared in various documents of VOLS. L–LII, which illuminate commercial conditions; and to this, the following references to documents and authorities can be added to help students find the material they need on this subject. “Regulation of December 18, 1769, for distributing permits [boletas] and for loading the Acapulco galleon at Manila,” found in Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), v, pp. 403–519. Le Gentil, Voyage, ii, pp. 192–230. Royal decree for establishing the Compañia de Filipinas, March 10, 1785; also the decree from July 12, 1803, which introduced new regulations and privileges. A dissertation on the benefits generated by the aforementioned company, by Valentin de Foronda, in his Miscelánea (Madrid, 1787). Malo de Luque [i.e., Duqae de Almodovar], Historia política de los establecimientos de las naciones europeos; tome v (Madrid, 1790) focuses on the Spanish settlements in Asia, the decree establishing the Compañia de Filipinas, and its activities during 1785–89. A remonstrance addressed by the Company (Madrid, 1821) to the Spanish Cortes against its decree of October 19, 1820, which abolished the Company’s exclusive trading privilege with Asia granted by the decree of 1803; this remonstrance is backed by the opinions of “renowned legal experts from Spain, France, Holland, and England.” Rafael Díaz Arenas, Memoria sobre el comercio y navegación de las Islas Filipinas (Cádiz, 1838). Andrés García Camba, Reglamento de la Junta de Comercio de Manila (Manila, 1838). Comyn, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Estado, pp. 43–71. Mas, Informe, ii, fourth and fifth sections. Buzeta and Bravo, Diccionario, i, pp. 219–238. Mallat, Les Philippines, ii, pp. 290–356. Manuel Azcárraga y Palmero, Libertad de comercio en las Islas Filipinas (Madrid, 1871). Jagor, Reisen, pp. 312–316. Gregorio Sancianco y Goson, El progreso de Filipinas (Madrid, 1881), especially pp. 238–249. Montero y Vidal, Historia de Filipinas, ii and iii; also his Archipiélago filipino, pp. 220–259. Retana, articles in Política de España en Filipinas, 1891, pp. 146–148, 233–234, 245–247; for 1892, pp. 27, 28; for 1893, pp. 8, 9, 77, 78. Code of Commerce in force in Cuba, Porto Rico, and Philippines (Washington, 1899). Census of Philippine Islands, iv, pp. 557–585. “Modern development of the Philippines through commerce,” a series of articles by James A. LeRoy in Dun’s International Review, November 1905–February 1906. See also the authorities cited in Bourne’s “Introduction” to this series (Vol. 1), and in LeRoy’s contribution to the present volume; along with the writings listed in the bibliographies of Griffin, Pardo de Tavera, Vindel, and Retana.

Colophon

Availability

Page scans of this work are available in the The United States and its Territories collection at the University of Michigan, as well as in the Internet Archive (copy 1, 2).

Page scans of this work can be found in the The United States and its Territories collection at the University of Michigan, and also in the Internet Archive (copy 1, 2).

Volume Years PG Ebook Volume Years PG Ebook
I 1493–1529 XXIX 1638–1640
II 1521–1569 XXX 1640
III 1569–1576 XXXI 1640
IV 1576–1582 XXXII 1640
V 1582–1583 XXXIII 1519–1522
VI 1583–1588 XXXIV 1519–1522; 1280–1605
VII 1588–1591 XXXV 1640–1649
VIII 1591–1593 XXXVI 1649–1666
IX 1593–1597 XXXVII 1669–1676
X 1597–1599 XXXVIII 1674–1683
XI 1599–1602 XXXIX 1683–1690
XII 1601–1604 XL 1690–1691
XIII 1604–1605 XLI 1691–1700
XIV 1605–1609 XLII 1670–1700
XV 1609 XLIII 1670–1700
XVI 1609 XLIV 1700–1736
XVII 1609–1616 XLV 1736
XVIII 1617–1620 XLVI 1721–1739
XIX 1620–1621 XLVII 1728–1759
XX 1621–1624 XLVIII 1751–1765
XXI 1624 XLIX 1762–1765
XXII 1625–1629 L 1764–1800
XXIII 1629–1630 LI 1801–1840
XXIV 1630–1634 LII 1841–1898
XXV 1635–1636 LIII Bibliography
XXVI 1636 LIV Index A–I
XXVII 1636–1637 LV Index J–Z
XXVIII 1637–1638

Metadata

Revision History

  • 2014-08-10 Started.

External References

Corrections

The following corrections have been applied to the text:

The following corrections have been made to the text:

Page Source Correction Edit distance
33, 322, 353 [Not in source] 1
82 Malacalang Malacañang 1
95 comsumption consumption 1
95 insufficent insufficient 1
96 engraven engraved 1
143 [Not in source] , 1
169 Malalos Malolos 1
255, 275 employes employees 1
261 euphuisms euphemisms 2
339 Augspurg Augsburg 1


        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!